JEE Main Offline Question Papers & Answer Keys (2014-2017) PDF

JEE Main Question Papers
and Answer Keys

(2014 - 2017)
Introduction
Careers360 brings you a compilation of JEE Main Offline Question Papers and Answer Keys from
the year 2014 to 2017 This e-book helps you master questions which appeared in the national
level engi-neering entrance examination in the last 4 years.
JEE Main 2017 Questoion Paper I Set A, April 2
This booklet contains 44 printed pages.
ß‚ ¬ÈÁSÃ∑§Ê ◊¥ ◊ÈÁŒ˝Ã ¬Îc∆ 44 „Ò¥– RBS No. :
PAPER - 1 : PHYSICS, CHEMISTRY & MATHEMATICS
¬˝‡Ÿ¬ÈÁSÃ∑§Ê - 1 : ÷ÊÒÁÃ∑§ ÁflôÊÊŸ, ⁄U‚ÊÿŸ ÁflôÊÊŸ ÃÕÊ ªÁáÊÃ
Test Booklet Code
Do not open this Test Booklet until you are asked to do so.
ß‚ ¬⁄ËˇÊÊ ¬ÈÁSÃ∑§Ê ∑§Ê Ã’ Ã∑§ Ÿ πÊ‹¥ ¡’ Ã∑§ ∑§„Ê Ÿ ¡Ê∞– ¬⁄ËˇÊÊ ¬ÈÁSÃ∑§Ê ‚¥∑§Ã
Read carefully the Instructions on the Back Cover of this Test Booklet.
ß‚ ¬⁄ËˇÊÊ ¬ÈÁSÃ∑§Ê ∑§ Á¬¿‹ •Êfl⁄áÊ ¬⁄ ÁŒ∞ ª∞ ÁŸŒ¸‡ÊÊ¥ ∑§Ê äÿÊŸ ‚ ¬…∏¥–
Important Instructions :
1. Immediately fill in the particulars on this page of the Test
Booklet with only Black Ball Point Pen provided in the
◊„ûfl¬ÍáÊ¸ ÁŸŒ¸‡Ê — A
1. ¬⁄UËˇÊÊ ¬ÈÁSÃ∑§Ê ∑§ ß‚ ¬Îc∆U ¬⁄U •Êfl‡ÿ∑§ Áflfl⁄UáÊ ¬⁄UËˇÊÊ ∑§ˇÊ ◊¥ ©¬‹éœ
examination hall.
∑§⁄UÊÿ ª∞ ∑§fl‹ ∑§Ê‹ ’ÊÚ‹ åflÊß¥≈U ¬Ÿ ‚ Ãà∑§Ê‹ ÷⁄¥–
2. The Answer Sheet is kept inside this Test Booklet. When you 2. ©ûÊ⁄U ¬òÊ ß‚ ¬⁄UËˇÊÊ ¬ÈÁSÃ∑§Ê ∑§ •ãŒ⁄U ⁄UπÊ „Ò– ¡’ •Ê¬∑§Ê ¬⁄UËˇÊÊ ¬ÈÁSÃ∑§Ê
are directed to open the Test Booklet, take out the Answer πÊ‹Ÿ ∑§Ê ∑§„Ê ¡Ê∞, ÃÊ ©ûÊ⁄U ¬òÊ ÁŸ∑§Ê‹ ∑§⁄U ‚ÊflœÊŸË¬Ífl∑¸ § Áflfl⁄UáÊ ÷⁄U¥–
Sheet and fill in the particulars carefully. 3. ¬⁄UËˇÊÊ ∑§Ë •flÁœ 3 ÉÊ¥≈U „Ò–
3. The test is of 3 hours duration. 4. ß‚ ¬⁄UËˇÊÊ ¬ÈÁSÃ∑§Ê ◊¥ 90 ¬˝‡Ÿ „Ò¥– •Áœ∑§Ã◊ •¥∑§ 360 „Ò¥–
4. The Test Booklet consists of 90 questions. The maximum
marks are 360. 5. ß‚ ¬⁄UËˇÊÊ ¬ÈÁSÃ∑§Ê ◊¥ ÃËŸ ÷Êª A, B, C „Ò¥, Á¡‚∑§ ¬˝àÿ∑§ ÷Êª ◊¥
5. There are three parts in the question paper A, B, C ÷ÊÒÁÃ∑§ ÁflôÊÊŸ, ⁄U‚ÊÿŸ ÁflôÊÊŸ ∞fl¥ ªÁáÊÃ ∑§ 30 ¬˝‡Ÿ „Ò¥ •ÊÒ⁄U ‚÷Ë
consisting of Physics, Chemistry and Mathematics having ¬˝‡ŸÊ¥ ∑§ •¥∑§ ‚◊ÊŸ „Ò¥– ¬˝àÿ∑§ ¬˝‡Ÿ ∑§ ‚„Ë ©ûÊ⁄U ∑§ Á‹∞ 4 (øÊ⁄U)
30 questions in each part of equal weightage. Each question •¥∑§ ÁŸœÊ¸Á⁄UÃ Á∑§ÿ ªÿ „Ò¥–
is allotted 4 (four) marks for correct response.
6. Candidates will be awarded marks as stated above in instruction
6. •èÿÁÕ¸ÿÊ¥ ∑§Ê ¬˝àÿ∑§ ‚„Ë ©ûÊ⁄U ∑§ Á‹∞ ©¬⁄UÊÄÃ ÁŸŒ¸‡ÊŸ ‚¥ÅÿÊ 5 ∑§
No. 5 for correct response of each question. ¼ (one-fourth) marks of ÁŸŒ¸‡ÊÊŸÈ‚Ê⁄U •¥∑§ ÁŒÿ ¡Êÿ¥ª– ¬˝àÿ∑§ ¬˝‡Ÿ ∑§ ª‹Ã ©ûÊ⁄U ∑§ Á‹ÿ ©‚
the total marks allotted to the question (i.e. 1 mark) will be deducted ¬˝‡Ÿ ∑§ Á‹∞ ÁŸœÊ¸Á⁄UÃ ∑È§‹ •¥∑§Ê¥ ◊¥ ‚ ¼ (∞∑§-øÊÒÕÊß¸) ÷Êª
for indicating incorrect response of each question. No deduction (•ÕÊ¸Ã˜ 1 •¥∑§) ∑§Ê≈U Á‹ÿÊ ¡ÊÿªÊ– ÿÁŒ ©ûÊ⁄U ¬òÊ ◊¥ Á∑§‚Ë ¬˝‡Ÿ ∑§Ê
from the total score will be made if no response is indicated for an
item in the answer sheet.
©ûÊ⁄U Ÿ„Ë¥ ÁŒÿÊ ªÿÊ „Ê ÃÊ ∑È§‹ ¬˝Ê#Ê¥∑§ ‚ ∑§Êß¸ ∑§≈UÊÒÃË Ÿ„Ë¥ ∑§Ë ¡ÊÿªË–
7. There is only one correct response for each question. Filling 7. ¬˝àÿ∑§ ¬˝‡Ÿ ∑§Ê ∑§fl‹ ∞∑§ „Ë ‚„Ë ©ûÊ⁄U „Ò– ∞∑§ ‚ •Áœ∑§ ©ûÊ⁄U ŒŸ ¬⁄U
up more than one response in any question will be treated as ©‚ ª‹Ã ©ûÊ⁄U ◊ÊŸÊ ¡ÊÿªÊ •ÊÒ⁄U ©¬⁄UÊÄÃ ÁŸŒ¸‡Ê 6 ∑§ •ŸÈ‚Ê⁄U •¥∑§ ∑§Ê≈U
wrong response and marks for wrong response will be Á‹ÿ ¡Êÿ¥ª–
deducted accordingly as per instruction 6 above.
8. ©ûÊ⁄U ¬òÊ ∑§ ¬Îc∆U-1 ∞fl¥ ¬Îc∆U-2 ¬⁄U flÊ¥Á¿UÃ Áflfl⁄UáÊ ∞fl¥ ©ûÊ⁄U •¥Á∑§Ã
8. For writing particulars/marking responses on Side-1 and
Side–2 of the Answer Sheet use only Black Ball Point Pen ∑§⁄UŸ „ÃÈ ¬⁄UËˇÊÊ ∑§ˇÊ ◊¥ ©¬‹éœ ∑§⁄UÊÿ ª∞ ∑§fl‹ ∑§Ê‹ ’ÊÚ‹ åflÊß¥≈U
provided in the examination hall. ¬Ÿ ∑§Ê „Ë ¬˝ÿÊª ∑§⁄¥U–
9. No candidate is allowed to carry any textual material, printed 9. •èÿÕË¸ mÊ⁄UÊ ¬⁄UËˇÊÊ ∑§ˇÊ/„ÊÚ‹ ◊¥ ¬˝fl‡ Ê ∑§Ê«¸U ∑§ •‹ÊflÊ Á∑§‚Ë ÷Ë ¬˝∑§Ê⁄U
or written, bits of papers, pager, mobile phone, any electronic ∑§Ë ¬Ê∆˜Uÿ ‚Ê◊ª˝Ë, ◊ÈÁŒ˝Ã ÿÊ „SÃÁ‹ÁπÃ, ∑§Êª¡ ∑§Ë ¬Áø¸ÿÊ°, ¬¡⁄U, ◊Ê’Êß‹
device, etc. except the Admit Card inside the examination
room/hall. »§ÊŸ ÿÊ Á∑§‚Ë ÷Ë ¬˝∑§Ê⁄U ∑§ ß‹Ä≈˛UÊÚÁŸ∑§ ©¬∑§⁄UáÊÊ¥ ÿÊ Á∑§‚Ë •ãÿ ¬˝∑§Ê⁄U ∑§Ë
10. Rough work is to be done on the space provided for this ‚Ê◊ª˝Ë ∑§Ê ‹ ¡ÊŸ ÿÊ ©¬ÿÊª ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§Ë •ŸÈ◊ÁÃ Ÿ„Ë¥ „Ò–
purpose in the Test Booklet only. This space is given at the 10. ⁄U»§ ∑§Êÿ¸ ¬⁄UËˇÊÊ ¬ÈÁSÃ∑§Ê ◊¥ ∑§fl‹ ÁŸœÊ¸Á⁄UÃ ¡ª„ ¬⁄U „Ë ∑§ËÁ¡∞– ÿ„
bottom of each page and in four pages ( Page 40-43) at the ¡ª„ ¬˝àÿ∑§ ¬Îc∆U ¬⁄U ŸËø ∑§Ë •Ê⁄U •ÊÒ⁄U ¬ÈÁSÃ∑§Ê ∑§ •¥Ã ◊¥ øÊ⁄U ¬Îc∆UÊ¥
end of the booklet.
11. On completion of the test, the candidate must hand over the
(¬Îc∆U 40-43) ¬⁄U ŒË ªß¸ „Ò–
Answer Sheet to the Invigilator on duty in the Room/Hall. 11. ¬⁄UËˇÊÊ ‚◊ÊåÃ „ÊŸ ¬⁄U, •èÿÕË¸ ∑§ˇÊ/„ÊÚ‹ ¿UÊ«∏Ÿ ‚ ¬Ífl¸ ©ûÊ⁄U ¬òÊ ∑§ˇÊ
However, the candidates are allowed to take away this Test ÁŸ⁄UËˇÊ∑§ ∑§Ê •fl‡ÿ ‚ÊÒ¥¬ Œ¥– •èÿÕË¸ •¬Ÿ ‚ÊÕ ß‚ ¬⁄UËˇÊÊ ¬ÈÁSÃ∑§Ê
Booklet with them. ∑§Ê ‹ ¡Ê ‚∑§Ã „Ò¥–
12. The CODE for this Booklet is A. Make sure that the CODE
12. ß‚ ¬ÈÁSÃ∑§Ê ∑§Ê ‚¥∑§Ã A „Ò– ÿ„ ‚ÈÁŸÁ‡øÃ ∑§⁄U ‹¥ Á∑§ ß‚ ¬ÈÁSÃ∑§Ê ∑§Ê
printed on Side–2 of the Answer Sheet and also tally the
serial number of the Test Booklet and Answer Sheet are the ‚¥∑§Ã, ©ûÊ⁄U ¬òÊ ∑§ ¬Îc∆U-2 ¬⁄U ¿U¬ ‚¥∑§Ã ‚ Á◊‹ÃÊ „Ò •ÊÒ⁄U ÿ„ ÷Ë
same as that on this booklet. In case of discrepancy, the ‚ÈÁŸÁ‡øÃ ∑§⁄U ‹¥ Á∑§ ¬⁄UËˇÊÊ ¬ÈÁSÃ∑§Ê •ÊÒ⁄U ©ûÊ⁄U ¬òÊ ∑§Ë ∑˝§◊ ‚¥ÅÿÊ
candidate should immediately report the matter to the Á◊‹ÃË „Ò– •ª⁄U ÿ„ Á÷ÛÊ „Ê ÃÊ •èÿÕË¸ ŒÍ‚⁄UË ¬⁄UËˇÊÊ ¬ÈÁSÃ∑§Ê •ÊÒ⁄U
Invigilator for replacement of both the Test Booklet and the ©ûÊ⁄U ¬òÊ ‹Ÿ ∑§ Á‹∞ ÁŸ⁄UËˇÊ∑§ ∑§Ê ÃÈ⁄UãÃ •flªÃ ∑§⁄UÊ∞°–
Answer Sheet.
13. Do not fold or make any stray mark on the Answer Sheet. 13. ©ûÊ⁄U ¬òÊ ∑§Ê Ÿ ◊Ê«∏¥ ∞fl¥ Ÿ „Ë ©‚ ¬⁄U •ãÿ ÁŸ‡ÊÊŸ ‹ªÊ∞°–
Name of the Candidate (in Capital letters ) :

•èÿÕË¸ ∑§Ê ŸÊ◊ (’«∏ •ˇÊ⁄Ê¥ ◊¥) —
Roll Number : in figures
•ŸÈ∑§˝ ◊Ê¥∑§ — •¥∑§Ê¥ ◊¥
: in words
— ‡ÊéŒÊ¥ ◊¥
Examination Centre Number :
¬⁄ËˇÊÊ ∑§ãŒ˝ Ÿê’⁄U —
Name of Examination Centre (in Capital letters) :
¬⁄UËˇÊÊ ∑§ãŒ˝ ∑§Ê ŸÊ◊ (’«∏ •ˇÊ⁄UÊ¥ ◊¥ ) —
Candidate’s Signature : 1. Invigilator’s Signature :
•èÿÕË¸ ∑§ „SÃÊˇÊ⁄ — ÁŸ⁄ËˇÊ∑§ ∑§ „SÃÊˇÊ⁄ —
2. Invigilator’s Signature :
ÁŸ⁄ËˇÊ∑§ ∑§ „SÃÊˇÊ⁄ —
PART A — PHYSICS ÷Êª A — ÷ÊÒÁÃ∑§ ÁflôÊÊŸ
ALL THE GRAPHS/DIAGRAMS GIVEN ARE ÁŒ∞ ªÿ ‚÷Ë ª˝Ê»§/⁄UπÊ∑Î§ÁÃÿÊ° •Ê⁄UπËÿ „Ò¥
SCHEMATIC AND NOT DRAWN TO SCALE. •ÊÒ⁄U S∑§‹ ∑§ •ŸÈ‚Ê⁄U ⁄UπÊ¥Á∑§Ã Ÿ„Ë¥ „Ò–
1. A man grows into a giant such that his 1. ∞∑§ ◊ŸÈcÿ, ∞∑§ Áfl‡ÊÊ‹∑§Êÿ ◊ÊŸfl ◊¥ ß‚ ¬˝∑§Ê⁄U
linear dimensions increase by a factor ¬Á⁄UflÁÃ¸Ã „ÊÃÊ „Ò Á∑§ ©‚∑§Ë ⁄UπËÿ Áfl◊Êÿ¥ 9 ªÈŸÊ ’…∏
of 9. Assuming that his density remains ¡ÊÃË „Ò¥– ◊ÊŸÊ Á∑§ ©‚∑§ ÉÊŸàfl ◊¥ ∑§Êß¸ ¬Á⁄UflÃ¸Ÿ Ÿ„Ë¥
same, the stress in the leg will change by a „ÊÃÊ „Ò ÃÊ ©‚∑§ ≈UÊ°ª ◊¥ ¬˝ÁÃ’‹ Á∑§ÃŸ ªÈŸÊ „Ê ¡ÊÿªÊ?
factor of :
(1) 9 (1) 9
1 1
(2) (2)
9 9
(3) 81 (3) 81
1 1
(4) (4)
81 81
2. A body is thrown vertically upwards. 2. ∞∑§ Á¬á«U ∑§Ê ™§äflÊ¸œ⁄U ™§¬⁄U ∑§Ë Ã⁄U»§ »¥§∑§Ê ¡ÊÃÊ
Which one of the following graphs „Ò– ÁŸêŸ ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ ‚Ê ª˝Ê»§ ‚◊ÿ ∑§ ‚ÊÕ flª ∑§Ê
correctly represent the velocity vs time ? ‚„Ë Œ‡ÊÊ¸ÃÊ „Ò?
(1) (1)
(2) (2)
(3) (3)
(4) (4)
A/Page 2 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ⁄U»§ ∑§Êÿ¸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ¡ª„
3. A body of mass m=10−2 kg is moving in 3. m=10−2 kg Œ˝√ÿ◊ÊŸ ∑§Ê ∞∑§ Á¬á«U ∞∑§ ◊Êäÿ◊
a medium and experiences a frictional ◊¥ ¡Ê ⁄U„Ê „Ò •ÊÒ⁄U ∞∑§ ÉÊ·¸áÊ ’‹ F=−kv2 ∑§Ê
force F=−kv 2 . Its initial speed is •ŸÈ ÷ fl ∑§⁄U Ã Ê „Ò – Á¬á«U ∑§Ê ¬˝ Ê ⁄U Á ê÷∑§ fl ª
v0=10 ms−1. If, after 10 s, its energy is v0=10 ms−1 „Ò– ÿÁŒ 10 s ∑§ ’ÊŒ ©‚∑§Ë ™§¡Ê¸
1 1
8
mv02, the value of k will be :
8
mv02 „Ò ÃÊ k ∑§Ê ◊ÊŸ „ÊªÊ —
(1) 10−3 kg m−1 (1) 10−3 kg m−1
(2) 10−3 kg s−1 (2) 10−3 kg s−1
(3) 10−4 kg m−1 (3) 10−4 kg m−1
(4) 10−1 kg m−1 s−1 (4) 10−1 kg m−1 s−1
4. A time dependent force F=6t acts on a 4. 1 kg Œ˝√ÿ◊ÊŸ ∑§Ê ∞∑§ ∑§áÊ, ∞∑§ ‚◊ÿ ¬⁄U ÁŸ÷¸⁄U
particle of mass 1 kg. If the particle starts (time dependent) ’‹ F=6t ∑§Ê •ŸÈ÷fl ∑§⁄UÃÊ
from rest, the work done by the force „Ò– ÿÁŒ ∑§áÊ Áfl⁄UÊ◊ÊflSÕÊ ‚ ø‹ÃÊ „Ò ÃÊ ¬„‹ 1 s ◊¥
during the first 1 sec. will be : ’‹ mÊ⁄UÊ Á∑§ÿÊ ªÿÊ ∑§Êÿ¸ „ÊªÊ —
(1) 4.5 J (1) 4.5 J
(2) 22 J (2) 22 J
(3) 9J (3) 9J
(4) 18 J (4) 18 J
5. The moment of inertia of a uniform 5. ∞∑§ ÁòÊíÿÊ R ÃÕÊ ‹ê’Êß¸ l ∑§ ∞∑§ ‚◊ÊŸ ’‹Ÿ ∑§Ê
cylinder of length l and radius R about its ©‚∑§ •Á÷‹ê’ Ám÷Ê¡∑§ ∑§ ‚Ê¬ˇÊ ¡«∏àfl •ÊÉÊÍáÊ¸
perpendicular bisector is I. What is the I „Ò– ¡«∏àfl •ÊÉÊÍáÊ¸ ∑§ ÁŸêŸÃ◊ ◊ÊŸ ∑§ Á‹ÿ •ŸÈ¬ÊÃ
ratio l/R such that the moment of inertia l/R ÄÿÊ „ÊªÊ ?
is minimum ?
3 3
(1) (1)
2 2
3 3
(2) (2)
2 2
(3) 1 (3) 1
3 3
(4) (4)
2 2
6. A slender uniform rod of mass M and 6. ∞∑§ Œ˝√ÿ◊ÊŸ M ∞fl¥ ‹ê’Êß¸ l ∑§Ë ¬Ã‹Ë ∞fl¥ ∞∑§
length l is pivoted at one end so that it can ‚◊ÊŸ ¿U«∏ ∑§Ê ∞∑§ Á‚⁄UÊ œÈ⁄UÊª˝SÃ „Ò Á¡‚‚ Á∑§ fl„
rotate in a vertical plane (see figure). There ∞∑§ ™§äflÊ¸œ⁄U ‚◊Ã‹ ◊¥ ÉÊÍ◊ ‚∑§ÃË „Ò (ÁøòÊ ŒÁπÿ)–
is negligible friction at the pivot. The free œÈ⁄UË ∑§Ê ÉÊ·¸áÊ Ÿªáÿ „Ò– ¿U«∏ ∑§ ŒÍ‚⁄U Á‚⁄U ∑§Ê œÈ⁄UË
end is held vertically above the pivot and ∑§ ™§¬⁄U ™§äflÊ¸œ⁄U ⁄Uπ∑§⁄U ¿UÊ«∏ ÁŒÿÊ ¡ÊÃÊ „Ò– ¡’
then released. The angular acceleration ¿U«∏ ™§äfl¸ ‚ θ ∑§ÊáÊ ’ŸÊÃË „Ò ÃÊ ©‚∑§Ê ∑§ÊáÊËÿ
of the rod when it makes an angle θ with àfl⁄UáÊ „ÊªÊ —
the vertical is :
3g 3g
(1) sin θ (1) sin θ
2l 2l
2g 2g
3l 3l
3g 3g
(3) cos θ (3) cos θ
2l 2l
2g 2g
3l 3l
7. The variation of acceleration due to gravity 7. ¬ÎâflË ∑§ ∑§ãŒ˝ ‚ ŒÍ⁄UË d ∑§ ‚ÊÕ ªÈL§àflËÿ àfl⁄UáÊ g ∑§Ê
g with distance d from centre of the ’Œ‹Êfl ÁŸêŸ ◊¥ ‚ Á∑§‚ ª˝Ê»§ ◊¥ ‚’‚ ‚„Ë Œ‡ÊÊ¸ÿÊ
earth is best represented by (R=Earth’s ªÿÊ „Ò? (R= ¬ÎâflË ∑§Ë ÁòÊíÿÊ)
radius) :
(1) (1)
(2) (2)
(3) (3)
(4) (4)
8. A copper ball of mass 100 gm is at a 8. 100 gm Œ˝√ÿ◊ÊŸ flÊ‹Ê ÃÊ°’ ∑§ ∞∑§ ªÊ‹ ∑§Ê ÃÊ¬◊ÊŸ
temperature T. It is dropped in a copper T „Ò– ©‚ ∞∑§ 170 gm ¬ÊŸË ‚ ÷⁄U „È∞ 100 gm
calorimeter of mass 100 gm, filled with ∑§ ÃÊ°’ ∑§ ∑Ò§‹Ê⁄UË◊Ë≈U⁄U, ¡ÊÁ∑§ ∑§◊⁄U ∑§ ÃÊ¬◊ÊŸ ¬⁄U
170 gm of water at room temperature. „Ò, ◊¥ «UÊ‹ ÁŒÿÊ ¡ÊÃÊ „Ò– Ãà¬‡øÊÃ˜ ÁŸ∑§Êÿ ∑§Ê
Subsequently, the temperature of the ÃÊ¬◊ÊŸ 758C ¬ÊÿÊ ¡ÊÃÊ „Ò– T ∑§Ê ◊ÊŸ „ÊªÊ —
system is found to be 758C. T is given by :
(Given : room temperature=308C, specific (ÁŒÿÊ „Ò — ∑§◊⁄U ∑§Ê ÃÊ¬◊ÊŸ=308C, ÃÊ°’ ∑§Ë ÁflÁ‡ÊC
heat of copper=0.1 cal/gm8C) ™§c◊Ê =0.1 cal/gm8C)
(1) 8008C (1) 8008C
(2) 8858C (2) 8858C
(3) 12508C (3) 12508C
(4) 8258C (4) 8258C
9. An external pressure P is applied on a cube 9. 08C ¬⁄U ⁄Uπ „È∞ ∞∑§ ÉÊŸ ¬⁄U ∞∑§ Œ’Êfl P ‹ªÊÿÊ
at 08C so that it is equally compressed from ¡ÊÃÊ „Ò Á¡‚‚ fl„ ‚÷Ë Ã⁄U»§ ‚ ’⁄UÊ’⁄U ‚¥¬ËÁ«UÃ
all sides. K is the bulk modulus of the „ÊÃÊ „Ò– ÉÊŸ ∑§ ¬ŒÊÕ¸ ∑§Ê •ÊÿÃŸ ¬˝àÿÊSÕÃÊ ªÈáÊÊ¥∑§
material of the cube and α is its coefficient K ∞fl¥ ⁄UπËÿ ¬˝‚Ê⁄U ªÈáÊÊ¥∑§ α „Ò– ÿÁŒ ÉÊŸ ∑§Ê ª◊¸
of linear expansion. Suppose we want to ∑§⁄U∑§ ◊Í‹ •Ê∑§Ê⁄U ◊¥ ‹ÊŸÊ „Ò ÃÊ ©‚∑§ ÃÊ¬◊ÊŸ ∑§Ê
bring the cube to its original size by Á∑§ÃŸÊ ’…∏ÊŸÊ ¬«∏ªÊ?
heating. The temperature should be raised
by :
P P
(1) 3α K (1) 3α K
P P
(2) αK (2) αK
3α 3α
(3) PK (3) PK
(4) 3PKα (4) 3PKα
10. Cp and Cv are specific heats at constant 10. ÁSÕ⁄U ŒÊ’ ÃÕÊ ÁSÕ⁄U •ÊÿÃŸ ¬⁄U ÁflÁ‡Êc≈U ™§c◊Êÿ¥
pressure and constant volume respectively. ∑˝§◊‡Ê— Cp ÃÕÊ Cv „Ò¥– ¬ÊÿÊ ¡ÊÃÊ „Ò Á∑§
It is observed that
Cp−Cv=a for hydrogen gas „Êß«˛UÊ¡Ÿ ∑§ Á‹ÿ, Cp−Cv=a
Cp−Cv=b for nitrogen gas ŸÊß≈˛UÊ¡Ÿ ∑§ Á‹ÿ, Cp−Cv=b
The correct relation between a and b is : a •ÊÒ⁄U b ∑§ ’Ëø ∑§Ê ‚„Ë ‚ê’ãœ „ÊªÊ —
1 1
(1) a= b (1) a= b
14 14
(2) a=b (2) a=b
(3) a=14 b (3) a=14 b
(4) a=28 b (4) a=28 b
11. The temperature of an open room of 11. ‚Íÿ¸ ∑§Ë Á∑§⁄UáÊÊ¥ ‚ ∞∑§ πÈ‹ „È∞ 30 m3 •ÊÿÃŸ
volume 30 m3 increases from 178C to 278C flÊ‹ ∑§◊⁄U ∑§Ê ÃÊ¬◊ÊŸ 178C ‚ ’…∏∑§⁄U 278C „Ê
due to the sunshine. The atmospheric ¡ÊÃÊ „Ò – ∑§◊⁄ U ∑ § •ãŒ⁄U flÊÿÈ ◊ ¥ « U ‹ Ëÿ ŒÊ’
pressure in the room remains 1×105 Pa. 1×105 Pa „Ë ⁄U„ÃÊ „Ò– ÿÁŒ ∑§◊⁄U ∑§ •ãŒ⁄U •áÊÈ•Ê¥
If ni and nf are the number of molecules in ∑§Ë ‚¥ÅÿÊ ª◊¸ „ÊŸ ‚ ¬„‹ ∞fl¥ ’ÊŒ ◊¥ ∑˝§◊‡Ê— ni fl
the room before and after heating, then nf „Ò¥ ÃÊ nf−ni ∑§Ê ◊ÊŸ „ÊªÊ —
nf−ni will be :
(1) −1.61×10 23 (1) −1.61×10 23
(2) 1.38×10 23 (2) 1.38×10 23
(3) 2.5×10 25 (3) 2.5×10 25
(4) −2.5×10 25 (4) −2.5×10 25
12. A particle is executing simple harmonic 12. ∞∑§ ∑§áÊ, •ÊflÃ¸∑§Ê‹ T ‚ ‚⁄U‹ •ÊflÃ¸ ªÁÃ ∑§⁄U ⁄U„Ê
motion with a time period T. At time t=0, „Ò– ‚◊ÿ t=0 ¬⁄U fl„ ‚ÊêÿÊflSÕÊ ∑§Ë ÁSÕÁÃ ◊¥ „Ò–
it is at its position of equilibrium. The ÁŸêŸ ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ ‚Ê ª˝Ê»§ ‚◊ÿ ∑§ ‚ÊÕ ªÁÃ¡ ™§¡Ê¸
kinetic energy - time graph of the particle ∑§Ê ‚„Ë Œ‡ÊÊ¸ÃÊ „Ò?
will look like :
(1) (1)
(2) (2)
(3) (3)
(4) (4)
13. An observer is moving with half the speed 13. ∞∑§ ¬˝ˇÊ∑§ ¬˝∑§Ê‡Ê ªÁÃ ∑§Ë •ÊœË ªÁÃ ‚ 10 GHz
of light towards a stationary microwave •ÊflÎÁûÊ ∑§ ∞∑§ ÁSÕ⁄U ‚Íˇ◊ Ã⁄¥Uª (microwave)
source emitting waves at frequency dÊÃ ∑§Ë Ã⁄U»§ ¡Ê ⁄U„Ê „Ò– ¬˝ˇÊ∑§ mÊ⁄UÊ ◊Ê¬Ë ªÿË ‚Íˇ◊
10 GHz. What is the frequency of the Ã⁄¥Uª ∑§Ë •ÊflÎÁûÊ ∑§Ê ◊ÊŸ „ÊªÊ —
microwave measured by the observer ? (¬˝∑§Ê‡Ê ∑§Ë øÊ‹=3×108 ms−1)
(speed of light=3×108 ms−1)
(1) 10.1 GHz (1) 10.1 GHz
(2) 12.1 GHz (2) 12.1 GHz
(3) 17.3 GHz (3) 17.3 GHz
(4) 15.3 GHz (4) 15.3 GHz
→
14. An electric dipole has a fixed dipole 14. ∞∑§ ÁfllÈÃ Ámœ˝Èfl ∑§Ê ÁSÕ⁄U Ámœ˝Èfl •ÊÉÊÍáÊ¸ p „Ò ¡Ê
→ → ∧
moment p , which makes angle θ with Á∑§ x-•ˇÊ ‚ θ ∑§ÊáÊ ’ŸÊÃÊ „Ò– ÁfllÈÃ ˇÊòÊ E1= E i
→ ∧
respect to x-axis. When subjected to an ◊¥ ⁄UπŸ ¬⁄U ÿ„ ’‹ •ÊÉÊÍáÊ¸ T1= τ k ∑§Ê •ŸÈ÷fl
→ ∧ → ∧
electric field E1= E i , it experiences a ∑§⁄UÃÊ „Ò– ÁfllÈÃ ˇÊòÊ E 2= 3 E1 j ◊¥ ⁄UπŸ ¬⁄U
→ ∧ → →
torque T1= τ k . When subjected to ÿ„ ’‹ •ÊÉÊÍáÊ¸ T2 =− T1 ∑§Ê •ŸÈ÷fl ∑§⁄UÃÊ „Ò–
→ ∧
another electric field E 2= 3 E1 j it ∑§ÊáÊ θ ∑§Ê ◊ÊŸ „ÊªÊ —
→ →
experiences a torque T2 =− T1 . The angle
θ is :
(1) 308 (1) 308
(2) 458 (2) 458
(3) 608 (3) 608
(4) 908 (4) 908
15. A capacitance of 2 µF is required in an 15. ∞∑§ ÁfllÈÃ ¬Á⁄U¬Õ ◊¥ ∞∑§ 2 µF œÊÁ⁄UÃÊ ∑§ ‚¥œÊÁ⁄UòÊ
electrical circuit across a potential ∑§Ê 1.0 kV Áfl÷flÊãÃ⁄U ∑§ Á’ãŒÈ•Ê¥ ∑§ ’Ëø ‹ªÊŸÊ
difference of 1.0 kV. A large number of „Ò– 1 µF œÊÁ⁄UÃÊ ∑§ ’„ÈÃ ‚Ê⁄U ‚¥œÊÁ⁄UòÊ ¡Ê Á∑§
1 µF capacitors are available which can 300 V Áfl÷flÊãÃ⁄U Ã∑§ fl„Ÿ ∑§⁄U ‚∑§Ã „Ò¥, ©¬‹éœ
withstand a potential difference of not „Ò–¥
more than 300 V.
The minimum number of capacitors ©¬⁄UÊÄÃ ¬Á⁄U¬Õ ∑§Ê ¬˝Ê# ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§ Á‹ÿ ãÿÍŸÃ◊ Á∑§ÃŸ
required to achieve this is : ‚¥œÊÁ⁄UòÊÊ¥ ∑§Ë •Êfl‡ÿ∑§ÃÊ „ÊªË?
(1) 2 (1) 2
(2) 16 (2) 16
(3) 24 (3) 24
(4) 32 (4) 32
16. In the given circuit diagram when the 16. ÁŒÿ ªÿ ¬Á⁄U¬Õ ◊¥ ¡’ œÊ⁄UÊ ÁSÕ⁄UÊflSÕÊ ◊¥ ¬„È°ø ¡ÊÃË
current reaches steady state in the circuit, „Ò ÃÊ œÊÁ⁄UÃÊ C ∑§ ‚¥œÊÁ⁄UòÊ ¬⁄U •Êfl‡Ê ∑§Ê ◊ÊŸ „ÊªÊ —
the charge on the capacitor of capacitance
C will be :
(1) CE (1) CE
r1 r1
(2) CE (2) CE
( r2 +r ) ( r2 +r )
(3) r2 (3) r2
CE CE
(r+r2 ) (r+r2 )
r1 r1
(4) CE (4) CE
(r1+r) (r1+r)
17. 17.
In the above circuit the current in each ™§¬⁄U ÁŒÿ ªÿ ¬Á⁄U¬Õ ◊¥ ¬˝àÿ∑§ ¬˝ÁÃ⁄UÊœ ◊¥ œÊ⁄UÊ ∑§Ê
resistance is : ◊ÊŸ „ÊªÊ —
(1) 1A (1) 1A
(2) 0.25 A (2) 0.25 A
(3) 0.5 A (3) 0.5 A
(4) 0A (4) 0A
18. A magnetic needle of magnetic moment 18. ∞∑§ øÈê’∑§Ëÿ •ÊÉÊÍáÊ¸ 6.7×10−2 Am2 ∞fl¥ ¡«∏àfl
6.7×10 −2 Am 2 and moment of inertia •ÊÉÊÍáÊ¸ 7.5×10−6 kg m2 flÊ‹Ë øÈê’∑§Ëÿ ‚ÈßZ,
7.5×10 −6 kg m 2 is performing simple ∞∑§ 0.01 T ÃËfl˝ÃÊ ∑§ øÈê’∑§Ëÿ ˇÊòÊ ◊¥ ‚⁄U‹ •ÊflÃ¸
harmonic oscillations in a magnetic field ŒÊ‹Ÿ ∑§⁄U ⁄U„Ë „Ò– 10 ¬Í⁄U ŒÊ‹Ÿ ∑§Ê ‚◊ÿ „ÊªÊ —
of 0.01 T. Time taken for 10 complete
oscillations is :
(1) 6.65 s (1) 6.65 s
(2) 8.89 s (2) 8.89 s
(3) 6.98 s (3) 6.98 s
(4) 8.76 s (4) 8.76 s
19. When a current of 5 mA is passed through 19. 15 Ω ∑§ ∑È§á«U‹Ë ¬˝ÁÃ⁄UÊœ ∑§ ªÒÀflŸÊ◊Ë≈U⁄U ‚ ¡’
a galvanometer having a coil of resistance 5 mA ∑§Ë œÊ⁄UÊ ¬˝flÊÁ„Ã ∑§Ë ¡ÊÃË „Ò ÃÊ fl„ ¬ÍáÊ¸
15 Ω, it shows full scale deflection. The S∑§‹ ÁflˇÊ¬ Œ‡ÊÊ¸ÃÊ „Ò– ß‚ 0−10 V ¬⁄UÊ‚ ∑§
value of the resistance to be put in series Áfl÷fl◊Ê¬Ë ◊¥ ’Œ‹Ÿ ∑§ Á‹ÿ Á∑§‚ ◊ÊŸ ∑§ ¬˝ÁÃ⁄UÊœ
with the galvanometer to convert it into a ∑§Ê ªÒÀflŸÊ◊Ë≈U⁄U ∑§ ‚ÊÕ üÊáÊË ∑˝§◊ ◊¥ ‹ªÊŸÊ „ÊªÊ?
voltmeter of range 0−10 V is :
(1) 1.985×103 Ω (1) 1.985×103 Ω
(2) 2.045×10 3 Ω (2) 2.045×10 3 Ω
(3) 2.535×103 Ω (3) 2.535×103 Ω
(4) 4.005×103 Ω (4) 4.005×103 Ω
20. In a coil of resistance 100 Ω, a current is 20. øÈê’∑§Ëÿ ç‹Ä‚ ∑§ ’Œ‹Ÿ ‚ 100 Ω ¬˝ÁÃ⁄UÊœ ∑§Ë
induced by changing the magnetic flux ∑È§á«U‹Ë ◊¥ ¬˝Á⁄UÃ œÊ⁄UÊ ∑§Ê ÁøòÊ ◊¥ Œ‡ÊÊ¸ÿÊ ªÿÊ „Ò–
through it as shown in the figure. The ∑È§á«U‹Ë ‚ ªÈ¡⁄UŸ flÊ‹ ç‹Ä‚ ◊¥ ’Œ‹Êfl ∑§Ê ¬Á⁄U◊ÊáÊ
magnitude of change in flux through the „ÊªÊ —
coil is :
(1) 200 Wb (1) 200 Wb
(2) 225 Wb (2) 225 Wb
(3) 250 Wb (3) 250 Wb
(4) 275 Wb (4) 275 Wb
21. An electron beam is accelerated by a 21. X-Á∑§⁄UáÊ¥ ©à¬ãŸ ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§ Á‹ÿ ∞∑§ ß‹ÒÄ≈˛UÊÚŸ Á∑§⁄UáÊ¬È°¡
potential difference V to hit a metallic ∑§Ê Áfl÷flÊãÃ⁄U V ‚ àflÁ⁄UÃ ∑§⁄U∑§ œÊÃÈ ∑§Ë å‹≈U ¬⁄U
target to produce X-rays. It produces •Ê¬ÁÃÃ Á∑§ÿÊ ¡ÊÃÊ „Ò – ß‚‚ ÁflÁflÄÃ
continuous as well as characteristic X-rays. (characteristic) ∞fl¥ •Áfl⁄U Ã (continuous)
If λmin is the smallest possible wavelength X-Á∑§⁄UáÊ¥ ©à¬ãŸ „ÊÃË „Ò¥– ÿÁŒ X-Á∑§⁄UáÊ S¬Ä≈˛U◊ ◊¥
of X-ray in the spectrum, the variation of ãÿÍŸÃ◊ ‚¥÷fl Ã⁄¥UªŒÒäÿ¸ λmin „Ò ÃÊ log λmin ∑§Ê
log λmin with log V is correctly represented log V ∑§ ‚ÊÕ ’Œ‹Êfl Á∑§‚ ÁøòÊ ◊¥ ‚„Ë ÁŒπÊÿÊ
in : ªÿÊ „Ò?
(1) (1)
(2) (2)
(3) (3)
(4) (4)
22. A diverging lens with magnitude of focal 22. ∞∑§ 25 cm ¬Á⁄U◊ÊáÊ ∑§Ë »§Ê∑§‚ ŒÍ⁄UË ∑§ •¬‚Ê⁄UË
length 25 cm is placed at a distance of ‹ã‚ ∑§Ê ∞∑§ 20 cm ¬Á⁄◊ÊáÊ ∑§Ë »§Ê∑§‚ ŒÍ⁄UË ∑§
15 cm from a converging lens of magnitude •Á÷‚Ê⁄UË ‹ã‚ ‚ 15 cm ∑§Ë ŒÍ⁄UË ¬⁄U ⁄UπÊ ¡ÊÃÊ „Ò–
of focal length 20 cm. A beam of parallel ∞∑§ ‚◊Ê¥Ã⁄U ¬˝∑§Ê‡Ê ¬È¥¡ •¬‚Ê⁄UË ‹¥‚ ¬⁄U •Ê¬ÁÃÃ
light falls on the diverging lens. The final „ÊÃÊ „Ò– ¬Á⁄UáÊÊ◊Ë ¬˝ÁÃÁ’ê’ „ÊªÊ —
image formed is :
(1) real and at a distance of 40 cm from (1) flÊSÃÁfl∑§ •ÊÒ⁄U •Á÷‚Ê⁄UË ‹¥‚ ‚ 40 cm ŒÍ⁄UË
convergent lens. ¬⁄U
(2) virtual and at a distance of 40 cm (2) •Ê÷Ê‚Ë •ÊÒ⁄U •Á÷‚Ê⁄UË ‹¥‚ ‚ 40 cm ŒÍ⁄UË
from convergent lens. ¬⁄U
(3) real and at a distance of 40 cm from (3) flÊSÃÁfl∑§ •ÊÒ⁄U •¬‚Ê⁄UË ‹ã‚ ‚ 40 cm ŒÍ⁄UË
the divergent lens. ¬⁄U
(4) real and at a distance of 6 cm from (4) flÊSÃÁfl∑§ •ÊÒ⁄U •Á÷‚Ê⁄UË ‹ã‚ ‚ 6 cm ŒÍ⁄UË
the convergent lens. ¬⁄U
23. In a Young’s double slit experiment, slits 23. ÿ¥ª ∑§ ∞∑§ ÁmÁ¤Ê⁄UË ¬˝ÿÊª ◊¥, Á¤ÊÁ⁄UÿÊ¥ ∑§ ’Ëø ∑§Ë ŒÍ⁄UË
are separated by 0.5 mm, and the screen 0.5 mm ∞fl¥ ¬Œ¸ ∑§Ë Á¤Ê⁄UË ‚ ŒÍ⁄UË 150 cm „Ò– ∞∑§
is placed 150 cm away. A beam of light ¬˝∑§Ê‡Ê ¬È¥¡, Á¡‚◊¥ 650 nm •ÊÒ⁄U 520 nm ∑§Ë ŒÊ
consisting of two wavelengths, 650 nm Ã⁄¥UªŒÒäÿ¸ „Ò¥, ∑§Ê ¬Œ¸ ¬⁄U √ÿÃË∑§⁄UáÊ Á»˝§ã¡ ’ŸÊŸ ◊¥
and 520 nm, is used to obtain interference ©¬ÿÊª ∑§⁄UÃ „Ò¥– ©÷ÿÁŸc∆U ∑§ãŒ˝Ëÿ ©ÁìÊc∆U ‚ fl„
fringes on the screen. The least distance Á’ãŒÈ, ¡„Ê° ŒÊŸÊ¥ Ã⁄¥UªŒÒäÿÊZ ∑§Ë ŒË# Á»˝§ã¡¥ ‚ê¬ÊÃË
from the common central maximum to the „ÊÃË „Ò, ∑§Ë ãÿÍŸÃ◊ ŒÍ⁄UË „ÊªË —
point where the bright fringes due to both
the wavelengths coincide is :
(1) 1.56 mm (1) 1.56 mm
(2) 7.8 mm (2) 7.8 mm
(3) 9.75 mm (3) 9.75 mm
(4) 15.6 mm (4) 15.6 mm
24. A particle A of mass m and initial velocity 24. Œ˝√ÿ◊ÊŸ m ∞fl¥ •Ê⁄UÁê÷∑§ flª v ∑§ ∞∑§ ∑§áÊ-A
m m
v collides with a particle B of mass ∑§Ë ≈UÄ∑§⁄U Œ˝√ÿ◊ÊŸ ∑§ ÁSÕ⁄U ∑§áÊ-B ‚ „ÊÃË „Ò–
2 2
which is at rest. The collision is head on, ÿ„ ≈UÄ∑§⁄U ‚ê◊Èπ ∞fl¥ ¬˝àÿÊSÕ „Ò– ≈UÄ∑§⁄U ∑§ ’ÊŒ
and elastic. The ratio of the de-Broglie Á«U-’˝ÊÚÇ‹Ë Ã⁄¥UªŒÒäÿÊZ λA ∞fl¥ λB ∑§Ê •ŸÈ¬ÊÃ „ÊªÊ —
wavelengths λA to λB after the collision is :
λA 1 λA 1
(1) = (1) =
λB 3 λB 3
λA λA
(2) =2 (2) =2
λB λB
λA 2 λA 2
(3) = (3) =
λB 3 λB 3
λA 1 λA 1
(4) = (4) =
λB 2 λB 2
25. Some energy levels of a molecule are 25. ∞∑§ •áÊÈ ∑§ ∑È§¿U ™§¡Ê¸ SÃ⁄UÊ¥ ∑§Ê ÁøòÊ ◊¥ ÁŒπÊÿÊ ªÿÊ
shown in the figure. The ratio of the „Ò– Ã⁄¥UªŒÒäÿÊZ ∑§ •ŸÈ¬ÊÃ r=λ1/λ2 ∑§Ê ◊ÊŸ „ÊªÊ —
wavelengths r=λ1/λ2, is given by :
4 4
(1) r= (1) r=
3 3
2 2
(2) r= (2) r=
3 3
3 3
(3) r= (3) r=
4 4
1 1
(4) r= (4) r=
3 3
26. A radioactive nucleus A with a half life T, 26. ∞∑§ ⁄UÁ«UÿÊ∞ÁÄ≈Ufl ŸÊÁ÷∑§-A Á¡‚∑§Ë •h¸-•ÊÿÈ T
decays into a nucleus B. At t=0, there is „Ò, ∑§Ê ˇÊÿ ∞∑§ ŸÊÁ÷∑§-B ◊¥ „ÊÃÊ „Ò– ‚◊ÿ t=0
no nucleus B. At sometime t, the ratio of ¬⁄U ∑§Êß¸ ÷Ë ŸÊÁ÷∑§-B Ÿ„Ë¥ „Ò– ∞∑§ ‚◊ÿ t ¬⁄U
the number of B to that of A is 0.3. Then, ŸÊÁ÷∑§Ê¥ B ÃÕÊ A ∑§Ë ‚¥ÅÿÊ ∑§Ê •ŸÈ¬ÊÃ 0.3 „Ò ÃÊ t
t is given by : ∑§Ê ◊ÊŸ „ÊªÊ —
T log 2 T log 2
(1) t= (1) t=
2 log 1.3 2 log 1.3
log 1.3 log 1.3

(2) t=T (2) t=T
log 2 log 2
(3) t=T log (1.3) (3) t=T log (1.3)
T T
(4) t= (4) t=
log (1.3) log (1.3)
27. In a common emitter amplifier circuit 27. n-p-n ≈˛UÊ°Á$¡S≈U⁄U ‚ ’ŸÊÿ „È∞ ∞∑§ ©÷ÿÁŸc∆U ©à‚¡¸∑§
using an n-p-n transistor, the phase ¬˝flœ¸∑§ ¬Á⁄U¬Õ ◊¥ ÁŸflÁ‡ÊÃ ÃÕÊ ÁŸª¸Ã Áfl÷flÊ¥ ∑§
difference between the input and the ’Ëø ∑§‹Ê¥Ã⁄U ∑§Ê ◊ÊŸ „ÊªÊ —
output voltages will be :
(1) 458 (1) 458
(2) 908 (2) 908
(3) 1358 (3) 1358
(4) 1808 (4) 1808
28. In amplitude modulation, sinusoidal 28. •ÊÿÊ◊ ◊ÊÚ«ÈU‹Ÿ ◊¥ íÿÊfl∑˝§Ëÿ flÊ„∑§ •ÊflÎÁûÊ ∑§Ê ωc
carrier frequency used is denoted by ωc ‚ ÃÕÊ Á‚ÇŸ‹ •ÊflÎÁûÊ ∑§Ê ωm ‚ Œ‡ÊÊ¸Ã „Ò¥– Á‚ÇŸ‹
and the signal frequency is denoted by ωm. ∑§Ë ’Òá«U øÊÒ«∏Êß¸ (∆ωm) ∑§Ê ß‚ Ã⁄U„ øÈŸÃ „Ò¥ Á∑§
The bandwidth (∆ωm) of the signal is such ∆ωm<<ωc. ÁŸêŸ ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ‚Ë •ÊflÎÁûÊ ◊Ê«ÈUÁ‹Ã
that ∆ωm<<ωc. Which of the following Ã⁄¥Uª ◊¥ Ÿ„Ë¥ „ÊªË?
frequencies is not contained in the
modulated wave ?
(1) ωm (1) ωm
(2) ωc (2) ωc
(3) ωm +ω c (3) ω m+ω c
(4) ωc −ω m (4) ω c−ω m
29. Which of the following statements is 29. ÁŸêŸÁ‹ÁπÃ ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ ‚Ê ∑§ÕŸ ª‹Ã „Ò?
false ?
(1) Wheatstone bridge is the most (1) √„Ë≈US≈UÊŸ ‚ÃÈ ∑§Ë ‚Èª˝„ËÃÊ ‚’‚ •Áœ∑§ Ã’
sensitive when all the four „ÊÃË „Ò ¡’ øÊ⁄UÊ¥ ¬˝ÁÃ⁄UÊœÊ¥ ∑§Ê ¬Á⁄U◊ÊáÊ ÃÈÀÿ
resistances are of the same order of „ÊÃÊ „Ò–
magnitude.
(2) In a balanced wheatstone bridge if (2) ∞∑§ ‚¥ÃÈÁ‹Ã √„Ë≈US≈UÊŸ ‚ÃÈ ◊¥, ‚‹ ∞fl¥
the cell and the galvanometer are ªÒÀflŸÊ◊Ë≈U⁄U ∑§Ê •Ê¬‚ ◊¥ ’Œ‹Ÿ ¬⁄U ‡ÊÍãÿ
exchanged, the null point is ÁflˇÊ¬ Á’ãŒÈ ¬˝÷ÊÁflÃ „ÊÃÊ „Ò–
disturbed.
(3) A rheostat can be used as a potential (3) ∞∑§ œÊ⁄UÊ ÁŸÿ¥òÊ∑§ ∑§Ê Áfl÷fl Áfl÷Ê¡∑§ ∑§Ë
divider. Ã⁄U„ ©¬ÿÊª ∑§⁄U ‚∑§Ã „Ò¥–
(4) Kirchhoff’s second law represents (4) Á∑§⁄UøÊÚ»§ ∑§Ê ÁmÃËÿ ÁŸÿ◊ ™§¡Ê¸ ∑§ ‚¥⁄UˇÊáÊ
energy conservation. ∑§Ê Œ‡ÊÊ¸ÃÊ „Ò–
30. The following observations were taken for 30. ÁŸêŸ ¬˝ˇÊáÊÊ¥ ∑§Ê ∑§Á‡Ê∑§Ê ÁflÁœ ‚ ¬ÊŸË ∑§Ê ¬Îc∆U ÃŸÊfl
determining surface tension T of water by T ŸÊ¬Ÿ ∑§ Á‹ÿ Á∑§ÿÊ ¡ÊÃÊ „Ò–
capillary method :
diameter of capillary, D=1.25×10−2 m ∑§Á‡Ê∑§Ê ∑§Ê √ÿÊ‚, D=1.25×10−2 m
rise of water, h=1.45×10−2 m. ¬ÊŸË ∑§Ê ø…∏Êfl, h=1.45×10−2 m
Using g=9.80 m/s 2 and the simplified g=9.80 m/s 2 ÃÕÊ ‚⁄U‹Ë∑Î § Ã ‚ê’ãœ
rhg rhg
relation T= × 103 N/m , the T= × 103 N/m , ∑§Ê ©¬ÿÊª ∑§⁄UÃ „È∞
2 2
possible error in surface tension is closest ¬Îc∆U ÃŸÊfl ◊¥ ‚ê÷ÊÁflÃ òÊÈÁ≈U ∑§Ê ÁŸ∑§≈UÃ◊ ◊ÊŸ „ÊªÊ —
to :
(1) 0.15%
(1) 0.15%
(2) 1.5%
(2) 1.5%
(3) 2.4%
(3) 2.4%
(4) 10%
(4) 10%
PART B — CHEMISTRY ÷Êª B — ⁄U‚ÊÿŸ ÁflôÊÊŸ
31. Given 31. ÁŒÿÊ ªÿÊ „Ò,
C(graphite)+O2(g) → CO2(g) ; C(graphite)+O2(g) → CO2(g) ;
∆rH8=−393.5 kJ mol−1 ∆rH8=−393.5 kJ mol−1
H2(g)+ 21 O2(g) → H2O(l) ; H2(g)+ 21 O2(g) → H2O(l) ;

∆rH8=−285.8 kJ mol−1 ∆rH8=−285.8 kJ mol−1
CO2(g)+2H2O(l) → CH4(g)+2O2(g) ; CO2(g)+2H2O(l) → CH4(g)+2O2(g) ;
∆rH8=+890.3 kJ mol−1 ∆rH8=+890.3 kJ mol−1
Based on the above thermochemical ™§¬⁄U ÁŒÿ ªÿ ™§c◊⁄UÊ‚ÊÿÁŸ∑§ ‚◊Ë∑§⁄UáÊÊ¥ ∑§ •ÊœÊ⁄U
equations, the value of ∆rH8 at 298 K for ¬⁄U 298 K ¬⁄U •Á÷Á∑˝§ÿÊ
the reaction C(graphite)+2H2(g) → CH4(g)
C(graphite)+2H2(g) → CH4(g) will be : ∑§ ∆rH8 ∑§Ê ◊ÊŸ „ÊªÊ —
(1) −74.8 kJ mol−1 (1) −74.8 kJ mol−1
(2) −144.0 kJ mol−1 (2) −144.0 kJ mol−1
(3) +74.8 kJ mol−1 (3) +74.8 kJ mol−1
(4) +144.0 kJ mol−1 (4) +144.0 kJ mol−1
32. 1 gram of a carbonate (M 2 CO 3 ) on 32. ∞∑§ ∑§Ê’Ê¸Ÿ≈U (M2CO3) ∑§ 1 ª˝Ê◊ ∑§Ê HCl ∑§
treatment with excess HCl produces •ÊÁœÄÿ ◊¥ •Á÷Á∑˝§Ã Á∑§ÿÊ ¡ÊÃÊ „Ò •ÊÒ⁄U ©‚‚
0.01186 mole of CO2. The molar mass of 0.01186 ◊Ê‹ CO2 ¬ÒŒÊ „ÊÃË „Ò– M2CO3 ∑§Ê
M2CO3 in g mol−1 is : ◊Ê‹⁄U Œ˝√ÿ◊ÊŸ g mol−1 ◊¥ „Ò —
(1) 118.6 (1) 118.6
(2) 11.86 (2) 11.86
(3) 1186 (3) 1186
(4) 84.3 (4) 84.3
33. ∆U is equal to : 33. ∆U Á¡‚∑§ ’⁄UÊ’⁄U „Ò, fl„ „Ò —

(1) Adiabatic work (1) L§hÊc◊ ∑§Êÿ¸
(2) Isothermal work (2) ‚◊ÃÊ¬Ë ∑§Êÿ¸
(3) Isochoric work (3) ‚◊-•ÊÿÃÁŸ∑§ ∑§Êÿ¸
(4) Isobaric work (4) ‚◊ŒÊ’Ë ∑§Êÿ¸
34. The Tyndall effect is observed only when 34. Á≈Uã«U‹ ¬˝÷Êfl Ã÷Ë ÁŒπÊÿË ¬«∏ªÊ ¡’ ÁŸêŸ ‡ÊÃ¸
following conditions are satisfied : ‚¥ÃÈc≈U „ÊÃË „Ò¥ —
(a) The diameter of the dispersed (a) ¬Á⁄UˇÊÁ¬Ã ∑§áÊÊ¥ ∑§Ê √ÿÊ‚, ¬˝ÿÈÄÃ ¬˝∑§Ê‡Ê ∑§
particles is much smaller than the Ã⁄¥UªŒÒÉÿ¸ ∑§Ë ÃÈ‹ŸÊ ◊¥ ’„ÈÃ ¿UÊ≈UÊ „Ê–
wavelength of the light used.
(b) The diameter of the dispersed (b) ¬Á⁄UˇÊÁ¬Ã ∑§áÊÊ¥ ∑§Ê √ÿÊ‚, ¬˝ÿÈÄÃ ¬˝∑§Ê‡Ê ∑§
particle is not much smaller than the Ã⁄¥UªŒÒÉÿ¸ ∑§Ë ÃÈ‹ŸÊ ◊¥ ’„ÈÃ ¿UÊ≈UÊ Ÿ„Ë¥ „Ê–
(c) The refractive indices of the (c) ¬Á⁄UˇÊÁ¬Ã ¬˝ÊflSÕÊ ÃÕÊ ¬Á⁄UˇÊ¬áÊ ◊Êäÿ◊ ∑§
dispersed phase and dispersion •¬flÃ¸ŸÊ¥∑§ ¬Á⁄U◊ÊáÊ ‹ª÷ª ∞∑§ ¡Ò‚ „Ê¥–
medium are almost similar in
magnitude.
(d) The refractive indices of the (d) ¬Á⁄UˇÊÁ¬Ã ¬˝ÊflSÕÊ ÃÕÊ ¬Á⁄UˇÊ¬áÊ ◊Êäÿ◊ ∑§
dispersed phase and dispersion •¬flÃ¸ŸÊ¥∑§ ¬Á⁄U◊ÊáÊ ’„ÈÃ Á÷ãŸ „Ê¥–
medium differ greatly in magnitude.
(1) (a) and (c) (1) (a) ÃÕÊ (c)

(2) (b) and (c) (2) (b) ÃÕÊ (c)
(3) (a) and (d) (3) (a) ÃÕÊ (d)
(4) (b) and (d) (4) (b) ÃÕÊ (d)
35. A metal crystallises in a face centred cubic 35. ∞∑§ œÊÃÈ »§‹∑§ ∑§ÁãŒ˝Ã ÉÊŸ ‚¥⁄UøŸÊ ◊¥ Á∑˝§S≈UÁ‹Ã
structure. If the edge length of its unit cell „ÊÃË „Ò– ÿÁŒ ß‚∑§ ∞∑§∑§ ‚‹ ∑§Ë ∑§Ê⁄U ‹ê’Êß¸ ‘a’
is ‘a’, the closest approach between two „Ò, ÃÊ œÊÁàfl∑§ Á∑˝§S≈U‹ ◊¥ ŒÊ ¬⁄U◊ÊáÊÈ•Ê¥ ∑§ ’Ëø
atoms in metallic crystal will be : ‚ÁÛÊ∑§≈UÃ◊ ŒÍ⁄UË „ÊªË —
(1) 2a (1) 2a
a a
(2) (2)
2 2
(3) 2a (3) 2a
(4) 2 2a (4) 2 2a
ᑻ ᑻ ᑻ
ECl −=1.36 V, E 3+ =−0.74 V EᑻCl /Cl−=1.36 V, ECr 3+ =−0.74 V
2 /Cl Cr /Cr 2 /Cr
EᑻCr O2−/Cr 3+=1.33 V, EMnO

ᑻ −
/Mn 2+
=1.51 V . EᑻCr O2−/Cr 3+=1.33 V, EMnO
ᑻ −
/Mn 2+
=1.51 V .
2 7 4 2 7 4
Among the following, the strongest ÁŸêŸ ◊¥ ‚ ¬˝’‹Ã◊ •¬øÊÿ∑§ „Ò —

reducing agent is :
(1) Cr3+ (1) Cr3+
(2) Cl− (2) Cl−
(3) Cr (3) Cr
(4) Mn2+ (4) Mn2+
37. The freezing point of benzene decreases 37. ¡’ ∞Á‚Á≈U∑§ ∞Á‚«U ∑§Ê 0.2 g ’¥¡ËŸ ∑§ 20 g ◊¥
by 0.458C when 0.2 g of acetic acid is Á◊‹ÊÿÊ ¡ÊÃÊ „Ò ÃÊ ’¥¡ËŸ ∑§Ê Á„◊Ê¥∑§ 0.458C ‚ ∑§◊
added to 20 g of benzene. If acetic acid „Ê ¡ÊÃÊ „Ò– ÿÁŒ ∞Á‚Á≈U∑§ ∞Á‚«U ’¥¡ËŸ ◊¥ ‚¥ªÈÁáÊÃ
associates to form a dimer in benzene, „Ê∑§⁄U «UÊß◊⁄U (ÁmÃÿ) ’ŸÊÃÊ „Ò ÃÊ ∞Á‚Á≈U∑§ ∞Á‚«U
percentage association of acetic acid in ∑§Ê ¬˝ÁÃ‡ÊÃÃÊ ‚¥ªÈáÊŸ „ÊªÊ —
benzene will be :
(Kf for benzene=5.12 K kg mol−1) (’¥¡ËŸ ∑§ Á‹∞ Kf =5.12 K kg mol−1)
(1) 74.6% (1) 74.6%
(2) 94.6% (2) 94.6%
(3) 64.6% (3) 64.6%
(4) 80.4% (4) 80.4%
38. The radius of the second Bohr orbit for 38. „Êß«˛UÊ¡Ÿ ¬⁄U◊ÊáÊÈ ∑§ ÁmÃËÿ ’Ê⁄U ∑§ˇÊÊ ∑§Ê •h¸√ÿÊ‚
hydrogen atom is : „ÊªÊ —
(Planck’s Const. h=6.6262×10−34 Js; (å‹Ò¥∑§ ÁSÕ⁄UÊ¥∑§ h=6.6262×10−34 Js;
mass of electron=9.1091×10−31 kg; ß‹Ä≈˛UÊÚŸ ∑§Ê Œ˝√ÿ◊ÊŸ=9.1091×10−31 kg;
charge of electron e=1.60210×10−19 C; ß‹Ä≈˛UÊÚŸ ¬⁄U •Êfl‡Ê e=1.60210×10−19 C;
permittivity of vacuum ÁŸflÊ¸Ã ∑§Ê ¬⁄UÊflÒlÈÃÊ¥∑§
e0=8.854185×10−12 kg −1m−3A2) e0=8.854185×10−12 kg −1m−3A2)
(1) 0.529 Å (1) 0.529 Å
(2) 2.12 Å (2) 2.12 Å
(3) 1.65 Å (3) 1.65 Å
(4) 4.76 Å (4) 4.76 Å
39. Two reactions R1 and R2 have identical 39. ŒÊ •Á÷Á∑˝§ÿÊ•Ê¥, R1 ÃÕÊ R2 ∑§ ¬Ífl¸ ø⁄UÉÊÊÃÊ¥∑§Ë
pre-exponential factors. Activation energy ªÈáÊ∑§ ∞∑§ ¡Ò‚ „Ò¥– R1 ∑§Ë ‚¥Á∑˝§ÿáÊ ™§¡Ê¸ R2 ∑§
of R1 exceeds that of R2 by 10 kJ mol−1. If ‚¥Á∑˝§ÿáÊ ™§¡Ê¸ ‚ 10 kJ mol−1 íÿÊŒÊ „Ò– ÿÁŒ
k1 and k2 are rate constants for reactions •Á÷Á∑˝§ÿÊ R1 ÃÕÊ R2 ∑§ Á‹∞ 300 K ¬⁄U Œ⁄U
R 1 and R 2 respectively at 300 K, then ÁŸÿÃÊ¥∑§ ∑˝§◊‡Ê— k1 ÃÕÊ k2 „Ê¥ ÃÊ ln(k2/k1) ÁŸêŸ
ln(k2/k1) is equal to : ◊¥ ‚ Á∑§‚∑§ ’⁄UÊ’⁄U „ÊªÊ?
(R=8.314 J mol−1K−1) (R=8.314 J mol−1K−1)
(1) 6 (1) 6
(2) 4 (2) 4
(3) 8 (3) 8
(4) 12 (4) 12
40. pKa of a weak acid (HA) and pKb of a weak 40. ∞∑§ ŒÈ’¸‹ •ê‹ (HA) ∑§Ê pKa ÃÕÊ ∞∑§ ŒÈ’¸‹
base (BOH) are 3.2 and 3.4, respectively. ˇÊÊ⁄U∑§ (BOH) ∑§Ê pKb ∑˝§◊‡Ê— 3.2 ÃÕÊ 3.4 „Ò¥–
The pH of their salt (AB) solution is : ©Ÿ∑§ ‹fláÊ (AB) ∑§ Áfl‹ÿŸ ∑§Ê pH „ÊªÊ —
(1) 7.0 (1) 7.0
(2) 1.0 (2) 1.0
(3) 7.2 (3) 7.2
(4) 6.9 (4) 6.9
41. Both lithium and magnesium display 41. Áfl∑§áÊ¸ ‚ê’ãœ ∑§ ∑§Ê⁄UáÊ, ‹ËÁÕÿ◊ ÃÕÊ ◊ÒÇŸËÁ‡Êÿ◊
several similar properties due to the ŒÊŸÊ¥ ∑§ß¸ ∞∑§ ¡Ò‚ ªÈáÊ ¬˝ŒÁ‡Ê¸Ã ∑§⁄UÃ „Ò¥ Á»§⁄U ÷Ë, fl„
diagonal relationship; however, the one ∞∑§ ¡Ê ª‹Ã „Ò, „Ò —
which is incorrect, is :
(1) both form nitrides (1) ŒÊŸÊ¥ ŸÊß≈˛UÊß«U ’ŸÊÃ „Ò¥

(2) nitrates of both Li and Mg yield NO2 (2) ‹ËÁÕÿ◊ ÃÕÊ ◊ÒÇŸËÁ‡Êÿ◊, ŒÊŸÊ¥ ∑§ „Ë ŸÊß≈˛U≈U
and O2 on heating ª⁄U◊ ∑§⁄UŸ ¬⁄U NO2 ÃÕÊ O2 ŒÃ „Ò¥
(3) both form basic carbonates (3) ŒÊŸÊ¥ ˇÊÊ⁄UËÿ ∑§Ê’Ê¸Ÿ≈U ’ŸÊÃ „Ò¥
(4) both form soluble bicarbonates (4) ŒÊŸÊ¥ ÉÊÈ‹Ÿ‡ÊË‹ ’Êß∑§Ê’Ê¸Ÿ≈U ’ŸÊÃ „Ò¥
42. Which of the following species is not 42. ÁŸêŸ ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ ‚Ë S¬Ë‡ÊË$¡ •ŸÈøÈê’∑§Ëÿ Ÿ„Ë¥ „Ò?
paramagnetic ?
(1) O2 (1) O2
(2) B2 (2) B2
(3) NO (3) NO
(4) CO (4) CO
43. Which of the following reactions is an 43. ÁŸêŸ ◊ ¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒ Ÿ ‚Ë •Á÷Á∑˝ § ÿÊ •¬øÿÊ ¬ øÿ
example of a redox reaction ? (Á⁄U«UÊÚÄ‚) •Á÷Á∑˝§ÿÊ ∑§Ê ©ŒÊ„⁄UáÊ „Ò?
(1) XeF6 + H2O → XeOF4 + 2HF (1) XeF6 + H2O → XeOF4 + 2HF
(2) XeF6 + 2H2O → XeO2F2 + 4HF (2) XeF6 + 2H2O → XeO2F2 + 4HF
(3) XeF4 + O2F2 → XeF6 + O2 (3) XeF4 + O2F2 → XeF6 + O2
(4) XeF2 + PF5 → [XeF]+ PF6− (4) XeF2 + PF5 → [XeF]+ PF6−
44. A water sample has ppm level 44. ∞∑§ ¡‹ ¬˝ÁÃŒ‡Ê¸ ◊¥ ¬Ë.¬Ë.∞◊. (ppm) SÃ⁄U ∑§Ë
concentration of following anions ÁŸêŸ ´§áÊÊÿŸÊ¥ ∑§Ë ‚ÊãŒ˝ÃÊ „Ò–
F−=10 ; SO 24−=100 ; NO−
3 =50 F−=10 ; SO 24−=100 ; NO−
3 =50
The anion/anions that make/makes the fl„/fl ´§áÊÊÿŸ ¡Ê ¡‹ ¬˝ÁÃŒ‡Ê¸ ∑§Ê ¬ËŸ ∑§ Á‹∞
water sample unsuitable for drinking is/ •ŸÈ¬ÿÈÄÃ ’ŸÊÃÊ „Ò/’ŸÊÃ „Ò¥, „Ò/„Ò¥ —
are :
(1) only F− (1) ◊ÊòÊ F−
(2) only SO 24− (2) ◊ÊòÊ SO 24−
(3) only NO−

3 (3) ◊ÊòÊ NO−
3
(4) both SO 24− and NO−

3 (4) SO 24− ÃÕÊ NO−
3 ŒÊŸÊ¥
45. The group having isoelectronic species is : 45. fl„ ª˝È¬ Á¡‚◊¥ ‚◊ß‹Ä≈˛UÊÚŸË S¬Ë‡ÊË¡ „Ò¥, „Ò —
(1) O2−, F−, Na, Mg2+ (1) O2−, F−, Na, Mg2+
(2) O−, F−, Na+, Mg2+ (2) O−, F−, Na+, Mg2+
(3) O2−, F−, Na+, Mg2+ (3) O2−, F−, Na+, Mg2+
(4) O−, F−, Na, Mg+ (4) O−, F−, Na, Mg+
46. The products obtained when chlorine gas 46. ¡’ Ä‹Ê⁄UËŸ ªÒ‚ ∆¥U«U ∞fl¥ ÃŸÈ ¡‹Ëÿ NaOH ∑§ ‚ÊÕ
reacts with cold and dilute aqueous NaOH •Á÷Á∑˝§ÿÊ ∑§⁄UÃË „Ò ÃÊ ¬˝ÊåÃ „ÊŸ flÊ‹ ©à¬ÊŒ „Êª¥  —
are :
(1) Cl− and ClO− (1) Cl− ÃÕÊ ClO−
(2) Cl− and ClO 2 (2) Cl− ÃÕÊ ClO 2

− −
(3) ClO− and ClO 3 (3) ClO− ÃÕÊ ClO 3

− −
(4) 2 and ClO 3

ClO− −
(4) ClO−
2 ÃÕÊ ClO−
3
47. In the following reactions, ZnO is 47. ÁŸêŸ •Á÷Á∑˝§ÿÊ•Ê¥ ◊¥, ZnO ∑˝§◊‡Ê— ∑§Êÿ¸ ∑§⁄UªÊ —
respectively acting as a/an :
(a) ZnO+Na2O → Na2ZnO2 (a) ZnO+Na2O → Na2ZnO2
(b) ZnO+CO2 → ZnCO3 (b) ZnO+CO2 → ZnCO3
(1) acid and acid (1) •ê‹ ÃÕÊ •ê‹

(2) acid and base (2) •ê‹ ÃÕÊ ˇÊÊ⁄U∑§
(3) base and acid (3) ˇÊÊ⁄U∑§ ÃÕÊ •ê‹
(4) base and base (4) ˇÊÊ⁄U∑§ ÃÕÊ ˇÊÊ⁄U∑§
48. Sodium salt of an organic acid ‘X’ produces 48. ∞∑§ ∑§Ê’¸ÁŸ∑§ •ê‹ ∑§Ê ‚ÊÁ«Uÿ◊ ÀÊfláÊ ‘X’ ‚ÊãŒ˝
effervescence with conc. H2SO4. ‘X’ reacts H2SO4 ∑§ ‚ÊÕ ’ÈŒ’ÈŒÊ„≈U ŒÃÊ „Ò– ‘X’ •ê‹Ëÿ
with the acidified aqueous CaCl2 solution ¡‹Ëÿ CaCl2 ∑§ ‚ÊÕ •Á÷Á∑˝§ÿÊ ∑§⁄UÃÊ „Ò •ÊÒ⁄U
to give a white precipitate which ‚»§Œ •flˇÊ¬ ŒÃÊ „Ò ¡Ê KMnO4 ∑§ •ê‹Ëÿ
decolourises acidic solution of KMnO4. Áfl‹ÿŸ ∑§Ê ⁄¥Uª„ËŸ ’ŸÊ ŒÃÊ „Ò– ‘X’ „Ò —
‘X’ is :
(1) CH 3COONa (1) CH 3COONa
(2) Na 2C2O 4 (2) Na 2C2O 4
(3) C6H5COONa (3) C6H5COONa
(4) HCOONa (4) HCOONa
49. The most abundant elements by mass in 49. ∞∑§ SflSÕ ◊ŸÈcÿ ∑§ ‡Ê⁄UË⁄U ◊¥ ◊ÊòÊÊ ∑§Ë ŒÎÁc≈U ‚
the body of a healthy human adult are : ’„ÈÃÊÿÃ ‚ Á◊‹Ÿ flÊ‹ Ãàfl „Ò¥ — •ÊÚÄ‚Ë¡Ÿ (61.4%);
Oxygen (61.4%); Carbon (22.9%), ∑§Ê’¸ Ÿ (22.9%), „Êß«˛ U Ê ¡ Ÿ (10.0%); ÃÕÊ
Hydrogen (10.0%); and Nitrogen (2.6%). ŸÊß≈˛UÊ¡Ÿ (2.6%)– 75 kg fl¡Ÿ flÊ‹ ∞∑§ √ÿÁÄÃ
The weight which a 75 kg person would ∑§ ‡Ê⁄UË⁄U ‚ ‚÷Ë 1H ¬⁄U◊ÊáÊÈ•Ê¥ ∑§Ê 2H ¬⁄U◊ÊáÊÈ•Ê¥ ‚
gain if all 1H atoms are replaced by 2H ’Œ‹ ÁŒÿÊ ¡Êÿ ÃÊ ©‚∑§ ÷Ê⁄U ◊¥ ¡Ê flÎÁh „ÊªË, fl„
atoms is : „Ò —
(1) 7.5 kg (1) 7.5 kg
(2) 10 kg (2) 10 kg
(3) 15 kg (3) 15 kg
(4) 37.5 kg (4) 37.5 kg
50. On treatment of 100 mL of 0.1 M solution 50. CoCl3.6H2O ∑§ 0.1 M Áfl‹ÿŸ ∑§ 100 mL ∑§Ê
of CoCl 3 .6H 2 O with excess AgNO 3 ; AgNO 3 ∑ § •ÊÁœÄÿ ◊ ¥ •Á÷∑Î § Ã ∑§⁄U Ÿ  ¬⁄U
1.2×10 22 ions are precipitated. The 1.2×1022 •ÊÿŸ •flˇÊÁ¬Ã „ÊÃ „Ò¥– ‚¥∑È§‹ „Ò —
complex is :
(1) [Co(H2O)6]Cl3 (1) [Co(H2O)6]Cl3
(2) [Co(H2O)5Cl]Cl2.H2O (2) [Co(H2O)5Cl]Cl2.H2O
(3) [Co(H2O)4Cl2]Cl.2H2O (3) [Co(H2O)4Cl2]Cl.2H2O
(4) [Co(H2O)3Cl3].3H2O (4) [Co(H2O)3Cl3].3H2O
51. Which of the following compounds will 51. ◊ÊŸÊŸÊß≈˛U‡ÊŸ •Á÷Á∑˝§ÿÊ ◊¥ ÁŸêŸ ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ ‚Ê ÿÊÒÁª∑§
form significant amount of meta product ◊≈UÊ ©à¬ÊŒ ∑§Ë ◊„àfl¬ÍáÊ¸ ◊ÊòÊÊ ©à¬ãŸ ∑§⁄UªÊ?
during mono-nitration reaction ?
(1) (1)
(2) (2)
(3) (3)
(4) (4)
52. Which of the following, upon treatment 52. ÁŸêŸ ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ, tert-BuONa ∑§ ‚ÊÕ •Á÷∑Î§Ã
with tert-BuONa followed by addition of ∑§⁄UŸ ÃÕÊ ’˝Ê◊ËŸ ¡‹ ∑§ Á◊‹ÊŸ ¬⁄U, ’˝Ê◊ËŸ ∑§ ⁄¥Uª
bromine water, fails to decolourize the ∑§Ê ⁄¥Uª„ËŸ ∑§⁄UŸ ◊¥ •‚◊Õ¸ „ÊÃÊ „Ò?
colour of bromine ?
(1) (1)
(2) (2)
(3) (3)
(4) (4)
53. The formation of which of the following 53. ÁŸêŸ ’„È‹∑§Ê¥ ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ ‚ ’„È‹∑§ ◊¥ ¡‹ •¬ÉÊ≈UŸ
polymers involves hydrolysis reaction ? •Á÷Á∑˝§ÿÊ ‚ÁãŸÁ„Ã „Ò?
(1) Nylon 6, 6 (1) ŸÊß‹ÊÚŸ 6, 6
(2) Terylene (2) ≈U⁄UË‹ËŸ
(3) Nylon 6 (3) ŸÊß‹ÊÚŸ 6
(4) Bakelite (4) ’∑§‹Êß≈U
54. Which of the following molecules is least 54. ÁŸêŸ ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ ‚Ê •áÊÈ •ŸÈŸÊÁŒ∑§ M§¬ ‚ ãÿÍŸÃ◊
resonance stabilized ? ÁSÕ⁄U „Ò?
(1) (1)
(2) (2)
(3) (3)
(4) (4)
55. The increasing order of the reactivity of 55. S N1 •Á÷Á∑˝ § ÿÊ ∑ § Á‹∞ ÁŸêŸ „Ò ‹ Êß«U Ê  ¥ ∑§Ë
the following halides for the SN1 reaction •Á÷Á∑˝§ÿÊà◊∑§ÃÊ ∑§Ê ’…∏ÃÊ ∑˝§◊ „Ò —
is :
CH3CH2CH2Cl CH3CH2CH2Cl
(I) (II) (I) (II)

p−H3CO−C6H4−CH2Cl p−H3CO−C6H4−CH2Cl
(III) (III)
(1) (I) < (III) < (II) (1) (I) < (III) < (II)
(2) (II) < (III) < (I) (2) (II) < (III) < (I)
(3) (III) < (II) < (I) (3) (III) < (II) < (I)
(4) (II) < (I) < (III) (4) (II) < (I) < (III)
56. The major product obtained in the 56. ÁŸêŸ •Á÷Á∑˝§ÿÊ ◊¥ ¬˝ÊåÃ „ÊŸ flÊ‹Ê ◊ÈÅÿ ©à¬ÊŒ „Ò —
following reaction is :
(1) (+)C6H5CH(OtBu)CH2C6H5 (1) (+)C6H5CH(OtBu)CH2C6H5
(2) (−)C6H5CH(OtBu)CH2C6H5 (2) (−)C6H5CH(OtBu)CH2C6H5
(3) (±)C6H5CH(OtBu)CH2C6H5 (3) (±)C6H5CH(OtBu)CH2C6H5
(4) C6H5CH=CHC6H5 (4) C6H5CH=CHC6H5
57. Which of the following compounds will 57. ∞∑§ ¡‹Ëÿ KOH Áfl‹ÿŸ ◊¥ ÁŸêŸ ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ ‚Ê
behave as a reducing sugar in an aqueous ÿÊÒÁª∑§ ∞∑§ •¬øÊÿ∑§ ‡Ê∑¸§⁄UÊ ∑§ M§¬ ◊¥ √ÿfl„Ê⁄U
KOH solution ? ∑§⁄UªÊ?
(1) (1)
(2) (2)
(3) (3)
(4) (4)
58. 3-Methyl-pent-2-ene on reaction with HBr 58. ¬⁄UÊÄ‚Êß«U ∑§Ë ©¬ÁSÕÁÃ ◊¥, 3-◊ÁÕ‹-¬ã≈U-2-ß¸Ÿ,
in presence of peroxide forms an addition HBr ∑§ ‚ÊÕ •Á÷Á∑˝§ÿÊ ∑§⁄UŸ ¬⁄U ∞∑§ ‚¥∑§‹Ÿ ©à¬ÊŒ
product. The number of possible ’ŸÊÃÊ „Ò– ©à¬ÊŒ ∑§ Á‹∞ ‚ê÷fl ÁòÊÁfl◊ ‚◊Ê√ÊÿÁflÿÊ¥
stereoisomers for the product is : ∑§Ë ‚¥ÅÿÊ „ÊªË —
(1) Two (1) ŒÊ
(2) Four (2) øÊ⁄U
(3) Six (3) ¿U—
(4) Zero (4) ‡ÊÍãÿ
59. The correct sequence of reagents for the 59. ÁŸêŸ M§¬ÊãÃ⁄UáÊ ∑§ Á‹∞ •Á÷∑§◊¸∑§Ê¥ ∑§Ê ‚„Ë ∑˝§◊
following conversion will be : „ÊªÊ —
(1) CH 3MgBr, [Ag(NH3 )2 ]+OH−, (1) CH 3MgBr, [Ag(NH3 )2 ]+OH−,

H+/CH3OH H+/CH3OH
(2) [Ag(NH3 )2 ]+OH−, CH 3MgBr, (2) [Ag(NH3 )2 ]+OH−, CH 3MgBr,

H+/CH3 OH H+/CH3 OH
(3) [Ag(NH3 )2 ]+OH−, H+/CH 3OH, (3) [Ag(NH3 )2 ]+OH−, H+/CH 3OH,
CH3 MgBr CH3 MgBr
(4) CH3 MgBr, H+/CH 3OH, (4) CH3 MgBr, H+/CH 3OH,
[Ag(NH3 )2 ]+OH− [Ag(NH3 )2 ]+OH−
60. The major product obtained in the 60. ÁŸêŸ •Á÷Á∑˝§ÿÊ ◊¥ ¬˝ÊåÃ ◊ÈÅÿ ©à¬ÊŒ „Ò —
(1) (1)
(2) (2)
(3) (3)
(4) (4)
PART C — MATHEMATICS ÷Êª C — ªÁáÊÃ
The function f : R → − ,  defined f : R → − ,  ,

1 1 1 1
61.
 2 2 
61. »§‹Ÿ ¡Ê
 2 2
x x
as f ( x ) =
2
, is : f (x) = mÊ⁄UÊ ¬Á⁄U÷ÊÁ·Ã „Ò —
1+x 1 + x2
(1) injective but not surjective. (1) ∞∑Ò§∑§Ë „Ò ¬⁄UãÃÈ •Êë¿UÊŒË Ÿ„Ë¥ „Ò–
(2) surjective but not injective. (2) •Êë¿UÊŒË „Ò ¬⁄UãÃÈ ∞∑Ò§∑§Ë Ÿ„Ë¥ „Ò–
(3) neither injective nor surjective. (3) Ÿ ÃÊ •Êë¿UÊŒË •ÊÒ⁄U Ÿ „Ë ∞∑Ò§∑§Ë „Ò–
(4) invertible. (4) √ÿÈà∑˝§◊áÊËÿ „Ò–
62. If, for a positive integer n, the quadratic 62. ÿÁŒ Á∑§‚Ë œŸ¬ÍáÊÊZ∑§ n ∑§ Á‹∞, ÁmÉÊÊÃË ‚◊Ë∑§⁄UáÊ
equation,
x(x+1)+(x+1)(x+2)+.... x(x+1)+(x+1)(x+2)+....
+ ( x + n − 1) (x+n)=10n + ( x + n − 1) (x+n)=10n
has two consecutive integral solutions, ∑§ ŒÊ ∑˝§Á◊∑§ ¬ÍáÊÊZ∑§Ëÿ „‹ „Ò, ÃÊ n ’⁄UÊ’⁄U „Ò —
then n is equal to :
(1) 9 (1) 9
(2) 10 (2) 10
(3) 11 (3) 11
(4) 12 (4) 12
63. Let ω be a complex number such that 63. ◊ÊŸÊ ω ∞∑§ ‚Áê◊üÊ ‚¥ÅÿÊ ∞‚Ë „Ò Á∑§ 2ω+1=z
2ω+1=z where z = −3 . If ¡„Ê° z = −3 „Ò– ÿÁŒ
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 −ω2−1 ω2 = 3k, 1 −ω2−1 ω2 = 3k „Ò
2 7 2 7
1 ω ω 1 ω ω
then k is equal to : ÃÊ k ’⁄UÊ’⁄U „Ò —

(1) z (1) z
(2) −1 (2) −1
(3) 1 (3) 1
(4) −z (4) −z
 2 −3   2 −3 
64. If A =   , then adj (3A +12A) is
2 64. ÿÁŒ A=  „Ò, ÃÊ adj (3A2+12A)
−4 1  −4 1
equal to : ’⁄UÊ’⁄U „Ò —
 51 63   51 63 
(1) 84 72  (1) 84 72 
   
 51 84   51 84 
(2) 63 72  (2) 63 72 
   
 72 −63   72 −63 
(3) −84 (3)
 51 −84
 51
 72 −84   72 −84 
(4) −63 (4)
 51 −63
 51
65. If S is the set of distinct values of ‘b’ for 65. ÿÁŒ S, ‘b’ ∑§Ë ©Ÿ ÁflÁ÷ÛÊ ◊ÊŸÊ¥ ∑§Ê ‚◊ÈìÊÿ „Ò Á¡Ÿ∑§
which the following system of linear Á‹∞ ÁŸêŸ ⁄ÒUÁπ∑§ ‚◊Ë∑§⁄UáÊ ÁŸ∑§Êÿ
equations
x+y+z=1 x+y+z=1
x+ay+z=1 x+ay+z=1
ax+by+z=0 ax+by+z=0
has no solution, then S is : ∑§Ê ∑§Êß¸ „‹ Ÿ„Ë¥ „Ò, ÃÊ S —
(1) an infinite set (1) ∞∑§ •¬Á⁄UÁ◊Ã ‚◊ÈìÊÿ „Ò
(2) a finite set containing two or more (2) ∞∑§ ¬Á⁄UÁ◊Ã ‚◊ÈìÊÿ „Ò Á¡‚◊¥ ŒÊ ÿÊ •Áœ∑§
elements •flÿfl „Ò¥
(3) a singleton (3) ∞∑§ „Ë •flÿfl flÊ‹Ê ‚◊ÈìÊÿ „Ò
(4) an empty set (4) ∞∑§ Á⁄UÄÃ ‚◊ÈìÊÿ „Ò

66. A man X has 7 friends, 4 of them are ladies 66. ∞∑§ √ÿÁÄÃ X ∑§ 7 Á◊òÊ „Ò¥, Á¡Ÿ◊¥ 4 ◊Á„‹Ê∞° „Ò¥ ÃÕÊ
and 3 are men. His wife Y also has 7 3 ¬ÈL§· „Ò¥, ©‚∑§Ë ¬àŸË Y ∑§ ÷Ë 7 Á◊òÊ „Ò¥, Á¡Ÿ◊¥
friends, 3 of them are ladies and 4 are men. 3 ◊Á„‹Ê∞° ÃÕÊ 4 ¬ÈL§· „Ò¥– ÿ„ ◊ÊŸÊ ªÿÊ Á∑§ X ÃÕÊ
Assume X and Y have no common friends. Y ∑§Ê ∑§Êß¸ ©÷ÿÁŸc∆U (common) Á◊òÊ Ÿ„Ë¥ „Ò– ÃÊ
Then the total number of ways in which ©Ÿ Ã⁄UË∑§Ê¥ ∑§Ë ‚¥ÅÿÊ Á¡Ÿ◊¥ X ÃÕÊ Y ∞∑§ ‚ÊÕ
X and Y together can throw a party 3 ◊Á„‹Ê•Ê¥ ÃÕÊ 3 ¬ÈL§·Ê¥ ∑§Ê ¬Ê≈UË¸ ¬⁄U ’È‹Ê∞¥ Á∑§
inviting 3 ladies and 3 men, so that 3 friends X ÃÕÊ Y ¬˝àÿ∑§ ∑§ ÃËŸ-ÃËŸ Á◊òÊ •Êÿ¥, „Ò —
of each of X and Y are in this party, is :
(1) 468 (1) 468
(2) 469 (2) 469
(3) 484 (3) 484
(4) 485 (4) 485
67. The value of 67. ( 21 C1 − 10C1 ) + ( 21 C2 − 10C2 ) +

( 21 C1 − 10C1 ) + ( 21 C2 − 10C2 ) + ( 21 C3 − 10C3 ) + ( 21 C 4 − 10C 4 ) + ..... +
( 21 C3 − 10C3 ) + ( 21 C 4 − 10C 4 ) + ..... + ( 21 C10 − 10C10 ) ∑§Ê ◊ÊŸ „Ò —
( 21 C10 − 10C10 ) is :
(1) 221−210 (1) 221−210
(2) 220 −2 9 (2) 220 −2 9
(3) 220−210 (3) 220−210
(4) 221−211 (4) 221−211
68. For any three positive real numbers 68. Á∑§ã„Ë¥ ÃËŸ œŸÊà◊∑§ flÊSÃÁfl∑§ ‚¥ÅÿÊ•Ê¥ a, b ÃÕÊ c
a, b and c, ∑§ Á‹∞
9(25a2+b2)+25(c 2−3ac)=15b(3a+c). 9(25a2+b2)+25(c2−3ac)=15b(3a+c)
Then : „Ò, ÃÊ —
(1) b, c and a are in A.P. (1) b, c ÃÕÊ a ‚◊Ê¥Ã⁄U üÊ…Ë ◊¥ „Ò¥
(2) a, b and c are in A.P. (2) a, b ÃÕÊ c ‚◊Ê¥Ã⁄U üÊ…Ë ◊¥ „Ò¥
(3) a, b and c are in G.P. (3) a, b ÃÕÊ c ªÈáÊÊûÊ⁄U üÊ…Ë ◊¥ „Ò¥
(4) b, c and a are in G.P. (4) b, c ÃÕÊ a ªÈáÊÊûÊ⁄U üÊ…Ë ◊¥ „Ò¥
69. Let a, b, c e R. If f (x)=ax2+bx+c is such 69. ◊ÊŸÊ a, b, c e R– ÿÁŒ f (x)=ax2+bx+c ∞‚Ê „Ò
that a+b+c=3 and Á∑§ a+b+c=3 „Ò ÃÕÊ ‚÷Ë x, y e R ∑§ Á‹∞
f (x+y)=f (x)+f (y)+xy, ∀ x, y e R, f (x+y)=f (x)+f (y)+xy
10 10
then ∑ f (n) is equal to : „Ò, ÃÊ ∑ f (n) ’⁄UÊ’⁄U „Ò —
n=1 n=1
(1) 165 (1) 165
(2) 190 (2) 190
(3) 255 (3) 255
(4) 330 (4) 330
70. lim cot x − cos x equals : 70. lim cot x − cos x ’⁄UÊ’⁄U „Ò —
x→ π
2 ( π − 2x ) 3 x→ π
2 ( π − 2x ) 3
1 1
(1) (1)
16 16
1 1
(2) (2)
8 8
1 1
(3) (3)
4 4
1 1
(4) (4)
24 24
 6x x 
x ȏ  0, 
1
If for x  0,  , the derivative of ÿÁŒ ∑§ Á‹∞ tan−1  ∑§Ê
1 71.
71. 
 4  4  1 − 9x 3 
 6x x 
tan−1   is x ⋅ g(x ) , then g(x) •fl∑§‹Ÿ x ⋅ g(x ) „Ò, ÃÊ g(x) ’⁄UÊ’⁄U „Ò —
 1 − 9x 3 
equals :
3x x 3x x
(1) 3 (1)
1 − 9x 1 − 9x 3
3x 3x
(2) 3 (2)
1 − 9x 1 − 9x 3
3 3
(3) 3 (3)
1 + 9x 1 + 9x 3
9 9
(4) 3
(4)
1 + 9x 1 + 9x 3
72. The normal to the curve 72. fl∑˝§ y(x−2)(x−3)=x+6 ∑§ ©‚ Á’¥ŒÈ ¬⁄U, ¡„Ê°
y(x−2)(x−3)=x+6 at the point where fl∑˝§ y-•ˇÊ ∑§Ê ∑§Ê≈UÃË „Ò, πË¥øÊ ªÿÊ •Á÷‹¥’ ÁŸêŸ
the curve intersects the y-axis passes ◊¥ ‚ Á∑§‚ Á’¥ŒÈ ‚ „Ê∑§⁄U ¡ÊÃÊ „Ò?
through the point :
1 1 1 1
(1)  ,  (1)  , 
2 2 2 2
1 1 1 1
(2)  ,−  (2)  ,− 
2 3 2 3
 1 1  1 1
(3)  ,  (3)  , 
2 3 2 3
 1 1  1 1
(4) − , −  (4) − , − 
 2 2  2 2
73. Twenty meters of wire is available for 73. ∞∑§ »Í§‹Ê¥ ∑§Ë ÄÿÊ⁄UË, ¡Ê ∞∑§ flÎûÊ ∑§ ÁòÊíÿ π¥«U ∑§
fencing off a flower-bed in the form of a M§¬ ◊¥ „Ò, ∑§Ë ÉÊ⁄UÊ’¥ŒË ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ’Ë‚ ◊Ë≈U⁄U ÃÊ⁄U
circular sector. Then the maximum area ©¬‹éœ „Ò– ÃÊ »Í§‹Ê¥ ∑§Ë ÄÿÊ⁄UË ∑§Ê •Áœ∑§Ã◊ ˇÊòÊ»§‹
(in sq. m) of the flower-bed, is : (flª¸ ◊Ë. ◊¥), „Ò —
(1) 10 (1) 10
(2) 25 (2) 25
(3) 30 (3) 30
(4) 12.5 (4) 12.5
74. Let I n = ∫ tan n x dx , (n > 1) . If 74. ◊ÊŸÊ I n = ∫ tan n x dx , (n > 1) „Ò – ÿÁŒ

I4 +I 6=a tan 5 x+bx 5+C, where C is a I 4 +I 6 =a tan 5 x+bx 5 +C „Ò , ¡„Ê° C ∞∑§
constant of integration, then the ordered ‚◊Ê∑§‹Ÿ •ø⁄U „Ò, ÃÊ ∑˝§Á◊Ã ÿÈÇ◊ (a, b) ’⁄UÊ’⁄U „Ò —
pair (a, b) is equal to :
1  1 
(1)  , 0 (1)  , 0
5  5 
1  1 
(2)  , −1  (2)  , −1 
5  5 
 1   1 
(3) − , 0  (3) − , 0 
 5   5 
 1   1 
(4) − , 1  (4) − , 1 
 5   5 
3π 3π
4 4
dx dx
75. The integral
∫
π
1 + cos x
is equal to : 75. ‚◊Ê∑§‹ ∫π
1 + cos x
’⁄UÊ’⁄U „Ò —
4 4
(1) 2 (1) 2
(2) 4 (2) 4
(3) −1 (3) −1
(4) −2 (4) −2
76. The area (in sq. units) of the region 76. ˇÊ ò Ê {(x, y) : x/0, x+y≤3, x 2 ≤4y ÃÕÊ
{(x, y) : x/0, x+y≤3, x 2 ≤4y and y≤1+ x } ∑§Ê ˇÊòÊ»§‹ (flª¸ ß∑§ÊßÿÊ¥) ◊¥ „Ò —
y≤1+ x } is :
3 3
(1) (1)
2 2
7 7
(2) (2)
3 3
5 5
(3) (3)
2 2
59 59
(4) (4)
12 12
dy dy
77. If (2 + sin x ) + (y + 1)cos x = 0 and 77. ÿÁŒ (2 + sin x ) + (y + 1)cos x = 0 ÃÕÊ
dx dx
π y  
π
y(0)=1, then y   is equal to : y(0)=1 „Ò, ÃÊ ’⁄UÊ’⁄U „Ò —
2 2
2 2
(1) − (1) −
3 3
1 1
(2) − (2) −
3 3
4 4
(3) (3)
3 3
1 1
(4) (4)
3 3
78. Let k be an integer such that the triangle 78. ◊ÊŸÊ k ∞∑§ ∞‚Ê ¬ÍáÊÊZ∑§ „Ò Á∑§ ÁòÊ÷È¡, Á¡‚∑§ ‡ÊË·¸
with vertices (k, −3k), (5, k) and (−k, 2) (k, −3k), (5, k) ÃÕÊ (−k, 2) „Ò¥, ∑§Ê ˇÊòÊ»§‹
has area 28 sq. units. Then the orthocentre 28 flª¸ ß∑§Êß¸ „Ò, ÃÊ ÁòÊ÷È¡ ∑§ ‹¥’-∑§ãŒ˝ Á¡‚ Á’¥ŒÈ
of this triangle is at the point : ¬⁄U „Ò, fl„ „Ò —
 3  3
(1)  1,  (1)  1, 
 4  4
 3  3
(2)  1, −  (2)  1, − 
 4  4
 1  1
(3)  2,  (3)  2, 
 2  2
 1  1
(4)  2, −  (4)  2, − 
 2  2
79. The radius of a circle, having minimum 79. ãÿÍŸÃ◊ ˇÊòÊ»§‹ flÊ‹ ∞‚ flÎûÊ, ¡Ê fl∑˝§ y=4−x2
area, which touches the curve y=4−x2 ÃÕÊ ⁄UπÊ•Ê¥ y=?x? ∑§Ê S¬‡Ê¸ ∑§⁄UÃÊ „Ò, ∑§Ë ÁòÊíÿÊ „Ò —
and the lines, y=?x? is :
(1) 2 ( 2 − 1) (1) 2 ( 2 − 1)
(2) 4 ( 2 − 1) (2) 4 ( 2 − 1)
(3) 4 ( 2 + 1) (3) 4 ( 2 + 1)
(4) 2 ( 2 + 1) (4) 2 ( 2 + 1)
80. The eccentricity of an ellipse whose centre 80. ∞∑§ ŒËÉÊ¸flÎûÊ, Á¡‚∑§Ê ∑§ãŒ˝ ◊Í‹ Á’ãŒÈ ¬⁄U „Ò, ∑§Ë
1 1
is at the origin is . If one of its directrices ©à∑§ãŒ˝ÃÊ „Ò– ÿÁŒ ©‚∑§Ë ∞∑§ ÁŸÿÃÊ x=−4 „Ò,
2 2
ÃÊ ©‚∑§ Á’¥ŒÈ  3

¬⁄U ©‚∑§ •Á÷‹¥’ ∑§Ê
is x=−4, then the equation of the normal  1, 
 2
to it at  1,  is :
3
 2
‚◊Ë∑§⁄UáÊ „Ò —
(1) 4x−2y=1 (1) 4x−2y=1
(2) 4x+2y=7 (2) 4x+2y=7
(3) x+2y=4 (3) x+2y=4
(4) 2y−x=2 (4) 2y−x=2
81. A hyperbola passes through the point 81. ∞∑§ •ÁÃ¬⁄Ufl‹ÿ Á’¥ŒÈ P ( 2 , 3 ) ‚ „Ê∑§⁄U ¡ÊÃÊ
P( 2, 3 ) and has foci at (±2, 0). Then „Ò, ÃÕÊ ©‚∑§Ë ŸÊÁ÷ÿÊ° (±2, 0) ¬⁄U „Ò¥, ÃÊ •ÁÃ¬⁄Ufl‹ÿ
the tangent to this hyperbola at P also ∑§ Á’¥ŒÈ P ¬⁄U πË¥øË ªß¸ S¬‡Ê¸ ⁄UπÊ Á¡‚ Á’¥ŒÈ ‚ „Ê∑§⁄U
passes through the point : ¡ÊÃË „Ò, fl„ „Ò —
(1) (2 2 , 3 3 ) (1) (2 2 , 3 3 )
(2) ( 3, 2 ) (2) ( 3, 2 )
(3) (− 2, − 3) (3) (− 2, − 3)
(4) (3 2, 2 3) (4) (3 2, 2 3)
82. The distance of the point (1, 3, −7) from 82. ∞∑§ ‚◊Ã‹ ¡Ê Á’¥ŒÈ (1, −1, −1) ‚ „Ê∑§⁄U ¡ÊÃÊ „Ò
the plane passing through the point ÃÕÊ Á¡‚∑§Ê •Á÷‹¥ ’ ŒÊ Ÿ Ê ¥ ⁄ U πÊ•Ê ¥
(1, −1, −1), having normal perpendicular x −1 y +2 z −4
= = ÃÕÊ
x −1 y +2 z −4 1 −2 3
to both the lines = =
1 −2 3 x −2 y +1 z +7
= = ¬⁄U ‹¥’ „Ò, ∑§Ë Á’¥ŒÈ
x −2 y +1 z +7 2 −1 −1
and = = , is :
2 −1 −1 (1, 3, −7) ‚ ŒÍ⁄UË „Ò —
10 10
(1) (1)
83 83
5 5
(2) (2)
83 83
10 10
(3) (3)
74 74
20 20
(4) (4)
74 74
83. If the image of the point P(1, −2, 3) in the 83. ÿÁŒ Á’¥ Œ È
P(1, −2, 3) ∑§Ê ‚◊Ã‹
plane, 2x+3y−4z+22=0 measured 2x+3y−4z+22=0 ◊¥ fl„ ¬˝ÁÃÁ’¥’ ¡Ê ⁄UπÊ
x y z x y z
parallel to the line, = = is Q, then = = ∑§ ‚◊Ê¥Ã⁄U „Ò, Q „Ò, ÃÊ PQ ’⁄UÊ’⁄U
1 4 5 1 4 5
PQ is equal to : „Ò —
(1) 2 42 (1) 2 42
(2) 42 (2) 42
(3) 6 5 (3) 6 5
(4) 3 5 (4) 3 5
→ ∧ ∧ ∧ → ∧ ∧ → ∧ ∧ ∧ → ∧ ∧
84. Let a = 2 i + j − 2 k and b = i + j . 84. ◊ÊŸÊ a =2 i + j −2 k ÃÕÊ b=i + j „Ò–
→ → → → → →
Let c be a vector such that c − a = 3 , ◊ÊŸÊ c ∞∑§ ∞‚Ê ‚ÁŒ‡Ê „Ò Á∑§ c − a =3 ,
( →a × →b ) × →c = 3 and the angle between ( →a × →b ) × →c = 3 ÃÕÊ

→
c •ÊÒ⁄U
→
a×b
→
∑§
→ → → → → → →
c and a × b be 308. Then a ⋅ c is ’Ëø ∑§Ê ∑§ÊáÊ 308 „Ò, ÃÊ a ⋅ c ’⁄UÊ’⁄U „Ò —
equal to :
(1) 2 (1) 2
(2) 5 (2) 5
1 1
(3) (3)
8 8
25 25
(4) (4)
8 8
85. A box contains 15 green and 10 yellow 85. ∞∑§ ’Ä‚ ◊¥ 15 „⁄UË ÃÕÊ 10 ¬Ë‹Ë ª¥Œ¥ „Ò¥– ÿÁŒ
balls. If 10 balls are randomly drawn, ∞∑§-∞∑§ ∑§⁄U ∑  § ÿÊŒÎ ë ¿U ÿ Ê, ¬˝ Á ÃSÕÊ¬ŸÊ ‚Á„Ã,
one-by-one, with replacement, then the 10 ª¥Œ¥ ÁŸ∑§Ê‹Ë ¡Ê∞°, ÃÊ „⁄UË ª¥ŒÊ¥ ∑§Ë ‚¥ÅÿÊ ∑§Ê
variance of the number of green balls ¬˝‚⁄UáÊ „Ò —
drawn is :
(1) 6 (1) 6
(2) 4 (2) 4
6 6
(3) (3)
25 25
12 12
(4) (4)
5 5
86. For three events A, B and C, 86. ÃËŸ ÉÊ≈UŸÊ•Ê¥ A, B ÃÕÊ C ∑§ Á‹∞
P(Exactly one of A or B occurs) P(A •ÕflÊ B ◊¥ ‚ ∑§fl‹ ∞∑§ ÉÊÁ≈UÃ „ÊÃË „Ò)
=P(Exactly one of B or C occurs) =P(B •ÕflÊ C ◊¥ ‚ ∑§fl‹ ∞∑§ ÉÊÁ≈UÃ „ÊÃË „Ò)
1 1
=P(Exactly one of C or A occurs)= and =P(C •ÕflÊ A ◊¥ ‚ ∑§fl‹ ∞∑§ ÉÊÁ≈UÃ „ÊÃË „Ò)= ÃÕÊ
4 4
P(All the three events occur P(‚÷Ë ÃËŸ ÉÊ≈UŸÊ∞° ∞∑§ ‚ÊÕ ÉÊÁ≈UÃ „ÊÃË
1 1
simultaneously)= . „Ò¥)= „Ò,
16 16
Then the probability that at least one of ÃÊ ¬˝ÊÁÿ∑§ÃÊ Á∑§ ∑§◊ ‚ ∑§◊ ∞∑§ ÉÊ≈UŸÊ ÉÊÁ≈UÃ „Ê, „Ò —
the events occurs, is :
7 7
(1) (1)
16 16
7 7
(2) (2)
64 64
3 3
(3) (3)
16 16
7 7
(4) (4)
32 32
87. If two different numbers are taken from 87. ÿÁŒ ‚◊ÈìÊÿ {0, 1, 2, 3, ......, 10} ◊¥ ‚ ŒÊ ÁflÁ÷ÛÊ
the set {0, 1, 2, 3, ......, 10}; then the ‚¥ÅÿÊ∞° ÁŸ∑§Ê‹Ë ªßZ, ÃÊ ©Ÿ∑§ ÿÊª»§‹ ÃÕÊ ©Ÿ∑§
probability that their sum as well as •¥Ã⁄U ∑§ ÁŸ⁄U¬ˇÊ ◊ÊŸ, ŒÊŸÊ¥ ∑§ øÊ⁄U ∑§ ªÈáÊ∑§ „ÊŸ ∑§Ë
absolute difference are both multiple of 4, ¬˝ÊÁÿ∑§ÃÊ „Ò —
is :
12 12
(1) (1)
55 55
14 14
(2) (2)
45 45
7 7
(3) (3)
55 55
6 6
(4) (4)
55 55
88. If 5(tan2 x−cos2 x)=2cos 2x+9, then the 88. ÿÁŒ 5(tan 2 x−cos 2 x)=2cos 2x+9, ÃÊ
value of cos 4x is : cos 4x ∑§Ê ◊ÊŸ „Ò —
1 1
(1) (1)
3 3
2 2
(2) (2)
9 9
7 7
(3) − (3) −
9 9
3 3
(4) − (4) −
5 5
89. Let a vertical tower AB have its end A on 89. ◊ÊŸÊ ∞∑§ ™§äflÊ¸œ⁄U ◊ËŸÊ⁄U AB ∞‚Ë „Ò Á∑§ ©‚∑§Ê
the level ground. Let C be the mid-point Á‚⁄UÊ A ÷ÍÁ◊ ¬⁄U „Ò– ◊ÊŸÊ AB ∑§Ê ◊äÿ Á’¥ŒÈ C „Ò
of AB and P be a point on the ground such ÃÕÊ ÷ÍÁ◊ ¬⁄U ÁSÕÃ Á’¥ŒÈ P ∞‚Ê „Ò Á∑§ AP=2AB
that AP=2AB. If ∠BPC=β, then tan β is ÿÁŒ ∠BPC=β „Ò, ÃÊ tan β ’⁄UÊ’⁄U „Ò —
equal to :
1 1
(1) (1)
4 4
2 2
(2) (2)
9 9
4 4
(3) (3)
9 9
6 6
(4) (4)
7 7
90. The following statement 90. ÁŸêŸ ∑§ÕŸ
(p→q)→[(~p→q)→q] is : (p→q)→[(~p→q)→q] —
(1) equivalent to ~p→q (1) ~p→q ∑§ ‚◊ÃÈÀÿ „Ò
(2) equivalent to p→~q (2) p→~q ∑§ ‚◊ÃÈÀÿ „Ò
(3) a fallacy (3) ∞∑§ „àflÊ÷Ê‚ (fallacy) „Ò
(4) a tautology (4) ∞∑§ ¬ÈŸL§ÁÄÃ (tautology) „Ò
-o0o- -o0o-
SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ⁄U»§ ∑§Êÿ¸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ¡ª„
Read the following instructions carefully : ÁŸêŸÁ‹ÁπÃ ÁŸŒ¸‡Ê äÿÊŸ ‚ ¬…∏¥ —
1. The candidates should fill in the required particulars 1. •èÿÁÕ¸ÿÊ¥ ∑§Ê ¬⁄UËˇÊÊ ¬ÈÁSÃ∑§Ê •ÊÒ⁄U ©ûÊ⁄U ¬òÊ (¬ÎD -1) ¬⁄U flÊ¥Á¿UÃ
on the Test Booklet and Answer Sheet (Side–1) with Áflfl⁄UáÊ ∑§Ê‹ ’ÊÚ‹ åflÊß¥≈U ¬Ÿ ‚ „Ë ÷⁄UŸÊ „Ò–
Black Ball Point Pen.
2. ©ûÊ⁄U ¬òÊ ∑§ ¬ÎD-2 ¬⁄U Áflfl⁄UáÊ Á‹πŸ/•¥Á∑§Ã ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ∑§fl‹
2. For writing/marking particulars on Side–2 of the
Answer Sheet, use Black Ball Point Pen only. ∑§Ê‹ ’ÊÚ‹ åflÊß¥≈U ¬Ÿ ∑§Ê ¬˝ÿÊª ∑§⁄¥U–
3. The candidates should not write their Roll Numbers 3. ¬⁄UËˇÊÊ ¬ÈÁSÃ∑§Ê/©ûÊ⁄U ¬òÊ ¬⁄U ÁŸœÊ¸Á⁄UÃ SÕÊŸ ∑§ •‹ÊflÊ •èÿÕË¸
anywhere else (except in the specified space) on the •¬ŸÊ •ŸÈ∑˝§◊Ê¥∑§ •ãÿ ∑§„Ë¥ Ÿ„Ë¥ Á‹π¥–
Test Booklet/Answer Sheet.
4. ¬˝àÿ∑§ ¬˝‡Ÿ ∑§ Á‹ÿ ÁŒÿ ªÿ øÊ⁄U Áfl∑§À¬Ê¥ ◊¥ ‚ ∑§fl‹ ∞∑§ Áfl∑§À¬
4. Out of the four options given for each question, only
one option is the correct answer.
‚„Ë „Ò–
5. For each incorrect response, ¼ (one–fourth) marks of 5. ¬˝àÿ∑§ ª‹Ã ©ûÊ⁄U ∑§ Á‹∞ ©‚ ¬˝‡Ÿ ∑§ Á‹∞ ÁŸœÊ¸Á⁄UÃ ∑È§‹ •¥∑§Ê¥
the total marks allotted to the question (i.e. 1 mark) ◊¥ ‚ ¼ (∞∑§-øÊÒÕÊß¸) ÷Êª (•ÕÊ¸Ã˜ 1 •¥∑§) ∑È§‹ ÿÊª ◊¥ ‚
will be deducted from the total score. No deduction ∑§Ê≈U Á‹∞ ¡Ê∞°ª– ÿÁŒ ©ûÊ⁄U ¬òÊ ◊¥ Á∑§‚Ë ¬˝‡Ÿ ∑§Ê ∑§Êß¸ ©ûÊ⁄U Ÿ„Ë¥
from the total score, however, will be made if no
response is indicated for an item in the Answer Sheet.
ÁŒÿÊ ªÿÊ „Ò, ÃÊ ∑È§‹ ÿÊª ◊¥ ‚ ∑§Êß¸ •¥∑§ Ÿ„Ë¥ ∑§Ê≈U ¡Ê∞°ª–
6. Handle the Test Booklet and Answer Sheet with care, 6. ¬⁄UËˇÊÊ ¬ÈÁSÃ∑§Ê ∞fl¥ ©ûÊ⁄U ¬òÊ ∑§Ê äÿÊŸ¬Ífl¸∑§ ¬˝ÿÊª ∑§⁄¥U ÄÿÊ¥Á∑§
as under no circumstances (except for discrepancy in Á∑§‚Ë ÷Ë ¬Á⁄UÁSÕÁÃ ◊¥ (∑§fl‹ ¬⁄UËˇÊÊ ¬ÈÁSÃ∑§Ê ∞fl¥ ©ûÊ⁄U ¬òÊ ∑§
Test Booklet Code and Answer Sheet Code), another set ‚¥∑§Ã ◊¥ Á÷ÛÊÃÊ ∑§Ë ÁSÕÁÃ ∑§Ê ¿UÊ«∏∑§⁄U), ŒÍ‚⁄UË ¬⁄UËˇÊÊ ¬ÈÁSÃ∑§Ê
will be provided. ©¬‹éœ Ÿ„Ë¥ ∑§⁄UÊÿË ¡Ê∞ªË–
7. The candidates are not allowed to do any rough work
or writing work on the Answer Sheet. All calculations/ 7. ©ûÊ⁄U ¬òÊ ¬⁄U ∑§Êß¸ ÷Ë ⁄U»§ ∑§Êÿ¸ ÿÊ Á‹πÊß¸ ∑§Ê ∑§Ê◊ ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§Ë
writing work are to be done in the space provided for •ŸÈ◊ÁÃ Ÿ„Ë¥ „Ò– ‚÷Ë ªáÊŸÊ ∞fl¥ Á‹πÊß¸ ∑§Ê ∑§Ê◊, ¬⁄UËˇÊÊ ¬ÈÁSÃ∑§Ê
this purpose in the Test Booklet itself, marked ‘Space ◊¥ ÁŸœÊ¸Á⁄UÃ ¡ª„ ¡Ê Á∑§ “⁄U»§ ∑§Êÿ¸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ¡ª„” mÊ⁄UÊ ŸÊ◊Ê¥Á∑§Ã
for Rough Work’. This space is given at the bottom of „Ò, ¬⁄U „Ë Á∑§ÿÊ ¡Ê∞ªÊ– ÿ„ ¡ª„ ¬˝àÿ∑§ ¬ÎD ¬⁄U ŸËø ∑§Ë •Ê⁄U •ÊÒ⁄U
each page and in four pages (Page 40-43) at the end of
the booklet. ¬ÈÁSÃ∑§Ê ∑§ •¥Ã ◊¥ øÊ⁄U ¬Îc∆UÊ¥ (¬Îc∆U ‚¥ÅÿÊ 40-43) ¬⁄U ŒË ªß¸ „Ò–
8. On completion of the test, the candidates must hand 8. ¬⁄ËˇÊÊ ‚ê¬ÛÊ „ÊŸ ¬⁄U, •èÿÕË¸ ∑§ˇÊ/„ÊÚ‹ ¿UÊ«∏Ÿ ‚ ¬Ífl¸ ©ûÊ⁄U ¬òÊ
over the Answer Sheet to the Invigilator on duty in the ∑§ˇÊ ÁŸ⁄UËˇÊ∑§ ∑§Ê •fl‡ÿ ‚ÊÒ¥¬ Œ¥– •èÿÕË¸ •¬Ÿ ‚ÊÕ ß‚ ¬⁄UËˇÊÊ
Room/Hall. However, the candidates are allowed to ¬ÈÁSÃ∑§Ê ∑§Ê ‹ ¡Ê ‚∑§Ã „Ò¥–
take away this Test Booklet with them.
9. ◊Ê¥ª ¡ÊŸ ¬⁄U ¬˝àÿ∑§ •èÿÕË¸ ÁŸ⁄UËˇÊ∑§ ∑§Ê •¬ŸÊ ¬˝fl‡Ê ∑§Ê«¸ •fl‡ÿ
9. Each candidate must show on demand his/her Admit
Card to the Invigilator. ÁŒπÊ∞°–
10. No candidate, without special permission of the 10. •œËˇÊ∑§ ÿÊ ÁŸ⁄UËˇÊ∑§ ∑§Ë Áfl‡Ê· •ŸÈ◊ÁÃ ∑§ Á’ŸÊ ∑§Êß¸ •èÿÕË¸
Superintendent or Invigilator, should leave his/her •¬ŸÊ SÕÊŸ Ÿ ¿UÊ«∏¥–
seat.
11. ∑§Êÿ¸⁄UÃ ÁŸ⁄UËˇÊ∑§ ∑§Ê •¬ŸÊ ©ûÊ⁄U ¬òÊ ÁŒ∞ Á’ŸÊ ∞fl¥ ©¬ÁSÕÁÃ ¬òÊ
11. The candidates should not leave the Examination Hall
without handing over their Answer Sheet to the
¬⁄U ŒÈ’Ê⁄UÊ „SÃÊˇÊ⁄U Á∑§∞ Á’ŸÊ ∑§Êß¸ •èÿÕË¸ ¬⁄UËˇÊÊ „ÊÚ‹ Ÿ„Ë¥ ¿UÊ«∏¥ª–
Invigilator on duty and sign the Attendance Sheet ÿÁŒ Á∑§‚Ë •èÿÕË¸ Ÿ ŒÍ‚⁄UË ’Ê⁄U ©¬ÁSÕÁÃ ¬òÊ ¬⁄U „SÃÊˇÊ⁄U Ÿ„Ë¥
again. Cases where a candidate has not signed the Á∑§∞ ÃÊ ÿ„ ◊ÊŸÊ ¡Ê∞ªÊ Á∑§ ©‚Ÿ ©ûÊ⁄U ¬òÊ Ÿ„Ë¥ ‹ÊÒ≈UÊÿÊ „Ò Á¡‚
Attendance Sheet second time will be deemed not to •ŸÈÁøÃ ‚ÊœŸ ¬˝ÿÊª üÊáÊË ◊¥ ◊ÊŸÊ ¡Ê∞ªÊ– •èÿÕË¸ •¬Ÿ ’Êÿ¥
have handed over the Answer Sheet and dealt with as
an unfair means case. The candidates are also required „ÊÕ ∑§ •¥ªÍ∆U ∑§Ê ÁŸ‡ÊÊŸ ©¬ÁSÕÁÃ ¬òÊ ◊¥ ÁŒ∞ ª∞ SÕÊŸ ¬⁄U
to put their left hand THUMB impression in the space •fl‡ÿ ‹ªÊ∞°–
provided in the Attendance Sheet. 12. ß‹Ä≈˛UÊÚÁŸ∑§/„SÃøÊÁ‹Ã ¬Á⁄U∑§‹∑§ ∞fl¥ ◊Ê’Êß‹ »§ÊŸ, ¬¡⁄U ßàÿÊÁŒ
12. Use of Electronic/Manual Calculator and any ¡Ò‚ Á∑§‚Ë ß‹Ä≈˛UÊÚÁŸ∑§ ©¬∑§⁄UáÊ ∑§Ê ¬˝ÿÊª flÁ¡¸Ã „Ò–
Electronic device like mobile phone, pager etc. is
prohibited. 13. ¬⁄UËˇÊÊ „ÊÚ‹ ◊¥ •Êø⁄UáÊ ∑§ Á‹∞ •èÿÕË¸ ¬⁄UËˇÊÊ ÁŸ∑§Êÿ ∑§ ‚÷Ë
13. The candidates are governed by all Rules and ÁŸÿ◊Ê¥ ∞fl¥U ÁflÁŸÿ◊Ê¥ mÊ⁄UÊ ÁŸÿÁ◊Ã „Ê¥ª– •ŸÈÁøÃ ‚ÊœŸ ¬˝ÿÊª ∑§
Regulations of the Examination body with regard to ‚÷Ë ◊Ê◊‹Ê¥ ∑§Ê »Ò§‚‹Ê ¬⁄UËˇÊÊ ÁŸ∑§Êÿ ∑§ ÁŸÿ◊Ê¥ ∞fl¥ ÁflÁŸÿ◊Ê¥ ∑§
their conduct in the Examination Hall. All cases of •ŸÈ‚Ê⁄U „ÊªÊ–
unfair means will be dealt with as per Rules and
Regulations of the Examination body. 14. Á∑§‚Ë ÷Ë ÁSÕÁÃ ◊¥ ¬⁄UËˇÊÊ ¬ÈÁSÃ∑§Ê ÃÕÊ ©ûÊ⁄U ¬òÊ ∑§Ê ∑§Êß¸ ÷Ë ÷Êª
14. No part of the Test Booklet and Answer Sheet shall be •‹ª Ÿ„Ë¥ Á∑§ÿÊ ¡Ê∞ªÊ–
detached under any circumstances. 15. •èÿÕË¸ mÊ⁄UÊ ¬⁄UËˇÊÊ ∑§ˇÊ/„ÊÚ‹ ◊¥ ¬˝fl‡Ê ∑§Ê«¸U ∑§ •‹ÊflÊ Á∑§‚Ë
15. Candidates are not allowed to carry any textual ÷Ë ¬˝∑§Ê⁄U ∑§Ë ¬Ê∆˜Uÿ ‚Ê◊ª˝Ë, ◊ÈÁŒ˝Ã ÿÊ „SÃÁ‹ÁπÃ, ∑§Êª¡
material, printed or written, bits of papers, pager, ∑§Ë ¬Áø¸ÿÊ°, ¬¡⁄U, ◊Ê’Êß‹ »§ÊŸ ÿÊ Á∑§‚Ë ÷Ë ¬˝∑§Ê⁄U ∑§
mobile phone, electronic device or any other material
except the Admit Card inside the examination
ß‹Ä≈˛UÊÚÁŸ∑§ ©¬∑§⁄UáÊÊ¥ ÿÊ Á∑§‚Ë •ãÿ ¬˝∑§Ê⁄U ∑§Ë ‚Ê◊ª˝Ë ∑§Ê
room/hall. ‹ ¡ÊŸ ÿÊ ©¬ÿÊª ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§Ë •ŸÈ◊ÁÃ Ÿ„Ë¥ „Ò–
A/Page 44
Question and Answer Key JEE-Main-2017-Official-Answer-Key-Code-A
Question No. Answer Key Question No. Answer Key Question No. Answer Key
Qi l Q31 1 Q61 2
Q2 3 Q32 4 Q62 3
Q3 3 Q33 l Q63 4
Q4 l Q34 4 Q64 l
QS 1 Q35 2 Q65 3
Q6 1 Q36 3 Q66 4
Q7 4 Q37 2 Q67 3
QB 2 Q38 2 Q68 l
Q9 l Q39 2 Q69 4
QlO 3 Q40 4 Q70 l
Qll 4 Q41 3 Q71 4
Q12 4 Q42 4 Q72 l

Ql3 3 Q43 3 Q73 2
Q14 3 Q44 1 Q74 1
QlS 4 Q45 3 Q75 l

Ql6 3 Q46 1 Q76 3
Ql7 4 Q47 2 Q77 4
Q18 1 Q48 2 Q78 3
Ql9 l Q49 l Q79 2
Q20 3 QSO 3 QBO l
Q21 1 QSl l Q81 1

Q22 l QS2 3 Q82 l
Q23 2 QS3 3 Q83 l

Q24 2 QS4 2 Q84 l
Q25 4 QSS 4 QBS 4

Q26 2 QS6 4 Q86 l
Q27 4 QS7 3 Q87 4
Q28 l QSB 2 Q88 3

Q29 2 QS9 3 Q89 2
Q30 2 Q60 3 Q90 4
JEE Main 2017 Official Question Paper 1 SetB - April 2

PAPER - 1 : PHYSICS, MATHEMATICS & CHEMISTRY
¬˝‡Ÿ¬ÈÁSÃ∑§Ê - 1 : ÷ÊÒÁÃ∑§ ÁflôÊÊŸ, ªÁáÊÃ ÃÕÊ ⁄U‚ÊÿŸ ÁflôÊÊŸ
Test Booklet Code
◊„ûfl¬ÍáÊ¸ ÁŸŒ¸‡Ê — B
examination hall.
5. There are three parts in the question paper A, B, C ÷ÊÒÁÃ∑§ ÁflôÊÊŸ, ªÁáÊÃ ∞fl¥ ⁄U‚ÊÿŸ ÁflôÊÊŸ ∑§ 30 ¬˝‡Ÿ „Ò¥ •ÊÒ⁄U ‚÷Ë
consisting of Physics, Mathematics and Chemistry having ¬˝‡ŸÊ¥ ∑§ •¥∑§ ‚◊ÊŸ „Ò¥– ¬˝àÿ∑§ ¬˝‡Ÿ ∑§ ‚„Ë ©ûÊ⁄U ∑§ Á‹∞ 4 (øÊ⁄U)
end of the booklet.
(¬Îc∆U 40-43) ¬⁄U ŒË ªß¸ „Ò–
12. The CODE for this Booklet is B. Make sure that the CODE
12. ß‚ ¬ÈÁSÃ∑§Ê ∑§Ê ‚¥∑§Ã B „Ò– ÿ„ ‚ÈÁŸÁ‡øÃ ∑§⁄U ‹¥ Á∑§ ß‚ ¬ÈÁSÃ∑§Ê ∑§Ê
Answer Sheet.

•èÿÕË¸ ∑§Ê ŸÊ◊ (’«∏ •ˇÊ⁄Ê¥ ◊¥) —
•ŸÈ∑§˝ ◊Ê¥∑§ — •¥∑§Ê¥ ◊¥
: in words
— ‡ÊéŒÊ¥ ◊¥
¬⁄UËˇÊÊ ∑§ãŒ˝ ∑§Ê ŸÊ◊ (’«∏ •ˇÊ⁄UÊ¥ ◊¥ ) —
will look like :
(1) (1)
(2) (2)
(3) (3)
(4) (4)
nf−ni will be :
(1) 2.5×10 25 (1) 2.5×10 25
(2) −2.5×10 25 (2) −2.5×10 25
(3) −1.61×10 23 (3) −1.61×10 23
(4) 1.38×10 23 (4) 1.38×10 23
B/Page 2 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ⁄U»§ ∑§Êÿ¸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ¡ª„
false ?
magnitude.
disturbed.
capillary method :
rhg rhg
2 2
to :
(1) 2.4% (1) 2.4%
(2) 10% (2) 10%
(3) 0.15% (3) 0.15%
(4) 1.5% (4) 1.5%
that ∆ω m<<ωc . Which of the following Ã⁄¥Uª ◊¥ Ÿ„Ë¥ „ÊªË?
modulated wave ?
(1) ω m+ω c (1) ω m+ω c
(2) ω c−ω m (2) ω c−ω m
(3) ωm (3) ωm
(4) ωc (4) ωc
image formed is :
is minimum ?
(1) 1 (1) 1
3 3
(2) (2)
2 2
3 3
(3) (3)
2 2
3 3
(4) (4)
2 2
in : ªÿÊ „Ò?
(1) (1)
(2) (2)
(3) (3)
(4) (4)
(1) t=T log (1.3) (1) t=T log (1.3)
T T
(2) t= (2) t=
log (1.3) log (1.3)
T log 2 T log 2
(3) t= (3) t=
2 log 1.3 2 log 1.3
log 1.3 log 1.3

(4) t=T (4) t=T
log 2 log 2
→
→ → ∧
→ ∧
→ ∧ → ∧
→ ∧ → →
→ ∧
→ →
θ is :
(1) 608 (1) 608
(2) 908 (2) 908
(3) 308 (3) 308
(4) 458 (4) 458
(1) 1358 (1) 1358
(2) 1808 (2) 1808
(3) 458 (3) 458
(4) 908 (4) 908
It is observed that
(1) a=14 b (1) a=14 b
(2) a=28 b (2) a=28 b
1 1
(3) a= b (3) a= b
14 14
(4) a=b (4) a=b
(1) 12508C (1) 12508C
(2) 8258C (2) 8258C
(3) 8008C (3) 8008C
(4) 8858C (4) 8858C
1 1
8
8
(1) 10−4 kg m−1 (1) 10−4 kg m−1
(2) 10−1 kg m−1 s−1 (2) 10−1 kg m−1 s−1
(3) 10−3 kg m−1 (3) 10−3 kg m−1
(4) 10−3 kg s−1 (4) 10−3 kg s−1
(1) 2.535×103 Ω (1) 2.535×103 Ω
(2) 4.005×103 Ω (2) 4.005×103 Ω
(3) 1.985×103 Ω (3) 1.985×103 Ω
(4) 2.045×10 3 Ω (4) 2.045×10 3 Ω
the vertical is :
3g 3g
2l 2l
2g 2g
3l 3l
3g 3g
2l 2l
2g 2g
3l 3l
3 3
(1) r= (1) r=
4 4
1 1
(2) r= (2) r=
3 3
4 4
(3) r= (3) r=
3 3
2 2
(4) r= (4) r=
3 3
factor of :
(1) 81 (1) 81
1 1
(2) (2)
81 81
(3) 9 (3) 9
1 1
(4) (4)
9 9
coil is :
(1) 250 Wb (1) 250 Wb
(2) 275 Wb (2) 275 Wb
(3) 200 Wb (3) 200 Wb
(4) 225 Wb (4) 225 Wb
(1) 9.75 mm (1) 9.75 mm
(2) 15.6 mm (2) 15.6 mm
(3) 1.56 mm (3) 1.56 mm
(4) 7.8 mm (4) 7.8 mm
oscillations is :
(1) 6.98 s (1) 6.98 s
(2) 8.76 s (2) 8.76 s
(3) 6.65 s (3) 6.65 s
(4) 8.89 s (4) 8.89 s
22. The variation of acceleration due to gravity 22. ¬ÎâflË ∑§ ∑§ãŒ˝ ‚ ŒÍ⁄UË d ∑§ ‚ÊÕ ªÈL§àflËÿ àfl⁄UáÊ g
g with distance d from centre of the ∑§Ê ’Œ‹Êfl ÁŸêŸ ◊¥ ‚ Á∑§‚ ª˝Ê»§ ◊¥ ‚’‚ ‚„Ë
earth is best represented by (R=Earth’s Œ‡ÊÊ¸ÿÊ ªÿÊ „Ò? (R= ¬ÎâflË ∑§Ë ÁòÊíÿÊ)
radius) :
(1) (1)
(2) (2)
(3) (3)
(4) (4)
23. 23.
(1) 0.5 A (1) 0.5 A
(2) 0A (2) 0A
(3) 1A (3) 1A
(4) 0.25 A (4) 0.25 A
m m
2 2
λA 2 λA 2
(1) = (1) =
λB 3 λB 3
λA 1 λA 1
(2) = (2) =
λB 2 λB 2
λA 1 λA 1
(3) = (3) =
λB 3 λB 3
λA λA
(4) =2 (4) =2
λB λB
by :
3α 3α
(1) PK (1) PK
(2) 3PKα (2) 3PKα
P P
(3) 3α K (3) 3α K
P P
(4) αK (4) αK
(1) 9J (1) 9J
(2) 18 J (2) 18 J
(3) 4.5 J (3) 4.5 J
(4) 22 J (4) 22 J
(1) 17.3 GHz (1) 17.3 GHz
(2) 15.3 GHz (2) 15.3 GHz
(3) 10.1 GHz (3) 10.1 GHz
(4) 12.1 GHz (4) 12.1 GHz
C will be :
(1) r2 (1) r2
CE CE
(r+r2 ) (r+r2 )
r1 r1
(2) CE (2) CE
(r1+r) (r1+r)
(3) CE (3) CE
r1 r1
(4) CE (4) CE
( 2 +r )
r ( 2 +r )
r
more than 300 V.
(1) 24 (1) 24
(2) 32 (2) 32
(3) 2 (3) 2
(4) 16 (4) 16
(1) (1)
(2) (2)
(3) (3)
(4) (4)
PART B — MATHEMATICS ÷Êª B — ªÁáÊÃ
 1  1
(1)  2,  (1)  2, 
 2  2
 1  1
(2)  2, −  (2)  2, − 
 2  2
 3  3
(3)  1,  (3)  1, 
 4  4
 3  3
(4)  1, −  (4)  1, − 
 4  4
equation,
x(x+1)+(x+1)(x+2)+.... x(x+1)+(x+1)(x+2)+....
+ ( x + n − 1) (x+n)=10n + ( x + n − 1) (x+n)=10n
(1) 11 (1) 11
(2) 12 (2) 12
(3) 9 (3) 9
(4) 10 (4) 10

1 1 1 1
33.
 2 2 
33. »§‹Ÿ ¡Ê
 2 2
x x
as f ( x ) =
2
1+x 1 + x2
(p→q)→[(~p→q)→q] is : (p→q)→[(~p→q)→q] —
equations
x+y+z=1 x+y+z=1
x+ay+z=1 x+ay+z=1
ax+by+z=0 ax+by+z=0
y≤1+ x } is :
5 5
(1) (1)
2 2
59 59
(2) (2)
12 12
3 3
(3) (3)
2 2
7 7
(4) (4)
3 3
a, b and c, ∑§ Á‹∞
(1) 484 (1) 484
(2) 485 (2) 485
(3) 468 (3) 468
(4) 469 (4) 469
through the point :
 1 1  1 1
(1)  ,  (1)  , 
2 3 2 3
 1 1  1 1
(2) − , −  (2) − , − 
 2 2  2 2
1 1 1 1
(3)  ,  (3)  , 
2 2 2 2
1 1 1 1
(4)  ,−  (4)  ,− 
2 3 2 3
(1) (− 2, − 3) (1) (− 2, − 3)
(2) (3 2, 2 3) (2) (3 2, 2 3)
(3) (2 2, 3 3) (3) (2 2, 3 3)
(4) ( 3, 2) (4) ( 3, 2)

10 10
n=1 n=1
(1) 255 (1) 255

(2) 330 (2) 330
(3) 165 (3) 165
(4) 190 (4) 190
→ ∧ ∧ ∧ → ∧ ∧ → ∧ ∧ ∧ → ∧ ∧
42. Let a = 2 i + j − 2 k and b = i + j . 42. ◊ÊŸÊ a =2 i + j −2k ÃÕÊ b=i + j „Ò–
→ → → → → →

→
c •ÊÒ⁄U
→
a× b
→
∑§
→ → → → → → →
equal to :
1 1
(1) (1)
8 8
25 25
(2) (2)
8 8
(3) 2 (3) 2
(4) 5 (4) 5
equal to :
4 4
(1) (1)
9 9
6 6
(2) (2)
7 7
1 1
(3) (3)
4 4
2 2
(4) (4)
9 9
(1) 30 (1) 30
(2) 12.5 (2) 12.5
(3) 10 (3) 10
(4) 25 (4) 25
3π 3π
4 4
dx dx
45. The integral
∫
π
1 + cos x
is equal to : 45. ‚◊Ê∑§‹ ∫
π
1 + cos x
’⁄UÊ’⁄U „Ò —
4 4
(1) −1 (1) −1
(2) −2 (2) −2
(3) 2 (3) 2
(4) 4 (4) 4
dy dy
dx dx
π y  
π
2 2
4 4
(1) (1)
3 3
1 1
(2) (2)
3 3
2 2
(3) − (3) −
3 3
1 1
(4) − (4) −
3 3

I 4+I 6=a tan 5 x+bx 5+C, where C is a I 4+I 6 =a tan 5 x+bx 5+C „Ò , ¡„Ê° C ∞∑§
 1   1 
(1) − , 0  (1) − , 0 
 5   5 
 1   1 
(2) − , 1  (2) − , 1 
 5   5 
1  1 
(3)  , 0 (3)  , 0
5  5 
1  1 
(4)  , −1  (4)  , −1 
5  5 
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 −ω2−1 ω2 = 3k, 1 −ω2−1 ω2 = 3k „Ò
2 7 2 7
1 ω ω 1 ω ω
(1) 1 (1) 1
(2) −z (2) −z
(3) z (3) z
(4) −1 (4) −1
49. The value of 49. ( 21 C1 − 10C1 ) + ( 21 C2 − 10C2 ) +

( 21 C1 − 10C1 ) + ( 21 C2 − 10C2 ) +
( 21 C3 − 10C3 ) + ( 21 C 4 − 10C 4 ) + ..... +
( 21 C3 − 10C3 ) + ( 21 C 4 − 10C 4 ) + ..... +
( 21 C10 − 10C10 ) ∑§Ê ◊ÊŸ „Ò —
( 21 C10 − 10C10 ) is :
(1) 220−210 (1) 220−210
(2) 221−211 (2) 221−211
(3) 221−210 (3) 221−210
(4) 220 −2 9 (4) 220 −2 9
x→ π
2 ( π − 2x ) 3 x→ π
2 ( π − 2x ) 3
1 1
(1) (1)
4 4
1 1
(2) (2)
24 24
1 1
(3) (3)
16 16
1 1
(4) (4)
8 8
7 7
(1) − (1) −
9 9
3 3
(2) − (2) −
5 5
1 1
(3) (3)
3 3
2 2
(4) (4)
9 9
P(1, −2, 3) ∑§Ê ‚◊Ã‹
x y z x y z
1 4 5 1 4 5
(1) 6 5 (1) 6 5
(2) 3 5 (2) 3 5
(3) 2 42 (3) 2 42
(4) 42 (4) 42
= = ÃÕÊ
x −1 y +2 z −4 1 −2 3
1 −2 3 x −2 y +1 z +7
= = ¬⁄U ‹¥’ „Ò, ∑§Ë Á’¥ŒÈ
x −2 y +1 z +7 2 −1 −1
and = = , is :
2 −1 −1 (1, 3, −7) ‚ ŒÍ⁄UË „Ò —
10 10
(1) (1)
74 74
20 20
(2) (2)
74 74
10 10
(3) (3)
83 83
5 5
(4) (4)
83 83
 6x x 
x ȏ  0, 
1
If for x ȏ  0,  , the derivative of ÿÁŒ ∑§ Á‹∞ tan−1  ∑§Ê
1 54.
54. 
 4  4  1 − 9x 3 
 6x x 
 1 − 9x 3 
equals :
3 3
(1) 3 (1)
1 + 9x 1 + 9x 3
9 9
(2) 3
(2)
1 + 9x 1 + 9x 3
3x x 3x x
(3) 3 (3)
1 − 9x 1 − 9x 3
3x 3x
(4) 3 (4)
1 − 9x 1 − 9x 3
(1) 4 ( 2 + 1) (1) 4 ( 2 + 1)
(2) 2 ( 2 + 1) (2) 2 ( 2 + 1)
(3) 2 ( 2 − 1) (3) 2 ( 2 − 1)
(4) 4 ( 2 − 1) (4) 4 ( 2 − 1)
drawn is :
6 6
(1) (1)
25 25
12 12
(2) (2)
5 5
(3) 6 (3) 6
(4) 4 (4) 4
1 1
2 2
ÃÊ ©‚∑§ Á’¥ŒÈ  3

¬⁄U ©‚∑§ •Á÷‹¥’ ∑§Ê
 2
to it at  1,  is :
3
 2
‚◊Ë∑§⁄UáÊ „Ò —
(1) x+2y=4 (1) x+2y=4
(2) 2y−x=2 (2) 2y−x=2
(3) 4x−2y=1 (3) 4x−2y=1
(4) 4x+2y=7 (4) 4x+2y=7
is :
7 7
(1) (1)
55 55
6 6
(2) (2)
55 55
12 12
(3) (3)
55 55
14 14
(4) (4)
45 45
1 1
4 4
1 1
16 16
3 3
(1) (1)
16 16
7 7
(2) (2)
32 32
7 7
(3) (3)
16 16
7 7
(4) (4)
64 64
 2 −3   2 −3 
60. If A =   , then adj (3A +12A) is
2 60. ÿÁŒ A=  „Ò, ÃÊ adj (3A2+12A)
−4 1  −4 1
 72 −63   72 −63 
(1) −84 (1)
 51 −84
 51
 72 −84   72 −84 
(2) −63 (2)
 51 −63
 51
 51 63   51 63 
(3) 84 72  (3) 84 72 
   
 51 84   51 84 
(4) 63 72  (4) 63 72 
   
PART C — CHEMISTRY ÷Êª C — ⁄U‚ÊÿŸ ÁflôÊÊŸ
(1) (1)
(2) (2)
(3) (3)
(4) (4)

is :
(I) (II) (I) (II)

(III) (III)
(1) (III) < (II) < (I) (1) (III) < (II) < (I)
(2) (II) < (I) < (III) (2) (II) < (I) < (III)
(3) (I) < (III) < (II) (3) (I) < (III) < (II)
(4) (II) < (III) < (I) (4) (II) < (III) < (I)
e0=8.854185×10−12 kg−1m−3A2) e0=8.854185×10−12 kg−1m−3A2)
(1) 1.65 Å (1) 1.65 Å
(2) 4.76 Å (2) 4.76 Å
(3) 0.529 Å (3) 0.529 Å
(4) 2.12 Å (4) 2.12 Å
(1) 7.2 (1) 7.2
(2) 6.9 (2) 6.9
(3) 7.0 (3) 7.0
(4) 1.0 (4) 1.0
(3) Nylon 6, 6 (3) ŸÊß‹ÊÚŸ 6, 6
(1) 15 kg (1) 15 kg
(2) 37.5 kg (2) 37.5 kg
(3) 7.5 kg (3) 7.5 kg
(4) 10 kg (4) 10 kg
colour of bromine ?
(1) (1)
(2) (2)
(3) (3)
(4) (4)
(1) Six (1) ¿U—
(3) Two (3) ŒÊ
(1) 2a (1) 2a
(2) 2 2a (2) 2 2a
(3) 2a (3) 2a
a a
(4) (4)
2 2
(R=8.314 J mol−1K−1) (R=8.314 J mol−1K−1)
(1) 8 (1) 8
(2) 12 (2) 12
(3) 6 (3) 6
(4) 4 (4) 4
CH3 MgBr CH3 MgBr
[Ag(NH3 )2 ]+OH− [Ag(NH3 )2 ]+OH−

H+/CH3OH H+/CH3OH

H+/CH3 OH H+/CH3 OH
magnitude.
(1) (a) and (d) (1) (a) ÃÕÊ (d)
(2) (b) and (d) (2) (b) ÃÕÊ (d)
(3) (a) and (c) (3) (a) ÃÕÊ (c)
(4) (b) and (c) (4) (b) ÃÕÊ (c)
(1) (1)
(2) (2)
(3) (3)
(4) (4)

∆rH8=−393.5 kJ mol−1 ∆rH8=−393.5 kJ mol−1
H2(g)+ 21 O2(g) → H2O(l) ; H2(g)+ 21 O2(g) → H2O(l) ;
∆rH8=−285.8 kJ mol−1 ∆rH8=−285.8 kJ mol−1
∆rH8=+890.3 kJ mol−1 ∆rH8=+890.3 kJ mol−1
(1) +74.8 kJ mol−1 (1) +74.8 kJ mol−1
(2) +144.0 kJ mol−1 (2) +144.0 kJ mol−1
(3) −74.8 kJ mol−1 (3) −74.8 kJ mol−1
(4) −144.0 kJ mol−1 (4) −144.0 kJ mol−1
are :

− −
(2) 2 and ClO 3

ClO− −
(2) ClO−
2 ÃÕÊ ClO−
3

− −

‘X’ is :
(4) Na2C2O 4 (4) Na2C2O 4
paramagnetic ?
(1) NO (1) NO
(2) CO (2) CO
(3) O2 (3) O2
(4) B2 (4) B2
benzene will be :
(1) 64.6% (1) 64.6%
(2) 80.4% (2) 80.4%
(3) 74.6% (3) 74.6%
(4) 94.6% (4) 94.6%
(1) (1)
(2) (2)
(3) (3)
(4) (4)
complex is :
(3) [Co(H2O)6]Cl3 (3) [Co(H2O)6]Cl3
(1) (1)
(2) (2)
(3) (3)
(4) (4)
F−=10 ; SO 24−=100 ; NO−

3 =50 F−=10 ; SO 24−=100 ; NO−
3 =50
are :
(1) only NO−

3 (1) ◊ÊòÊ NO−
3

3 (2) SO 24− ÃÕÊ NO−
3 ŒÊŸÊ¥
(3) only F− (3) ◊ÊòÊ F−
(4) only SO 24− (4) ◊ÊòÊ SO 24−
(1) 1186 (1) 1186
(2) 84.3 (2) 84.3
(3) 118.6 (3) 118.6
(4) 11.86 (4) 11.86
ᑻ ᑻ ᑻ
2 /Cl Cr /Cr 2 /Cr
EᑻCr O 2−/Cr 3+=1.33 V, EMnO

ᑻ −
/Mn 2+
=1.51 V . EᑻCr O 2−/Cr 3+=1.33 V, EMnO
ᑻ −
/Mn 2+
=1.51 V .
2 7 4 2 7 4

reducing agent is :
(1) Cr (1) Cr
(2) Mn2+ (2) Mn2+
(3) Cr3+ (3) Cr3+
(4) Cl− (4) Cl−
(1) O2−, F−, Na+, Mg2+ (1) O2−, F−, Na+, Mg2+
(2) O−, F−, Na, Mg+ (2) O−, F−, Na, Mg+
(3) O2−, F−, Na, Mg2+ (3) O2−, F−, Na, Mg2+
(4) O−, F−, Na+, Mg2+ (4) O−, F−, Na+, Mg2+
-o0o- -o0o-
‚„Ë „Ò–
seat.
B/Page 44
JEE-Main-2017-Official-Answer-Key-Code-B
JEE Main 2017 Official Question Paper 1 Set C, April 2

PAPER - 1 : CHEMISTRY, MATHEMATICS & PHYSICS
¬˝‡Ÿ¬ÈÁSÃ∑§Ê - 1 : ⁄U‚ÊÿŸ ÁflôÊÊŸ, ªÁáÊÃ ÃÕÊ ÷ÊÒÁÃ∑§ ÁflôÊÊŸ
Test Booklet Code
◊„ûfl¬ÍáÊ¸ ÁŸŒ¸‡Ê — C
examination hall.
5. There are three parts in the question paper A, B, C ⁄U‚ÊÿŸ ÁflôÊÊŸ, ªÁáÊÃ ∞fl¥ ÷ÊÒÁÃ∑§ ÁflôÊÊŸ ∑§ 30 ¬˝‡Ÿ „Ò¥ •ÊÒ⁄U ‚÷Ë
consisting of Chemistry, Mathematics and Physics having ¬˝‡ŸÊ¥ ∑§ •¥∑§ ‚◊ÊŸ „Ò¥– ¬˝àÿ∑§ ¬˝‡Ÿ ∑§ ‚„Ë ©ûÊ⁄U ∑§ Á‹∞ 4 (øÊ⁄U)
end of the booklet.
(¬Îc∆U 40-43) ¬⁄U ŒË ªß¸ „Ò–
12. The CODE for this Booklet is C. Make sure that the CODE
12. ß‚ ¬ÈÁSÃ∑§Ê ∑§Ê ‚¥∑§Ã C „Ò– ÿ„ ‚ÈÁŸÁ‡øÃ ∑§⁄U ‹¥ Á∑§ ß‚ ¬ÈÁSÃ∑§Ê ∑§Ê
Answer Sheet.

•èÿÕË¸ ∑§Ê ŸÊ◊ (’«∏ •ˇÊ⁄Ê¥ ◊¥) —
•ŸÈ∑§˝ ◊Ê¥∑§ — •¥∑§Ê¥ ◊¥
: in words
— ‡ÊéŒÊ¥ ◊¥
¬⁄UËˇÊÊ ∑§ãŒ˝ ∑§Ê ŸÊ◊ (’«∏ •ˇÊ⁄UÊ¥ ◊¥ ) —
PART A — CHEMISTRY ÷Êª A — ⁄U‚ÊÿŸ ÁflôÊÊŸ
benzene will be :
(1) 94.6% (1) 94.6%
(2) 64.6% (2) 64.6%
(3) 80.4% (3) 80.4%
(4) 74.6% (4) 74.6%
of CoCl 3 .6H 2 O with excess AgNO 3 ; AgNO 3 ∑ § •ÊÁœÄÿ ◊ ¥ •Á÷∑Î § Ã ∑§⁄U Ÿ ¬⁄U
22
complex is :
(4) [Co(H2O)6]Cl3 (4) [Co(H2O)6]Cl3
C/Page 2 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ⁄U»§ ∑§Êÿ¸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ¡ª„
(1) (1)
(2) (2)
(3) (3)
(4) (4)
are :

− −

− −
(3) 2 and ClO 3

ClO− −
(3) ClO−
2 ÃÕÊ ClO−
3
F−=10 ; SO 24−=100 ; NO−
3 =50 F−=10 ; SO 24−=100 ; NO−
3 =50
are :
(1) only SO 24− (1) ◊ÊòÊ SO 24−
(2) only NO−

3 (2) ◊ÊòÊ NO−
3

3 (3) SO 24− ÃÕÊ NO−
3 ŒÊŸÊ¥
(4) only F− (4) ◊ÊòÊ F−
(4) Nylon 6, 6 (4) ŸÊß‹ÊÚŸ 6, 6
magnitude.
(1) (b) and (c) (1) (b) ÃÕÊ (c)
(2) (a) and (d) (2) (a) ÃÕÊ (d)
(3) (b) and (d) (3) (b) ÃÕÊ (d)
(4) (a) and (c) (4) (a) ÃÕÊ (c)
(1) 1.0 (1) 1.0
(2) 7.2 (2) 7.2
(3) 6.9 (3) 6.9
(4) 7.0 (4) 7.0
(1) (1)
(2) (2)
(3) (3)
(4) (4)
(1) (1)
(2) (2)
(3) (3)
(4) (4)

H+/CH3 OH H+/CH3 OH
CH3 MgBr CH3 MgBr
[Ag(NH3 )2 ]+OH− [Ag(NH3 )2 ]+OH−

H+/CH3OH H+/CH3OH
paramagnetic ?
(1) B2 (1) B2
(2) NO (2) NO
(3) CO (3) CO
(4) O2 (4) O2
colour of bromine ?
(1) (1)
(2) (2)
(3) (3)
(4) (4)

(1) (1)
(2) (2)
(3) (3)
(4) (4)
is :
(I) (II) (I) (II)

(III) (III)
(1) (II) < (III) < (I) (1) (II) < (III) < (I)
(2) (III) < (II) < (I) (2) (III) < (II) < (I)
(3) (II) < (I) < (III) (3) (II) < (I) < (III)
(4) (I) < (III) < (II) (4) (I) < (III) < (II)
(1) 11.86 (1) 11.86
(2) 1186 (2) 1186
(3) 84.3 (3) 84.3
(4) 118.6 (4) 118.6
‘X’ is :
(1) Na 2C2O 4 (1) Na 2C2O 4
(1) 10 kg (1) 10 kg
(2) 15 kg (2) 15 kg
(3) 37.5 kg (3) 37.5 kg
(4) 7.5 kg (4) 7.5 kg


∆rH8=−393.5 kJ mol−1 ∆rH8=−393.5 kJ mol−1
H2(g)+ 21 O2(g) → H2O(l) ; H2(g)+ 21 O2(g) → H2O(l) ;

∆rH8=−285.8 kJ mol−1 ∆rH8=−285.8 kJ mol−1

∆rH8=+890.3 kJ mol−1 ∆rH8=+890.3 kJ mol−1
(1) −144.0 kJ mol−1 (1) −144.0 kJ mol−1
(2) +74.8 kJ mol−1 (2) +74.8 kJ mol−1
(3) +144.0 kJ mol−1 (3) +144.0 kJ mol−1
(4) −74.8 kJ mol−1 (4) −74.8 kJ mol−1

e0=8.854185×10−12 kg−1m−3A2) e0=8.854185×10−12 kg−1m−3A2)
(1) 2.12 Å (1) 2.12 Å
(2) 1.65 Å (2) 1.65 Å
(3) 4.76 Å (3) 4.76 Å
(4) 0.529 Å (4) 0.529 Å
(R=8.314 J mol−1K−1) (R=8.314 J mol−1K−1)
(1) 4 (1) 4
(2) 8 (2) 8
(3) 12 (3) 12
(4) 6 (4) 6
a a
(1) (1)
2 2
(2) 2a (2) 2a
(3) 2 2a (3) 2 2a
(4) 2a (4) 2a
(1) O−, F−, Na+, Mg2+ (1) O−, F−, Na+, Mg2+
(2) O2−, F−, Na+, Mg2+ (2) O2−, F−, Na+, Mg2+
(3) O−, F−, Na, Mg+ (3) O−, F−, Na, Mg+
(4) O2−, F−, Na, Mg2+ (4) O2−, F−, Na, Mg2+
ᑻ ᑻ ᑻ
2 /Cl Cr /Cr 2 /Cr

ᑻ −
/Mn 2+
=1.51 V . EᑻCr O2−/Cr 3+=1.33 V, EMnO
ᑻ −
/Mn 2+
=1.51 V .
2 7 4 2 7 4

reducing agent is :
(1) Cl− (1) Cl−
(2) Cr (2) Cr
(3) Mn2+ (3) Mn2+
(4) Cr3+ (4) Cr3+
(2) Six (2) ¿U—
(4) Two (4) ŒÊ
PART B — MATHEMATICS ÷Êª B — ªÁáÊÃ
3π 3π
4 4
dx dx
31. The integral
∫
π
1 + cos x
is equal to : 31. ‚◊Ê∑§‹ ∫π
1 + cos x
’⁄UÊ’⁄U „Ò —
4 4
(1) 4 (1) 4
(2) −1 (2) −1
(3) −2 (3) −2
(4) 2 (4) 2

1  1 
(1)  , −1  (1)  , −1 
5  5 
 1   1 
(2) − , 0  (2) − , 0 
 5   5 
 1   1 
(3) − , 1  (3) − , 1 
 5   5 
1  1 
(4)  , 0 (4)  , 0
5  5 
y≤1+ x } is :
7 7
(1) (1)
3 3
5 5
(2) (2)
2 2
59 59
(3) (3)
12 12
3 3
(4) (4)
2 2
drawn is :
(1) 4 (1) 4
6 6
(2) (2)
25 25
12 12
(3) (3)
5 5
(4) 6 (4) 6
dy dy
dx dx
π y  
π
2 2
1 1
(1) − (1) −
3 3
4 4
(2) (2)
3 3
1 1
(3) (3)
3 3
2 2
(4) − (4) −
3 3
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 −ω2−1 ω2 = 3k, 1 −ω2−1 ω2 = 3k „Ò
2 7 2 7
1 ω ω 1 ω ω

(1) −1 (1) −1
(2) 1 (2) 1
(3) −z (3) −z
(4) z (4) z
→ ∧ ∧ ∧ → ∧ ∧ → ∧ ∧ ∧ → ∧ ∧
→ → → → → →

→
c •ÊÒ⁄U
→
a× b
→
∑§
→ → → → → → →
equal to :
(1) 5 (1) 5
1 1
(2) (2)
8 8
25 25
(3) (3)
8 8
(4) 2 (4) 2
(1) 4 ( 2 − 1) (1) 4 ( 2 − 1)
(2) 4 ( 2 + 1) (2) 4 ( 2 + 1)
(3) 2 ( 2 + 1) (3) 2 ( 2 + 1)
(4) 2 ( 2 − 1) (4) 2 ( 2 − 1)
 6x x 
x  0, 
1
If for x  0,  , the derivative of ÿÁŒ ∑§ Á‹∞ tan−1  ∑§Ê
1 39.
39. 
 4  4  1 − 9x 3 
 6x x 
 1 − 9x 3 
equals :
3x 3x
(1) 3 (1)
1 − 9x 1 − 9x 3
3 3
(2) 3 (2)
1 + 9x 1 + 9x 3
9 9
(3) 3
(3)
1 + 9x 1 + 9x 3
3x x 3x x
(4) 3 (4)
1 − 9x 1 − 9x 3
is :
14 14
(1) (1)
45 45
7 7
(2) (2)
55 55
6 6
(3) (3)
55 55
12 12
(4) (4)
55 55
x→ π
2 ( π − 2x ) 3 x→ π
2 ( π − 2x ) 3
1 1
(1) (1)
8 8
1 1
(2) (2)
4 4
1 1
(3) (3)
24 24
1 1
(4) (4)
16 16
42. The value of 42. ( 21 C1 − 10C1 ) + ( 21 C 2 − 10C2 ) +

( 21 C1 − 10C1 ) + ( 21 C 2 − 10C2 ) +
( 21 C3 − 10C3 ) + ( 21 C 4 − 10C 4 ) + ..... +
( 21 C3 − 10C3 ) + ( 21 C 4 − 10C 4 ) + ..... +
( 21 C10 − 10C10 ) ∑§Ê ◊ÊŸ „Ò —
( 21 C10 − 10C10 ) is :
(1) 2 20 −2 9 (1) 2 20 −2 9
(2) 2 20−2 10 (2) 2 20−2 10
(3) 2 21−2 11 (3) 2 21−2 11
(4) 2 21−2 10 (4) 2 21−2 10
1 1
4 4
1 1
16 16
7 7
(1) (1)
64 64
3 3
(2) (2)
16 16
7 7
(3) (3)
32 32
7 7
(4) (4)
16 16
equal to :
2 2
(1) (1)
9 9
4 4
(2) (2)
9 9
6 6
(3) (3)
7 7
1 1
(4) (4)
4 4
1 1
2 2
ÃÊ ©‚∑§ Á’¥ŒÈ  3

¬⁄U ©‚∑§ •Á÷‹¥’ ∑§Ê
 2
to it at  1,  is :
3
 2
‚◊Ë∑§⁄UáÊ „Ò —
(1) 4x+2y=7 (1) 4x+2y=7
(2) x+2y=4 (2) x+2y=4
(3) 2y−x=2 (3) 2y−x=2
(4) 4x−2y=1 (4) 4x−2y=1
equation,
x(x+1)+(x+1)(x+2)+.... x(x+1)+(x+1)(x+2)+....
+ ( x + n − 1) (x+n)=10n + ( x + n − 1) (x+n)=10n
(1) 10 (1) 10
(2) 11 (2) 11
(3) 12 (3) 12
(4) 9 (4) 9

(p→q)→[(~p→q)→q] is : (p→q)→[(~p→q)→q] —
through the point :
1 1 1 1
(1)  ,−  (1)  ,− 
2 3 2 3
 1 1  1 1
(2)  ,  (2)  , 
2 3 2 3
 1 1  1 1
(3) − , −  (3) − , − 
 2 2  2 2
1 1 1 1
(4)  ,  (4)  , 
2 2 2 2
a, b and c, ∑§ Á‹∞
P(1, −2, 3) ∑§Ê ‚◊Ã‹
x y z x y z
1 4 5 1 4 5
(1) 42 (1) 42
(2) 6 5 (2) 6 5
(3) 3 5 (3) 3 5
(4) 2 42 (4) 2 42
2 2
(1) (1)
9 9
7 7
(2) − (2) −
9 9
3 3
(3) − (3) −
5 5
1 1
(4) (4)
3 3

10 10
n=1 n=1
(1) 190 (1) 190
(2) 255 (2) 255
(3) 330 (3) 330
(4) 165 (4) 165
= = ÃÕÊ
x −1 y +2 z −4 1 −2 3
1 −2 3 x −2 y +1 z +7
= = ¬⁄U ‹¥’ „Ò, ∑§Ë Á’¥ŒÈ
x −2 y +1 z +7 2 −1 −1
and = = , is :
2 −1 −1 (1, 3, −7) ‚ ŒÍ⁄UË „Ò —
5 5
(1) (1)
83 83
10 10
(2) (2)
74 74
20 20
(3) (3)
74 74
10 10
(4) (4)
83 83
equations
x+y+z=1 x+y+z=1
x+ay+z=1 x+ay+z=1
ax+by+z=0 ax+by+z=0
 2 −3   2 −3 
55. If A =  , then adj (3A2+12A) is 55. ÿÁŒ A=  „Ò, ÃÊ adj (3A2+12A)
−4 1 −4 1
 51 84   51 84 
(1) 63 72  (1) 63 72 
   
 72 −63   72 −63 
(2) −84 (2)
 51 −84
 51
 72 −84   72 −84 
(3) −63 (3)
 51 −63
 51
 51 63   51 63 
(4) 84 72  (4) 84 72 
   
(1) ( 3, 2) (1) ( 3, 2)
(2) (− 2, − 3) (2) (− 2, − 3)
(3) (3 2, 2 3) (3) (3 2, 2 3)
(4) (2 2, 3 3) (4) (2 2, 3 3)
 3  3
(1)  1, −  (1)  1, − 
 4  4
 1  1
(2)  2,  (2)  2, 
 2  2
 1  1
(3)  2, −  (3)  2, − 
 2  2
 3  3
(4)  1,  (4)  1, 
 4  4
(1) 25 (1) 25
(2) 30 (2) 30
(3) 12.5 (3) 12.5
(4) 10 (4) 10
1 1 1 1
59.
 2 2 
59. »§‹Ÿ ¡Ê
 2 2
x x
as f ( x ) =
2
1+x 1 + x2
(1) 469 (1) 469
(2) 484 (2) 484
(3) 485 (3) 485
(4) 468 (4) 468
PART C — PHYSICS ÷Êª C — ÷ÊÒÁÃ∑§ ÁflôÊÊŸ
(1) 12.1 GHz (1) 12.1 GHz
(2) 17.3 GHz (2) 17.3 GHz
(3) 15.3 GHz (3) 15.3 GHz
(4) 10.1 GHz (4) 10.1 GHz
capillary method :
rhg rhg
2 2
to :
(1) 1.5% (1) 1.5%
(2) 2.4% (2) 2.4%
(3) 10% (3) 10%
(4) 0.15% (4) 0.15%
2 2
(1) r= (1) r=
3 3
3 3
(2) r= (2) r=
4 4
1 1
(3) r= (3) r=
3 3
4 4
(4) r= (4) r=
3 3
1 1
8
8
(1) 10−3 kg s−1 (1) 10−3 kg s−1
(2) 10−4 kg m−1 (2) 10−4 kg m−1
(3) 10−1 kg m−1 s−1 (3) 10−1 kg m−1 s−1
(4) 10−3 kg m−1 (4) 10−3 kg m−1
It is observed that
(1) a=b (1) a=b
(2) a=14 b (2) a=14 b
(3) a=28 b (3) a=28 b
1 1
(4) a= b (4) a= b
14 14
is minimum ?
3 3
(1) (1)
2 2
(2) 1 (2) 1
3 3
(3) (3)
2 2
3 3
(4) (4)
2 2
log 1.3 log 1.3
(1) t=T (1) t=T
log 2 log 2
(2) t=T log (1.3) (2) t=T log (1.3)
T T
(3) t= (3) t=
log (1.3) log (1.3)
T log 2 T log 2
(4) t= (4) t=
2 log 1.3 2 log 1.3
false ?
disturbed.
magnitude.
more than 300 V.
(1) 16 (1) 16
(2) 24 (2) 24
(3) 32 (3) 32
(4) 2 (4) 2
C will be :
r1 r1
(1) CE (1) CE
( 2 +r )
r ( 2 +r )
r
(2) r2 (2) r2
CE CE
(r+r2 ) (r+r2 )
r1 r1
(3) CE (3) CE
(r1+r) (r1+r)
(4) CE (4) CE
71. 71.
(1) 0.25 A (1) 0.25 A
(2) 0.5 A (2) 0.5 A
(3) 0A (3) 0A
(4) 1A (4) 1A
that ∆ωm<<ωc. Which of the following Ã⁄¥Uª ◊¥ Ÿ„Ë¥ „ÊªË?
modulated wave ?
(1) ωc (1) ωc
(2) ωm +ω c (2) ω m+ω c
(3) ωc −ω m (3) ω c−ω m
(4) ωm (4) ωm
(1) 908 (1) 908
(2) 1358 (2) 1358
(3) 1808 (3) 1808
(4) 458 (4) 458
(1) 8858C (1) 8858C
(2) 12508C (2) 12508C
(3) 8258C (3) 8258C
(4) 8008C (4) 8008C
(1) 7.8 mm (1) 7.8 mm
(2) 9.75 mm (2) 9.75 mm
(3) 15.6 mm (3) 15.6 mm
(4) 1.56 mm (4) 1.56 mm
→
→ → ∧
→ ∧
→ ∧ → ∧
→ ∧ → →
→ ∧
→ →
θ is :
(1) 458 (1) 458
(2) 608 (2) 608
(3) 908 (3) 908
(4) 308 (4) 308
the vertical is :
2g 2g
3l 3l
3g 3g
2l 2l
2g 2g
3l 3l
3g 3g
2l 2l
by :
P P
(1) αK (1) αK
3α 3α
(2) PK (2) PK
(3) 3PKα (3) 3PKα
P P
(4) 3α K (4) 3α K
image formed is :
in : ªÿÊ „Ò?
(1) (1)
(2) (2)
(3) (3)
(4) (4)
nf−ni will be :
(1) 1.38×10 23 (1) 1.38×10 23
(2) 2.5×10 25 (2) 2.5×10 25
(3) −2.5×10 25 (3) −2.5×10 25
(4) −1.61×10 23 (4) −1.61×10 23
coil is :
(1) 225 Wb (1) 225 Wb

(2) 250 Wb (2) 250 Wb
(3) 275 Wb (3) 275 Wb
(4) 200 Wb (4) 200 Wb
(1) 2.045×10 3 Ω (1) 2.045×10 3 Ω
(2) 2.535×103 Ω (2) 2.535×103 Ω
(3) 4.005×103 Ω (3) 4.005×103 Ω
(4) 1.985×103 Ω (4) 1.985×103 Ω
(1) 22 J (1) 22 J
(2) 9J (2) 9J
(3) 18 J (3) 18 J
(4) 4.5 J (4) 4.5 J
oscillations is :
(1) 8.89 s (1) 8.89 s
(2) 6.98 s (2) 6.98 s
(3) 8.76 s (3) 8.76 s
(4) 6.65 s (4) 6.65 s
radius) :
(1) (1)
(2) (2)
(3) (3)
(4) (4)
(1) (1)
(2) (2)
(3) (3)
(4) (4)
m m
2 2
λA λA
(1) =2 (1) =2
λB λB
λA 2 λA 2
(2) = (2) =
λB 3 λB 3
λA 1 λA 1
(3) = (3) =
λB 2 λB 2
λA 1 λA 1
(4) = (4) =
λB 3 λB 3
will look like :
(1) (1)
(2) (2)
(3) (3)
(4) (4)
factor of :
1 1
(1) (1)
9 9
(2) 81 (2) 81
1 1
(3) (3)
81 81
(4) 9 (4) 9
-o0o- -o0o-
‚„Ë „Ò–
seat.
C/Page 44
JEE-Main-2017-Official-Answer-Key-Code-C
JEE Main 2017 Official Question Paper 1 Set D, April 2

PAPER - 1 : MATHEMATICS, PHYSICS & CHEMISTRY
¬˝‡Ÿ¬ÈÁSÃ∑§Ê - 1 : ªÁáÊÃ, ÷ÊÒÁÃ∑§ ÁflôÊÊŸ ÃÕÊ ⁄U‚ÊÿŸ ÁflôÊÊŸ
Test Booklet Code
◊„ûfl¬ÍáÊ¸ ÁŸŒ¸‡Ê — D
examination hall.
5. There are three parts in the question paper A, B, C ªÁáÊÃ, ÷ÊÒÁÃ∑§ ÁflôÊÊŸ ∞fl¥ ⁄U‚ÊÿŸ ÁflôÊÊŸ ∑§ 30 ¬˝‡Ÿ „Ò¥ •ÊÒ⁄U ‚÷Ë
consisting of Mathematics, Physics and Chemistry having ¬˝‡ŸÊ¥ ∑§ •¥∑§ ‚◊ÊŸ „Ò¥– ¬˝àÿ∑§ ¬˝‡Ÿ ∑§ ‚„Ë ©ûÊ⁄U ∑§ Á‹∞ 4 (øÊ⁄U)
end of the booklet.
(¬Îc∆U 40-43) ¬⁄U ŒË ªß¸ „Ò–
12. The CODE for this Booklet is D. Make sure that the CODE
12. ß‚ ¬ÈÁSÃ∑§Ê ∑§Ê ‚¥∑§Ã D „Ò– ÿ„ ‚ÈÁŸÁ‡øÃ ∑§⁄U ‹¥ Á∑§ ß‚ ¬ÈÁSÃ∑§Ê ∑§Ê
Answer Sheet.

•èÿÕË¸ ∑§Ê ŸÊ◊ (’«∏ •ˇÊ⁄Ê¥ ◊¥) —
•ŸÈ∑§˝ ◊Ê¥∑§ — •¥∑§Ê¥ ◊¥
: in words
— ‡ÊéŒÊ¥ ◊¥
¬⁄UËˇÊÊ ∑§ãŒ˝ ∑§Ê ŸÊ◊ (’«∏ •ˇÊ⁄UÊ¥ ◊¥ ) —
PART A — MATHEMATICS ÷Êª A — ªÁáÊÃ
equations
x+y+z=1 x+y+z=1
x+ay+z=1 x+ay+z=1
ax+by+z=0 ax+by+z=0

(p→q)→[(~p→q)→q] is : (p→q)→[(~p→q)→q] —
3 3
(1) − (1) −
5 5
1 1
(2) (2)
3 3
2 2
(3) (3)
9 9
7 7
(4) − (4) −
9 9
D/Page 2 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ⁄U»§ ∑§Êÿ¸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ¡ª„
1 1
4 4
1 1
16 16
7 7
(1) (1)
32 32
7 7
(2) (2)
16 16
7 7
(3) (3)
64 64
3 3
(4) (4)
16 16
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 −ω2−1 ω2 = 3k, 1 −ω2−1 ω2 = 3k „Ò
2 7 2 7
1 ω ω 1 ω ω

(1) −z (1) −z
(2) z (2) z
(3) −1 (3) −1
(4) 1 (4) 1
 1  1
(1)  2, −  (1)  2, − 
 2  2
 3  3
(2)  1,  (2)  1, 
 4  4
 3  3
(3)  1, −  (3)  1, − 
 4  4
 1  1
(4)  2,  (4)  2, 
 2  2
(1) 12.5 (1) 12.5
(2) 10 (2) 10
(3) 25 (3) 25
(4) 30 (4) 30
y≤1+ x } is :
59 59
(1) (1)
12 12
3 3
(2) (2)
2 2
7 7
(3) (3)
3 3
5 5
(4) (4)
2 2
9. If the image of the point P(1, −2, 3) in the 9. ÿÁŒ Á’¥ Œ È P(1, −2, 3) ∑§Ê ‚◊Ã‹
x y z x y z
1 4 5 1 4 5
(1) 3 5 (1) 3 5
(2) 2 42 (2) 2 42
(3) 42 (3) 42
(4) 6 5 (4) 6 5
 6x x 
x ȏ  0, 
1
If for x ȏ  0,  , the derivative of ÿÁŒ ∑§ Á‹∞ tan−1  ∑§Ê
1 10.
10. 
 4  4  1 − 9x 3 
 6x x 
 1 − 9x 3 
equals :
9 9
(1) 3
(1)
1 + 9x 1 + 9x 3
3x x 3x x
(2) 3 (2)
1 − 9x 1 − 9x 3
3x 3x
(3) 3 (3)
1 − 9x 1 − 9x 3
3 3
(4) 3 (4)
1 + 9x 1 + 9x 3
dy dy
dx dx
π y  
π
2 2
1 1
(1) (1)
3 3
2 2
(2) − (2) −
3 3
1 1
(3) − (3) −
3 3
4 4
(4) (4)
3 3
equal to :
6 6
(1) (1)
7 7
1 1
(2) (2)
4 4
2 2
(3) (3)
9 9
4 4
(4) (4)
9 9
 2 −3   2 −3 
13. If A =   , then adj (3A +12A) is
2 13. ÿÁŒ A=  „Ò, ÃÊ adj (3A2+12A)
−4 1  −4 1
 72 −84   72 −84 
(1) −63 (1)
 51 −63
 51
 51 63   51 63 
(2) 84 72  (2) 84 72 
   
 51 84   51 84 
(3) 63 72  (3) 63 72 
   
 72 −63   72 −63 
(4) −84 (4)
 51 −84
 51
a, b and c, ∑§ Á‹∞
= = ÃÕÊ
x −1 y +2 z −4 1 −2 3
1 −2 3 x −2 y +1 z +7
= = ¬⁄U ‹¥’ „Ò, ∑§Ë Á’¥ŒÈ
x −2 y +1 z +7 2 −1 −1
and = = , is :
2 −1 −1 (1, 3, −7) ‚ ŒÍ⁄UË „Ò —
20 20
(1) (1)
74 74
10 10
(2) (2)
83 83
5 5
(3) (3)
83 83
10 10
(4) (4)
74 74

 1   1 
(1) − , 1  (1) − , 1 
 5   5 
1  1 
(2)  , 0 (2)  , 0
5  5 
1  1 
(3)  , −1  (3)  , −1 
5  5 
 1   1 
(4) − , 0 (4) − , 0
 5   5 
1 1
2 2
ÃÊ ©‚∑§ Á’¥ŒÈ  3

¬⁄U ©‚∑§ •Á÷‹¥’ ∑§Ê
 2
to it at  1,  is :
3
 2
‚◊Ë∑§⁄UáÊ „Ò —
(1) 2y−x=2 (1) 2y−x=2
(2) 4x−2y=1 (2) 4x−2y=1
(3) 4x+2y=7 (3) 4x+2y=7
(4) x+2y=4 (4) x+2y=4
P( 2 , 3 ) and has foci at (±2, 0). Then „Ò, ÃÕÊ ©‚∑§Ë ŸÊÁ÷ÿÊ° (±2, 0) ¬⁄U „Ò¥, ÃÊ •ÁÃ¬⁄Ufl‹ÿ
(1) (3 2, 2 3) (1) (3 2, 2 3)
(2) (2 2, 3 3) (2) (2 2, 3 3)
(3) ( 3, 2) (3) ( 3, 2)
(4) (− 2, − 3) (4) (− 2, − 3)

1 1 1 1
19.
 2 2 
19. »§‹Ÿ ¡Ê
 2 2
x x
as f ( x ) =
2
1+x 1 + x2

x→ π
2 ( π − 2x ) 3 x→ π
2 ( π − 2x ) 3
1 1
(1) (1)
24 24
1 1
(2) (2)
16 16
1 1
(3) (3)
8 8
1 1
(4) (4)
4 4
→ ∧ ∧ ∧ → ∧ ∧ → ∧ ∧ ∧ → ∧ ∧
→ → → → → →

→
c •ÊÒ⁄U
→
a× b
→
∑§
→ → → → → → →
equal to :
25 25
(1) (1)
8 8
(2) 2 (2) 2
(3) 5 (3) 5
1 1
(4) (4)
8 8
through the point :
 1 1  1 1
(1) − , −  (1) − , − 
 2 2  2 2
1 1 1 1
(2)  ,  (2)  , 
2 2 2 2
1 1 1 1
(3)  ,−  (3)  ,− 
2 3 2 3
 1 1  1 1
(4)  ,  (4)  , 
2 3 2 3
is :
6 6
(1) (1)
55 55
12 12
(2) (2)
55 55
14 14
(3) (3)
45 45
7 7
(4) (4)
55 55
(1) 485 (1) 485
(2) 468 (2) 468
(3) 469 (3) 469
(4) 484 (4) 484
25. The value of 25. ( 21 C1 − 10C1 ) + ( 21 C 2 − 10C2 ) +

( 21 C1 − 10C1 ) + ( 21 C 2 − 10C2 ) +
( 21 C3 − 10C3 ) + ( 21 C 4 − 10C 4 ) + ..... +
( 21 C3 − 10C3 ) + ( 21 C 4 − 10C 4 ) + ..... +
( 21 C10 − 10C10 ) ∑§Ê ◊ÊŸ „Ò —
( 21 C10 − 10C10 ) is :
(1) 2 21−2 11 (1) 2 21−2 11
(2) 2 21−2 10 (2) 2 21−2 10
(3) 2 20 −2 9 (3) 2 20 −2 9
(4) 2 20−2 10 (4) 2 20−2 10
drawn is :
12 12
(1) (1)
5 5
(2) 6 (2) 6
(3) 4 (3) 4
6 6
(4) (4)
25 25

10 10
n=1 n=1
(1) 330 (1) 330
(2) 165 (2) 165
(3) 190 (3) 190
(4) 255 (4) 255
(1) 2 ( 2 + 1) (1) 2 ( 2 + 1)
(2) 2 ( 2 − 1) (2) 2 ( 2 − 1)
(3) 4 ( 2 − 1) (3) 4 ( 2 − 1)
(4) 4 ( 2 + 1) (4) 4 ( 2 + 1)
equation,
x(x+1)+(x+1)(x+2)+.... x(x+1)+(x+1)(x+2)+....
+ ( x + n − 1) (x+n)=10n + ( x + n − 1) (x+n)=10n
(1) 12 (1) 12
(2) 9 (2) 9
(3) 10 (3) 10
(4) 11 (4) 11
3π 3π
4 4
dx dx
30. The integral
∫
π
1 + cos x
is equal to : 30. ‚◊Ê∑§‹ ∫
π
1 + cos x
’⁄UÊ’⁄U „Ò —
4 4
(1) −2 (1) −2
(2) 2 (2) 2
(3) 4 (3) 4
(4) −1 (4) −1
PART B — PHYSICS ÷Êª B — ÷ÊÒÁÃ∑§ ÁflôÊÊŸ
T T
(1) t= (1) t=
log (1.3) log (1.3)
T log 2 T log 2
(2) t= (2) t=
2 log 1.3 2 log 1.3
log 1.3 log 1.3

(3) t=T (3) t=T
log 2 log 2
(4) t=T log (1.3) (4) t=T log (1.3)
capillary method :
rhg rhg
2 2
to :
(1) 10% (1) 10%
(2) 0.15% (2) 0.15%
(3) 1.5% (3) 1.5%
(4) 2.4% (4) 2.4%
in : ªÿÊ „Ò?
(1) (1)
(2) (2)
(3) (3)
(4) (4)
is minimum ?
3 3
(1) (1)
2 2
3 3
(2) (2)
2 2
3 3
(3) (3)
2 2
(4) 1 (4) 1
the vertical is :
2g 2g
3l 3l
3g 3g
2l 2l
2g 2g
3l 3l
3g 3g
2l 2l
It is observed that
(1) a=28 b (1) a=28 b
1 1
(2) a= b (2) a= b
14 14
(3) a=b (3) a=b
(4) a=14 b (4) a=14 b
(1) 8258C (1) 8258C
(2) 8008C (2) 8008C
(3) 8858C (3) 8858C
(4) 12508C (4) 12508C
that ∆ω m<<ωc . Which of the following Ã⁄¥Uª ◊¥ Ÿ„Ë¥ „ÊªË?
modulated wave ?
(1) ω c−ω m (1) ω c−ω m
(2) ωm (2) ωm
(3) ωc (3) ωc
(4) ω m+ω c (4) ω m+ω c
nf−ni will be :
(1) −2.5×10 25 (1) −2.5×10 25
(2) −1.61×10 23 (2) −1.61×10 23
(3) 1.38×10 23 (3) 1.38×10 23
(4) 2.5×10 25 (4) 2.5×10 25
(1) 15.6 mm (1) 15.6 mm
(2) 1.56 mm (2) 1.56 mm
(3) 7.8 mm (3) 7.8 mm
(4) 9.75 mm (4) 9.75 mm
m m
2 2
λA 1 λA 1
(1) = (1) =
λB 2 λB 2
λA 1 λA 1
(2) = (2) =
λB 3 λB 3
λA λA
(3) =2 (3) =2
λB λB
λA 2 λA 2
(4) = (4) =
λB 3 λB 3
oscillations is :
(1) 8.76 s (1) 8.76 s
(2) 6.65 s (2) 6.65 s
(3) 8.89 s (3) 8.89 s
(4) 6.98 s (4) 6.98 s
→
→ → ∧
→ ∧
→ ∧ → ∧
→ ∧ → →
→ ∧
→ →
θ is :
(1) 908 (1) 908
(2) 308 (2) 308
(3) 458 (3) 458
(4) 608 (4) 608
coil is :
(1) 275 Wb (1) 275 Wb

(2) 200 Wb (2) 200 Wb
(3) 225 Wb (3) 225 Wb
(4) 250 Wb (4) 250 Wb
(1) 18 J (1) 18 J
(2) 4.5 J (2) 4.5 J
(3) 22 J (3) 22 J
(4) 9J (4) 9J
1 1
(1) r= (1) r=
3 3
4 4
(2) r= (2) r=
3 3
2 2
(3) r= (3) r=
3 3
3 3
(4) r= (4) r=
4 4
47. 47.
(1) 0A (1) 0A
(2) 1A (2) 1A
(3) 0.25 A (3) 0.25 A
(4) 0.5 A (4) 0.5 A
(1) (1)
(2) (2)
(3) (3)
(4) (4)
more than 300 V.
(1) 32 (1) 32
(2) 2 (2) 2
(3) 16 (3) 16
(4) 24 (4) 24
C will be :
r1 r1
(1) CE (1) CE
(r1+r) (r1+r)
(2) CE (2) CE
r1 r1
(3) CE (3) CE
( r2 +r ) ( r2 +r )
(4) r2 (4) r2
CE CE
(r+r2 ) (r+r2 )
(1) 1808 (1) 1808
(2) 458 (2) 458
(3) 908 (3) 908
(4) 1358 (4) 1358
false ?
magnitude.
disturbed.
will look like :
(1) (1)
(2) (2)
(3) (3)
(4) (4)
(1) 15.3 GHz (1) 15.3 GHz
(2) 10.1 GHz (2) 10.1 GHz
(3) 12.1 GHz (3) 12.1 GHz
(4) 17.3 GHz (4) 17.3 GHz
factor of :
1 1
(1) (1)
81 81
(2) 9 (2) 9
1 1
(3) (3)
9 9
(4) 81 (4) 81
(1) 4.005×103 Ω (1) 4.005×103 Ω
(2) 1.985×103 Ω (2) 1.985×103 Ω
(3) 2.045×10 3 Ω (3) 2.045×10 3 Ω
(4) 2.535×103 Ω (4) 2.535×103 Ω
radius) :
(1) (1)
(2) (2)
(3) (3)
(4) (4)
by :
(1) 3PKα (1) 3PKα
P P
(2) 3α K (2) 3α K
P P
(3) αK (3) αK
3α 3α
(4) PK (4) PK
image formed is :
1 1
8
8
(1) 10−1 kg m−1 s−1 (1) 10−1 kg m−1 s−1
(2) 10−3 kg m−1 (2) 10−3 kg m−1
(3) 10−3 kg s−1 (3) 10−3 kg s−1
(4) 10−4 kg m−1 (4) 10−4 kg m−1
PART C — CHEMISTRY ÷Êª C — ⁄U‚ÊÿŸ ÁflôÊÊŸ
(1) 84.3 (1) 84.3
(2) 118.6 (2) 118.6
(3) 11.86 (3) 11.86
(4) 1186 (4) 1186

∆rH8=−393.5 kJ mol−1 ∆rH8=−393.5 kJ mol−1
H2(g)+ 21 O2(g) → H2O(l) ; H2(g)+ 21 O2(g) → H2O(l) ;
∆rH8=−285.8 kJ mol−1 ∆rH8=−285.8 kJ mol−1
∆rH8=+890.3 kJ mol−1 ∆rH8=+890.3 kJ mol−1
(1) +144.0 kJ mol−1 (1) +144.0 kJ mol−1
(2) −74.8 kJ mol−1 (2) −74.8 kJ mol−1
(3) −144.0 kJ mol−1 (3) −144.0 kJ mol−1
(4) +74.8 kJ mol−1 (4) +74.8 kJ mol−1
benzene will be :
(1) 80.4% (1) 80.4%
(2) 74.6% (2) 74.6%
(3) 94.6% (3) 94.6%
(4) 64.6% (4) 64.6%
(1) 37.5 kg (1) 37.5 kg
(2) 7.5 kg (2) 7.5 kg
(3) 10 kg (3) 10 kg
(4) 15 kg (4) 15 kg

(2) Nylon 6, 6 (2) ŸÊß‹ÊÚŸ 6, 6

ᑻ ᑻ ᑻ ᑻ
ECl −=1.36 V, E 3+ =−0.74 V ECl −=1.36 V, E 3+ =−0.74 V
2 /Cl Cr /Cr 2 /Cl Cr /Cr

ᑻ −
/Mn 2+
=1.51 V . EᑻCr O2−/Cr 3+=1.33 V, EMnO
ᑻ −
/Mn 2+
=1.51 V .
2 7 4 2 7 4

reducing agent is :
(1) Mn2+ (1) Mn2+
(2) Cr 3+ (2) Cr 3+
(3) Cl − (3) Cl −
(4) Cr (4) Cr
magnitude.
(1) (b) and (d) (1) (b) ÃÕÊ (d)
(2) (a) and (c) (2) (a) ÃÕÊ (c)

(3) (b) and (c) (3) (b) ÃÕÊ (c)
(4) (a) and (d) (4) (a) ÃÕÊ (d)

(1) (1)
(2) (2)
(3) (3)
(4) (4)

paramagnetic ?
(1) CO (1) CO
(2) O2 (2) O2
(3) B2 (3) B2
(4) NO (4) NO
complex is :
(2) [Co(H2O)6]Cl3 (2) [Co(H2O)6]Cl3
(1) 6.9 (1) 6.9
(2) 7.0 (2) 7.0
(3) 1.0 (3) 1.0
(4) 7.2 (4) 7.2
is :
(I) (II) (I) (II)

(III) (III)
(1) (II) < (I) < (III) (1) (II) < (I) < (III)
(2) (I) < (III) < (II) (2) (I) < (III) < (II)
(3) (II) < (III) < (I) (3) (II) < (III) < (I)
(4) (III) < (II) < (I) (4) (III) < (II) < (I)
[Ag(NH3 )2 ]+OH− [Ag(NH3 )2 ]+OH−

H+/CH3OH H+/CH3OH

+ +
H /CH3 OH H /CH3 OH
CH3 MgBr CH3 MgBr
are :
(1) 2 and ClO 3

ClO− −
(1) ClO−
2 ÃÕÊ ClO−
3

− −

− −
(1) (1)
(2) (2)
(3) (3)
(4) (4)
(2) Two (2) ŒÊ
(4) Six (4) ¿U—
(R=8.314 J mol−1K−1) (R=8.314 J mol−1K−1)
(1) 12 (1) 12
(2) 6 (2) 6
(3) 4 (3) 4
(4) 8 (4) 8
(1) (1)
(2) (2)
(3) (3)
(4) (4)
(1) O−, F−, Na, Mg+ (1) O−, F−, Na, Mg+
(2) O2−, F−, Na, Mg2+ (2) O2−, F−, Na, Mg2+
(3) O−, F−, Na+, Mg2+ (3) O−, F−, Na+, Mg2+
(4) O2−, F−, Na+, Mg2+ (4) O2−, F−, Na+, Mg2+
e0=8.854185×10−12 kg−1m−3A2) e0=8.854185×10−12 kg−1m−3A2)
(1) 4.76 Å (1) 4.76 Å
(2) 0.529 Å (2) 0.529 Å
(3) 2.12 Å (3) 2.12 Å
(4) 1.65 Å (4) 1.65 Å
(1) (1)
(2) (2)
(3) (3)
(4) (4)
(1) 2 2a (1) 2 2a
(2) 2a (2) 2a
a a
(3) (3)
2 2
(4) 2a (4) 2a
‘X’ is :
(3) Na 2C2O 4 (3) Na 2C2O 4
F−=10 ; SO 24−=100 ; NO−
3 =50 F−=10 ; SO 24−=100 ; NO−
3 =50
are :

3 (1) SO 24− ÃÕÊ NO−
3 ŒÊŸÊ¥
(2) only F− (2) ◊ÊòÊ F−
(3) only SO 24− (3) ◊ÊòÊ SO 24−
(4) only NO−

3 (4) ◊ÊòÊ NO−
3
colour of bromine ?
(1) (1)
(2) (2)
(3) (3)
(4) (4)
-o0o- -o0o-
‚„Ë „Ò–
seat.
D/Page 44
JEE-Main-2017-Official-Answer-Key-Code-D
JEE Main 2016 Question Paper 1 Offline (April 3, 2016) - SET E
This booklet contains 40 printed pages. No. :

ß‚ ¬ÈÁSÃ∑§Ê ◊¥ ◊ÈÁŒ˝Ã ¬Îc∆ 40 „Ò¥– SSO
PAPER - 1 : PHYSICS, CHEMISTRY & MATHEMATICS Test Booklet Code
¬˝‡Ÿ¬ÈÁSÃ∑§Ê - 1 : ÷ÊÒÁÃ∑§ ÁflôÊÊŸ, ⁄U‚ÊÿŸ ÁflôÊÊŸ ÃÕÊ ªÁáÊÃ ¬⁄ËˇÊÊ ¬ÈÁSÃ∑§Ê ‚¥∑§Ã
ß‚ ¬⁄ËˇÊÊ ¬ÈÁSÃ∑§Ê ∑§Ê Ã’ Ã∑§ Ÿ πÊ‹¥ ¡’ Ã∑§ ∑§„Ê Ÿ ¡Ê∞–
Important Instructions : ◊„ûfl¬ÍáÊ¸ ÁŸŒ¸‡Ê —
E
1. Immediately fill in the particulars on this page of the Test 1. ¬⁄UËˇÊÊ ¬ÈÁSÃ∑§Ê ∑§ ß‚ ¬Îc∆U ¬⁄U •Êfl‡ÿ∑§ Áflfl⁄UáÊ ∑§fl‹ ’Ê«¸U mÊ⁄UÊ
Booklet with only Blue / Black Ball Point Pen provided by ©¬‹éœ ∑§⁄UÊÿ ªÿ ŸË‹ / ∑§Ê‹ ’ÊÚ‹ åflÊß¥≈U ¬Ÿ ‚ Ãà∑§Ê‹ ÷⁄¥–
the Board.
5. There are three parts in the question paper A, B, C ÷ÊÒÁÃ∑§ ÁflôÊÊŸ, ⁄U‚ÊÿŸ ÁflôÊÊŸ ∞fl¥ ªÁáÊÃ ∑§ 30 ¬˝‡Ÿ „Ò¥ •ÊÒ⁄U ‚÷Ë
consisting of Physics, Chemistry and Mathematics having ¬˝‡ŸÊ¥ ∑§ •¥∑§ ‚◊ÊŸ „Ò¥– ¬˝àÿ∑§ ¬˝‡Ÿ ∑§ ‚„Ë ©ûÊ⁄U ∑§ Á‹∞ 4 (øÊ⁄U)
6. Candidates will be awarded marks as stated above in instruction 6. •èÿÁÕ¸ÿÊ¥ ∑§Ê ¬˝àÿ∑§ ‚„Ë ©ûÊ⁄U ∑§ Á‹∞ ©¬⁄UÊÄÃ ÁŸŒ¸‡ÊŸ ‚¥ÅÿÊ 5 ∑§
No. 5 for correct response of each question. ¼ (one fourth) marks ÁŸŒ¸‡ÊÊŸÈ‚Ê⁄U •¥∑§ ÁŒÿ ¡Êÿ¥ª– ¬˝àÿ∑§ ¬˝‡Ÿ ∑§ ª‹Ã ©ûÊ⁄U ∑§ Á‹ÿ
will be deducted for indicating incorrect response of each question. ¼ flÊ¥ ÷Êª ∑§Ê≈U Á‹ÿÊ ¡ÊÿªÊ– ÿÁŒ ©ûÊ⁄U ¬òÊ ◊¥ Á∑§‚Ë ¬˝‡Ÿ ∑§Ê ©ûÊ⁄U
No deduction from the total score will be made if no response is Ÿ„Ë¥ ÁŒÿÊ ªÿÊ „Ê ÃÊ ∑È§‹ ¬˝Ê#Ê¥∑§ ‚ ∑§Êß¸ ∑§≈UÊÒÃË Ÿ„Ë¥ ∑§Ë ¡ÊÿªË–
indicated for an item in the answer sheet.
deducted accordingly as per instruction 6 above. 8. ©ûÊ⁄U ¬òÊ ∑§ ¬Îc∆U-1 ∞fl¥ ¬Îc∆U-2 ¬⁄U flÊ¥Á¿UÃ Áflfl⁄UáÊ ∞fl¥ ©ûÊ⁄U •¥Á∑§Ã
Side–2 of the Answer Sheet use only Blue/Black Ball Point ∑§⁄UŸ „ÃÈ ’Ê«¸U mÊ⁄UÊ ©¬‹éœ ∑§⁄UÊÿ ªÿ ∑§fl‹ ŸË‹/∑§Ê‹ ’ÊÚ‹ åflÊß¥≈U
Pen provided by the Board. ¬Ÿ ∑§Ê „Ë ¬˝ÿÊª ∑§⁄¥U–
9. No candidate is allowed to carry any textual material, printed 9. ¬⁄UËˇÊÊÕË¸ mÊ⁄UÊ ¬⁄UËˇÊÊ ∑§ˇÊ/„ÊÚ‹ ◊¥ ¬˝fl‡ Ê ∑§Ê«¸U ∑§ •‹ÊflÊ Á∑§‚Ë ÷Ë ¬˝∑§Ê⁄U
bottom of each page and in one page (i.e. Page 39) at the end ¡ª„ ¬˝àÿ∑§ ¬Îc∆U ¬⁄U ŸËø ∑§Ë •Ê⁄U •ÊÒ⁄U ¬ÈÁSÃ∑§Ê ∑§ •¥Ã ◊¥ ∞∑§ ¬Îc∆U ¬⁄U
of the booklet.
11. On completion of the test, the candidate must hand over the (¬Îc∆U 39) ŒË ªß¸ „Ò–
Answer Sheet to the Invigilator on duty in the Room/Hall. 11. ¬⁄UËˇÊÊ ‚◊ÊåÃ „ÊŸ ¬⁄U, ¬⁄UËˇÊÊÕË¸ ∑§ˇÊ/„ÊÚ‹ ¿UÊ«∏Ÿ ‚ ¬Ífl¸ ©ûÊ⁄U ¬òÊ ∑§ˇÊ
However, the candidates are allowed to take away this Test ÁŸ⁄UËˇÊ∑§ ∑§Ê •fl‡ÿ ‚ÊÒ¥¬ Œ¥– ¬⁄UËˇÊÊÕË¸ •¬Ÿ ‚ÊÕ ß‚ ¬⁄UËˇÊÊ ¬ÈÁSÃ∑§Ê
12. The CODE for this Booklet is E. Make sure that the CODE
printed on Side–2 of the Answer Sheet and also tally the 12. ß‚ ¬ÈÁSÃ∑§Ê ∑§Ê ‚¥∑§Ã E „Ò– ÿ„ ‚ÈÁŸÁ‡øÃ ∑§⁄U ‹¥ Á∑§ ß‚ ¬ÈÁSÃ∑§Ê ∑§Ê
candidate should immediately report the matter to the
Invigilator for replacement of both the Test Booklet and the
Á◊‹ÃË „Ò– •ª⁄U ÿ„ Á÷ÛÊ „Ê ÃÊ ¬⁄UËˇÊÊÕË¸ ŒÍ‚⁄UË ¬⁄UËˇÊÊ ¬ÈÁSÃ∑§Ê •ÊÒ⁄U
Answer Sheet. ©ûÊ⁄U ¬òÊ ‹Ÿ ∑§ Á‹∞ ÁŸ⁄UËˇÊ∑§ ∑§Ê ÃÈ⁄UãÃ •flªÃ ∑§⁄UÊ∞°–
¬⁄ËˇÊÊÕË¸ ∑§Ê ŸÊ◊ (’«∏ •ˇÊ⁄Ê¥ ◊¥) —
•ŸÈ∑§˝ ◊Ê¥∑§ — •¥∑§Ê¥ ◊¥
: in words
— ‡ÊéŒÊ¥ ◊¥
¬⁄UËˇÊÊ ∑§ãŒ˝ ∑§Ê ŸÊ◊ (’«∏ •ˇÊ⁄UÊ¥ ◊¥ ) —
¬⁄ËˇÊÊÕË¸ ∑§ „SÃÊˇÊ⁄ — ÁŸ⁄ËˇÊ∑§ ∑§ „SÃÊˇÊ⁄ —
E E
E E

ALL THE GRAPHS GIVEN ARE SCHEMATIC ÁŒ∞ ªÿ ‚÷Ë ª˝Ê»§ •Ê⁄UπËÿ „Ò¥ •ÊÒ⁄U
AND NOT DRAWN TO SCALE. S∑§‹ ∑§ •ŸÈ‚Ê⁄U ⁄UπÊ¥Á∑§Ã Ÿ„Ë¥ „Ò–
1. A student measures the time period of 100 1. ∞∑§ ¿UÊòÊ ∞∑§ ‚⁄U‹-•ÊflÃ¸-ŒÊ‹∑§ ∑§ 100 •ÊflÎÁûÊÿÊ¥
oscillations of a simple pendulum four ∑§Ê ‚◊ÿ 4 ’Ê⁄U ◊Ê¬ÃÊ „Ò •ÊÒ⁄U ©Ÿ∑§Ê 90 s, 91 s,
times. The data set is 90 s, 91 s, 95 s and 95 s •ÊÒ⁄U 92 s ¬ÊÃÊ „Ò– ßSÃ◊Ê‹ ∑§Ë ªß¸ ÉÊ«∏Ë ∑§Ê
92 s. If the minimum division in the ãÿÍŸÃ◊ •À¬Ê¥‡Ê 1 s „Ò– Ã’ ◊Ê¬ ªÿ ◊Êäÿ ‚◊ÿ ∑§Ê
measuring clock is 1 s, then the reported ©‚ Á‹πŸÊ øÊÁ„ÿ —
mean time should be :
(1) 92±2 s (1) 92±2 s
(2) 92±5.0 s (2) 92±5.0 s
(3) 92±1.8 s (3) 92±1.8 s
(4) 92±3 s (4) 92±3 s
2. A particle of mass m is moving along the 2. ÁøòÊ ◊¥ ÷È¡Ê ‘a’ ∑§Ê flª¸ x-y Ã‹ ◊¥ „Ò– m Œ˝√ÿ◊ÊŸ
side of a square of side ‘a’, with a uniform ∑§Ê ∞∑§ ∑§áÊ ∞∑§‚◊ÊŸ ªÁÃ, v ‚ ß‚ flª¸ ∑§Ë ÷È¡Ê
speed v in the x-y plane as shown in the ¬⁄U ø‹ ⁄U„Ê „Ò ¡Ò‚Ê Á∑§ ÁøòÊ ◊¥ Œ‡ÊÊ¸ÿÊ ªÿÊ „Ò–
figure :
Which of the following statements is false Ã’ ÁŸêŸ ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ‚Ê ∑§ÕŸ, ß‚ ∑§áÊ ∑§ ◊Í‹Á’¥ŒÈ
→ →
for the angular momentum L about the ∑§ ÁªŒ¸ ∑§ÊáÊËÿ •ÊÉÊÍáÊ¸ L ∑§ Á‹ÿ, ª‹Ã „Ò?
origin ?
→ mv ∧ → mv ∧
(1) L =− R k when the particle is (1) L =− R k, ¡’ ∑§áÊ A ‚ B ∑§Ë
2 2
moving from A to B. •Ê⁄U ø‹ ⁄U„Ê „Ò–
→  R  ∧ →  R  ∧
(2) L = mv  − a  k when the (2) L = mv  − a  k , ¡’ ∑§áÊ C ‚
 2   2 
particle is moving from C to D. D ∑§Ë •Ê⁄U ø‹ ⁄U„Ê „Ò–
→  R  ∧ →  R  ∧
(3) L = mv  + a  k when the (3) L = mv  + a  k , ¡’ ∑§áÊ B ‚
 2   2 
particle is moving from B to C. C ∑§Ë •Ê⁄U ø‹ ⁄U„Ê „Ò–
→ mv ∧ → mv ∧
(4) L = R k when the particle is (4) L = R k , ¡’ ∑§áÊ D ‚ A ∑§Ë •Ê⁄U
2 2
moving from D to A. ø‹ ⁄U„Ê „Ò–
E/Page 2 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ⁄U»§ ∑§Êÿ¸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ¡ª„
E E
E E
3. A point particle of mass m, moves along 3. ‘m’ Œ˝√ÿ◊ÊŸ ∑§Ê ∞∑§ Á’¥ŒÈ ∑§áÊ ∞∑§ πÈ⁄UŒ⁄U ¬Õ PQR
the uniformly rough track PQR as shown (ÁøòÊ ŒÁπÿ) ¬⁄U ø‹ ⁄U„Ê „Ò– ∑§áÊ •ÊÒ⁄U ¬Õ ∑§ ’Ëø
in the figure. The coefficient of friction, ÉÊ·¸áÊ ªÈáÊÊ¥∑§ µ „Ò– ∑§áÊ P ‚ ¿UÊ«∏ ¡ÊŸ ∑§ ’ÊŒ R ¬⁄U
between the particle and the rough track ¬„È°ø ∑§⁄U L§∑§ ¡ÊÃÊ „Ò– ¬Õ ∑§ ÷Êª PQ •ÊÒ⁄U QR ¬⁄U
equals µ. The particle is released, from rest, ø‹Ÿ ◊¥ ∑§áÊ mÊ⁄UÊ πø¸ ∑§Ë ªß¸ ™§¡Ê¸∞° ’⁄UÊ’⁄U „Ò¥–
from the point P and it comes to rest at a PQ ‚ QR ¬⁄U „ÊŸ flÊ‹ ÁŒ‡ÊÊ ’Œ‹Êfl ◊¥ ∑§Êß¸ ™§¡Ê¸
point R. The energies, lost by the ball, over πø¸ Ÿ„Ë¥ „ÊÃË–
the parts, PQ and QR, of the track, are Ã’ µ •ÊÒ⁄U ŒÍ⁄UË x(=QR) ∑§ ◊ÊŸ ‹ª÷ª „Ò¥ ∑˝§◊‡Ê— —
equal to each other, and no energy is lost
when particle changes direction from PQ
to QR.
The values of the coefficient of friction µ

and the distance x(=QR), are, respectively
close to :
(1) 0.2 and 6.5 m (1) 0.2 •ÊÒ⁄U 6.5 m
(2) 0.2 and 3.5 m (2) 0.2 •ÊÒ⁄U 3.5 m
(3) 0.29 and 3.5 m (3) 0.29 •ÊÒ⁄U 3.5 m
(4) 0.29 and 6.5 m (4) 0.29 •ÊÒ⁄U 6.5 m
E E
E E
4. A person trying to lose weight by burning 4. ∞∑§ ÷Ê⁄UÊûÊÊ‹∑§ ÷Ê⁄U ∑§Ê ¬„‹ ™§¬⁄U •ÊÒ⁄U Á»§⁄U ŸËø
fat lifts a mass of 10 kg upto a height of Ã∑§ ‹ÊÃÊ „Ò– ÿ„ ◊ÊŸÊ ¡ÊÃÊ „Ò Á∑§ Á‚»¸§ ÷Ê⁄U ∑§Ê
1 m 1000 times. Assume that the potential ™§¬⁄U ‹ ¡ÊŸ ◊¥ ∑§Êÿ¸ „ÊÃÊ „Ò •ÊÒ⁄U ŸËø ‹ÊŸ ◊¥ ÁSÕÁÃ¡
energy lost each time he lowers the mass ™§¡Ê¸ ∑§Ê OÊ‚ „ÊÃÊ „Ò– ‡Ê⁄UË⁄U ∑§Ë fl‚Ê ™§¡Ê¸ ŒÃË „Ò ¡Ê
is dissipated. How much fat will he use ÿÊ¥ÁòÊ∑§Ëÿ ™§¡Ê¸ ◊¥ ’Œ‹ÃË „Ò– ◊ÊŸ ‹¥ Á∑§ fl‚Ê mÊ⁄UÊ
up considering the work done only when ŒË ªß¸ ™§¡Ê¸ 3.8×107 J ¬˝ÁÃ kg ÷Ê⁄U „Ò, ÃÕÊ ß‚∑§Ê
the weight is lifted up ? Fat supplies ◊ÊòÊ 20% ÿÊ¥ÁòÊ∑§Ëÿ ™§¡Ê¸ ◊¥ ’Œ‹ÃÊ „Ò– •’ ÿÁŒ
3.8×10 7 J of energy per kg which is ∞∑§ ÷Ê⁄UÊûÊÊ‹∑§ 10 kg ∑§ ÷Ê⁄U ∑§Ê 1000 ’Ê⁄U 1 m
converted to mechanical energy with a ∑§Ë ™°§øÊß¸ Ã∑§ ™§¬⁄U •ÊÒ⁄U ŸËø ∑§⁄UÃÊ „Ò Ã’ ©‚∑§
20% efficiency rate. Take g=9.8 ms−2 : ‡Ê⁄UË⁄U ‚ fl‚Ê ∑§Ê ˇÊÿ „Ò — (g=9.8 ms−2 ‹¥)
(1) 2.45×10−3 kg (1) 2.45×10−3 kg
(2) 6.45×10−3 kg (2) 6.45×10−3 kg
(3) 9.89×10−3 kg (3) 9.89×10−3 kg
(4) 12.89×10−3 kg (4) 12.89×10−3 kg
5. A roller is made by joining together two 5. ŒÊ ‡Ê¥∑È§ ∑§Ê ©Ÿ∑§ ‡ÊË·¸ O ¬⁄U ¡Ê«∏∑§⁄U ∞∑§ ⁄UÊ‹⁄U
cones at their vertices O. It is kept on two ’ŸÊÿÊ ªÿÊ „Ò •ÊÒ⁄U ©‚ AB fl CD ⁄U‹ ¬⁄U •‚◊Á◊Ã
rails AB and CD which are placed ⁄UπÊ ªÿÊ „Ò (ÁøòÊ ŒÁπÿ)– ⁄UÊ‹⁄U ∑§Ê •ˇÊ CD ‚
asymmetrically (see figure), with its axis ‹ê’flÃ „Ò •ÊÒ⁄U O ŒÊŸÊ¥ ⁄U‹ ∑§ ’ËøÊ’Ëø „Ò– „À∑§ ‚
perpendicular to CD and its centre O at œ∑§‹Ÿ ¬⁄U ⁄UÊ‹⁄U ⁄U‹ ¬⁄U ß‚ ¬˝∑§Ê⁄U ‹È…∏∑§ŸÊ •Ê⁄Uê÷
the centre of line joining AB and CD (see ∑§⁄UÃÊ „Ò Á∑§ O ∑§Ê øÊ‹Ÿ CD ∑§ ‚◊Ê¥Ã⁄U „Ò (ÁøòÊ
figure). It is given a light push so that it ŒÁπÿ)– øÊÁ‹Ã „Ê ¡ÊŸ ∑§ ’ÊŒ ÿ„ ⁄UÊ‹⁄U —
starts rolling with its centre O moving
parallel to CD in the direction shown. As
it moves, the roller will tend to :
(1) turn left. (1) ’Ê°ÿË¥ •Ê⁄U ◊È«∏ªÊ–

(2) turn right. (2) ŒÊÿË¥ •Ê⁄U ◊È«∏ªÊ–
(3) go straight. (3) ‚ËœÊ ø‹ÃÊ ⁄U„ªÊ–
(4) turn left and right alternately. (4) ’Êÿ¥ ÃÕÊ ŒÊÿ¥ ∑˝§◊‡Ê— ◊È«∏ÃÊ ⁄U„ªÊ–
E E
E E
6. A satellite is revolving in a circular orbit at 6. ¬ÎâflË ∑§Ë ‚Ã„ ‚ ‘h’ ™°§øÊß¸ ¬⁄U ∞∑§ ©¬ª˝„ flÎûÊÊ∑§Ê⁄U
a height ‘h’ from the earth’s surface (radius ¬Õ ¬⁄U øÄ∑§⁄U ∑§Ê≈U ⁄U„Ê „Ò (¬ÎâflË ∑§Ë ÁòÊíÿÊ R ÃÕÊ
of earth R ; h<<R). The minimum increase h<<R)– ¬ÎâflË ∑§ ªÈL§àfl ˇÊòÊ ‚ ¬‹ÊÿŸ ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§
in its orbital velocity required, so that the Á‹ÿ ß‚∑§Ë ∑§ˇÊËÿ ªÁÃ ◊¥ •Êfl‡ÿ∑§ ãÿÍŸÃ◊ ’Œ‹Êfl
satellite could escape from the earth’s „Ò — (flÊÿÈ◊¥«U‹Ëÿ ¬˝÷Êfl ∑§Ê Ÿªáÿ ‹ËÁ¡∞–)
gravitational field, is close to : (Neglect
the effect of atmosphere.)
(1) 2 gR (1) 2 gR
(2) gR (2) gR
(3) gR / 2 (3) gR / 2
(4) gR ( 2 −1 ) (4) gR ( 2 −1 )
7. A pendulum clock loses 12 s a day if the 7. ∞∑§ ¬ãU«ÈU‹◊ ÉÊ«∏Ë 408C ÃÊ¬◊ÊŸ ¬⁄U 12 s ¬˝ÁÃÁŒŸ
temperature is 408C and gains 4 s a day if œË◊Ë „Ê ¡ÊÃË „Ò ÃÕÊ 208C ÃÊ¬◊ÊŸ ¬⁄U 4 s ¬˝ÁÃÁŒŸ
the temperature is 208C. The temperature Ã$¡ „Ê ¡ÊÃË „Ò– ÃÊ¬◊ÊŸ Á¡‚ ¬⁄U ÿ„ ‚„Ë ‚◊ÿ
at which the clock will show correct time, Œ‡ÊÊ¸ÿªË ÃÕÊ ¬ãU«ÈU‹◊ ∑§Ë œÊÃÈ ∑§Ê ⁄UπËÿ-¬˝‚Ê⁄U ªÈáÊÊ¥∑§
and the co-efficient of linear expansion (α) ∑˝§◊‡Ê— „Ò¥ —
(α) of the metal of the pendulum shaft are
respectively :
(1) 258C; α=1.85×10 −5/8C (1) 258C; α=1.85×10 −5/8C
(2) 608C; α=1.85×10 −4/8C (2) 608C; α=1.85×10 −4/8C
(3) 308C; α=1.85×10 −3/8C (3) 308C; α=1.85×10 −3/8C
(4) 558C; α=1.85×10 −2/8C (4) 558C; α=1.85×10 −2/8C
E E
E E
8. An ideal gas undergoes a quasi static, 8. ∞∑§ •ÊŒ‡Ê¸ ªÒ‚ ©à∑˝§◊áÊËÿ SÕÒÁÃ∑§-∑§À¬ ¬˝∑˝§◊ ‚
reversible process in which its molar heat ªÈ$¡⁄UÃË „Ò ÃÕÊ ©‚∑§Ë ◊Ê‹⁄U-™§c◊Ê-œÊÁ⁄UÃÊ C ÁSÕ⁄U
capacity C remains constant. If during this ⁄U„ÃË „Ò– ÿÁŒ ß‚ ¬˝∑˝§◊ ◊¥ ©‚∑§ ŒÊ’ P fl •ÊÿÃŸ
process the relation of pressure P and V ∑§ ’Ëø ‚¥’¥œ PVn=constant „Ò– (CP ÃÕÊ
volume V is given by PVn=constant, then CV ∑˝§◊‡Ê— ÁSÕ⁄U ŒÊ’ fl ÁSÕ⁄U •ÊÿÃŸ ¬⁄U ™§c◊Ê-
n is given by (Here CP and CV are molar œÊÁ⁄UÃÊ „Ò) Ã’ ‘n’ ∑§ Á‹ÿ ‚◊Ë∑§⁄UáÊ „Ò —
specific heat at constant pressure and
constant volume, respectively) :
CP CP
(1) n= (1) n=
CV CV
C − CP C − CP
(2) n= (2) n=
C − CV C − CV
CP − C CP − C
(3) n= (3) n=
C − CV C − CV
C − CV C − CV
(4) n= (4) n=
C − CP C − CP
9. ‘n’ moles of an ideal gas undergoes a 9. ‘n’ ◊Ê‹ •ÊŒ‡Ê¸ ªÒ‚ ∞∑§ ¬˝∑˝§◊ A→B ‚ ªÈ$¡⁄UÃË „Ò
process A→B as shown in the figure. The (ÁøòÊ ŒÁπÿ)– ß‚ ¬˝∑˝§◊ ∑§ ŒÊÒ⁄UÊŸ ©‚∑§Ê •Áœ∑§Ã◊
maximum temperature of the gas during ÃÊ¬◊ÊŸ „ÊªÊ —
the process will be :
9 P0 V0 9 P0 V0
(1) (1)
4 nR 4 nR
3 P0 V0 3 P0 V0
(2) (2)
2 nR 2 nR
9 P0 V0 9 P0 V0
(3) (3)
2 nR 2 nR
9 P0 V0 9 P0 V0
(4) (4)
nR nR
E E
E E
10. A particle performs simple harmonic 10. ∞∑§ ∑§áÊ ‘A’ •ÊÿÊ◊ ‚ ‚⁄U‹-•ÊflÃ¸ ŒÊ‹Ÿ ∑§⁄U ⁄U„Ê
2A
motion with amplitude A. Its speed is „Ò– ¡’ ÿ„ •¬Ÿ ◊Í‹-SÕÊŸ ‚ ¬⁄U ¬„È°øÃÊ „Ò
3
trebled at the instant that it is at a distance Ã’ •øÊŸ∑§ ß‚∑§Ë ªÁÃ ÁÃªÈŸË ∑§⁄U ŒË ¡ÊÃË „Ò– Ã’
2A
3
from equilibrium position. The new ß‚∑§Ê ŸÿÊ •ÊÿÊ◊ „Ò —
amplitude of the motion is :
A A
(1) 41 (1) 41
3 3
(2) 3A (2) 3A
(3) A 3 (3) A 3
7A 7A
(4) (4)
3 3
11. A uniform string of length 20 m is 11. 20 m ‹ê’Êß¸ ∑§Ë ∞∑§‚◊ÊŸ «UÊ⁄UË ∑§Ê ∞∑§ ŒÎ…∏ •ÊœÊ⁄U
suspended from a rigid support. A short ‚ ‹≈U∑§ÊÿÊ ªÿÊ „Ò– ß‚∑§ ÁŸø‹ Á‚⁄U ‚ ∞∑§ ‚Íˇ◊
wave pulse is introduced at its lowest end. Ã⁄¥Uª-S¬¥Œ øÊÁ‹Ã „ÊÃÊ „Ò– ™§¬⁄U •ÊœÊ⁄U Ã∑§ ¬„È°øŸ
It starts moving up the string. The time ◊¥ ‹ªŸ flÊ‹Ê ‚◊ÿ „Ò —
taken to reach the support is : (g = 10 ms−2 ‹¥)
(take g = 10 ms−2)
(1) 2π 2 s (1) 2π 2 s
(2) 2s (2) 2s
(3) 2 2 s (3) 2 2 s
(4) 2 s (4) 2 s
E E
E E
12. The region between two concentric spheres 12. ÁòÊíÿÊ ‘a’ ÃÕÊ ‘b’ ∑§ ŒÊ ∞∑§-∑§ãŒ˝Ë ªÊ‹Ê¥ ∑§ (ÁøòÊ
of radii ‘a’ and ‘b’, respectively (see figure), ŒÁπÿ) ’Ëø ∑§ SÕÊŸ ◊¥ •ÊÿÃŸ •Êfl‡Ê-ÉÊŸàfl
A A
has volume charge density ρ = , where
r
ρ=
r
„Ò, ¡„Ê° A ÁSÕ⁄UÊ¥∑§ „Ò ÃÕÊ r ∑§ãŒ˝ ‚ ŒÍ⁄UË „Ò–
A is a constant and r is the distance from ªÊ‹Ê¥ ∑§ ∑§ãŒ˝ ¬⁄U ∞∑§ Á’ãŒÈ-•Êfl‡Ê Q „Ò– ‘A’ ∑§Ê
the centre. At the centre of the spheres is fl„ ◊ÊŸ ’ÃÊÿ¥ Á¡‚‚ ªÊ‹Ê¥ ∑§ ’Ëø ∑§ SÕÊŸ ◊¥
a point charge Q. The value of A such ∞∑§‚◊ÊŸ flÒlÈÃ-ˇÊòÊ „Ê —
that the electric field in the region between
the spheres will be constant, is :
Q Q
(1) (1)
2
2π a 2π a2
Q Q
(2) (2)
(
2π b − a 2 2
) (
2π b − a 2 2
)
2Q 2Q
(3) (3)
(
π a −b 2 2
) (
π a − b2 2
)
2Q 2Q
(4) (4)
π a2 π a2
E E
E E
13. A combination of capacitors is set up as 13. ‚¥œÊÁ⁄UòÊÊ¥ ‚ ’Ÿ ∞∑§ ¬Á⁄U¬Õ ∑§Ê ÁøòÊ ◊¥ ÁŒπÊÿÊ ªÿÊ
shown in the figure. The magnitude of „Ò– ∞∑§ Á’ãŒÈ-•Êfl‡Ê Q (Á¡‚∑§Ê ◊ÊŸ 4 µF ÃÕÊ
the electric field, due to a point charge Q 9 µF flÊ‹ ‚¥œÊÁ⁄UòÊÊ¥ ∑§ ∑È§‹ •Êfl‡ÊÊ¥ ∑§ ’⁄UÊ’⁄U „Ò)
(having a charge equal to the sum of the ∑§ mÊ⁄UÊ 30 m ŒÍ⁄UË ¬⁄U flÒlÈÃ-ˇÊòÊ ∑§Ê ¬Á⁄U◊ÊáÊ „ÊªÊ —
charges on the 4 µF and 9 µF capacitors),
at a point distant 30 m from it, would
equal :
(1) 240 N/C (1) 240 N/C
(2) 360 N/C (2) 360 N/C
(3) 420 N/C (3) 420 N/C
(4) 480 N/C (4) 480 N/C
14. The temperature dependence of resistances 14. ÃÊ°’Ê ÃÕÊ •◊ÊÁŒÃ (undoped) Á‚Á‹∑§ÊŸ ∑§
of Cu and undoped Si in the temperature ¬˝ÁÃ⁄UÊœÊ¥ ∑§Ë ©Ÿ∑§ ÃÊ¬◊ÊŸ ¬⁄U ÁŸ÷¸⁄UÃÊ, 300-400 K
range 300-400 K, is best described by : ÃÊ¬◊ÊŸ •¥Ã⁄UÊ‹ ◊¥, ∑§ Á‹ÿ ‚„Ë ∑§ÕŸ „Ò —
(1) Linear increase for Cu, linear (1) ÃÊ°’Ê ∑§ Á‹ÿ ⁄UπËÿ ’…∏Êfl ÃÕÊ Á‚Á‹∑§ÊŸ ∑§
increase for Si. Á‹ÿ ⁄UπËÿ ’…∏Êfl–
(2) Linear increase for Cu, exponential (2) ÃÊ°’Ê ∑§ Á‹ÿ ⁄UπËÿ ’…∏Êfl ÃÕÊ Á‚Á‹∑§ÊŸ ∑§
increase for Si. Á‹ÿ ø⁄UUÉÊÊÃÊ¥∑§Ë ’…∏Êfl–
(3) Linear increase for Cu, exponential (3) ÃÊ°’Ê ∑§ Á‹ÿ ⁄UπËÿ ’…∏Êfl ÃÕÊ Á‚Á‹∑§ÊŸ ∑§
decrease for Si. Á‹ÿ ø⁄UUÉÊÊÃÊ¥∑§Ë ÉÊ≈UÊfl–
(4) Linear decrease for Cu, linear (4) ÃÊ°’Ê ∑§ Á‹ÿ ⁄UπËÿ ÉÊ≈UÊfl ÃÕÊ Á‚Á‹∑§ÊŸ ∑§
decrease for Si. Á‹ÿ ⁄UπËÿ ÉÊ≈UÊfl–
E E
E E
15. Two identical wires A and B, each of length 15. ŒÊ ∞∑§‚◊ÊŸ ÃÊ⁄U A fl B ¬˝àÿ∑§ ∑§Ë ‹ê’Êß¸ ‘l’, ◊¥
‘l’, carry the same current I. Wire A is bent ‚◊ÊŸ œÊ⁄UÊ I ¬˝flÊÁ„Ã „Ò– A ∑§Ê ◊Ê«∏∑§⁄U R ÁòÊíÿÊ ∑§Ê
into a circle of radius R and wire B is bent ∞∑§ flÎûÊ •ÊÒ⁄U B ∑§Ê ◊Ê«∏∑§⁄U ÷È¡Ê ‘a’ ∑§Ê ∞∑§ flª¸
to form a square of side ‘a’. If BA and BB ’ŸÊÿÊ ¡ÊÃÊ „Ò– ÿÁŒ BA ÃÕÊ BB ∑˝§◊‡Ê— flÎûÊ ∑§
are the values of magnetic field at the ∑§ãŒ˝ ÃÕÊ flª¸ ∑§ ∑§ãŒ˝ ¬⁄U øÈê’∑§Ëÿ ˇÊòÊ „Ò¥,
centres of the circle and square Ã’ •ŸÈ¬ÊÃ BA „ÊªÊ —
BB
respectively, then the ratio BA is :
BB
2
(1) π (1) π2
8 8
(2) π2 (2) π2
16 2 16 2
(3) π2 (3) π2
16 16
(4) π2 (4) π2
8 2 8 2
16. Hysteresis loops for two magnetic materials 16. ŒÊ øÈê’∑§Ëÿ ¬ŒÊÕ¸ A ÃÕÊ B ∑§ Á‹ÿ Á„S≈⁄UÁ‚‚-
A and B are given below : ‹Í¬ ŸËø ÁŒπÊÿ ªÿ „Ò¥ —
These materials are used to make magnets ßŸ ¬ŒÊÕÊZ ∑§Ê øÈê’∑§Ëÿ ©¬ÿÊª ÁfllÈÃ-¡Ÿ⁄U≈U⁄U ∑§
for electric generators, transformer core øÈê’∑§, ≈˛UÊã‚»§ÊÚ◊¸⁄U ∑§Ë ∑˝§Ê«U ∞fl¥ ÁfllÈÃ-øÈê’∑§ ∑§Ë
and electromagnet core. Then it is proper ∑˝§Ê«U •ÊÁŒ ∑§ ’ŸÊŸ ◊¥ Á∑§ÿÊ ¡ÊÃÊ „Ò– Ã’ ÿ„ ©ÁøÃ
to use : „Ò Á∑§ —
(1) A for electric generators and (1) A ∑§Ê ßSÃ◊Ê‹ ÁfllÈÃ-¡Ÿ⁄U≈U⁄U ÃÕÊ ≈˛UÊã‚»§ÊÚ◊¸⁄U
transformers. ŒÊŸÊ¥ ◊¥ Á∑§ÿÊ ¡Ê∞–
(2) A for electromagnets and B for (2) A ∑§Ê ßSÃ◊Ê‹ ÁfllÈÃ-øÈê’∑§ ◊¥ ÃÕÊ B ∑§Ê
electric generators. ÁfllÈÃ-¡Ÿ⁄U≈U⁄U ◊¥ Á∑§ÿÊ ¡Ê∞–
(3) A for transformers and B for electric (3) A ∑§Ê ßSÃ◊Ê‹ ≈˛UÊã‚»§ÊÚ◊¸⁄U ◊¥ ÃÕÊ B ∑§Ê
generators. ÁfllÈÃ-¡Ÿ⁄U≈U⁄U ◊¥ Á∑§ÿÊ ¡Ê∞–
(4) B for electromagnets and (4) B ∑§Ê ßSÃ◊Ê‹ ÁfllÈÃ-øÈê’∑§ ÃÕÊ ≈˛UÊã‚»§ÊÚ◊¸⁄U
transformers. ŒÊŸÊ¥ ◊¥ Á∑§ÿÊ ¡Ê∞–
E E
E E
17. An arc lamp requires a direct current of 17. ∞∑§ •Ê∑¸§ ‹Òê¬ ∑§Ê ¬˝∑§ÊÁ‡ÊÃ ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§ Á‹ÿ 80 V ¬⁄U
10 A at 80 V to function. If it is connected 10 A ∑§Ë ÁŒc≈U œÊ⁄UÊ (DC) ∑§Ë •Êfl‡ÿ∑§ÃÊ „ÊÃË „Ò–
to a 220 V (rms), 50 Hz AC supply, the ©‚Ë •Ê∑¸§ ∑§Ê 220 V (rms) 50 Hz ¬˝àÿÊflÃË¸ œÊ⁄UÊ
series inductor needed for it to work is (AC) ‚ ø‹ÊŸ ∑§ Á‹ÿ üÊáÊË ◊¥ ‹ªŸ flÊ‹ ¬˝⁄U∑§àfl
close to : ∑§Ê ◊ÊŸ „Ò —
(1) 80 H (1) 80 H
(2) 0.08 H (2) 0.08 H
(3) 0.044 H (3) 0.044 H
(4) 0.065 H (4) 0.065 H
18. Arrange the following electromagnetic 18. ÁŸêŸ ¬˝ÁÃ ÄflÊ¥≈U◊ flÒlÈÃ-øÈê’∑§Ëÿ ÁflÁ∑§⁄UáÊÊ¥ ∑§Ê ©Ÿ∑§Ë
radiations per quantum in the order of ™§¡Ê¸ ∑§ ’…∏Ã „È∞ ∑˝§◊ ◊¥ ‹ªÊÿ¥ —
increasing energy :
A : Blue light B : Yellow light A : ŸË‹Ê ¬˝∑§Ê‡Ê B : ¬Ë‹Ê ¬˝∑§Ê‡Ê

C : X-ray D : Radiowave. C:X- Á∑§⁄UáÊ¥ D : ⁄UÁ«UÿÊ Ã⁄¥Uª
(1) D, B, A, C (1) D, B, A, C
(2) A, B, D, C (2) A, B, D, C
(3) C, A, B, D (3) C, A, B, D
(4) B, A, D, C (4) B, A, D, C
19. An observer looks at a distant tree of 19. ŒÍ⁄U ÁSÕÃ 10 m ™°§ø ¬«∏ ∑§Ê ∞∑§ 20 •Êflœ¸Ÿ ˇÊ◊ÃÊ
height 10 m with a telescope of magnifying flÊ‹ ≈UÁ‹S∑§Ê¬ ‚ ŒπŸ ¬⁄U ÄÿÊ ◊„‚Í‚ „ÊªÊ?
power of 20. To the observer the tree
appears :
(1) 10 times taller. (1) ¬«∏ 10 ªÈŸÊ ™°§øÊ „Ò–

(2) 10 times nearer. (2) ¬«∏ 10 ªÈŸÊ ¬Ê‚ „Ò–
(3) 20 times taller. (3) ¬«∏ 20 ªÈŸÊ ™°§øÊ „Ò–
(4) 20 times nearer. (4) ¬«∏ 20 ªÈŸÊ ¬Ê‚ „Ò–
E E
E E
20. The box of a pin hole camera, of length L, 20. ∞∑§ Á¬Ÿ-„Ê‹ ∑Ò§◊⁄UÊ ∑§Ë ÀÊê’Êß¸ ‘L’ „Ò ÃÕÊ Á¿UŒ˝ ∑§Ë
has a hole of radius a. It is assumed that ÁòÊíÿÊ a „Ò– ©‚ ¬⁄U λ Ã⁄¥UªŒÒÉÿ¸ ∑§Ê ‚◊Ê¥Ã⁄U ¬˝∑§Ê‡Ê
when the hole is illuminated by a parallel •Ê¬ÁÃÃ „Ò– Á¿UŒ˝ ∑§ ‚Ê◊Ÿ flÊ‹Ë ‚Ã„ ¬⁄U ’Ÿ S¬ÊÚ≈U
beam of light of wavelength λ the spread ∑§Ê ÁflSÃÊ⁄U Á¿UŒ˝ ∑§ íÿÊÁ◊ÃËÿ •Ê∑§Ê⁄U ÃÕÊ ÁflflÃ¸Ÿ
of the spot (obtained on the opposite wall ∑§ ∑§Ê⁄UáÊ „È∞ ÁflSÃÊ⁄U ∑§Ê ∑È§‹ ÿÊª „Ò– ß‚ S¬ÊÚ≈U ∑§Ê
of the camera) is the sum of its geometrical ãÿÍŸÃ◊ •Ê∑§Ê⁄U bmin Ã’ „ÊªÊ ¡’ —
spread and the spread due to diffraction.
The spot would then have its minimum
size (say bmin) when :
λ2  2λ 2  λ2  2λ 2 
(1) a= and bmin=  L  (1) a= ÃÕÊ bmin=  L 
L   L  
 2λ 2   2λ 2 
(2) a = λ L and bmin=  L  (2) a = λL ÃÕÊ bmin=  L 
   
(3) a = λ L and bmin= 4λ L (3) a = λL ÃÕÊ bmin= 4λ L
λ2 λ2
(4) a= and bmin= 4λ L (4) a= ÃÕÊ bmin= 4λ L
L L
21. Radiation of wavelength λ, is incident on 21. ∞∑§ »§Ê≈UÊ-‚‹ ¬⁄U λ Ã⁄¥UªŒÒÉÿ¸ ∑§Ê ¬˝∑§Ê‡Ê •Ê¬ÁÃÃ
a photocell. The fastest emitted electron „Ò– ©à‚Á¡¸Ã ß‹Ä≈˛UÊÚŸ ∑§Ë •Áœ∑§Ã◊ ªÁÃ ‘v’ „Ò–
has speed v. If the wavelength is changed 3λ
ÿÁŒ Ã⁄¥UªŒÒÉÿ¸ 4 „Ê Ã’ ©à‚Á¡¸Ã ß‹Ä≈˛UÊÚŸ ∑§Ë
3λ
to , the speed of the fastest emitted •Áœ∑§Ã◊ ªÁÃ „ÊªË —
4
electron will be :
1 1
4 4
(1) > v 2 (1) > v 2
3 3
1 1
4 4
(2) < v 2 (2) < v 2
3 3
1 1
4 4
(3) = v 2 (3) = v 2
3 3
1 1
3 3
(4) = v 2 (4) = v 2
4 4
E E
E E
22. Half-lives of two radioactive elements 22. ŒÊ ⁄UÁ«UÿÊœ◊Ë¸ Ãàfl A ÃÕÊ B ∑§Ë •h¸•ÊÿÈ ∑˝§◊‡Ê—
A and B are 20 minutes and 40 minutes, 20 min ÃÕÊ 40 min „Ò¥– ¬˝Ê⁄¥U÷ ◊¥ ŒÊŸÊ¥ ∑§ Ÿ◊ÍŸÊ¥ ◊¥
respectively. Initially, the samples have ŸÊÁ÷∑§Ê¥ ∑§Ë ‚¥ÅÿÊ ’⁄UÊ’⁄U „Ò– 80 min ∑§ ©¬⁄UÊ¥Ã
equal number of nuclei. After 80 minutes, A ÃÕÊ B ∑§ ˇÊÿ „È∞ ŸÊÁ÷∑§Ê¥ ∑§Ë ‚¥ÅÿÊ ∑§Ê •ŸÈ¬ÊÃ
the ratio of decayed numbers of A and B „ÊªÊ —
nuclei will be :
(1) 1 : 16 (1) 1 : 16
(2) 4:1 (2) 4:1
(3) 1:4 (3) 1:4
(4) 5:4 (4) 5:4
23. If a, b, c, d are inputs to a gate and x is its 23. ∞∑§ ª≈U ◊¥ a, b, c, d ßŸ¬È≈U „Ò¥ •ÊÒ⁄U x •Ê™§≈U¬È≈U „Ò–
output, then, as per the following time Ã’ ÁŒÿ ªÿ ≈UÊß◊-ª˝Ê»§ ∑§ •ŸÈ‚Ê⁄U ª≈U „Ò —
graph, the gate is :
(1) NOT (1) NOT
(2) AND (2) AND
(3) OR (3) OR
(4) NAND (4) NAND
E E
E E
24. Choose the correct statement : 24. ‚„Ë ∑§ÕŸ øÈÁŸÿ —

(1) In amplitude modulation the (1) •ÊÿÊ◊ ◊Ê«È‹Ÿ ◊¥ ©ìÊ •ÊflÎÁûÊ ∑§Ë flÊ„∑§U
amplitude of the high frequency Ã⁄¥Uª ∑§ •ÊÿÊ◊ ◊¥ ’Œ‹Êfl äflÁŸ Á‚ÇŸ‹ ∑§
carrier wave is made to vary in •ÊÿÊ◊ ∑§ •ŸÈ¬ÊÃË „Ò–
proportion to the amplitude of the
audio signal.
(2) In amplitude modulation the (2) •ÊÿÊ◊ ◊Ê«ÈU‹Ÿ ◊¥ ©ìÊ •ÊflÎÁûÊ ∑§Ë flÊ„∑§
frequency of the high frequency Ã⁄¥Uª ∑§Ë •ÊflÎÁûÊ ◊¥ ’Œ‹Êfl äflÁŸ Á‚ÇãÊ‹ ∑§
audio signal.
(3) In frequency modulation the (3) •ÊflÎÁûÊ ◊Ê«ÈU‹Ÿ ◊¥ ©ìÊ •ÊflÎÁûÊ ∑§Ë flÊ„∑§
amplitude of the high frequency Ã⁄¥Uª ∑§ •ÊÿÊ◊ ◊¥ ’Œ‹Êfl äflÁŸ Á‚ÇãÊ‹ ∑§
audio signal.
(4) In frequency modulation the (4) •ÊflÎÁûÊ ◊Ê«ÈU‹Ÿ ◊¥ ©ìÊ-•ÊflÎÁûÊ ∑§Ë flÊ„∑§
amplitude of the high frequency Ã⁄¥Uª ∑§Ë •ÊÿÊ◊ ◊¥ ’Œ‹Êfl äflÁŸ Á‚ÇŸ‹ ∑§Ë
carrier wave is made to vary in •ÊflÎÁûÊ ∑§ •ŸÈ¬ÊÃË „Ò–
proportion to the frequency of the
audio signal.
25. A screw gauge with a pitch of 0.5 mm and 25. ∞∑§ S∑˝Í§-ª¡ ∑§Ê Á¬ø 0.5 mm „Ò •ÊÒ⁄U ©‚∑§ flÎûÊËÿ-
a circular scale with 50 divisions is used to S∑§‹ ¬⁄U 50 ÷Êª „Ò¥– ß‚∑§ mÊ⁄UÊ ∞∑§ ¬Ã‹Ë
measure the thickness of a thin sheet of •ÀÿÈ◊ËÁŸÿ◊ ‡ÊË≈U ∑§Ë ◊Ê≈UÊß¸ ◊Ê¬Ë ªß¸– ◊Ê¬ ‹Ÿ ∑§
Aluminium. Before starting the ¬Ífl¸ ÿ„ ¬ÊÿÊ ªÿÊ Á∑§ ¡’ S∑˝Í§-ª¡ ∑§ ŒÊ ¡ÊÚflÊ¥ ∑§Ê
measurement, it is found that when the SÊê¬∑¸§U ◊¥ ‹ÊÿÊ ¡ÊÃÊ „Ò Ã’ 45 flÊ¥ ÷Êª ◊ÈÅÿ S∑§‹
two jaws of the screw gauge are brought ‹Êß¸Ÿ ∑§ ‚¥¬ÊÃË „ÊÃÊ „Ò •ÊÒ⁄U ◊ÈÅÿ S∑§‹ ∑§Ê ‡ÊÍãÿ (0)
in contact, the 45th division coincides with ◊ÈÁ‡∑§‹ ‚ ÁŒπÃÊ „Ò– ◊ÈÅÿ S∑§‹ ∑§Ê ¬Ê∆KÊ¥∑§ ÿÁŒ
the main scale line and that the zero of 0.5 mm ÃÕÊ 25 flÊ¥ ÷Êª ◊ÈÅÿ S∑§‹ ‹Êß¸Ÿ ∑§
the main scale is barely visible. What is ‚¥¬ÊÃË „Ê, ÃÊ ‡ÊË≈U ∑§Ë ◊Ê≈UÊß¸ ÄÿÊ „ÊªË?
the thickness of the sheet if the main scale
reading is 0.5 mm and the 25th division
coincides with the main scale line ?
(1) 0.75 mm (1) 0.75 mm
(2) 0.80 mm (2) 0.80 mm
(3) 0.70 mm (3) 0.70 mm
(4) 0.50 mm (4) 0.50 mm
E E
E E
26. A pipe open at both ends has a 26. ŒÊŸÊ¥ Á‚⁄UÊ¥ ¬⁄U πÈ‹ ∞∑§ ¬Êß¬ ∑§Ë flÊÿÈ ◊¥
fundamental frequency f in air. The pipe ◊Í‹-•ÊflÎÁûÊ ‘f ’ „Ò– ¬Êß¬ ∑§Ê ™§äflÊ¸œ⁄U ©‚∑§Ë
is dipped vertically in water so that half of •ÊœË-‹ê’Êß¸ Ã∑§ ¬ÊŸË ◊¥ «ÈU’ÊÿÊ ¡ÊÃÊ „Ò– Ã’ ß‚◊¥
it is in water. The fundamental frequency ’ø flÊÿÈ-∑§Ê‹◊ ∑§Ë ◊Í‹ •ÊflÎÁûÊ „ÊªË —
of the air column is now :
f f
(1) (1)
2 2
3f 3f
(2) (2)
4 4
(3) 2f (3) 2f
(4) f (4) f
27. A galvanometer having a coil resistance 27. ∞∑§ ªÒÀflŸÊ◊Ë≈U⁄U ∑§ ∑§Êß‹ ∑§Ê ¬˝ÁÃ⁄UÊœ 100 Ω „Ò–
of 100 Ω gives a full scale deflection, when 1 mA œÊ⁄UÊ ¬˝flÊÁ„Ã ∑§⁄UŸ ¬⁄U ß‚◊¥ »È§‹-S∑§‹ ÁflˇÊ¬
a current of 1 mA is passed through it. Á◊‹ÃÊ „Ò– ß‚ ªÒÀflŸÊ◊Ë≈U⁄U ∑§Ê 10 A ∑§ ∞◊Ë≈U⁄U ◊¥
The value of the resistance, which can ’Œ‹Ÿ ∑§ Á‹ÿ ¡Ê ¬˝ÁÃ⁄UÊœ ‹ªÊŸÊ „ÊªÊ fl„ „Ò —
convert this galvanometer into ammeter
giving a full scale deflection for a current
of 10 A, is :
(1) 0.01 Ω (1) 0.01 Ω
(2) 2Ω (2) 2Ω
(3) 0.1 Ω (3) 0.1 Ω
(4) 3Ω (4) 3Ω
28. In an experiment for determination of 28. ∞∑§ ¬˝ÿÊª ∑§⁄U∑§ ÃÕÊ i− δ ª˝Ê»§ ’ŸÊ∑§⁄U ∞∑§ ∑§Ê°ø
refractive index of glass of a prism by ‚ ’Ÿ Á¬˝ï◊ ∑§Ê •¬flÃ¸ŸÊ¥∑§ ÁŸ∑§Ê‹Ê ¡ÊÃÊ „Ò– ¡’
i− δ, plot, it was found that a ray incident ∞∑§ Á∑§⁄UáÊ ∑§Ê 358 ¬⁄U •Ê¬ÁÃÃ ∑§⁄UŸ ¬⁄U fl„ 408 ‚
at angle 358, suffers a deviation of 408 and ÁfløÁ‹Ã „ÊÃË „Ò ÃÕÊ ÿ„ 798 ¬⁄U ÁŸª¸◊ „ÊÃË „Ò– ß‚
that it emerges at angle 798⋅ Ιn that case ÁSÕÁÃ ◊¥ ÁŸêŸ ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ‚Ê ◊ÊŸ •¬flÃ¸ŸÊ¥∑§ ∑§
which of the following is closest to the •Áœ∑§Ã◊ ◊ÊŸ ∑§ ‚’‚ ¬Ê‚ „Ò?
maximum possible value of the refractive
index ?
(1) 1.5 (1) 1.5
(2) 1.6 (2) 1.6
(3) 1.7 (3) 1.7
(4) 1.8 (4) 1.8
E E
E E
29. Identify the semiconductor devices whose 29. ÁøòÊ (a), (b), (c), (d) Œπ∑§⁄U ÁŸœÊ¸Á⁄UÃ ∑§⁄¥U Á∑§ ÿ
characteristics are given below, in the ÁøòÊ ∑˝ § ◊‡Ê— Á∑§Ÿ ‚ ◊ Ë∑§ã«U Ä ≈U ⁄ U Á«U fl Êß¸ ‚ ∑ §
order (a), (b), (c), (d) : •Á÷‹ˇÊÁáÊ∑§ ª˝Ê»§ „Ò¥?
(1) Simple diode, Zener diode, Solar cell, (1) ‚ÊœÊ⁄UáÊ «UÊÿÊ«U, ¡ËŸ⁄U «UÊÿÊ«, ‚Ê‹⁄U ‚‹,
Light dependent resistance LDR (‹Êß¸≈U Á«U¬ã«Uã≈U ⁄UÁ¡S≈Uã‚)
(2) Zener diode, Simple diode, Light (2) ¡ËŸ⁄U «UÊÿÊ«U, ‚ÊœÊ⁄UáÊ «UÊÿÊ«U, LDR (‹Êß¸≈U
dependent resistance, Solar cell Á«U¬ã«Uã≈U ⁄UÁ¡S≈Uã‚), ‚Ê‹⁄U ‚‹
(3) Solar cell, Light dependent (3) ‚Ê‹⁄U ‚‹, LDR (‹Êß¸≈U Á«U¬ã «Uã≈U ⁄UÁ¡S≈Uã‚),
resistance, Zener diode, Simple ¡ËŸ⁄U «UÊÿÊ«U, ‚ÊœÊ⁄UáÊ «UÊÿÊ«U
diode
(4) Zener diode, Solar cell, Simple diode, (4) ¡ËŸ⁄U «UÊÿÊ«U, ‚Ê‹⁄U ‚‹, ‚ÊœÊ⁄UáÊ «UÊÿÊ«U,
Light dependent resistance LDR (‹Êß¸≈U Á«U¬ã«Uã≈U ⁄UÁ¡S≈Uã‚)
30. For a common emitter configuration, if 30. ©÷ÿÁŸc∆U-©à‚¡¸∑§ ÁflãÿÊ‚ ∑§ Á‹ÿ α ÃÕÊ β ∑§
α and β have their usual meanings, the ’Ëø ÁŸêŸ ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ‚Ê ‚¥’¥œ ª‹Ã „Ò? α ÃÕÊ β
incorrect relationship between α and β Áøq ‚Ê◊Êãÿ ◊Ã‹’ flÊ‹ „Ò¥ —
is :
1 1 1 1
(1) = +1 (1) = +1
α β α β
β β
(2) α= (2) α=
1− β 1− β
β β
(3) α= (3) α=
1+ β 1+ β
β2 β2
(4) α= (4) α=
1+ β2 1+ β2
E E
E E
PART B — CHEMISTRY ÷Êª B — ⁄U‚ÊÿŸ ÁflôÊÊŸ

31. At 300 K and 1 atm, 15 mL of a gaseous 31. 300 K ÃÕÊ 1 atm ŒÊ’ ¬⁄U, 15 mL ªÒ ‚ Ëÿ
hydrocarbon requires 375 mL air „Êß«˛UÊ∑§Ê’¸Ÿ ∑§ ¬ÍáÊ¸ Œ„Ÿ ∑§ Á‹ÿ 375 mL flÊÿÈ
containing 20% O2 by volume for complete Á¡‚◊¥ •ÊÿÃŸ ∑§ •ÊœÊ⁄U ¬⁄U 20% •ÊÚÄ‚Ë¡Ÿ „Ò, ∑§Ë
combustion. After combustion the gases •Êfl‡ÿ∑§ÃÊ „ÊÃË „Ò– Œ„Ÿ ∑§ ’ÊŒ ªÒ‚¥ 330 mL
occupy 330 mL. Assuming that the water ÉÊ⁄UÃË „Ò– ÿ„ ◊ÊŸÃ „È∞ Á∑§ ’ŸÊ „È•Ê ¡‹ Œ˝fl M§¬ ◊¥
formed is in liquid form and the volumes „Ò ÃÕÊ ©‚Ë ÃÊ¬◊ÊŸ ∞fl¥ ŒÊ’ ¬⁄U •ÊÿÃŸÊ¥ ∑§Ë ◊Ê¬ ∑§Ë
were measured at the same temperature ªß¸ „Ò ÃÊ „Êß«˛UÊ∑§Ê’¸Ÿ ∑§Ê »§Ê◊¸Í‹Ê „Ò —
and pressure, the formula of the
hydrocarbon is :
(1) C3H6 (1) C 3H 6
(2) C3H8 (2) C 3H 8
(3) C4H8 (3) C 4H 8
(4) C4H10 (4) C4H10
32. Two closed bulbs of equal volume (V) 32. ‚◊ÊŸ •ÊÿÃŸ (V) ∑§ ŒÊ ’¥Œ ’À’, Á¡Ÿ◊¥ ∞∑§ •ÊŒ‡Ê¸
containing an ideal gas initially at pressure ªÒ‚ ¬˝Ê⁄UÁê÷∑§ ŒÊ’ pi ÃÕÊ ÃÊ¬ T1 ¬⁄U ÷⁄UË ªß¸ „Ò, ∞∑§
p i and temperature T 1 are connected Ÿªáÿ •ÊÿÃŸ ∑§Ë ¬Ã‹Ë ≈˜UÿÍ’ ‚ ¡È«∏ „Ò¥ ¡Ò‚Ê Á∑§
through a narrow tube of negligible ŸËø ∑§ ÁøòÊ ◊¥ ÁŒπÊÿÊ ªÿÊ „Ò– Á»§⁄U ßŸ◊¥ ‚ ∞∑§
volume as shown in the figure below. The ’À’ ∑§Ê ÃÊ¬ ’…∏Ê∑§⁄U T2 ∑§⁄U ÁŒÿÊ ¡ÊÃÊ „Ò– •¥ÁÃ◊
temperature of one of the bulbs is then ŒÊ’ pf „Ò —
raised to T2. The final pressure pf is :
 T1T2   T1T2 
(1) pi   (1) pi  
 T1 + T2   T1 + T2 
 T1   T1 
(2) 2 pi   (2) 2 pi  
 T1 + T2   T1 + T2 
 T2   T2 
(3) 2 pi   (3) 2 pi  
 T1 + T2   T1 + T2 
 T1T2   T1T2 
(4) 2 pi   (4) 2 pi  
 T1 + T2   T1 + T2 
E E
E E
33. A stream of electrons from a heated 33. ∞∑§ ª◊¸ Á»§‹Ê◊¥≈U ‚ ÁŸ∑§‹Ë ß‹Ä≈˛UÊÚŸ œÊ⁄UÊ ∑§Ê
filament was passed between two charged V esu ∑§ Áfl÷flÊãÃ⁄U ¬⁄ ⁄Uπ ŒÊ •ÊflÁ‡ÊÃ åÀÊ≈UÊ¥ ∑§
plates kept at a potential difference V esu. ’Ëø ‚ ÷¡Ê ¡ÊÃÊ „Ò– ÿÁŒ ß‹Ä≈˛UÊÚŸ ∑§ •Êfl‡Ê ÃÕÊ
If e and m are charge and mass of an ‚¥„ÁÃ ∑˝§◊‡Ê— e ÃÕÊ m „Ê¥ ÃÊ h/λ ∑§Ê ◊ÊŸ ÁŸêŸ ◊¥ ‚
electron, respectively, then the value of Á∑§‚∑§ mÊ⁄UÊ ÁŒÿÊ ¡ÊÿªÊ? (¡’ ß‹Ä≈˛UÊÚŸ Ã⁄¥Uª ‚
h/λ (where λ is wavelength associated ‚ê’ÁãœÃ Ã⁄¥UªŒÒäÿ¸ λ „Ò)
with electron wave) is given by :
(1) meV (1) meV
(2) 2meV (2) 2meV
(3) meV (3) meV
(4) 2 meV (4) 2 meV
34. The species in which the N atom is in a 34. fl„ S¬Ë‡ÊË$¡, Á¡‚◊¥ N ¬⁄U◊ÊáÊÈ sp ‚¥∑§⁄UáÊ ∑§Ë •flSÕÊ
state of sp hybridization is : ◊¥ „Ò, „ÊªË —
+ +
(1) NO 2 (1) NO 2
− −
(2) NO 2 (2) NO 2
(3) −
NO 3 (3) NO 3
−
(4) NO2 (4) NO2
35. The heats of combustion of carbon and 35. ∑§Ê’¸Ÿ ÃÕÊ ∑§Ê’¸Ÿ ◊ÊŸÊÄ‚ÊÚß«U ∑§Ë Œ„Ÿ ™§c◊Êÿ¥ ∑˝§◊‡Ê—
carbon monoxide are −393.5 and −393.5 ÃÕÊ −283.5 kJ mol−1 „Ò¥– ∑§Ê’¸Ÿ
−283.5 kJ mol−1, respectively. The heat ◊ÊŸÊÄ‚Êß«U ∑§Ë ‚¥÷flŸ ™§c◊Ê (kJ ◊)¥ ¬˝ÁÃ ◊Ê‹ „ÊªË —
of formation (in kJ) of carbon monoxide
per mole is :
(1) 110.5 (1) 110.5
(2) 676.5 (2) 676.5
(3) −676.5 (3) −676.5
(4) −110.5 (4) −110.5
E E
E E
36. 18 g glucose (C 6 H 12 O 6 ) is added to 36. 18 g Ç‹È∑§Ê‚ (C6H12O6) ∑§Ê 178.2 g ¬ÊŸË ◊¥
178.2 g water. The vapor pressure of Á◊‹ÊÿÊ ¡ÊÃÊ „Ò– ß‚ ¡‹Ëÿ Áfl‹ÿŸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ¡‹
water (in torr) for this aqueous solution ∑§Ê flÊc¬ ŒÊ’ (torr ◊¥) „ÊªÊ —
is :
(1) 7.6 (1) 7.6
(2) 76.0 (2) 76.0
(3) 752.4 (3) 752.4
(4) 759.0 (4) 759.0
37. The equilibrium constant at 298 K for a 37. ÃÊ¬◊ÊŸ 298 K ¬⁄U, ∞∑§ •Á÷Á∑˝§ÿÊ A+B ⇌ C+D
reaction A+B ⇌ C+D is 100. If the initial ∑§ Á‹∞ ‚Êêÿ ÁSÕ⁄UÊ¥∑§ 100 „Ò– ÿÁŒ ¬˝Ê⁄UÁê÷∑§ ‚ÊãŒ˝ÃÊ
concentration of all the four species were ‚÷Ë øÊ⁄UÊ¥ S¬Ë‡ÊË¡ ◊¥ ‚ ¬˝àÿ∑§ ∑§Ë 1 M „ÊÃË, ÃÊ D
1 M each, then equilibrium concentration ∑§Ë ‚Êêÿ ‚ÊãŒ˝ÃÊ (mol L−1 ◊¥) „ÊªË —
of D (in mol L−1) will be :
(1) 0.182 (1) 0.182
(2) 0.818 (2) 0.818
(3) 1.818 (3) 1.818
(4) 1.182 (4) 1.182
38. Galvanization is applying a coating of : 38. ªÒÀflŸÊß¡‡ÊŸ ÁŸêŸ ◊¥ ‚ Á∑§‚∑§ ∑§Ê≈U ‚ „ÊÃÊ „Ò?
(1) Pb (1) Pb
(2) Cr (2) Cr
(3) Cu (3) Cu
(4) Zn (4) Zn
E E
E E
39. Decomposition of H 2O 2 follows a first 39. H2O2 ∑§Ê ÁflÉÊ≈UŸ ∞∑§ ¬˝Õ◊ ∑§ÊÁ≈U ∑§Ë •Á÷Á∑˝§ÿÊ
order reaction. In fifty minutes the „Ò– ¬øÊ‚ Á◊Ÿ≈U ◊¥ ß‚ ¬˝∑§Ê⁄U ∑§ ÁflÉÊ≈UŸ ◊¥ H2O2
concentration of H 2 O 2 decreases from ∑§Ë ‚ÊãŒ˝ÃÊ ÉÊ≈U∑§⁄U 0.5 ‚ 0.125 M „Ê ¡ÊÃË „Ò– ¡’
0.5 to 0.125 M in one such decomposition. H2O2 ∑§Ë ‚ÊãŒ˝ÃÊ 0.05 M ¬„È°øÃË „Ò, ÃÊ O2 ∑§
When the concentration of H2O2 reaches ’ŸŸ ∑§Ë Œ⁄U „ÊªË —
0.05 M, the rate of formation of O2 will
be :
(1) 6.93×10−2 mol min−1 (1) 6.93×10−2 mol min−1
(2) 6.93×10−4 mol min−1 (2) 6.93×10−4 mol min−1
(3) 2.66 L min−1 at STP (3) 2.66 L min−1 (STP ¬⁄U)

(4) 1.34×10−2 mol min−1 (4) 1.34×10−2 mol min−1
40. For a linear plot of log (x/m) versus log p 40. »˝ § ÊÚ ÿ ã«UÁ‹∑§ •Áœ‡ÊÊ · áÊ ‚◊ÃÊ¬Ë fl∑˝ § ◊ ¥
in a Freundlich adsorption isotherm, log (x/m) ÃÕÊ log p ∑§ ’Ëø πË¥ø ªÿ ⁄UπËÿ
which of the following statements is å‹Ê≈U ∑§ Á‹∞ ÁãÊêŸ ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ ‚Ê ∑§ÕŸ ‚„Ë „Ò?
correct ? (k and n are constants) (k ÃÕÊ n ÁSÕ⁄UÊ¥∑§ „Ò¥)
(1) Both k and 1/n appear in the slope (1) k ÃÕÊ 1/n ŒÊŸÊ¥ „Ë S‹Ê¬ ¬Œ ◊¥ •ÊÃ „Ò¥–
term.
(2) 1/n appears as the intercept. (2) 1/n ßã≈U⁄U‚å≈U ∑§ M§¬ •ÊÃÊ „Ò–
(3) Only 1/n appears as the slope. (3) ◊ÊòÊ 1/n S‹Ê¬ ∑§ M§¬ ◊¥ •ÊÃÊ „Ò–
(4) log (1/n) appears as the intercept. (4) log (1/n) ßã≈U⁄U‚å≈U ∑§ M§¬ ◊¥ •ÊÃÊ „Ò–
41. Which of the following atoms has the 41. ÁŸêŸ ¬⁄U◊ÊáÊÈ•Ê¥ ◊¥ Á∑§‚∑§Ë ¬˝Õ◊ •ÊÿŸŸ ™§¡Ê¸ ©ëøÃ◊
highest first ionization energy ? „Ò?
(1) Rb (1) Rb
(2) Na (2) Na
(3) K (3) K
(4) Sc (4) Sc
E E
E E
42. Which one of the following ores is best 42. »˝§ÊÚÕ ç‹Ê≈U‡ÊŸ ÁflÁœ mÊ⁄UÊ ÁŸêŸ ◊¥ ‚ fl„ ∑§ÊÒŸ ‚Ê
concentrated by froth floatation method ? •ÿS∑§ ‚flÊ¸Áœ∑§ M§¬ ‚ ‚ÊÁãŒ˝Ã Á∑§ÿÊ ¡Ê ‚∑§ÃÊ
„Ò?
(1) Magnetite (1) ◊ÒÇŸ≈UÊß≈U
(2) Siderite (2) Á‚«U⁄UÊß≈U
(3) Galena (3) ªÒ‹ŸÊ
(4) Malachite (4) ◊Ò‹Ê∑§Êß≈U
43. Which one of the following statements 43. ¡‹ ∑§ ‚ê’ãœ ◊¥ ÁŸêŸ ∑§ÕŸÊ¥ ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ ‚Ê ∞∑§
about water is FALSE ? ª‹Ã „Ò?
(1) Water is oxidized to oxygen during (1) ¬˝∑§Ê‡Ê‚¥‡‹·áÊ ◊¥ ¡‹ •ÊÄ‚Ë∑Î§Ã „Ê∑§⁄U
photosynthesis. •ÊÄ‚Ë$¡Ÿ ŒÃÊ „Ò–
(2) Water can act both as an acid and (2) ¡‹, •ê‹ ÃÕÊ ˇÊÊ⁄U∑§ ŒÊŸÊ¥ „Ë M§¬ ◊¥ ∑§Êÿ¸
as a base. ∑§⁄U ‚∑§ÃÊ „Ò–
(3) There is extensive intramolecular (3) ß‚∑§ ‚¥ÉÊÁŸÃ ¬˝ÊflSÕÊ ◊¥ ÁflSÃËáÊ¸ •¥Ã—•áÊÈ∑§
hydrogen bonding in the condensed „Êß«˛UÊ¡Ÿ •Ê’ãœ „ÊÃ „Ò¥–
phase.
(4) Ice formed by heavy water sinks in (4) ÷Ê⁄UË ¡‹ mÊ⁄UÊ ’ŸÊ ’»¸§ ‚Ê◊Êãÿ ¡‹ ◊¥ «ÍU’ÃÊ
normal water. „Ò–
44. The main oxides formed on combustion of 44. „flÊ ∑§ •ÊÁœÄÿ ◊¥ Li, Na •ÊÒ⁄U K ∑§ Œ„Ÿ ¬⁄U
Li, Na and K in excess of air are, ’ŸŸflÊ‹Ë ◊ÈÅÿ •ÊÄ‚Êß«¥U ∑˝§◊‡Ê— „Ò¥ —
respectively :
(1) Li2O, Na2O and KO2 (1) Li2O, Na2O ÃÕÊ KO2
(2) LiO2, Na2O2 and K2O (2) LiO2, Na2O2 ÃÕÊ K2O
(3) Li2O2, Na2O2 and KO2 (3) Li2O2, Na2O2 ÃÕÊ KO2
(4) Li2O, Na2O2 and KO2 (4) Li2O, Na2O2 ÃÕÊ KO2
E E
E E
45. The reaction of zinc with dilute and 45. ÃŸÈ ÃÕÊ ‚ÊãŒ˝ ŸÊßÁ≈˛U∑§ ∞Á‚«U ∑§ ‚ÊÕ Á¡¥∑§ ∑§Ë
concentrated nitric acid, respectively, •Á÷Á∑˝§ÿÊ mÊ⁄UÊ ∑˝§◊‡Ê— ©à¬ãŸ „ÊÃ „Ò¥ —
produces :
(1) N2O and NO2 (1) N2O ÃÕÊ NO2
(2) NO2 and NO (2) NO2 ÃÕÊ NO
(3) NO and N2O (3) NO ÃÕÊ N2O
(4) NO2 and N2O (4) NO2 ÃÕÊ N2O
46. The pair in which phosphorous atoms 46. fl„ ÿÈÇ◊ Á¡Ÿ◊¥ »§ÊS»§Ê⁄U‚ ¬⁄U◊ÊáÊÈ•Ê¥ ∑§Ë »§Ê◊¸‹
have a formal oxidation state of +3 is : •ÊÚÄ‚Ë∑§⁄UáÊ •flSÕÊ +3 „Ò, „Ò —
(1) Orthophosphorous and (1) •ÊÕÊ¸»§ÊS»§Ê⁄U‚ ÃÕÊ ¬Êÿ⁄UÊ»§ÊS»§Ê⁄U‚ ∞Á‚«U

pyrophosphorous acids
(2) Pyrophosphorous and (2) ¬Êÿ⁄UÊ»§ÊS»§Ê⁄U‚ ÃÕÊ „Êß¬Ê»§ÊS»§ÊÁ⁄U∑§ ∞Á‚«U

hypophosphoric acids
(3) Orthophosphorous and (3) •ÊÕÊ¸»§ÊS»§Ê⁄U‚ ÃÕÊ „Êß¬Ê»§ÊS»§ÊÁ⁄U∑§ ∞Á‚«U

hypophosphoric acids
(4) Pyrophosphorous and (4) ¬Êÿ⁄UÊ»§ÊS»§Ê⁄U‚ ÃÕÊ ¬Êÿ⁄UÊ»§ÊS»§ÊÁ⁄U∑§ ∞Á‚«U

pyrophosphoric acids
47. Which of the following compounds is 47. ÁŸêŸ ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ ‚Ê ÿÊÒÁª∑§ œÊÁàfl∑§ ÃÕÊ »§⁄UÊ◊ÒªŸÁ≈U∑§
metallic and ferromagnetic ? (‹ÊÒ„ øÈê’∑§Ëÿ) „Ò?
(1) TiO2 (1) TiO2
(2) CrO 2 (2) CrO 2
(3) VO 2 (3) VO 2
(4) MnO 2 (4) MnO2
E E
E E
48. The pair having the same magnetic 48. ∞∑§„Ë øÈê’∑§Ëÿ •ÊÉÊÍáÊ¸ ∑§Ê ÿÈÇ◊ „Ò —
moment is :
[At. No. : Cr=24, Mn=25, Fe=26, Co=27] [At. No. : Cr=24, Mn=25, Fe=26, Co=27]
(1) [Cr(H2O)6]2+ and [CoCl4]2− (1) [Cr(H2O)6]2+ ÃÕÊ [CoCl4]2−
(2) [Cr(H2O)6]2+ and [Fe(H2O)6]2+ (2) [Cr(H2O)6]2+ ÃÕÊ [Fe(H2O)6]2+
(3) [Mn(H2O)6]2+ and [Cr(H2O)6]2+ (3) [Mn(H2O)6]2+ ÃÕÊ [Cr(H2O)6]2+
(4) [CoCl4]2− and [Fe(H2O)6]2+ (4) [CoCl4]2− ÃÕÊ [Fe(H2O)6]2+
49. Which one of the following complexes 49. ÁŸêŸ ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ ‚Ê ∑§ÊÚêå‹Ä‚ ¬˝∑§ÊÁ‡Ê∑§ ‚◊ÊflÿflÃÊ
shows optical isomerism ? ¬˝ŒÁ‡Ê¸Ã ∑§⁄UªÊ?
(1) [Co(NH3)3Cl3] (1) [Co(NH3)3Cl3]
(2) cis[Co(en)2Cl2]Cl (2) cis[Co(en)2Cl2]Cl
(3) trans[Co(en)2Cl2]Cl (3) trans[Co(en)2Cl2]Cl
(4) [Co(NH3)4Cl2]Cl (4) [Co(NH3)4Cl2]Cl
(en=ethylenediamine) (en=ethylenediamine)
50. The concentration of fluoride, lead, nitrate 50. ÷ÍÁ◊ªÃ ¤ÊË‹ ‚ ¬˝ÊåÃ ¡‹ ¬˝ÁÃŒ‡Ê¸ ◊¥ ç‹Ê⁄UÊß«U, ‹«U,
and iron in a water sample from an ŸÊß≈˛U≈U ÃÕÊ •Êÿ⁄UŸ ∑§Ë ‚ÊãŒ˝ÃÊ ∑˝§◊‡Ê— 1000 ppb,
underground lake was found to be 40 ppb, 100 ppm ÃÕÊ 0.2 ppm ¬Êß¸ ªß¸– ÿ„
1000 ppb, 40 ppb, 100 ppm and 0.2 ppm, ¡‹ ÁŸêŸ ◊¥ ‚ Á∑§‚∑§Ë ©ìÊ ‚ÊãŒ˝ÃÊ ‚ ¬ËŸ ÿÊÇÿ
respectively. This water is unsuitable for Ÿ„Ë¥ „Ò?
drinking due to high concentration of :
(1) Fluoride (1) ç‹Ê⁄UÊß«U

(2) Lead (2) ‹«U
(3) Nitrate (3) ŸÊß≈˛U≈U
(4) Iron (4) •Êÿ⁄UŸ
E E
E E
51. The distillation technique most suited for 51. ‚Ê’ÈŸ ©lÊª ◊¥ ÷ÈÄÃ‡Ê· ‹Êß (S¬ã≈U ‹Êß¸) ‚ ÁÇ‹‚⁄UÊ‹
Ú
separating glycerol from spent-lye in the ¬ÎÕ∑§ ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ‚’‚ ©¬ÿÈÄÃ •Ê‚flŸ ÁflÁœ
soap industry is : „Ò —
(1) Simple distillation (1) ‚Ê◊Êãÿ •Ê‚flŸ
(2) Fractional distillation (2) ¬˝÷Ê¡Ë •Ê‚flŸ
(3) Steam distillation (3) ’Êc¬ •Ê‚flŸ
(4) Distillation under reduced pressure (4) ‚◊ÊŸËÃ ŒÊ’ ¬⁄U •Ê‚flŸ
52. The product of the reaction given below 52. ŸËø ŒË ªß¸ •Á÷Á∑˝§ÿÊ ∑§ Á‹∞ ©à¬ÊŒ „ÊªÊ —
is :
(1) (1)
(2) (2)
(3) (3)
(4) (4)
E E
E E
53. The absolute configuration of 53. ÁŒ∞ ªÿ ÿÊÒÁª∑§ ∑§Ê ÁŸ⁄U¬ˇÊ ÁflãÿÊ‚ „Ò —
CO2 H CO2 H
H OH H OH
H Cl H Cl
CH3 CH3
is :
(1) (2R, 3S) (1) (2R, 3S)
(2) (2S, 3R) (2) (2S, 3R)
(3) (2S, 3S) (3) (2S, 3S)
(4) (2R, 3R) (4) (2R, 3R)
54. 2-chloro-2-methylpentane on reaction 54. ◊ Õ  Ÿ ÊÚ ‹ ◊ ¥ 2- Ä‹Ê ⁄ U Ê  -2-◊ Á Õ‹¬ ã ≈ U Ÿ , ‚Ê Á «U ÿ ◊

with sodium methoxide in methanol ◊ÕÊÄ‚Êß«U ∑§ ‚ÊÕ •Á÷Á∑˝§ÿÊ ∑§⁄U∑§ ŒÃË „Ò —
yields :
(a) (a)
(b) (b)
(c) (c)
(1) All of these (1) ßŸ◊¥ ‚ ‚÷Ë

(2) (a) and (c) (2) (a) ÃÕÊ (c)
(3) (c) only (3) ◊ÊòÊ (c)
(4) (a) and (b) (4) (a) ÃÕÊ (b)
E E
E E
55. The reaction of propene with HOCl 55. ¬˝Ê¬ËŸ ∑§Ë HOCl (Cl2+H2O) ∑§ ‚ÊÕ •Á÷Á∑˝§ÿÊ
(Cl 2 +H 2 O) proceeds through the Á¡‚ ◊äÿflÃË¸ ‚ „Ê∑§⁄U ‚ê¬ãŸ „ÊÃË „Ò, fl„ „Ò —
intermediate :
(1) CH3−CH+−CH2−OH (1) CH3−CH+−CH2−OH
(2) CH3−CH+−CH2−Cl (2) CH3−CH+−CH2−Cl
(3) CH 3−CH(OH)−CH+
2 (3) CH 3−CH(OH)−CH+
2
(4) CH3−CHCl−CH+
2 (4) CH3−CHCl−CH+
2
56. In the Hofmann bromamide degradation 56. „Ê»§◊ÊŸ ’˝Ê◊Ê◊Êß«U ÁŸêŸË∑§⁄UáÊ •Á÷Á∑˝§ÿÊ ◊¥, NaOH
reaction, the number of moles of NaOH ÃÕÊ Br2 ∑§ ¬˝ÿÈÄÃ ◊Ê‹Ê¥ ∑§Ë ‚¥ÅÿÊ ¬˝ÁÃ◊Ê‹ •◊ËŸ
and Br2 used per mole of amine produced ∑§ ’ŸŸ ◊¥ „ÊªË —
are :
(1) One mole of NaOH and one mole of (1) ∞∑§ ◊Ê‹ NaOH ÃÕÊ ∞∑§ ◊Ê‹ Br2–
Br2 .
(2) Four moles of NaOH and two moles (2) øÊ⁄U ◊Ê‹ NaOH ÃÕÊ ŒÊ ◊Ê‹ Br2–
of Br2 .
(3) Two moles of NaOH and two moles (3) ŒÊ ◊Ê‹ NaOH ÃÕÊ ŒÊ ◊Ê‹ Br2–
of Br2 .
(4) Four moles of NaOH and one mole (4) øÊ⁄U ◊Ê‹ NaOH ÃÕÊ ∞∑§ ◊Ê‹ Br2–
of Br2 .
57. Which of the following statements about 57. ÁŸêŸ ÉÊãÊàfl ∑§ ¬Ê‹ËÕËŸ ∑§ ‚ê’ãœ ◊¥ ÁŸêŸ ◊¥ ‚
low density polythene is FALSE ? ∑§ÊÒŸ ‚Ê ∑§ÕŸ ª‹Ã „Ò?
(1) Its synthesis requires high pressure. (1) ß‚∑§ ‚¥‡‹·áÊ ◊¥ ©ìÊ ŒÊ’ ∑§Ë •Êfl‡ÿ∑§ÃÊ
„ÊÃË „Ò–
(2) It is a poor conductor of electricity. (2) ÿ„ ÁfllÈÃ ∑§Ê „ËŸ øÊ‹∑§ „Ò–
(3) Its synthesis requires dioxygen or a (3) ß‚◊¥ «UÊß¸•ÊÄ‚Ë¡Ÿ •ÕflÊ ¬⁄U•ÊÄ‚Êß«U
peroxide initiator as a catalyst. ßŸËÁ‚ÿ≈U⁄ (¬˝Ê⁄Uê÷∑§) ©à¬˝⁄U∑§ ∑§ M§¬ ◊¥
øÊÁ„∞–
(4) It is used in the manufacture of (4) ÿ„ ’∑§≈U (’ÊÀ≈UË), «US≈U-Á’Ÿ, •ÊÁŒ ∑§
buckets, dust-bins etc. ©à¬ÊŒŸ ◊¥ ¬˝ÿÈÄÃ „ÊÃË „Ò–
E E
E E
58. Thiol group is present in : 58. ÕÊÿÊ‹ ª˝È¬ Á¡‚◊¥ ©¬ÁSÕÃ „Ò, fl„ „Ò —
(1) Cytosine (1) ‚Êß≈UÊ‚ËŸ
(2) Cystine (2) Á‚ÁS≈UŸ (Cystine)
(3) Cysteine (3) Á‚S≈UËŸ (Cysteine)
(4) Methionine (4) ◊ÕÊß•ÊŸËŸ
59. Which of the following is an anionic 59. ÁŸêŸ ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ ‚Ê ∞ŸÊßÁŸ∑§ Á«U≈U⁄U¡¥≈U „Ò?
detergent ?
(1) Sodium stearate (1) ‚ÊÁ«Uÿ◊ S≈UË•⁄U≈U

(2) Sodium lauryl sulphate (2) ‚ÊÁ«Uÿ◊ ‹ÊÁ⁄U‹ ‚À»§≈U
(3) Cetyltrimethyl ammonium bromide (3) ‚Á≈U‹≈˛UÊß◊ÁÕ‹ •◊ÊÁŸÿ◊ ’˝Ê◊Êß«U
(4) Glyceryl oleate (4) ÁÇ‹‚Á⁄U‹ •ÊÁ‹∞≈U
60. The hottest region of Bunsen flame shown 60. ŸËø ŒË ªß¸ Á»§ª⁄U ◊¥ ’Èã‚Ÿ ç‹◊ ∑§Ê ‚flÊ¸Áœ∑§ ª◊¸
in the figure below is : ÷Êª „Ò —
(1) region 1 (1) ⁄UË¡Ÿ 1
(2) region 2 (2) ⁄UË¡Ÿ 2

(3) region 3 (3) ⁄UË¡Ÿ 3
(4) region 4 (4) ⁄UË¡Ÿ 4
E E
E E
PART C — MATHEMATICS ÷Êª C — ªÁáÊÃ
If f (x)+2f   =3x, x ≠ 0 , and 1

1
61.
 
x
61. ÿÁŒ f (x)+2f   =3x, x ≠ 0 „Ò, ÃÕÊ
x
S = {x R : f ( x ) =f (−x )} ; then S : S = {x R : f ( x ) =f (−x )} „Ò ; ÃÊ S :
(1) is an empty set. (1) ∞∑§ Á⁄UÄÃ ‚◊ÈìÊÿ „Ò–

(2) contains exactly one element. (2) ◊¥ ∑§fl‹ ∞∑§ •flÿfl „Ò–
(3) contains exactly two elements. (3) ◊¥ ÃâÿÃ— ŒÊ •flÿfl „Ò¥–
(4) contains more than two elements. (4) ◊¥ ŒÊ ‚ •Áœ∑§ •flÿfl „Ò¥–
2 + 3 i sinθ 2 + 3 i sinθ
62. A value of θ for which is 62. θ ∑§Ê fl„ ∞∑§ ◊ÊŸ Á¡‚∑§ Á‹∞ ¬ÍáÊ¸Ã—
1 − 2 i sinθ 1 − 2 i sinθ
purely imaginary, is : ∑§ÊÀ¬ÁŸ∑§ „Ò, „Ò —
π π
(1) (1)
3 3
π π
(2) (2)
6 6
 3  3
(3) sin−1   (3) sin−1  
 4   4 
 1   1 
(4) sin−1   (4) sin−1  
 3  3
63. The sum of all real values of x satisfying 63. x ∑§ ©Ÿ ‚÷Ë flÊSÃÁfl∑§ ◊ÊŸÊ¥ ∑§Ê ÿÊª ¡Ê ‚◊Ë∑§⁄UáÊ
the equation x 2 + 4 x − 60
x 2 + 4 x − 60
( x2− 5 x + 5 ) =1 ∑§Ê ‚¥ÃÈc≈U ∑§⁄UÃ
( x − 5 x + 5)
2
= 1 is : „Ò¥, „Ò —
(1) 3 (1) 3
(2) −4 (2) −4
(3) 6 (3) 6
(4) 5 (4) 5
E E
E E
 5 a −b   5 a −b 
64. If A =  and A adj A=A AT, then 64. ÿÁŒ A=  ÃÕÊ A adj A=A AT „Ò¥,
3 2  3 2 
5a+b is equal to : ÃÊ 5a+b ’⁄UÊ’⁄U „Ò —
(1) −1 (1) −1
(2) 5 (2) 5
(3) 4 (3) 4
(4) 13 (4) 13
65. The system of linear equations 65. ⁄ÒUÁπ∑§ ‚◊Ë∑§⁄UáÊ ÁŸ∑§Êÿ

x+λy−z=0 x+λy−z=0
λx−y−z=0 λx−y−z=0
x+y−λz=0 x+y−λz=0
has a non-trivial solution for : ∑§Ê ∞∑§ •ÃÈë¿U „‹ „ÊŸ ∑§ Á‹∞ —
(1) infinitely many values of λ. (1) λ ∑§ •Ÿ¥Ã ◊ÊŸ „Ò¥–
(2) exactly one value of λ. (2) λ ∑§Ê ÃâÿÃ— ∞∑§ ◊ÊŸ „Ò–
(3) exactly two values of λ. (3) λ ∑§ ÃâÿÃ— ŒÊ ◊ÊŸ „Ò¥–
(4) exactly three values of λ. (4) λ ∑§ ÃâÿÃ— ÃËŸ ◊ÊŸ „Ò¥–
66. If all the words (with or without meaning) 66. ‡ÊéŒ SMALL ∑§ •ˇÊ⁄UÊ¥ ∑§Ê ¬˝ÿÊª ∑§⁄U∑§, ¬Ê°ø •ˇÊ⁄UÊ¥
having five letters, formed using the letters flÊ‹ ‚÷Ë ‡ÊéŒÊ¥ (•Õ¸¬ÍáÊ¸ •ÕflÊ •Õ¸„ËŸ) ∑§Ê
of the word SMALL and arranged as in a ‡ÊéŒ∑§Ê‡Ê ∑§ ∑˝§◊ÊŸÈ‚Ê⁄U ⁄UπŸ ¬⁄U, ‡ÊéŒ SMALL ∑§Ê
dictionary; then the position of the word SÕÊŸ „Ò —
SMALL is :
(1) 46 th (1) 46 flÊ¥

(2) 59 th (2) 59 flÊ¥
(3) 52 nd (3) 52 flÊ¥
(4) 58 th (4) 58 flÊ¥
E E
E E
n
 2 4 
67. If the number of terms in the expansion of 67. ÿÁŒ 1− x + 2  , x ≠ 0 ∑§ ¬˝‚Ê⁄U ◊¥ ¬ŒÊ¥
n
 x 
 2 4 
 1 − x + 2  , x ≠ 0, is 28, then the sum ∑§Ë ‚¥ÅÿÊ 28 „Ò, ÃÊ ß‚ ¬˝‚Ê⁄U ◊¥ •ÊŸ flÊ‹ ‚÷Ë ¬ŒÊ¥
 x 
of the coefficients of all the terms in this ∑§ ªÈáÊÊ¥∑§Ê¥ ∑§Ê ÿÊª „Ò —
expansion, is :
(1) 64 (1) 64
(2) 2187 (2) 2187
(3) 243 (3) 243
(4) 729 (4) 729
68. If the 2 nd , 5 th and 9 th terms of a 68. ÿÁŒ ∞∑§ •ø⁄UÃ⁄U ‚◊Ê¥Ã⁄U üÊ…∏Ë ∑§Ê ŒÍ‚⁄UÊ, 5 flÊ¥ ÃÕÊ
non-constant A.P. are in G.P., then the 9 flÊ¥ ¬Œ ∞∑§ ªÈáÊÊûÊ⁄U üÊ…∏Ë ◊¥ „Ò¥, ÃÊ ©‚ ªÈáÊÊûÊ⁄U üÊ…∏Ë
common ratio of this G.P. is : ∑§Ê ‚Êfl¸ •ŸÈ¬ÊÃ „Ò —
8 8
(1) (1)
5 5
4 4
(2) (2)
3 3
(3) 1 (3) 1
7 7
(4) (4)
4 4
69. If the sum of the first ten terms of the series 69. ÿÁŒ üÊáÊË
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
 3  2  1 2  4  3  2  1 2  4
1
   + 2  + 3  + 4 + 4  +...... , 1
   + 2   + 3  + 4 + 4  +...... ,
 5  5  5  5  5  5  5  5
16 16
is m , then m is equal to : ∑§ ¬˝Õ◊ Œ‚ ¬ŒÊ¥ ∑§Ê ÿÊª m „Ò, ÃÊ m ’⁄UÊ’⁄U
5 5
„Ò —
(1) 102 (1) 102
(2) 101 (2) 101
(3) 100 (3) 100
(4) 99 (4) 99
E E
E E
1 1
70. Let p = lim ( 1 + tan 2 x ) 2 x then log p 70. ◊ÊŸÊ p = lim ( 1 + tan 2 x )2x „Ò, ÃÊ log p
x→0+ x→0+
is equal to : ’⁄UÊ’⁄U „Ò —
(1) 2 (1) 2
(2) 1 (2) 1
1 1
(3) (3)
2 2
1 1
(4) (4)
4 4
71. For x e R, f (x)=?log2−sinx? and 71. x e R ∑ § Á‹∞ f (x)=?log2−sinx? ÃÕÊ

g(x)=f (f (x)), then : g(x)=f (f (x)) „Ò¥, ÃÊ —
(1) g is not differentiable at x=0 (1) x=0 ¬⁄U g •fl∑§‹ŸËÿ Ÿ„Ë¥ „Ò–
(2) g9(0)=cos(log2) (2) g9(0)=cos(log2) „Ò–
(3) g9(0)=−cos(log2) (3) g9(0)=−cos(log2) „Ò–
(4) g is differentiable at x=0 and (4) x=0 ¬⁄U g •fl∑§‹ŸËÿ „Ò ÃÕÊ
g9(0)=−sin(log2) g9(0)=−sin(log2) „Ò–
 1 + sin x   π
72. Consider 72. f ( x ) = tan−1   , x  0, 
 1 − sin x   2
 1 + sin x   π
f ( x ) = tan−1   , x  0,  . ¬⁄U ÁfløÊ⁄U ∑§ËÁ¡∞– y=f (x) ∑§ Á’¥ŒÈ x =
π
¬⁄U
 1 − sin x   2 6
π
A normal to y=f (x) at x =
6
also passes πË¥øÊ ªÿÊ •Á÷‹¥’ ÁŸêŸ Á’¥ŒÈ ‚ ÷Ë „Ê∑§⁄U ¡ÊÃÊ „Ò —
through the point :
(1) (0, 0) (1) (0, 0)
 2π   2π 
(2)  0,  (2)  0, 
 3   3 
π  π 
(3)  , 0 (3)  , 0
6  6 
π  π 
(4)  , 0 (4)  , 0
4  4 
E E
E E
73. A wire of length 2 units is cut into two 73. 2 ß∑§Êß¸ ‹¥’Ë ∞∑§ ÃÊ⁄U ∑§Ê ŒÊ ÷ÊªÊ¥ ◊¥ ∑§Ê≈U ∑§⁄U ©ã„¥
parts which are bent respectively to form ∑˝§◊‡Ê— x ß∑§Êß¸ ÷È¡Ê flÊ‹ flª¸ ÃÕÊ r ß∑§Êß¸ ÁòÊíÿÊ
a square of side=x units and a circle of flÊ‹ flÎûÊ ∑§ M§¬ ◊¥ ◊Ê«∏Ê ¡ÊÃÊ „Ò– ÿÁŒ ’ŸÊÿ ªÿ flª¸
radius=r units. If the sum of the areas of ÃÕÊ flÎûÊ ∑§ ˇÊòÊ»§‹Ê¥ ∑§Ê ÿÊª ãÿÍŸÃ◊ „Ò, ÃÊ —
the square and the circle so formed is
minimum, then :
(1) 2x=(π+4)r (1) 2x=(π+4)r
(2) (4−π)x=πr (2) (4−π)x=πr
(3) x=2r (3) x=2r
(4) 2x=r (4) 2x=r
2 x12 + 5 x 9 2 x 12 + 5 x 9
74. The integral 3
dx is equal 74. ‚◊Ê∑§‹ 3
dx ’⁄UÊ’⁄U „Ò —
(x 5
+ x +13
) (x 5 3
+ x +1 )
to :
− x5 − x5
(1) 2
+C (1) 2
+C
( x +x +1)
5 3
( x +x +1)
5 3
x 10 x 10
(2) 2
+C (2) 2
+C
(
2 x 5+x 3+1 ) (
2 x 5+x 3+1 )
x5 x5
(3) 2
+C (3) 2
+C
(
2 x +x +15 3
) (
2 x +x +1 5 3
)
− x 10 − x 10
(4) 2
+C (4) 2
+C
(
2 x +x +15 3
) (
2 x +x +1 5 3
)
where C is an arbitrary constant. ¡„Ê° C ∞∑§ Sflë¿U •ø⁄U „Ò–
E E
E E
1 1
75.  ( n + 1 ) ( n + 2 ) . . . 3n  n is equal 75.  ( n + 1 ) ( n + 2 ) . . . 3n  n ’⁄UÊ’⁄U „Ò —
lim   lim  
n→∞ n2n  n→∞ n2n 
to :
18 18
(1) 4 (1)
e e4
27 27
(2) 2 (2)
e e2
9 9
(3) 2 (3)
e e2
(4) 3 log3−2 (4) 3 log3−2
76. The area (in sq. units) of the region 76. ˇÊòÊ
{( x , y ): y 22 x and x2+ y 2≤ 4 x, x0, y0} {( x , y ): y 22 x ÃÕÊ x2+ y 2≤ 4 x, x0, y0}
is : ∑§Ê ˇÊòÊ»§‹ (flª¸ ß∑§ÊßÿÊ¥ ◊¥) „Ò —
4 4
(1) π− (1) π−
3 3
8 8
(2) π− (2) π−
3 3
4 2 4 2
(3) π− (3) π−
3 3
π 2 2 π 2 2
(4) − (4) −
2 3 2 3
E E
E E
77. If a curve y=f (x) passes through the point 77. ÿÁŒ ∞∑§ fl∑˝§ y=f (x) Á’¥ŒÈ (1, −1) ‚ „Ê∑§⁄U ¡ÊÃÊ
(1, −1) and satisfies the differential „Ò ÃÕÊ •fl∑§‹ ‚◊Ë∑§⁄UáÊ y(1+xy) dx=x dy
equation, y(1+xy) dx=x dy, then f −   1
1
∑§Ê ‚¥ÃÈc≈U ∑§⁄UÃÊ „Ò, ÃÊ f −  ’⁄UÊ’⁄U „Ò —
 2   2
is equal to :
2 2
(1) − (1) −
5 5
4 4
(2) − (2) −
5 5
2 2
(3) (3)
5 5
4 4
(4) (4)
5 5
78. Two sides of a rhombus are along the lines, 78. ÿÁŒ ∞∑§ ‚◊øÃÈ÷¸È¡ ∑§Ë ŒÊ ÷È¡Ê∞°, ⁄UπÊ•Ê¥
x−y+1=0 and 7x−y−5=0. If its x−y+1=0 ÃÕÊ 7x−y−5=0 ∑§Ë ÁŒ‡ÊÊ ◊¥ „Ò¥
diagonals intersect at (−1, −2), then ÃÕÊ ß‚∑§ Áfl∑§áÊ¸ Á’¥ŒÈ (−1, −2) ¬⁄U ¬˝ÁÃë¿UŒ
which one of the following is a vertex of ∑§⁄UÃ „Ò¥, ÃÊ ß‚ ‚◊øÃÈ÷¸È¡ ∑§Ê ÁŸêŸ ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ-‚Ê
this rhombus ? ‡ÊË·¸ „Ò?
(1) (−3, −9) (1) (−3, −9)
(2) (−3, −8) (2) (−3, −8)
1 8 1 8
(3)  ,−  (3)  ,− 
 3 3  3 3
 10 7  10 7
(4) − , −  (4) − , − 
 3 3  3 3
79. The centres of those circles which touch 79. ©Ÿ flÎûÊÊ¥ ∑§ ∑§ãŒ˝, ¡Ê flÎûÊ x2+y2−8x−8y−4=0
the circle, x 2 +y 2 −8x−8y−4=0, ∑§Ê ’Ês M§¬ ‚ S¬‡Ê¸ ∑§⁄UÃ „Ò¥ ÃÕÊ x-•ˇÊ ∑§Ê ÷Ë
externally and also touch the x-axis, lie S¬‡Ê¸ ∑§⁄UÃ „Ò¥, ÁSÕÃ „Ò¥ —
on :
(1) a circle. (1) ∞∑§ flÎûÊ ¬⁄U–
(2) an ellipse which is not a circle. (2) ∞∑§ ŒËÉÊ¸flÎûÊ ¬⁄U ¡Ê flÎûÊ Ÿ„Ë¥ „Ò–
(3) a hyperbola. (3) ∞∑§ •ÁÃ¬⁄Ufl‹ÿ ¬⁄U–
(4) a parabola. (4) ∞∑§ ¬⁄Ufl‹ÿ ¬⁄U–
E E
E E
80. If one of the diameters of the circle, given 80. ÿÁŒ ‚◊Ë∑§⁄UáÊ x2+y2−4x+6y−12=0 mÊ⁄UÊ
by the equation, x2+y2−4x+6y−12=0, ¬˝ŒûÊ ∞∑§ flÎûÊ ∑§Ê ∞∑§ √ÿÊ‚ ∞∑§ •ãÿ flÎûÊ S, Á¡‚∑§Ê
is a chord of a circle S, whose centre is at ∑§ãŒ˝ (−3, 2) „Ò, ∑§Ë ¡ËflÊ „Ò, ÃÊ flÎûÊ S ∑§Ë ÁòÊíÿÊ
(−3, 2), then the radius of S is : „Ò —
(1) 5 2 (1) 5 2
(2) 5 3 (2) 5 3
(3) 5 (3) 5
(4) 10 (4) 10
81. Let P be the point on the parabola, y2=8x 81. ◊ÊŸÊ ¬⁄Ufl‹ÿ y2=8x ∑§Ê P ∞∑§ ∞‚Ê Á’¥ŒÈ „Ò ¡Ê
which is at a minimum distance from the flÎûÊ x2+(y+6)2=1, ∑§ ∑§ãŒ˝ C ‚ ãÿÍŸÃ◊ ŒÍ⁄UË
centre C of the circle, x 2 +(y+6) 2 =1. ¬⁄U „Ò, ÃÊ ©‚ flÎûÊ ∑§Ê ‚◊Ë∑§⁄UáÊ ¡Ê C ‚ „Ê∑§⁄U ¡ÊÃÊ
Then the equation of the circle, passing „Ò ÃÕÊ Á¡‚∑§Ê ∑§ãŒ˝ P ¬⁄U „Ò, „Ò —
through C and having its centre at P is :
(1) x 2+y 2−4x+8y+12=0 (1) x 2+y 2−4x+8y+12=0
(2) x 2+y 2−x+4y−12=0 (2) x 2+y 2−x+4y−12=0
x x
(3) x2+y2− +2y−24=0 (3) x 2+y 2− +2y−24=0
4 4
(4) x 2+y 2−4x+9y+18=0 (4) x 2+y 2−4x+9y+18=0
82. The eccentricity of the hyperbola whose 82. ©‚ •ÁÃ¬⁄Ufl‹ÿ, Á¡‚∑§ ŸÊÁ÷‹¥’ ∑§Ë ‹¥’Êß¸ 8 „Ò
length of the latus rectum is equal to 8 and ÃÕÊ Á¡‚∑§ ‚¥ÿÈÇ◊Ë •ˇÊ ∑§Ë ‹¥’Êß¸ ©‚∑§Ë ŸÊÁ÷ÿÊ¥
the length of its conjugate axis is equal to ∑§ ’Ëø ∑§Ë ŒÍ⁄UË ∑§Ë •ÊœË „Ò, ∑§Ë ©à∑§ãŒ˝ÃÊ „Ò —
half of the distance between its foci, is :
4 4
(1) (1)
3 3
4 4
(2) (2)
3 3
2 2
(3) (3)
3 3
(4) 3 (4) 3
E E
E E
83. The distance of the point (1, −5, 9) from 83. Á’¥ŒÈ (1, −5, 9) ∑§Ë ‚◊Ã‹ x−y+z=5 ‚ fl„
the plane x−y+z=5 measured along the ŒÍ⁄UË ¡Ê ⁄UπÊ x=y=z ∑§Ë ÁŒ‡ÊÊ ◊¥ ◊Ê¬Ë ªß¸ „Ò, „Ò —
line x=y=z is :
(1) 3 10 (1) 3 10
(2) 10 3 (2) 10 3
10 10
(3) (3)
3 3
20 20
(4) (4)
3 3
x −3 y +2 z + 4 lies in x −3 y +2 z + 4 , ‚◊Ã‹
84. If the line, = = 84. ÿÁŒ ⁄UπÊ = =
2 −1 3 2 −1 3
the plane, lx+my−z=9, then l2+m2 is lx+my−z=9 ◊¥ ÁSÕÃ „Ò, ÃÊ l2+m2 ’⁄UÊ’⁄U „Ò —
equal to :
(1) 26 (1) 26
(2) 18 (2) 18
(3) 5 (3) 5
(4) 2 (4) 2
→ → → → → →
85. Let a , b and c be three unit vectors such 85. ◊ÊŸÊ a, b ÃÕÊ c ÃËŸ ∞‚ ◊ÊòÊ∑§ ‚ÁŒ‡Ê „Ò¥ Á∑§
→  → → 3  → → →  → → 3  → →
that a ×  b × c  =  b + c . If a × b × c =  b + c . „Ò – ÿÁŒ
  2     2  
→ → → → → →
b is not parallel to c , then the angle b , c ∑§ ‚◊Ê¥Ã⁄U Ÿ„Ë¥ „Ò, ÃÊ a ÃÕÊ b ∑§ ’Ëø
→ →
between a and b is : ∑§Ê ∑§ÊáÊ „Ò —
3π 3π
(1) (1)
4 4
π π
(2) (2)
2 2
2π 2π
(3) (3)
3 3
5π 5π
(4) (4)
6 6
E E
E E
86. If the standard deviation of the numbers 86. ÿÁŒ ‚¥ÅÿÊ•Ê¥ 2, 3, a ÃÕÊ 11 ∑§Ê ◊ÊŸ∑§ Áflø‹Ÿ
2, 3, a and 11 is 3.5, then which of the 3.5 „Ò, ÃÊ ÁŸêŸ ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ-‚Ê ‚àÿ „Ò?
following is true ?
(1) 3a 2−26a+55=0 (1) 3a 2−26a+55=0
(2) 3a 2−32a+84=0 (2) 3a 2−32a+84=0
(3) 3a 2−34a+91=0 (3) 3a 2−34a+91=0
(4) 3a 2−23a+44=0 (4) 3a 2−23a+44=0
87. Let two fair six-faced dice A and B be 87. ◊ÊŸÊ ŒÊ •ŸÁ÷ŸÃ ¿U— »§‹∑§Ëÿ ¬Ê‚ A ÃÕÊ B ∞∑§
thrown simultaneously. If E1 is the event ‚ÊÕ ©¿UÊ‹ ªÿ– ◊ÊŸÊ ÉÊ≈UŸÊ E1 ¬Ê‚ A ¬⁄U øÊ⁄U
that die A shows up four, E2 is the event •ÊŸÊ Œ‡ÊÊ¸ÃË „Ò, ÉÊ≈UŸÊ E2 ¬Ê‚ B ¬⁄U 2 •ÊŸÊ Œ‡ÊÊ¸ÃË
that die B shows up two and E3 is the event „Ò ÃÕÊ ÉÊ≈UŸÊ E3 ŒÊŸÊ¥ ¬Ê‚Ê¥ ¬⁄U •ÊŸ flÊ‹Ë ‚¥ÅÿÊ•Ê¥
that the sum of numbers on both dice is ∑§Ê ÿÊª Áfl·◊ Œ‡ÊÊ¸ÃË „Ò, ÃÊ ÁŸêŸ ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ-‚Ê
odd, then which of the following ∑§ÕŸ ‚àÿ Ÿ„Ë¥ „Ò?
statements is NOT true ?
(1) E1 and E2 are independent. (1) E1 ÃÕÊ E2 SflÃ¥òÊ „Ò¥–

(4) E1, E2 and E3 are independent. (4) E1, E2 ÃÕÊ E3 SflÃ¥òÊ „Ò¥–
88. If 0≤x<2π, then the number of real values 88. ÿÁŒ 0≤x<2π „Ò, ÃÊ x ∑§ ©Ÿ flÊSÃÁfl∑§ ◊ÊŸÊ¥ ∑§Ë
of x, which satisfy the equation ‚¥ÅÿÊ ¡Ê ‚◊Ë∑§⁄UáÊ
cosx+cos2x+cos3x+cos4x=0, is : cosx+cos2x+cos3x+cos4x=0 ∑§Ê ‚¥ÃÈc≈U
∑§⁄UÃ „Ò¥, „Ò —
(1) 3 (1) 3
(2) 5 (2) 5
(3) 7 (3) 7
(4) 9 (4) 9
E E
E E
89. A man is walking towards a vertical pillar 89. ∞∑§ √ÿÁÄÃ ∞∑§ ™§äflÊ¸œ⁄U π¥÷ ∑§Ë •Ê⁄U ∞∑§ ‚Ëœ ¬Õ
in a straight path, at a uniform speed. At ¬⁄U ∞∑§ ‚◊ÊŸ øÊ‹ ‚ ¡Ê ⁄U„Ê „Ò– ⁄UÊSÃ ¬⁄U ∞∑§ Á’¥ŒÈ
a certain point A on the path, he observes A ‚ fl„ π¥÷ ∑§ Á‡Êπ⁄U ∑§Ê ©ÛÊÿŸ ∑§ÊáÊ 308 ◊Ê¬ÃÊ
that the angle of elevation of the top of „Ò– A ‚ ©‚Ë ÁŒ‡ÊÊ ◊¥ 10 Á◊Ÿ≈U •ÊÒ⁄U ø‹Ÿ ∑§ ’ÊŒ
the pillar is 308. After walking for 10 Á’¥ŒÈ B ‚ fl„ π¥÷ ∑§ Á‡Êπ⁄U ∑§Ê ©ÛÊÿŸ ∑§ÊáÊ 608
minutes from A in the same direction, at a ¬ÊÃÊ „Ò, ÃÊ B ‚ π¥÷ Ã∑§ ¬„È°øŸ ◊¥ ©‚ ‹ªŸ flÊ‹Ê
point B, he observes that the angle of ‚◊ÿ (Á◊Ÿ≈UÊ¥ ◊¥) „Ò —
elevation of the top of the pillar is 608.
Then the time taken (in minutes) by him,
from B to reach the pillar, is :
(1) 6 (1) 6
(2) 10 (2) 10
(3) 20 (3) 20
(4) 5 (4) 5
90. The Boolean Expression (p∧~q)∨q∨(~p∧q) 90. ’Í‹ ∑§ √ÿ¥¡∑§ (Boolean Expression)
is equivalent to : (p∧~q)∨q∨(~p∧q) ∑§Ê ‚◊ÃÈÀÿ „Ò —
(1) ~p∧q (1) ~p∧q
(2) p∧q (2) p∧q
(3) p∨q (3) p∨q
(4) p∨~q (4) p∨~q
-oOo- -oOo-
E E
E E

1. The candidates should fill in the required particulars 1. ¬⁄UËˇÊÊÁÕ¸ÿÊ¥ ∑§Ê ¬⁄UËˇÊÊ ¬ÈÁSÃ∑§Ê •ÊÒ⁄U ©ûÊ⁄U ¬òÊ (¬ÎD -1) ¬⁄U flÊ¥Á¿UÃ
on the Test Booklet and Answer Sheet (Side–1) with Áflfl⁄UáÊ ŸË‹/∑§Ê‹ ’ÊÚ‹ åflÊß¥≈U ¬Ÿ ‚ „Ë ÷⁄UŸÊ „Ò–
Blue/Black Ball Point Pen.
Answer Sheet, use Blue/Black Ball Point Pen only. ŸË‹/∑§Ê‹ ’ÊÚ‹ åflÊß¥≈U ¬Ÿ ∑§Ê ¬˝ÿÊª ∑§⁄¥U–
3. The candidates should not write their Roll Numbers 3. ¬⁄UËˇÊÊ ¬ÈÁSÃ∑§Ê/©ûÊ⁄U ¬òÊ ¬⁄U ÁŸœÊ¸Á⁄UÃ SÕÊŸ ∑§ •‹ÊflÊ ¬⁄UËˇÊÊÕË¸
‚„Ë „Ò–
5. For each incorrect response, one–fourth (¼) of the total 5. ¬˝àÿ∑§ ª‹Ã ©ûÊ⁄U ∑§ Á‹∞ ©‚ ¬˝‡Ÿ ∑§ Á‹∞ ÁŸœÊ¸Á⁄UÃ ∑È§‹ •¥∑§Ê¥
marks allotted to the question would be deducted from ◊¥ ‚ ∞∑§-øÊÒÕÊß¸ (¼) •¥∑§ ∑È§‹ ÿÊª ◊¥ ‚ ∑§Ê≈U Á‹∞ ¡Ê∞°ª–
the total score. No deduction from the total score, ÿÁŒ ©ûÊ⁄U ¬òÊ ◊¥ Á∑§‚Ë ¬˝‡Ÿ ∑§Ê ∑§Êß¸ ©ûÊ⁄U Ÿ„Ë¥ ÁŒÿÊ ªÿÊ „Ò, ÃÊ
however, will be made if no response is indicated for
an item in the Answer Sheet.
∑È§‹ ÿÊª ◊¥ ‚ ∑§Êß¸ •¥∑§ Ÿ„Ë¥ ∑§Ê≈U ¡Ê∞°ª–
each page and in one page (i.e. Page 39) at the end of
the booklet. ¬ÈÁSÃ∑§Ê ∑§ •¥Ã ◊¥ ∞∑§ ¬ÎD ¬⁄U (¬ÎD 39) ŒË ªß¸ „Ò–
8. On completion of the test, the candidates must hand 8. ¬⁄ËˇÊÊ ‚ê¬ÛÊ „ÊŸ ¬⁄U, ¬⁄UËˇÊÊÕË¸ ∑§ˇÊ/„ÊÚ‹ ¿UÊ«∏Ÿ ‚ ¬Ífl¸ ©ûÊ⁄U ¬òÊ
over the Answer Sheet to the Invigilator on duty in the ∑§ˇÊ ÁŸ⁄UËˇÊ∑§ ∑§Ê •fl‡ÿ ‚ÊÒ¥¬ Œ¥– ¬⁄UËˇÊÊÕË¸ •¬Ÿ ‚ÊÕ ß‚
Room/Hall. However, the candidates are allowed to ¬⁄UËˇÊÊ ¬ÈÁSÃ∑§Ê ∑§Ê ‹ ¡Ê ‚∑§Ã „Ò¥–
9. ◊Ê¥ª ¡ÊŸ ¬⁄U ¬˝àÿ∑§ ¬⁄UËˇÊÊÕË¸ ÁŸ⁄UËˇÊ∑§ ∑§Ê •¬ŸÊ ¬˝fl‡Ê ∑§Ê«¸ •fl‡ÿ
10. No candidate, without special permission of the 10. •œËˇÊ∑§ ÿÊ ÁŸ⁄UËˇÊ∑§ ∑§Ë Áfl‡Ê· •ŸÈ◊ÁÃ ∑§ Á’ŸÊ ∑§Êß¸ ¬⁄UËˇÊÊÕË¸
seat.
¬⁄U ŒÈ’Ê⁄UÊ „SÃÊˇÊ⁄U Á∑§∞ Á’ŸÊ ∑§Êß¸ ¬⁄UËˇÊÊÕË¸ ¬⁄UËˇÊÊ „ÊÚ‹ Ÿ„Ë¥ ¿UÊ«∏¥ª–
Invigilator on duty and sign the Attendance Sheet ÿÁŒ Á∑§‚Ë ¬⁄UËˇÊÊÕË¸ Ÿ ŒÍ‚⁄UË ’Ê⁄U ©¬ÁSÕÁÃ ¬òÊ ¬⁄U „SÃÊˇÊ⁄U Ÿ„Ë¥
Attendance Sheet second time will be deemed not to •ŸÈÁøÃ ‚ÊœŸ ¬˝ÿÊª üÊáÊË ◊¥ ◊ÊŸÊ ¡Ê∞ªÊ– ¬⁄UËˇÊÊÕË¸ •¬Ÿ ’Êÿ¥
prohibited. 13. ¬⁄UËˇÊÊ „ÊÚ‹ ◊¥ •Êø⁄UáÊ ∑§ Á‹∞ ¬⁄UËˇÊÊÕË¸ ¡.∞.’./’Ê«¸U ∑§ ‚÷Ë
Regulations of the JAB/Board with regard to their ‚÷Ë ◊Ê◊‹Ê¥ ∑§Ê »Ò§‚‹Ê ¡.∞.’./’Ê«¸U ∑§ ÁŸÿ◊Ê¥ ∞fl¥ ÁflÁŸÿ◊Ê¥ ∑§
conduct in the Examination Hall. All cases of unfair •ŸÈ‚Ê⁄U „ÊªÊ–
means will be dealt with as per Rules and Regulations
of the JAB/Board. 14. Á∑§‚Ë ÷Ë ÁSÕÁÃ ◊¥ ¬⁄UËˇÊÊ ¬ÈÁSÃ∑§Ê ÃÕÊ ©ûÊ⁄U ¬òÊ ∑§Ê ∑§Êß¸ ÷Ë ÷Êª
detached under any circumstances. 15. ¬⁄UËˇÊÊÕË¸ mÊ⁄UÊ ¬⁄UËˇÊÊ ∑§ˇÊ/„ÊÚ‹ ◊¥ ¬˝fl‡Ê ∑§Ê«¸U ∑§ •‹ÊflÊ
15. Candidates are not allowed to carry any textual Á∑§‚Ë ÷Ë ¬˝∑§Ê⁄U ∑§Ë ¬Ê∆˜Uÿ ‚Ê◊ª˝Ë, ◊ÈÁŒ˝Ã ÿÊ „SÃÁ‹ÁπÃ,
material, printed or written, bits of papers, pager, ∑§Êª¡ ∑§Ë ¬Áø¸ÿÊ°, ¬¡⁄U, ◊Ê’Êß‹ »§ÊŸ ÿÊ Á∑§‚Ë ÷Ë ¬˝∑§Ê⁄U
∑§ ß‹Ä≈˛UÊÚÁŸ∑§ ©¬∑§⁄UáÊÊ¥ ÿÊ Á∑§‚Ë •ãÿ ¬˝∑§Ê⁄U ∑§Ë ‚Ê◊ª˝Ë
room/hall. ∑§Ê ‹ ¡ÊŸ ÿÊ ©¬ÿÊª ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§Ë •ŸÈ◊ÁÃ Ÿ„Ë¥ „Ò–
E/Page 40
E E
JEE Main 2016 Answer Key Paper 1 Offline (April 3) - SET E
Question and Answer Key

Question No. Answer Key Question No. Answer Key Question No. Answer Key
Q1 1 Q31 2 Q61 3
Q2 8 Q32 3 Q62 4
Q3 3 Q33 4 Q63 1
Q4 4 Q34 1 Q64 2
Q5 1 Q35 4 Q65 4
Q6 4 Q36 3 Q66 4
Q7 1 Q37 3 Q67 4
Q8 2 Q38 4 Q68 2
Q9 1 Q39 2 Q69 2
Q10 4 Q40 3 Q70 3
Q11 3 Q41 4 Q71 2
Q12 1 Q42 3 Q72 2
Q13 3 Q43 3 Q73 3
Q14 3 Q44 4 Q74 2
Q15 4 Q45 1 Q75 2
Q16 4 Q46 1 Q76 2
Q17 4 Q47 2 Q77 4
Q18 1 Q48 2 Q78 3
Q19 4 Q49 2 Q79 4
Q20 3 Q50 3 Q80 2
Q21 1 Q51 4 Q81 1
Q22 4 Q52 2 Q82 3
Q23 3 Q53 2 Q83 2
Q24 1 Q54 1 Q84 4
Q25 2 Q55 2 Q85 4
Q26 4 Q56 4 Q86 2
Q27 1 Q57 4 Q87 4
Q28 1 Q58 3 Q88 3
Q29 1 Q59 2 Q89 4
Q30 8 Q60 2 Q90 3
Note:- 8 indicates that answer option 2 and 4 both are correct.
JEE Main 2015 Question Paper 1 Offline (April 4, 2015) - CODE D

§â ÂéçSÌ·¤æ ×ð´ ×éçÎýÌ ÂëcÆ 40 ãñ´Ð LMN
PAPER - 1 : PHYSICS, MATHEMATICS & CHEMISTRY Test Booklet Code
ÂýàÙÂéçSÌ·¤æ - 1 : ÖæñçÌ·¤ çßææÙ, »çæÌ ÌÍæ ÚUâæØÙ çßææÙ ÂÚèÿææ ÂéçSÌ·¤æ â´·ð¤Ì
D
§â ÂÚèÿææ ÂéçSÌ·¤æ ·¤æð ÌÕ Ì·¤ Ù ¹æðÜð´ ÁÕ Ì·¤ ·¤ãæ Ù Áæ°Ð
§â ÂÚèÿææ ÂéçSÌ·¤æ ·ð¤ çÂÀÜð ¥æßÚæ ÂÚ çÎ° »° çÙÎðüàææð´ ·¤æð ØæÙ âð ÂÉ¸ð´Ð
Important Instructions : ×ãßÂêæü çÙÎðüàæ Ñ
1. Immediately fill in the particulars on this page of the Test 1. ÂÚUèÿææ ÂéçSÌ·¤æ ·ð¤ §â ÂëcÆU ÂÚU ¥æßàØ·¤ çßßÚUæ ÙèÜð / ·¤æÜð ÕæòÜ
Booklet with Blue/Black Ball Point Pen. Use of pencil is strictly
prohibited.
ßæ§´ÅU ÂðÙ âð Ì·¤æÜ ÖÚð´Ð ÂðçâÜ ·¤æ ÂýØæð» çÕË·é¤Ü ßçÁüÌ ãñÐ
2. The Answer Sheet is kept inside this Test Booklet. When you 2. ©æÚU Âæ §â ÂÚUèÿææ ÂéçSÌ·¤æ ·ð¤ ¥ÎÚU ÚU¹æ ãñÐ ÁÕ ¥æÂ·¤æð ÂÚUèÿææ ÂéçSÌ·¤æ
are directed to open the Test Booklet, take out the Answer ¹æðÜÙð ·¤æð ·¤ãæ Áæ°, Ìæð ©æÚU Âæ çÙ·¤æÜ ·¤ÚU âæßÏæÙèÂêß·ü ¤ çßßÚUæ ÖÚðÚÐ
Sheet and fill in the particulars carefully. 3. ÂÚUèÿææ ·¤è ¥ßçÏ 3 æ´ÅðU ãñÐ
3. The test is of 3 hours duration.
4. §â ÂÚUèÿææ ÂéçSÌ·¤æ ×ð´ 90 ÂýàÙ ãñ´Ð ¥çÏ·¤Ì× ¥´·¤ 360 ãñ´Ð
marks are 360. 5. §â ÂÚUèÿææ ÂéçSÌ·¤æ ×ð´ ÌèÙ Öæ» A, B, C ãñ´, çÁâ·ð¤ ÂýØð·¤ Öæ» ×ð´
5. There are three parts in the question paper A, B, C ÖæñçÌ·¤ çßææÙ, »çæÌ °ß´ ÚUâæØÙ çßææÙ ·ð¤ 30 ÂýàÙ ãñ´ ¥æñÚU âÖè
consisting of Physics, Mathematics and Chemistry having ÂýàÙæð´ ·ð¤ ¥´·¤ â×æÙ ãñ´Ð ÂýØð·¤ ÂýàÙ ·ð¤ âãè ©æÚU ·ð¤ çÜ° 4 (¿æÚU)
30 questions in each part of equal weightage. Each question
¥´·¤ çÙÏæüçÚUÌ ç·¤Øð »Øð ãñ´Ð
6. Candidates will be awarded marks as stated above in instruction 6. ¥ØçÍüØæð´ ·¤æð ÂýØð·¤ âãè ©æÚU ·ð¤ çÜ° ©ÂÚUæðÌ çÙÎðüàæÙ â´Øæ 5 ·ð¤
No. 5 for correct response of each question. ¼ (one fourth) marks çÙÎðüàææÙéâæÚU ¥´·¤ çÎØð ÁæØð´»ðÐ ÂýØð·¤ ÂýàÙ ·ð¤ »ÜÌ ©æÚU ·ð¤ çÜØð
will be deducted for indicating incorrect response of each question. ¼ ßæ´ Öæ» ·¤æÅU çÜØæ ÁæØð»æÐ ØçÎ ©æÚU Âæ ×ð´ ç·¤âè ÂýàÙ ·¤æ ©æÚU
No deduction from the total score will be made if no response is
Ùãè´ çÎØæ »Øæ ãæð Ìæð ·é¤Ü Âýæ#æ´·¤ âð ·¤æð§ü ·¤ÅUæñÌè Ùãè´ ·¤è ÁæØð»èÐ
7. There is only one correct response for each question. Filling 7. ÂýØð·¤ ÂýàÙ ·¤æ ·ð¤ßÜ °·¤ ãè âãè ©æÚU ãñÐ °·¤ âð ¥çÏ·¤ ©æÚU ÎðÙð ÂÚU
up more than one response in any question will be treated as ©âð »ÜÌ ©æÚU ×æÙæ ÁæØð»æ ¥æñÚU ©ÂÚUæðÌ çÙÎðüàæ 6 ·ð¤ ¥ÙéâæÚU ¥´·¤ ·¤æÅU
wrong response and marks for wrong response will be çÜØð ÁæØð´»ðÐ
8. Use Blue/Black Ball Point Pen only for writing particulars/
8. ©æÚU Âæ ·ð¤ ÂëcÆU-1 °ß´ ÂëcÆU-2 ÂÚU ßæ´çÀUÌ çßßÚUæ °ß´ ©æÚU ¥´ç·¤Ì
marking responses on Side-1 and Side2 of the Answer Sheet. ·¤ÚUÙð ãðÌé ·ð¤ßÜ ÙèÜð/·¤æÜð ÕæòÜ ßæ§´ÅU ÂðÙ ·¤æ ãè ÂýØæð» ·¤ÚðÚÐ
Use of pencil is strictly prohibited. ÂðçâÜ ·¤æ ÂýØæð» çÕË·é¤Ü ßçÁüÌ ãñÐ
9. No candidate is allowed to carry any textual material, printed 9. ÂÚUèÿææÍèü mæÚUæ ÂÚUèÿææ ·¤ÿæ/ãæòÜ ×ð́ Âýßðàæ ·¤æÇüU ·ð¤ ¥Üæßæ ç·¤âè Öè Âý·¤æÚU
or written, bits of papers, pager, mobile phone, any electronic
device, etc. except the Admit Card inside the examination ·¤è ÂæÆ÷UØ âæ×»ýè, ×éçÎýÌ Øæ ãSÌçÜç¹Ì, ·¤æ»Á ·¤è Âç¿üØæ¡, ÂðÁÚU, ×æðÕæ§Ü
room/hall. È¤æðÙ Øæ ç·¤âè Öè Âý·¤æÚU ·ð¤ §ÜðÅþUæòçÙ·¤ ©Â·¤ÚUææð́ Øæ ç·¤âè ¥Ø Âý·¤æÚU ·¤è
10. Rough work is to be done on the space provided for this âæ×»ýè ·¤æð Üð ÁæÙð Øæ ©ÂØæð» ·¤ÚUÙð ·¤è ¥Ùé×çÌ Ùãè´ ãñÐ
purpose in the Test Booklet only. This space is given at the 10. ÚUÈ¤ ·¤æØü ÂÚUèÿææ ÂéçSÌ·¤æ ×ð´ ·ð¤ßÜ çÙÏæüçÚUÌ Á»ã ÂÚU ãè ·¤èçÁ°Ð Øã
bottom of each page and in one page (i.e. Page 39) at the end
of the booklet. Á»ã ÂýØð·¤ ÂëcÆU ÂÚU Ùè¿ð ·¤è ¥æðÚU ¥æñÚU ÂéçSÌ·¤æ ·ð¤ ¥´Ì ×ð´ °·¤ ÂëcÆU ÂÚU
11. On completion of the test, the candidate must hand over the (ÂëcÆU 39) Îè »§ü ãñÐ
Answer Sheet to the Invigilator on duty in the Room/Hall. 11. ÂÚUèÿææ â×æÌ ãæðÙð ÂÚU, ÂÚUèÿææÍèü ·¤ÿæ/ãæòÜ ÀUæðÇ¸Ùð âð Âêßü ©æÚU Âæ ·¤ÿæ
However, the candidates are allowed to take away this Test
Booklet with them.
çÙÚUèÿæ·¤ ·¤æð ¥ßàØ âæñ´Â Îð´Ð ÂÚUèÿææÍèü ¥ÂÙð âæÍ §â ÂÚUèÿææ ÂéçSÌ·¤æ
12. The CODE for this Booklet is D. Make sure that the CODE
·¤æð Üð Áæ â·¤Ìð ãñ´Ð
printed on Side2 of the Answer Sheet and also tally the 12. §â ÂéçSÌ·¤æ ·¤æ â´·ð¤Ì D ãñÐ Øã âéçÙçà¿Ì ·¤ÚU Üð´ ç·¤ §â ÂéçSÌ·¤æ ·¤æ
serial number of the Test Booklet and Answer Sheet are the â´·ð¤Ì, ©æÚU Âæ ·ð¤ ÂëcÆU-2 ÂÚU ÀUÂð â´·ð¤Ì âð ç×ÜÌæ ãñ ¥æñÚU Øã Öè
same as that on this booklet. In case of discrepancy, the âéçÙçà¿Ì ·¤ÚU Üð´ ç·¤ ÂÚUèÿææ ÂéçSÌ·¤æ, ©æÚU Âæ ÂÚU ·ý¤× â´Øæ ç×ÜÌè ãñÐ
candidate should immediately report the matter to the
Invigilator for replacement of both the Test Booklet and the
¥»ÚU Øã çÖóæ ãæð Ìæð ÂÚUèÿææÍèü ÎêâÚUè ÂÚUèÿææ ÂéçSÌ·¤æ ¥æñÚU ©æÚU Âæ ÜðÙð
Answer Sheet. ·ð¤ çÜ° çÙÚUèÿæ·¤ ·¤æð ÌéÚUÌ ¥ß»Ì ·¤ÚUæ°¡Ð
13. Do not fold or make any stray mark on the Answer Sheet. 13. ©æÚU Âæ ·¤æð Ù ×æðÇ¸ð´ °ß´ Ù ãè ©â ÂÚU ¥Ø çÙàææÙ Ü»æ°¡Ð
ÂÚèÿææÍèü ·¤æ Ùæ× (ÕÇ¸ð ¥ÿæÚæð´ ×ð´) Ñ
¥Ùé·¤ý ×æ´·¤ Ñ ¥´·¤æð´ ×ð´
: in words
Ñ àæÎæð´ ×ð´
ÂÚèÿææ ·ð¤Îý ÙÕÚU Ñ
ÂÚUèÿææ ·ð¤Îý ·¤æ Ùæ× (ÕÇ¸ð ¥ÿæÚUæð´ ×ð´ ) Ñ
Candidates Signature : 1. Invigilators Signature :
ÂÚèÿææÍèü ·ð¤ ãSÌæÿæÚ Ñ çÙÚèÿæ·¤ ·ð¤ ãSÌæÿæÚ Ñ
2. Invigilators Signature :
çÙÚèÿæ·¤ ·ð¤ ãSÌæÿæÚ Ñ
PART A PHYSICS Öæ» A ÖæñçÌ·¤ çßææÙ
1. Distance of the centre of mass of a solid 1. ç·¤âè °·¤â×æÙ ÆUæðâ àæ´·é¤ ·ð¤ ÎýÃØ×æÙ ·ð¤Îý ·¤è
uniform cone from its vertex is z0. If the ©â·ð¤ àæèáü âð ÎêÚUè z0 ãñÐ ØçÎ àæ´·é¤ ·ð¤ ¥æÏæÚU ·¤è
radius of its base is R and its height is h çæØæ R ÌÍæ àæ´·é¤ ·¤è ª¡¤¿æ§ü h ãæð Ìæð z0 ·¤æ ×æÙ
then z0 is equal to : çÙÙæ´ç·¤Ì ×ð´ âð ç·¤â·ð¤ ÕÚUæÕÚU ãæð»æ?
5h 5h
(1) (1)
8 8
3h 2 3h 2
(2) (2)
8R 8R
h2 h2
(3) (3)
4R 4R
3h 3h
(4) (4)
4 4
2. A red LED emits light at 0.1 watt uniformly 2. °·¤ ÜæÜ ÚÚ» ·¤æ °Ü.§ü.ÇUè. (Âý·¤æàæ ©âÁü·¤ ÇUæØæðÇU)
around it. The amplitude of the electric 0.1 ßæÅU ÂÚU, °·¤â×æÙ Âý·¤æàæ ©âçÁüÌ ·¤ÚUÌæ ãñÐ
field of the light at a distance of 1 m from ÇUæØæðÇU âð 1 m ÎêÚUè ÂÚU, §â Âý·¤æàæ ·ð¤ çßléÌ ÿæðæ ·¤æ
the diode is : ¥æØæ× ãæð»æ Ñ
(1) 5.48 V/m (1) 5.48 V/m
(2) 7.75 V/m (2) 7.75 V/m
(3) 1.73 V/m (3) 1.73 V/m
(4) 2.45 V/m (4) 2.45 V/m
D/Page 2 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ÚUÈ¤ ·¤æØü ·ð¤ çÜ° Á»ã
3. A pendulum made of a uniform wire of 3. ç·¤âè °·¤â×æÙ ÌæÚU ·¤è ¥ÙéÂýSÍ·¤æÅU ·¤æ ÿæðæÈ¤Ü
cross sectional area A has time period T. A ãñÐ §ââð ÕÙæØð »Øð °·¤ ÜæðÜ·¤ ·¤æ ¥æßÌü·¤æÜ
When an additional mass M is added to T ãñÐ §â ÜæðÜ·¤ ·ð¤ »æðÜ·¤ âð °·¤ ¥çÌçÚUÌ M
its bob, the time period changes to TM. If ÎýÃØ×æÙ ÁæðÇ¸ ÎðÙð âð ÜæðÜ·¤ ·¤æ ¥æßÌü·¤æÜ ÂçÚUßçÌüÌ
the Youngs modulus of the material of the ãæð·¤ÚU TM ãæð ÁæÌæ ãñÐ ØçÎ §â ÌæÚU ·ð¤ ÂÎæÍü ·¤æ Ø´»
1 1
wire is Y then
Y
is equal to : »éææ´·¤ Y ãæð Ìæð Y
·¤æ ×æÙ ãæð»æ Ñ
(g5gravitational acceleration) (g5»éL¤ßèØ ßÚUæ)
 2  2
T  A T  A
(1) 1 2  M   (1) 1 2  M  
  T   Mg   T   Mg
 2  2
 T  A  T  A
(2) 1 2    (2) 1 2   
  TM   Mg   TM   Mg
   
 TM 2  A  TM 2  A
 
(3)   21 (3)   21 
 T   Mg  T   Mg
 TM 2  Mg  TM 2  Mg
 
(4)   21  (4)   2 1 
 T   A  T   A
4. For a simple pendulum, a graph is plotted 4. ç·¤âè âÚUÜ ÜæðÜ·¤ ·ð¤ çÜØð, ©â·ð¤ çßSÍæÂÙ d ÌÍæ
between its kinetic energy (KE) and ©â·¤è »çÌÁ ª¤Áæü ·ð¤ Õè¿ ¥æñÚU çßSÍæÂÙ d ÌÍæ
potential energy (PE) against its ©â·¤è çSÍçÌÁ ª¤Áæü ·ð¤ Õè¿ »ýæÈ¤ ¹è´¿ð »Øð ãñ´Ð
displacement d. Which one of the çÙÙæ´ç·¤Ì ×ð´ âð ·¤æñÙ âæ »ýæÈ¤ (¥æÜð¹) âãè ãñ?
following represents these correctly ? (Øãæ¡ »ýæÈ¤ ·ð¤ßÜ ÃØßSÍæ ¥æÚðU¹ ãñ´ ¥æñÚU S·ð¤Ü ·ð¤
(graphs are schematic and not drawn to scale) ¥ÙéâæÚU Ùãè´ ãñ´)
(1) (1)
(2) (2)
(3) (3)
(4) (4)
5. A train is moving on a straight track with 5. °·¤ ÅþðUÙ (ÚðUÜ»æÇ¸è) âèÏè ÂÅUçÚUØæð´ ÂÚU 20 ms21 ·¤è
speed 20 ms21. It is blowing its whistle at ¿æÜ âð »çÌ ·¤ÚU ÚUãè ãñÐ §â·¤è âèÅUè ·¤è ßçÙ ·¤è
the frequency of 1000 Hz. The percentage ¥æßëçæ 1000 Hz ãñÐ ØçÎ ßçÙ ·¤è ßæØé ×ð´ ¿æÜ
change in the frequency heard by a person 320 ms21 ãæð Ìæð, ÂÅUçÚUØæð´ ·ð¤ çÙ·¤ÅU ¹Ç¸ð ÃØçÌ ·ð¤
standing near the track as the train passes Âæâ âð ÅþðUÙ ·ð¤ »éÁÚUÙð ÂÚU, ©â ÃØçÌ mæÚUæ âéÙè »§ü
him is (speed of sound5320 ms21) close âèÅUè ·¤è ßçÙ ·¤è ¥æßëçæ ×ð´ ÂýçÌàæÌ ÂçÚUßÌüÙ ãæð»æ
to : Ü»Ö» Ñ
(1) 18% (1) 18%
(2) 24% (2) 24%
(3) 6% (3) 6%
(4) 12% (4) 12%
6. When 5V potential difference is applied 6. 0.1 m Ü´Õð ç·¤âè ÌæÚU ·ð¤ çâÚUæð´ ·ð¤ Õè¿ 5V çßÖßæ´ÌÚUU
across a wire of length 0.1 m, the drift ¥æÚUæðçÂÌ ·¤ÚUÙð âð §ÜðÅþUæòÙæð´ ·¤è ¥Âßæã ¿æÜ
speed of electrons is 2.531024 ms21. If 2.531024 ms21 ãæðÌè ãñÐ ØçÎ §â ÌæÚU ×ð´ §ÜðÅþUæòÙ
the electron density in the wire is æÙß 831028 m23 ãæð Ìæð, §â ·ð¤ ÂÎæÍü ·¤è
831028 m23, the resistivity of the material ÂýçÌÚUæðÏ·¤Ìæ ãæð»è, Ü»Ö» Ñ
is close to :
(1) 1.631026 Vm (1) 1.631026 Vm
(2) 1.631025 Vm (2) 1.631025 Vm
(3) 1.631028 Vm (3) 1.631028 Vm
(4) 1.631027 Vm (4) 1.631027 Vm
7. 7.
Two long current carrying thin wires, both Îæð ÂÌÜð ÜÕð ÌæÚUæð´ ×ð´ ÂýØð·¤ âð I ÏæÚUæ ÂýßæçãÌ ãæð ÚUãè
with current I, are held by insulating ãñÐ §ãð´ L ÜÕæ§ü ·ð¤ çßléÌÚUæðÏè Ïæ»æð´ âð ÜÅU·¤æØæ
threads of length L and are in equilibrium »Øæ ãñÐ §Ù Ïæ»æð´ ×ð´ ÂýØð·¤ ·ð¤ mæÚUæ ª¤ßæüÏÚU çÎàææ âð
as shown in the figure, with threads u ·¤æðæ ÕÙæÙð ·¤è çSÍçÌ ×ð´, Øð ÎæðÙæð´ ÌæÚU âæØæßSÍæ
making an angle u with the vertical. If ×ð´ ÚUãÌð ãñ´Ð ØçÎ §Ù ÌæÚUæð´ ·¤è ÂýçÌ §·¤æ§ü ÜÕæ§ü
wires have mass l per unit length then the ÎýÃØ×æÙ l ãñ ÌÍæ g »éL¤ßèØ ßÚUæ ãñ Ìæð, I ·¤æ ×æÙ
value of I is : ãæð»æ Ñ
(g5gravitational acceleration)
pgL pgL
(1) 2 tan u (1) 2 tan u
m0 m0
plgL plgL
(2) tan u (2) tan u
m0 m0
plgL plgL
(3) sinu (3) sinu
m0 cosu m0 cosu
plgL plgL
(4) 2sinu (4) 2sinu
m0 cosu m0 cosu
8. 8.
In the circuit shown, the current in the 1V ÎàææüØð »Øð ÂçÚUÂÍ ×ð´ 1V ÂýçÌÚUæðÏ·¤ âð ÂýßæçãÌ ÏæÚUæ
resistor is : ãæð»è Ñ
(1) 0.13 A, from Q to P (1) 0.13 A, Q âð P ·¤æð
(2) 0.13 A, from P to Q (2) 0.13 A, P âð Q ·¤æð
(3) 1.3 A, from P to Q (3) 1.3 A, P âð Q ·¤è ¥æðÚU
(4) 0A (4) 0 (àæêØ) A
9. Assuming human pupil to have a radius 9. ØçÎ ×æÙß Ùðæ ·¤è ÂéÌÜè ·¤è çæØæ 0.25 cm, ¥æñÚU
of 0.25 cm and a comfortable viewing SÂcÅU âéçßÏæ ÁÙ·¤ Îð¹Ùð ·¤è ÎêÚUè 25 cm ãæð Ìæð,
distance of 25 cm, the minimum separation 500 nm ÌÚÚ»ÎñØü ·ð¤ Âý·¤æàæ ×ð´, Îæð ßSÌé¥æð´ ·ð¤ Õè¿
between two objects that human eye can ç·¤ÌÙè ØêÙÌ× ÎêÚUè Ì·¤ ×æÙß Ùðæ ©Ù ÎæðÙæð´ ·ð¤ Õè¿
resolve at 500 nm wavelength is : çßÖðÎÙ ·¤ÚU â·ð¤»æ?
(1) 100 mm (1) 100 mm
(2) 300 mm (2) 300 mm
(3) 1 mm (3) 1 mm
(4) 30 mm (4) 30 mm
10. An inductor (L50.03H) and a resistor 10. ÎàææüØð »Øð ÂçÚUÂÍ ×ð´, °·¤ ÂýðÚU·¤ (L50.03H) ÌÍæ
(R50.15 kV) are connected in series to a °·¤ ÂýçÌÚUæðÏ·¤ (R50.15 kV) ç·¤âè 15V çßléÌ
battery of 15V EMF in a circuit shown ßæã·¤ ÕÜ (§ü.°×.°È¤) ·¤è ÕñÅUÚUè âð ÁéÇ¸ð ãñ´Ð ·é´¤Áè
below. The key K1 has been kept closed K1 ·¤æð ÕãéÌ â×Ø Ì·¤ ÕÎ ÚU¹æ »Øæ ãñÐ §â·ð¤
for a long time. Then at t50, K1 is opened Âà¿æÌ÷ â×Ø t50 ÂÚU, K1 ·¤æð ¹æðÜ ·¤ÚU âæÍ ãè
and key K 2 is closed simultaneously. âæÍ, K2 ·¤æð ÕÎ ç·¤Øæ ÁæÌæ ãñÐ â×Ø t51ms
At t51ms, the current in the circuit will ÂÚU, ÂçÚUÂÍ ×ð´ çßléÌ ÏæÚUæ ãæð»è Ñ (e5@150)
be : (e5@150)
(1) 6.7 mA (1) 6.7 mA

(2) 0.67 mA (2) 0.67 mA
(3) 100 mA (3) 100 mA
(4) 67 mA (4) 67 mA
11. An LCR circuit is equivalent to a damped 11. LCR (°Ü.âè.¥æÚU) ÂçÚUÂÍ ç·¤âè ¥ß×´çÎÌ ÜæðÜ·¤
pendulum. In an LCR circuit the capacitor ·ð¤ ÌéËØ ãæðÌæ ãñÐ ç·¤âè LCR ÂçÚUÂÍ ×ð´ â´ÏæçÚUæ ·¤æð
is charged to Q0 and then connected to Q0 Ì·¤ ¥æßðçàæÌ ç·¤Øæ »Øæ ãñ, ¥æñÚU çÈ¤ÚU §âð ¥æÚðU¹
the L and R as shown below : ×ð´ ÎàææüØð »Øð ¥ÙéâæÚU L ß R âð ÁæðÇ¸æ »Øæ ãñÐ
If a student plots graphs of the square of ØçÎ °·¤ çßlæÍèü L ·ð¤, Îæð çßçÖóæ ×æÙæð´, L1 ÌÍæ L2
2
maximum charge ( QMax ) on the capacitor (L 1 >L 2 ) ·ð ¤ çÜØð , â×Ø t ÌÍæ â´ Ï æçÚU æ ÂÚU
with time(t) for two different values L1 and ¥çÏ·¤Ì× ¥æßðàæ ·ð¤ ß»ü QMax 2
·ð¤ Õè¿ Îæð »ýæÈ¤
L2 (L1>L2) of L then which of the following
ÕÙæÌæ ãñ Ìæð çÙÙæ´ç·¤Ì ×ð´ âð ·¤æñÙ âæ »ýæÈ¤ âãè ãñ?
represents this graph correctly ? (plots are
(ÜæòÅU ·ð¤ßÜ ÃØßSÍæ ÜæòÅU ãñ´ ÌÍæ S·ð¤Ü ·ð¤ ¥ÙéâæÚU
schematic and not drawn to scale)
Ùãè´ ãñ´)
(1)
(1)
(2)
(2)
(3)
(3)
(4)
(4)
12. In the given circuit, charge Q2 on the 2mF 12. çÎØð »Øð ÂçÚUÂÍ ×ð´, C ·ð¤ ×æÙ ·ð¤ 1mF âð 3mF
capacitor changes as C is varied from 1mF ÂçÚUßçÌüÌ ãæðÙð âð, 2mF â´ÏæçÚUæ ÂÚU ¥æßðàæ Q2 ×ð´
to 3mF. Q2 as a function of C is given ÂçÚUßÌüÙ ãæðÌæ ãñÐ C ·ð¤ È¤ÜÙ ·ð¤ M¤Â ×ð´ Q2 ·¤æð
properly by : (figures are drawn schematically ·¤æñÙ âæ ¥æÜð¹ âãè ÎàææüÌæ ãñ? (¥æÜð¹ ·ð¤ßÜ
and are not to scale) ÃØßSÍæ ¥æÚðU¹ ãñ´ ¥æñÚU S·ð¤Ü ·ð¤ ¥ÙéâæÚU Ùãè´ ãñ´Ð)
(1) (1)
(2) (2)
(3) (3)
(4) (4)
13. From a solid sphere of mass M and radius 13. ç·¤âè ÆUæðâ »æðÜð ·¤æ ÎýÃØ×æÙ M ÌÍæ §â·¤è çæØæ
R a cube of maximum possible volume is R ãñÐ §â×ð´ âð ¥çÏ·¤Ì× â´Öß ¥æØÌÙ ·¤æ °·¤
cut. Moment of inertia of cube about an ØêÕ (æÙ) ·¤æÅU çÜØæ ÁæÌæ ãñÐ §â ØêÕ ·¤æ
axis passing through its center and ÁÇ¸ß ¥ææêæü ç·¤ÌÙæ ãæð»æ, ØçÎ, §â·¤è æêæüÙ-¥ÿæ,
perpendicular to one of its faces is : §â·ð¤ ·ð¤Îý âð ãæð·¤ÚU »é$ÁÚUÌè ãñ ÌÍæ §â·ð¤ ç·¤âè °·¤
È¤Ü·¤ ·ð¤ ÜÕßÌ÷U ãñ?
4MR 2 4MR 2
(1) (1)
9 3p 9 3p
4MR 2 4MR 2
(2) (2)
3 3p 3 3p
MR 2 MR 2
(3) (3)
32 2p 32 2p
MR 2 MR 2
(4) (4)
16 2p 16 2p
L
14. The period of oscillation of a simple 14. ç·¤âè âÚUÜ ÜæðÜ·¤ ·¤æ ¥æßÌü, T 5 2p ãñÐ
g
L
pendulum is T 5 2p . Measured value
g L ·¤æ ×æçÂÌ ×æÙ 20.0 cm ãñ, çÁâ·¤è ØÍæÍüÌæ
of L is 20.0 cm known to 1 mm accuracy 1 mm ãñÐ §â ÜæðÜ·¤ ·ð¤ 100 ÎæðÜÙæð´ ·¤æ â×Ø
and time for 100 oscillations of the 90 s ãñ, çÁâð 1s çßÖðÎÙ ·¤è æÇ¸è âð ÙæÂæ »Øæ ãñÐ Ìæð,
pendulum is found to be 90 s using a wrist g ·ð¤ çÙÏæüÚUæ ×ð´ ØÍæÍüÌæ ãæð»è Ñ
watch of 1s resolution. The accuracy in
the determination of g is :
(1) 1% (1) 1%
(2) 5% (2) 5%
(3) 2% (3) 2%
(4) 3% (4) 3%
15. On a hot summer night, the refractive 15. »ýèc× «¤Ìé ·¤è »×ü ÚUæçæ ×ð´, Öê-ÌÜ ·ð¤ çÙ·¤ÅU, ßæØé ·¤æ
index of air is smallest near the ground and ¥ÂßÌüÙæ´·¤ ØêÙÌ× ãæðÌæ ãñ ¥æñÚU Öê-ÌÜ âð ª¡¤¿æ§ü ·ð¤
increases with height from the ground. âæÍ ÕÉ¸Ìæ ÁæÌæ ãñÐ ØçÎ, ·¤æð§ü Âý·¤æàæ-ç·¤ÚUæ-Â´éÁ
When a light beam is directed horizontally, ÿæñçÌÁ çÎàææ ×ð´ Áæ ÚUãæ ãæð Ìæð, ãæ§»ðâ ·ð¤ çâhæÌ âð
the Huygens principle leads us to conclude Øã ÂçÚUææ× Âý æ Ì ãæð Ì æ ãñ ç·¤, ¿ÜÌð ãé °
that as it travels, the light beam : Âý·¤æàæ-ç·¤ÚUæ Â´éÁ Ñ
(1) bends downwards (1) Ùè¿ð ·¤è ¥æðÚU Ûæé·¤ ÁæØð»æÐ
(2) bends upwards (2) ª¤ÂÚU ·¤è ¥æðÚU Ûæé·¤ ÁæØð»æÐ
(3) becomes narrower (3) â´·é¤ç¿Ì (â´·¤èæü) ãæð ÁæØð»æÐ
(4) goes horizontally without any (4) çÕÙæ çßÿæðçÂÌ ãé°, ÿæñçÌÁ çÎàææ ×ð´ ¿ÜÌæ
deflection ÚUã»ð æÐ
16. A signal of 5 kHz frequency is amplitude 16. 5 kHz ¥æßëçæ ·ð¤ ç·¤âè â´·ð¤Ì (çâÙÜ) ·¤æ
modulated on a carrier wave of frequency 2 MHz ¥æßëçæ ·¤è ßæã·¤ ÌÚÚ» ÂÚU ¥æØæ× ×æòÇéUÜÙ
2 MHz. The frequencies of the resultant ç·¤Øæ »Øæ ãñÐ Ìæð, ÂçÚUææ×è çâÙÜ (â´·ð¤Ì) ·¤è
signal is/are : ¥æßëçæ ãæð»è Ñ
(1) 2005 kHz, 2000 kHz and 1995 kHz (1) 2005 kHz, 2000 kHz ÌÍæ 1995 kHz
(2) 2000 kHz and 1995 kHz (2) 2000 kHz ÌÍæ 1995 kHz
(3) 2 MHz only (3) 2 MHz ·ð¤ßÜ
(4) 2005 kHz, and 1995 kHz (4) 2005 kHz, ÌÍæ 1995 kHz
17. A solid body of constant heat capacity 17. °·¤ ÆUæðâ çÂ´ÇU (ßSÌé) ·¤è çSÍÚU ª¤c×æ ÏæçÚUÌæ
1 J/8C is being heated by keeping it in 1 J/8C ãñÐ §â·¤æð ª¤c×·¤æð´ (ª¤c×æ Ö´ÇUæÚUæð´) ·ð¤ âÂ·ü¤
contact with reservoirs in two ways : ×ð´ ÚU¹·¤ÚU çÙÙ Îæð Âý·¤æÚU âð »×ü ç·¤Øæ ÁæÌæ ãñ,
(i) Sequentially keeping in contact with (i) ¥Ùé·ý¤ç×·¤ M¤Â âð 2 ª¤c×·¤æð´ ·ð¤ âÂ·ü¤ ×ð´
2 reservoirs such that each reservoir §â Âý·¤æÚU ÚU¹·¤ÚU ç·¤ ÂýØð·¤ ª¤c×·¤ â×æÙ
supplies same amount of heat. ×æææ ×ð´ ª¤c×æ ÎðÌæ ãñ,
(ii) Sequentially keeping in contact with (ii) ¥Ùé·ý¤ç×·¤ M¤Â âð 8 ª¤c×·¤æð´ ·ð¤ âÂ·ü¤ ×ð´
8 reservoirs such that each reservoir §â Âý·¤æÚU ÚU¹·¤ÚU ç·¤ ÂýØð·¤ ª¤c×·¤ â×æÙ
supplies same amount of heat. ×æææ ×ð´ ª¤c×æ ÎðÌæ ãñ,
In both the cases body is brought from ÎæðÙæð´ çSÍçÌØæð´ ×ð´ çÂ´ÇU ·¤æ ÂýæÚÚçÖ·¤ ÌæÂ 1008C ÌÍæ
initial temperature 1008C to final ¥çÌ× ÌæÂ 2008C ãñÐ Ìæð, §Ù Îæð çSÍçÌØæð´ ×ð´ çÂ´ÇU
temperature 2008C. Entropy change of the ·¤è °ÅþUæòÂè ×ð´ ÂçÚUßÌüÙ ãæð»æ, ·ý¤×àæÑ
body in the two cases respectively is :
(1) ln2, 2ln2 (1) ln2, 2ln2
(2) 2ln2, 8ln2 (2) 2ln2, 8ln2
(3) ln2, 4ln2 (3) ln2, 4ln2
(4) ln2, ln2 (4) ln2, ln2
18. Consider a spherical shell of radius R at 18. ç·¤âè »æðÜèØ ·¤æðàæ (àæñÜ) ·¤è çæØæ R ãñ ¥æñÚU §â·¤æ
temperature T. The black body radiation ÌæÂ T ãñÐ §â·ð¤ ÖèÌÚU ·ë¤çcæ·¤æ çßç·¤ÚUææð´ ·¤æð È¤æðÅUæòÙæð´
inside it can be considered as an ideal gas ·¤è °·¤ °ðâè ¥æÎàæü »ñâ ×æÙæ Áæ â·¤Ìæ ãñ çÁâ·¤è
of photons with internal energy per unit U
ÂýçÌ §·¤æ§ü ¥æØÌÙ ¥æÌçÚU·¤ ª¤Áæü, u5 ; T4
U V
volume u5 ; T4 and pressure
V 1 U
ÌÍæ ÎæÕ, p5   ãñÐ
3 V
ØçÎ §â ·¤æðàæ ×ð́ L¤Î÷Ïæðc×
1 U
p 5   . If the shell now undergoes
3 V ÂýâæÚU ãæð Ìæð, T ÌÍæ R ·ð¤ Õè¿ â´Õ´Ï ãæð»æ Ñ
an adiabatic expansion the relation
between T and R is :
1 1
(1) T; (1) T;
R R
1 1
(2) T; 3 (2) T;
R R3
(3) T ; e2R (3) T ; e2R
(4) T ; e23R (4) T ; e23R
19. Two stones are thrown up simultaneously 19. ç·¤âè 240 m ª¡¤¿è ¿æðÅUè ·ð¤ °·¤ ç·¤ÙæÚðU âð, Îæð
from the edge of a cliff 240 m high with ÂÍÚUæð´ ·¤æð °·¤âæÍ ª¤ÂÚU ·¤è ¥æðÚU Èð´¤·¤æ »Øæ ãñ, §Ù·¤è
initial speed of 10 m/s and 40 m/s ÂýæÚÚçÖ·¤ ¿æÜ ·ý¤×àæÑ 10 m/s ÌÍæ 40 m/s ãñ, Ìæð,
respectively. Which of the following graph çÙÙæ´ç·¤Ì ×ð´ âð ·¤æñÙâæ »ýæÈ¤ (¥æÜð¹) ÂãÜð ÂÍÚU
best represents the time variation of ·ð¤ âæÂðÿæ ÎêâÚðU ÂÍÚU ·¤è çSÍçÌ ·ð¤ â×Ø çß¿ÚUæ
relative position of the second stone with (ÂçÚUßÌüÙ) ·¤æð âßæüçÏ·¤ âãè ÎàææüÌæ ãñ?
respect to the first ?
(Assume stones do not rebound after (×æÙ ÜèçÁ° ç·¤, ÂÍÚU Á×èÙ âð ÅU·¤ÚUæÙð ·ð¤ Âà¿æÌ
hitting the ground and neglect air ª¤ÂÚU ·¤è ¥æðÚU Ùãè´ ©ÀUÜÌð ãñ´ ÌÍæ ßæØé ·¤æ ÂýçÌÚUæðÏ
resistance, take g510 m/s2) Ù»Ø ãñ, çÎØæ ãñ g510 m/s2)
(The figures are schematic and not drawn to (Øãæ¡ »ýæÈ¤ ·ð¤ßÜ ÃØßSÍæ ¥æÚðU¹ ãñ´ ¥æñÚU S·ð¤Ü ·ð¤
scale) ¥ÙéâæÚU Ùãè´ ãñ´)
(1) (1)
(2) (2)
(3) (3)
(4) (4)
20. A uniformly charged solid sphere of radius 20. R çæØæ ·ð¤ ç·¤âè °·¤â×æÙ ¥æßðçàæÌ ÆUæðâ »æðÜð ·ð¤
R has potential V0 (measured with respect ÂëcÆU ·¤æ çßÖß V0 ãñ (: ·ð¤ âæÂðÿæ ×æÂæ »Øæ)Ð §â
to :) on its surface. For this sphere the 3V0 5V0 3V0 V0
equipotential surfaces with potentials
»æðÜð ·ð¤ çÜØð, , , ÌÍæ çßÖßæð´
2 4 4 4
3V0 5V0 3V0 V ßæÜð â×çßÖßè Âë c ÆU æ ð ´ ·¤è çæØæØð ´ , ·ý ¤ ×àæÑ
, , and 0 have radius R1,
2 4 4 4 R1, R2, R3 ÌÍæ R4 ãñ´Ð Ìæð,
R2, R3 and R4 respectively. Then
(1) R150 and R2 < (R42R3) (1) R150 ÌÍæ R2 < (R42R3)
(2) 2R < R4 (2) 2R < R4
(3) R150 and R2 > (R42R3) (3) R150 ÌÍæ R2 > (R42R3)
(4) R1 ¹ 0 and (R22R1) > (R42R3) (4) R1 ¹ 0 ÌÍæ (R22R1) > (R42R3)
21. Monochromatic light is incident on a glass 21. ·¤æ¡¿ ·ð¤ ç·¤âè çÂý× ·¤æ ·¤æðæ A ãñÐ §â ÂÚU
prism of angle A. If the refractive index of °·¤ßæèü Âý·¤æàæ ¥æÂçÌÌ ãæðÌæ ãñÐ ØçÎ, çÂý× ·ð¤
the material of the prism is m, a ray, ÂÎæÍü ·¤æ ¥ÂßÌüÙæ´·¤ m ãñ Ìæð, çÂý× ·ð¤ AB È¤Ü·¤
incident at an angle u, on the face AB ÂÚU, u ·¤æðæ ¥æÂçÌÌ Âý·¤æàæ ·¤è ç·¤ÚUæ, çÂý× ·ð¤
would get transmitted through the face AC È¤Ü·¤ AC âð ÂæÚU»Ì ãæð»è ØçÎ Ñ
of the prism provided :
   1      1  
(1) u > cos21 m sin  A 1 sin21     (1) u > cos21 m sin  A 1 sin21    
   m       m   
   1      1  
(2) u < cos21 m sin  A 1 sin21     (2) u < cos21 m sin  A 1 sin21    
   m       m   
   1      1  
(3) u > sin21 m sin  A 2 sin21     (3) u > sin21 m sin  A 2 sin21    
   m       m   
   1      1  
(4) u < sin21 m sin  A 2 sin21     (4) u < sin21 m sin  A 2 sin21    
   m       m   
22. A rectangular loop of sides 10 cm and 22. 10 cm ÌÍæ 5 cm ÖéÁæ¥æð´ ·ð¤ °·¤ ¥æØÌæ·¤æÚU ÜêÂ
5 cm carrying a current I of 12 A is placed (Âæàæ) âð °·¤ çßléÌ ÏæÚUæ, I 5 12 A, ÂýßæçãÌ ãæðU
in different orientations as shown in the ÚUãè ãñÐ §â Âæàæ ·¤æð ¥æÚðU¹ ×ð´ ÎàææüØð »Øð ¥ÙéâæÚU
figures below : çßçÖóæ ¥çÖçßØæâæð´ (çSÍçÌØæð´) ×ð´ ÚU¹æ »Øæ ãñÐ
(a) (a)
(b) (b)
(c) (c)
(d) (d)
If there is a uniform magnetic field of ØçÎ ßãæ¡ 0.3 T ÌèßýÌæ ·¤æ ·¤æð§ü °·¤â×æÙ ¿éÕ·¤èØ
0.3 T in the positive z direction, in which ÿæðæ, ÏÙæ×·¤ z çÎàææ ×ð´ çßl×æÙ ãñ Ìæð, ÎàææüØð »Øð
orientations the loop would be in (i) stable ç·¤â ¥çÖçßØæâ ×ð´, Øã Âæàæ (ÜêÂ) (i) SÍæØè
equilibrium and (ii) unstable equilibrium ? â´ÌéÜÙ ÌÍæ (ii) ¥SÍæØè â´ÌéÜÙ ×ð´, ãæð»æ?
(1) (b) and (d), respectively (1) ·ý¤×àæÑ (b) ÌÍæ (d) ×ð´
(2) (b) and (c), respectively (2) ·ý¤×àæÑ (b) ÌÍæ (c) ×ð´
(3) (a) and (b), respectively (3) ·ý¤×àæÑ (a) ÌÍæ (b) ×ð´
(4) (a) and (c), respectively (4) ·ý¤×àæÑ (a) ÌÍæ (c) ×ð´
23. Two coaxial solenoids of different radii 23. Îæð â×æÿæè ÂçÚUÙæçÜ·¤æ¥æð´ ×ð´, ÂýØð·¤ âð I ÏæÚUæ °·¤ ãè
carry current I in the same direction. Let çÎàææ ×ð´ ÂýßæçãÌ ãæð ÚUãè ãñÐ ØçÎ, ÕæãÚUè ÂçÚUÙæçÜ·¤æ
→ ·ð¤ ·¤æÚUæ, ÖèÌÚUè ÂçÚUÙæçÜ·¤æ ÂÚU ¿éÕ·¤èØ ÕÜ
F1 be the magnetic force on the inner →
→ F1 ÌÍæ ÖèÌÚUè ÂçÚUÙæçÜ·¤æ ·ð¤ ·¤æÚUæ, ÕæãÚUè ÂçÚUÙæçÜ·¤æ
solenoid due to the outer one and F2 be
→
the magnetic force on the outer solenoid ÂÚU ¿éÕ·¤èØ ÕÜ F2 ãæð Ìæð Ñ
due to the inner one. Then :
→ → → →
(1) F1 is radially inwards and F2 50 (1) F1 ÖèÌÚU ·¤è ¥æðÚU ß ¥ÚUèØ ãñ ÌÍæ F2 50
ãñÐ
→ → → →
(2) F1 is radially outwards and F2 50 (2) F1 ÕæãÚU ·¤è ¥æðÚU ß ¥ÚUèØ ãñ ÌÍæ F2 50
ãñÐ
→ → → →
(3) F1 5 F25 0 (3) F1 5 F25 0
→ → →
(4) F1 is radially inwards and F2 is (4) F1 ÖèÌÚU ·¤è ¥æðÚU ß ¥ÚUèØ (çæØ) ãñ ¥æñÚU
→
radially outwards F2 ÕæãÚU ·¤è ¥æðÚU ß ¥ÚUèØ ãñÐ
24. A particle of mass m moving in the 24. x-çÎàææ ×ð´ 2v ¿æÜ âð ¿ÜÌð ãé° m ÎýÃØ×æÙ ·ð¤ °·¤
x direction with speed 2v is hit by another ·¤æ âð, y-çÎàææ ×ð´ v ßð» âð ¿ÜÌæ ãé¥æ 2m ÎýÃØ×æÙ
particle of mass 2m moving in the ·¤æ °·¤ ·¤æ, ÅU·¤ÚUæÌæ ãñÐ ØçÎ Øã â´æÅ÷UÅU (ÅU·¤ÚU)
y direction with speed v. If the collision is ÂêæüÌÑ ¥ÂýØæSÍ ãñ Ìæð, ÅU·¤ÚU ·ð¤ ÎæñÚUæÙ ª¤Áæü ·¤æ ÿæØ
perfectly inelastic, the percentage loss in (ãæçÙ) ãæð»è Ñ
the energy during the collision is close to :
(1) 56% (1) 56%
(2) 62% (2) 62%
(3) 44% (3) 44%
(4) 50% (4) 50%
25. Consider an ideal gas confined in an 25. °·¤ ¥æÎàæü »ñ â ç·¤âè ÕÎ (â´ ß ë Ì ), çßØé Ì
isolated closed chamber. As the gas (çßÜç»Ì) ·¤ÿæ ×ð´ âèç×Ì (ÚU¹è) ãñÐ §â »ñâ ×´ð´
undergoes an adiabatic expansion, the L¤Î÷Ïæðc× ÂýâæÚU ãæðÙð ÂÚU, §â·ð¤ ¥æé¥æð´ ·ð¤ Õè¿ ÅU·¤ÚU
average time of collision between ·¤æ ¥æñâÌ ·¤æÜ (â×Ø) Vq ·ð¤ ¥ÙéâæÚU ÕÉ¸ ÁæÌæ ãñ,
q
molecules increases as V , where V is the Áãæ¡ V »ñâ ·¤æ ¥æØÌÙ ãñÐ Ìæð q ·¤æ ×æÙ ãæð»æ :
volume of the gas. The value of q is :  Cp 
Cp  g 5 
  Cv 
g 5 
 Cv 
(1) g 11 (1) g11

2 2
g 21 g21
(2) (2)
2 2
3g 1 5 3g 1 5
(3) (3)
6 6
3g 2 5 3g 2 5
(4) (4)
6 6
26. From a solid sphere of mass M and radius 26. °·¤ ÆUæðâ »æðÜð ·¤æ ÎýÃØ×æÙ M ÌÍæ çæØæ R ãñÐ
R R
R, a spherical portion of radius
2
is §ââð çæØæ ·¤æ °·¤ »æðÜèØ Öæ», ¥æÚðU¹ ×ð´ ÎàææüØð
2
removed, as shown in the figure. Taking »Øð ¥ÙéâæÚU ·¤æÅU çÜØæ ÁæÌæ ãñÐ r5:(¥ÙÌ) ÂÚU
gravitational potential V50 at r5:, the »éL¤ßèØ çßÖß ·ð¤ ×æÙ V ·¤æð àæêØ (V50) ×æÙÌð
potential at the centre of the cavity thus ãé°, §â Âý·¤æÚU ÕÙð ·¤æðÅUÚU (·ñ¤çßÅUè) ·ð¤ ·ð¤Îý ÂÚU,
formed is : »éL¤ßèØ çßÖß ·¤æ ×æÙ ãæð»æ Ñ
(G5 gravitational constant) (G5 »éL¤ßèØ çSÍÚUæ¡·¤ ãñ )
2 2GM 2 2GM
(1) (1)
3R 3R
2 2GM 2 2GM
(2) (2)
R R
2 GM 2 GM
(3) (3)
2R 2R
2 GM 2 GM
(4) (4)
R R
27. 27.
Given in the figure are two blocks A and B Øãæ¡ ¥æÚðU¹ ×ð´ Îæð Üæò·¤ (»éÅU·ð¤) A ¥æñÚU B ÎàææüØð »Øð
of weight 20 N and 100 N, respectively. ãñ´ çÁÙ·ð¤ ÖæÚU ·ý¤×àæÑ 20 N ÌÍæ 100 N ãñ´Ð §ãð´,
These are being pressed against a wall by a °·¤ ÕÜ F mæÚUæ ç·¤âè ÎèßæÚU ÂÚU ÎÕæØæ Áæ ÚUãæ ãñÐ
force F as shown. If the coefficient of friction ØçÎ æáüæ »éææ´·¤ ·¤æ ×æÙ, A ÌÍæ B ·ð¤ Õè¿ 0.1
between the blocks is 0.1 and between block ÌÍæ B ¥æñÚU ÎèßæÚU ·ð¤ Õè¿ 0.15 ãñ Ìæð, ÎèßæÚU mæÚUæ
B and the wall is 0.15, the frictional force Üæò·¤ B ÂÚU Ü»æ ÕÜ ãæð»æ Ñ
applied by the wall on block B is :
(1) 120 N (1) 120 N
(2) 150 N (2) 150 N
(3) 100 N (3) 100 N
(4) 80 N (4) 80 N
28. A long cylindrical shell carries positive 28. ç·¤âè ÜÕð ÕðÜÙæ·¤æÚU ·¤æðàæ ·ð¤ ª¤ÂÚUè Öæ» ×ð´ ÏÙæ×·¤
surface charge s in the upper half and ÂëcÆU ¥æßðàæ s ÌÍæ çÙ¿Üð Öæ» ×ð´ «¤ææ×·¤ ÂëcÆU
negative surface charge 2s in the lower ¥æßðàæ 2s ãñ´Ð §â ÕðÜÙ (çâçÜÇUÚU) ·ð¤ ¿æÚUæð´
half. The electric field lines around the ¥æðÚU çßléÌ ÿæðæ-ÚðU¹æØð´, Øãæ¡ ÎàææüØð »Øð ¥æÚð¹æð´ ×ð´ âð
cylinder will look like figure given in : ç·¤â ¥æÚðU¹ ·ð¤ â×æÙ ãæð´»è?
(figures are schematic and not drawn to scale) (Øã ¥æÚðU¹ ·ð¤ßÜ ÃØßSÍæ ¥æÚðU¹ ãñ ¥æñÚU S·ð¤Ü ·ð¤
¥ÙéâæÚU Ùãè´ ãñ)
(1) (1)
(2) (2)
(3) (3)
(4) (4)
29. As an electron makes a transition from an 29. ÁÕ ·¤æð§ü §ÜðÅþUæòÙ, ãæ§ÇþUæðÁÙ Áñâð ÂÚU×ææé /¥æØÙ
excited state to the ground state of a ·¤è ©æðçÁÌ ¥ßSÍæ âð ØêÙÌ× ª¤Áæü ¥ßSÍæ ×ð´
hydrogen - like atom/ion : â´·ý¤×æ ·¤ÚUÌæ ãñ Ìæð ©â·¤è Ñ
(1) kinetic energy decreases, potential (1) »çÌÁ ª¤Áæü ·¤× ãæðÌè ãñ, çSÍçÌÁ ª¤Áæü ÕÉ¸Ìè
energy increases but total energy ãñ ¥æñÚU ·é¤Ü ª¤Áæü ßãè ÚUãÌè ãñÐ
remains same
(2) kinetic energy and total energy (2) »çÌÁ ª¤Áæü ß ·é¤Ü ª¤Áæü ·¤× ãæð ÁæÌè ãñ´
decrease but potential energy ç·¤Ìé, çSÍçÌÁ ª¤Áæü ÕÉ¸ ÁæÌè ãñÐ
increases
(3) its kinetic energy increases but (3) »çÌÁ ª¤Áæü ×ð´ ßëçh ÌÍæ çSÍçÌÁ ª¤Áæü ÌÍæ
potential energy and total energy ·é¤Ü ª¤Áæü ×ð´ ·¤×è ãæðÌè ãñÐ
decrease
(4) kinetic energy, potential energy and (4) »çÌÁ ª¤Áæü, çSÍçÌÁ ª¤Áæü ÌÍæ ·é¤Ü ª¤Áæü ×ð´
total energy decrease ·¤×è ãæð ÁæÌè ãñÐ
30. Match List - I (Fundamental Experiment) 30. âê¿è - I (×êÜ ÂýØæð») ·¤æ âê¿è - II (©â·ð¤ ÂçÚUææ×)
with List - II (its conclusion) and select ·ð¤ âæÍ âé×ðÜÙ (×ñ¿) ·¤èçÁØð ¥æñÚU çÙÙæ´ç·¤Ì
the correct option from the choices given çß·¤ËÂæð´ ×ð´ âð âãè çß·¤ËÂ ·¤æ ¿ØÙ ·¤èçÁØð Ñ
below the list :
List - I List - II ÇÏ¤Í - I ÇÏ¤Í - II

Franck-Hertz Particle nature §âËÅË Í ÌøËË
(A) (i) (A) âÕ ÈªÜáÇ §â½ËÕ (i)
Experiment. of light §âÐÌ±
Photo-electric Discrete energy øËÎ Õ ÌÄÌÄþ±
(B)
experiment.
(ii)
levels of atom
(B) §âËÅË ÌÄlÎ± §â½ËÕ (ii)
¦Ëá S±¿U
Davison - Germer Wave nature of ÁÕþªãUË×¾ Í ±¿U
(C)
Experiment.
(iii)
electron
(C) ¬ÕUÄÍÇ¾ ¦¼á¿U §â½ËÕ (iii)
§âÐÌ±
Structure of
(iv)
atom
(iv) §¿U¼ËøËÎ Í Ç¿U¤¾Ë
(1) (A) - (ii) (B) - (i) (C) - (iii) (1) (A) - (ii) (B) - (i) (C) - (iii)
(2) (A) -(iv) (B) - (iii) (C) - (ii) (2) (A) -(iv) (B) - (iii) (C)- (ii)
(3) (A) - (i) (B) - (iv) (C) - (iii) (3) (A) - (i) (B) - (iv) (C) - (iii)
(4) (A) - (ii) (B) - (iv) (C) - (iii) (4) (A) - (ii) (B) - (iv) (C) - (iii)
PART B MATHEMATICS Öæ» B »çæÌ
→ → → → → →
31. Let a , b and c be three non-zero vectors 31. ×æÙæ a , b ÌÍæ c ÌèÙ àæêØðÌÚU °ðâð âçÎàæ ãñ´ ç·¤
such that no two of them are collinear and ©Ù×ð´ âð ·¤æð§ü Îæð â´ ÚU ð¹ Ùãè´ ã´ñ ÌÍæ
→ → → 1 → → → → → → 1 → → →
( a 3 b )3 c 5 b c a . If u is the ( a 3 b )3 c 5 b c a ãñÐ ØçÎ âçÎàææð´
3 3
→ → → →
angle between vectors b and c , then a b ÌÍæ c ·ð¤ Õè¿ ·¤æ ·¤æðæ u ãñ, Ìæð sin u ·¤æ °·¤
value of sin u is : ×æÙ ãñ Ñ
2 2
(1) (1)
3 3
22 3 22 3
(2) (2)
3 3
2 2 2 2
(3) (3)
3 3
2 2 2 2
(4) (4)
3 3
32. Let O be the vertex and Q be any point on 32. ×æÙæ ÂÚUßÜØ x258y ·¤æ àæèáü O ÌÍæ ©â ÂÚU ·¤æð§ü
the parabola, x258y. If the point P divides çÕ´ Î é Q ãñ Ð ØçÎ çÕ´ Î é P, Úð U ¹ æ¹´ Ç U OQ ·¤æð
the line segment OQ internally in the ratio 1 : 3 ·ð¤ ¥æ´ÌçÚU·¤ ¥ÙéÂæÌ ×ð´ Õæ¡ÅUÌæ ãñ, Ìæð P ·¤æ
1 : 3, then the locus of P is : çÕ´ÎéÂÍ ãñ Ñ
(1) y 2 52x (1) y 2 52x
(2) x 2 52y (2) x 2 52y
(3) x 2 5y (3) x 2 5y
(4) y 2 5x (4) y 2 5x
33. If the angles of elevation of the top of a 33. ÌèÙ â´ÚðU¹ çÕ´Îé¥æð´ A, B ÌÍæ C, °·¤ °ðâè ÚðU¹æ ÂÚU
tower from three collinear points A, B and çSÍÌ ãñ´ Áæð °·¤ ×èÙæÚU ·ð¤ ÂæÎ ·¤è çÎàææ ×ð´ Üð ÁæÌè ãñ,
C, on a line leading to the foot of the âð °·¤ ×èÙæÚU ·ð¤ çàæ¹ÚU ·ð¤ ©ÙØÙ ·¤æðæ ·ý¤×àæÑ
tower, are 308, 458 and 608 respectively, 308, 458 ÌÍæ 608 ãñ´, Ìæð AB : BC ·¤æ ¥ÙéÂæÌ ãñ Ñ
then the ratio, AB : BC, is :
(1) 1: 3 (1) 1: 3
(2) 2:3 (2) 2:3
(3) 3:1 (3) 3:1
(4) 3: 2 (4) 3: 2
34. The number of points, having both 34. çæÖéÁ, çÁâ·ð¤ àæèáü (0, 0), (0, 41) ÌÍæ (41, 0) ãñ´,
co-ordinates as integers, that lie in the ·ð¤ ¥æ´ÌçÚU·¤ Öæ» ×ð´ çSÍÌ ©Ù çÕ´Îé¥æð´ ·¤è â´Øæ
interior of the triangle with vertices (0, 0), çÁÙ·ð¤ ÎæðÙæð´ çÙÎðüàææ´·¤ ÂêææZ·¤ ãñ´, ãñ Ñ
(0, 41) and (41, 0), is :
(1) 820 (1) 820
(2) 780 (2) 780
(3) 901 (3) 901
(4) 861 (4) 861
35. The equation of the plane containing the 35. ÚðU¹æ 2x25y1z53, x1y14z55 ·¤æð ¥´ÌçßücÅU
line 2x25y1z53; x1y14z55, and ·¤ÚUÙð ßæÜð â×ÌÜ, Áæð â×ÌÜ x13y16z51 ·ð¤
parallel to the plane, x13y16z51, is : â×æ´ÌÚU ãñ, ·¤æ â×è·¤ÚUæ ãñ Ñ
(1) x13y16z57 (1) x13y16z57
(2) 2x16y112z5213 (2) 2x16y112z5213
(3) 2x16y112z513 (3) 2x16y112z513
(4) x13y16z527 (4) x13y16z527
36. Let A and B be two sets containing four 36. ×æÙæ A ÌÍæ B Îæð â×é¿Ø ãñ´ çÁÙ×ð´ ·ý¤×àæÑ ¿æÚU ÌÍæ
and two elements respectively. Then the Îæð ¥ßØß ãñ´, Ìæð â×é¿Ø A3B ·ð¤ ©Ù ©Ââ×é¿Øæð´
number of subsets of the set A3B, each ·¤è â´Øæ, çÁÙ×ð´ ÂýØð·¤ ×ð´ ·¤× âð ·¤× ÌèÙ ¥ßØß
having at least three elements is : ãñ´, ãñ Ñ
(1) 275 (1) 275
(2) 510 (2) 510
(3) 219 (3) 219
(4) 256 (4) 256
37. Locus of the image of the point (2, 3) in 37. çÕ´Îé (2, 3) ·ð¤ ÚðU¹æ
the line (2x23y14)1k (x22y13)50, (2x23y14)1k (x22y13)50, k e R ×ð ´
k e R, is a : ÂýçÌçÕ´Õ ·¤æ çÕ´ÎéÂÍ °·¤ Ñ
(1) circle of radius 2. (1) 2 çæØæ ·¤æ ßëæ ãñÐ
(2) circle of radius 3. (2) 3 çæØæ ·¤æ ßëæ ãñÐ

(3) straight line parallel to x-axis. (3) x-¥ÿæ ·ð¤ â×æ´ÌÚU ÚðU¹æ ãñÐ
(4) straight line parallel to y-axis. (4) y-¥ÿæ ·ð¤ â×æ´ÌÚU ÚðU¹æ ãñÐ
38. lim ( 1 2 cos 2 x )( 3 1 cos x ) is equal to : 38. lim ( 1 2 cos 2 x )( 3 1 cos x ) ÕÚUæÕÚU ãñ Ñ
x→0 x tan 4 x x→0 x tan 4 x
(1) 2 (1) 2
1 1
(2) (2)
2 2
(3) 4 (3) 4
(4) 3 (4) 3
x 22 y 11 z 22
39. The distance of the point (1, 0, 2) from the 39. Úð U ¹ æ5 5 ÌÍæ â×ÌÜ
3 4 12
point of intersection of the line x2y1z516 ·ð¤ ÂýçÌÀðUÎ çÕ´Îé ·¤è, çÕ´Îé (1, 0, 2)
x 22 y 11 z 22
5 5 and the plane âð ÎêÚUè ãñ Ñ
3 4 12
x2y1z516, is :
(1) 3 21 (1) 3 21
(2) 13 (2) 13
(3) 2 14 (3) 2 14
(4) 8 (4) 8
(1 2 2 x )
50
40. The sum of coefficients of integral powers 40. ·ð¤ çmÂÎ ÂýâæÚU ×ð´ x ·¤è ÂêææZ·¤èØ
of x in the binomial expansion of ææÌæð´ ·ð¤ »éææ´·¤æð´ ·¤æ Øæð» ãñ Ñ
(1 2 2 x )
50
is :
(1)
1 50
2
(
3 21 ) (1)
2
(
1 50
3 21 )
(2)
1 50
2
(
2 11 ) (2)
2
(
1 50
2 11 )
(3)
1 50
2
(
3 11 ) (3)
2
(
1 50
3 11 )
(4)
1 50
2
3 ( ) (4)
2
( )
1 50
3
41. The sum of first 9 terms of the series 41. æðæè

13 13 1 2 3 13 1 2 3 1 3 3 13 13 1 2 3 13 1 2 3 1 3 3
1
1
113
1
11 31 5
1 .... is : 1 1 1 .... ·ð ¤
1 113 11 31 5
Âýæ× 9 ÂÎæð´ ·¤æ Øæð» ãñ Ñ
(1) 142 (1) 142
(2) 192 (2) 192
(3) 71 (3) 71
(4) 96 (4) 96
42. The area (in sq. units) of the region 42. {(x, y) : y2[ 2x ÌÍæ y / 4x 2 1} mæÚUæ ÂçÚUÖæçáÌ
described by ÿæðæ ·¤æ ÿæðæÈ¤Ü (ß»ü §·¤æ§Øæð´) ×ð´ ãñ Ñ
{(x, y) : y2 [ 2x and y / 4x 2 1} is :
15 15
(1) (1)
64 64
9 9
(2) (2)
32 32
7 7
(3) (3)
32 32
5 5
(4) (4)
64 64
43. The set of all values of l for which the 43. l·ð¤ âÖè ×æÙæð´ ·¤æ â×é¿Ø, çÁÙ·ð¤ çÜ° ÚñUç¹·¤
system of linear equations : â×è·¤ÚUæ çÙ·¤æØ
2x 122x21x 35lx 1 2x 122x 21x 35lx 1
2x 123x 212x 35lx 2 2x 123x 212x 35lx 2
2x112x2 5lx3 2x112x2 5lx3
has a non-trivial solution, ·¤æ °·¤ ¥ÌéÀU ãÜ ãñ,

(1) contains two elements. (1) ×ð´ Îæð ¥ßØß ãñ´Ð
(2) contains more than two elements. (2) ×ð´ Îæð âð ¥çÏ·¤ ¥ßØß ãñ´Ð
(3) is an empty set. (3) °·¤ çÚUÌ â×é¿Ø ãñÐ
(4) is a singleton. (4) °·¤ °·¤Ü â×é¿Ø ãñÐ
44. A complex number z is said to be 44. °·¤ âç×æ â´Øæ z °·¤×æÂæ´·¤è ·¤ãÜæÌè ãñ ØçÎ
unimodular if ?z?51. Suppose z1 and z2 ?z?51 ãñÐ ×æÙæ z1 ÌÍæ z2 °ðâè âç×æ â´Øæ°¡ ãñ´
z1 2 2 z2 z1 2 2 z2
are complex numbers such that ç·¤ °·¤×æÂæ´·¤è ãñ ÌÍæ z2 °·¤×æÂæ´·¤è
2 2 z1 z2 2 2 z1 z2
is unimodular and z2 is not unimodular. Ùãè´ ãñ, Ìæð çÕ´Îé z1 çSÍÌ ãñ Ñ
Then the point z1 lies on a :
(1) circle of radius 2. (1) 2 çæØæ ßæÜð ßëæ ÂÚUÐ

(2) circle of radius 2. (2) 2 çæØæ ßæÜð ßëæ ÂÚUÐ
(3) straight line parallel to x-axis. (3) x-¥ÿæ ·ð¤ â×æ´ÌÚU °·¤ ÚðU¹æ ÂÚUÐ
(4) straight line parallel to y-axis. (4) y-¥ÿæ ·ð¤ â×æ´ÌÚU °·¤ ÚðU¹æ ÂÚUÐ
45. The number of common tangents to the 45. ßëææð´ x21y224x26y21250 ÌÍæ
circles x 2 1y 2 24x26y21250 and x21y216x118y12650 ·¤è ©ÖØçÙcÆU SÂàæü
x21y216x118y12650, is : ÚðU¹æ¥æð´ ·¤è â´Øæ ãñ Ñ
(1) 3 (1) 3
(2) 4 (2) 4
(3) 1 (3) 1
(4) 2 (4) 2
46. The number of integers greater than 6,000 46. ¥´·¤æð´ 3, 5, 6, 7 ÌÍæ 8 ·ð¤ ÂýØæð» âð, çÕÙæ ÎæðãÚUæØð,
that can be formed, using the digits 3, 5, 6, ÕÙÙð ßæÜð 6,000 âð ÕÇ¸ð ÂêææZ·¤æð´ ·¤è â´Øæ ãñ Ñ
7 and 8, without repetition, is :
(1) 120 (1) 120
(2) 72 (2) 72
(3) 216 (3) 216
(4) 192 (4) 192
47. Let y(x) be the solution of the differential 47. ×æÙæ ¥ß·¤Ü â×è·¤ÚUæ
equation
dy dy
( x log x ) 1 y 5 2 x log x , ( x / 1). ( x log x ) 1 y 5 2 x log x , ( x / 1)
dx dx
Then y(e) is equal to : ·¤æ ãÜ y(x) ãñ, Ìæð y(e) ÕÚUæÕÚU ãñ Ñ
(1) 2 (1) 2
(2) 2e (2) 2e
(3) e (3) e
(4) 0 (4) 0
1 2 2  1 2 2 
  A 5  2 1 22  °·¤
48. If A 5  2 1 22  is a matrix satisfying 48. ØçÎ °ðâæ ¥æÃØêã ãñ Áæð
 a 2 b   a 2 b 
the equation AA T 59I, where I is 333 ¥æÃØêã â×è·¤ÚUæ AAT59I, ·¤æð â´ÌécÅU ·¤ÚUÌæ ãñ,
identity matrix, then the ordered pair Áãæ¡ I, 333 ·¤æ Ìâ×·¤ ¥æÃØêã ãñ, Ìæð ·ý¤ç×Ì Øé×
(a, b) is equal to : (a, b) ·¤æ ×æÙ ãñ Ñ
(1) (2, 1) (1) (2, 1)
(2) (22, 21) (2) (22, 21)
(3) (2, 21) (3) (2, 21)
(4) (22, 1) (4) (22, 1)
49. If m is the A.M. of two distinct real 49. ØçÎ Îæð çßçÖÙ ßæSÌçß·¤ â´ Øæ¥æð ´ l ÌÍæ n
numbers l and n (l, n > 1) and G1, G2 and (l, n > 1) ·¤æ â×æ´ÌÚU ×æØ (A.M.) m ãñ ¥æñÚU l ÌÍæ
G3 are three geometric means between l n ·ð¤ Õè¿ ÌèÙ »éææðæÚU ×æØ (G.M.) G1, G2 ÌÍæ
and n, then G14 1 2G24 1 G 34 equals. G3 ãñ´, Ìæð 4
G1 1 2G2 1 G3
4 4
ÕÚUæÕÚU ãñ Ñ
(1) 4 lmn2 (1) 4 lmn2
(2) 4 l2m2n2 (2) 4 l2m2n2
(3) 4 l2mn (3) 4 l2mn
(4) 4 lm2n (4) 4 lm2n
50. The negation of ~ s Ú (~ r Ù s ) is equivalent 50. ~ s Ú (~ r Ù s ) ·¤æ çÙáðÏ â×ÌéËØ ãñ Ñ

to :
(1) s Ú (r Ú ~ s) (1) s Ú (r Ú ~ s)
(2) sÙr (2) sÙr
(3) sÙ~r (3) sÙ~r
(4) s Ù (r Ù ~ s) (4) s Ù (r Ù ~ s)
dx dx
51. The integral ∫ x 2 ( x 4 1 1)3 4 equals : 51. â×æ·¤Ü ∫ 3
x 2 ( x 4 1 1) 4
1 1
(1) 2( x 4 1 1) 4 1 c (1) 2( x 4 1 1) 4 1 c
1 1
 x 41 1  4  x 41 1  4
(2) 2  1c (2) 2  1c
 x4   x4 
   
1 1
 x4 1 1  4  x4 1 1  4
(3)   1c (3)   1c
 x4   x4 
   
1 1
(4) ( x 411) 4 1 c (4) ( x 411) 4 1 c
52. The normal to the curve, x212xy23y250, 52. ß·ý ¤ x 2 12xy23y 250 ·ð ¤ çÕ´ Î é (1, 1) ÂÚU
at (1, 1) : ¥çÖÜÕ Ñ
(1) meets the curve again in the third (1) ß·ý¤ ·¤æð ÎæðÕæÚUæ ÌëÌèØ ¿ÌéÍæZàæ ×ð´ ç×ÜÌæ ãñÐ
quadrant.
(2) meets the curve again in the fourth (2) ß·ý¤ ·¤æð ÎæðÕæÚUæ ¿ÌéÍü ¿ÌéÍæZàæ ×ð´ ç×ÜÌæ ãñÐ
quadrant.
(3) does not meet the curve again. (3) ß·ý¤ ·¤æð ÎæððÕæÚUæ Ùãè´ ç×ÜÌæÐ
(4) meets the curve again in the second (4) ß·ý¤ ·¤æð ÎæðÕæÚUæ çmÌèØ ¿ÌéÍæZàæ ×ð´ ç×ÜÌæ ãñÐ
quadrant.
53. Let 53. ×æÙæ

 2x   2x 
tan21 y 5 tan21 x 1 tan21  , tan21 y 5 tan21 x 1 tan21  ,
 1 2 x2   1 2 x2 
1 1
where ? x ? < . Then a value of y is : Áãæ¡ ?x? < ãñ, Ìæð y ·¤æ °·¤ ×æÙ ãñ Ñ
3 3
3 x 2 x3 3 x 2 x3
(1) (1)
1 1 3 x2 1 1 3 x2
3 x 1 x3 3 x 1 x3
(2) (2)
1 1 3 x2 1 1 3 x2
3 x 2 x3 3 x 2 x3
(3) (3)
1 2 3 x2 1 2 3 x2
3 x 1 x3 3 x 1 x3
(4) (4)
1 2 3 x2 1 2 3 x2
54. If the function. 54. ØçÎ È¤ÜÙ

 k x 1 1 , 0 [ x [ 3  k x 1 1 , 0 [ x [ 3
g( x ) 5  g( x ) 5 
 m x 1 2 , 3 < x [ 5  m x 1 2 , 3 < x [ 5
is differentiable, then the value of k1m is : ¥ß·¤ÜÙèØ ãñ, Ìæð k1m ·¤æ ×æÙ ãñ Ñ
10 10
(1) (1)
3 3
(2) 4 (2) 4
(3) 2 (3) 2
16 16
(4) (4)
5 5
55. The mean of the data set comprising of 16 55. 16 Âýðÿæææð´ ßæÜð ¥æ¡·¤Ç¸æð´ ·¤æ ×æØ 16 ãñÐ ØçÎ °·¤
observations is 16. If one of the observation Âýðÿææ çÁâ·¤æ ×æÙ 16 ãñ, ·¤æð ãÅUæ ·¤ÚU, 3 ÙØð Âýðÿææ
valued 16 is deleted and three new çÁÙ·ð¤ ×æÙ 3, 4 ÌÍæ 5 ãñ´, ¥æ¡·¤Ç¸æð´ ×ð´ ç×Üæ çÎØð ÁæÌð
observations valued 3, 4 and 5 are added ãñ´, Ìæð ÙØð ¥æ¡·¤Ç¸æð´ ·¤æ ×æØ ãñ Ñ
to the data, then the mean of the resultant
data, is :
(1) 15.8 (1) 15.8
(2) 14.0 (2) 14.0
(3) 16.8 (3) 16.8
(4) 16.0 (4) 16.0
56. The integral 56. â×æ·¤Ü

4 4
log x 2 log x 2
∫ log x 2 1 log (36 2 12 x 1 x 2 ) dx ∫ log x 2 1 log (36 2 12 x 1 x 2 ) d x
2 2
is equal to : ÕÚUæÕÚU ãñ Ñ
(1) 1 (1) 1
(2) 6 (2) 6
(3) 2 (3) 2
(4) 4 (4) 4
57. Let a and b be the roots of equation 57. ×æÙæ a ÌÍæ b çmææÌ â×è·¤ÚUæ x226x2250 ·ð¤
x 2 26x2250. If a n 5a n 2b n , for n/1, ×êÜ ãñ´Ð ØçÎ n/1 ·ð¤ çÜ°, an5an2bn ãñ, Ìæð
a 2 2a8 a10 2 2a8
then the value of 10 is equal to : ·¤æ ×æÙ ãñ Ñ
2a9 2a9
(1) 3 (1) 3
(2) 23 (2) 23
(3) 6 (3) 6
(4) 26 (4) 26
58. Let f (x) be a polynomial of degree four 58. ×æÙæ f (x) ææÌ 4 ·¤æ °·¤ Õãé Â Î ãñ çÁâ·ð ¤
having extreme values at x51 and x52. x51 ÌÍæ x52 ÂÚU ¿ÚU× ×æÙ ãñ´Ð ØçÎ
 f ( x )  f ( x )
If lim 1 1  5 3 , then f (2) is equal lim 1 1 53 ãñ, Ìæð f (2) ÕÚUæÕÚU ãñ Ñ
x →0  x2  x →0  x2 
to :
(1) 0 (1) 0
(2) 4 (2) 4
(3) 28 (3) 28
(4) 24 (4) 24
x2 y2
59. The area (in sq. units) of the quadrilateral 59. Îèæüßëæ 1 51 ·ð¤ ÙæçÖÜÕæð´ ·ð¤ çâÚUæð´ ÂÚU
9 5
formed by the tangents at the end points ¹è´¿è »§ü SÂàæü ÚðU¹æ¥æð́ mæÚUæ çÙç×üÌ ¿ÌéÖéüÁ ·¤æ ÿæðæÈ¤Ü
of the latera recta to the ellipse (ß»ü §·¤æ§Øæð´ ×ð´) ãñ Ñ
x2 y2
1 5 1 , is :
9 5
27 27
(1) (1)
2 2
(2) 27 (2) 27
27 27
(3) (3)
4 4
(4) 18 (4) 18
60. If 12 identical balls are to be placed in 3 60. ØçÎ 12 °·¤ Áñâè »ðÎ´ ,´ð 3 °·¤ Áñâð Õâæð´ ×ð´ ÚU¹è ÁæÌè
identical boxes, then the probability that ãñ´, Ìæð §Ù×ð´ âð °·¤ Õâð ×ð´ ÆUè·¤ 3 »ð́Îð́ ãæðÙð ·¤è
one of the boxes contains exactly 3 balls ÂýæçØ·¤Ìæ ãñ Ñ
is :
12 12
1 1
(1) 220   (1) 220  
3 3
11 11
1 1
(2) 22   (2) 22  
3 3
55  2 11 55  2 11
(3)   (3)  
3 3 3 3
10 10
2 2
(4) 55   (4) 55  
3 3
PART C CHEMISTRY Öæ» C ÚUâæØÙ çßææÙ
61. Which compound would give 61. ¥æð $ Á æð Ù æð ç Üçââ ·¤ÚUÙð ÂÚU ·¤æñ Ù âæ Øæñ ç »·¤
5 - keto - 2 - methyl hexanal upon 5 - ·¤èÅUæð - 2 - ×ðçÍÜ ãðâæÙñÜ ÎðÌæ ãñ?
ozonolysis ?
(1) (1)
(2) (2)
(3) (3)
(4) (4)
62. Which of the vitamins given below is water 62. çÙÙçÜç¹Ì çßÅUæç×Ùæð´ ×ð´ ÁÜ ×ð´ çßÜðØ ãæðÙð ßæÜæ
soluble ? ãñ Ñ
(1) Vitamin E (1) çßÅUæç×Ù E
(2) Vitamin K (2) çßÅUæç×Ù K
(3) Vitamin C (3) çßÅUæç×Ù C
(4) Vitamin D (4) çßÅUæç×Ù D
63. Which one of the following alkaline earth 63. çÙÙçÜç¹Ì ×ð´ âð ·¤æñÙ âð ÿææÚUèØ ×ëÎæ ÏæÌé âËÈð¤ÅU
metal sulphates has its hydration enthalpy ·¤è ÁÜØæðÁÙ °ðÍæËÂè ©â·ð¤ ÁæÜ·¤ °ðÍæËÂè âð
greater than its lattice enthalpy ? ¥çÏ·¤ ãñ?
(1) BaSO4 (1) BaSO 4
(2) SrSO 4 (2) SrSO 4
(3) CaSO 4 (3) CaSO 4
(4) BeSO4 (4) BeSO4
64. In the reaction 64. çÎ° »° ¥çÖç·ý¤Øæ ×ð´ ©ÂæÎ E ãñ Ñ
NaNO /HCl CuCN/KCN NaNO /HCl CuCN/KCN


2
→ D 
→ E 1 N2 
2
→ D → E 1 N 2
0258 C D 0258 C D
the product E is :
(1) (1)
(2) (2)
(3) (3)
(4) (4)
65. Sodium metal crystallizes in a body centred 65. âæðçÇUØ× ÏæÌé °·¤ ¥´ÌÑ·ð¤çÎýÌ æÙèØ ÁæÜ·¤ ×ð´
cubic lattice with a unit cell edge of 4.29Å. ç·ý¤SÅUçÜÌ ãæðÌæ ãñ çÁâ·ð¤ ·¤æðÚU ·¤è Ü´Õæ§ü 4.29Å ãñÐ
The radius of sodium atom is âæðçÇUØ× ÂÚU×ææé ·¤è çæØæ Ü»Ö» ãñ Ñ
approximately :
(1) 5.72Å (1) 5.72Å
(2) 0.93Å (2) 0.93Å
(3) 1.86Å (3) 1.86Å
(4) 3.22Å (4) 3.22Å
66. Which of the following compounds is not 66. çÎ° »° Øæñç»·¤æð´ ×ð´ ·¤æñÙ âð Øæñç»·¤ ·¤æ ÚÚ» ÂèÜæ Ùãè´
colored yellow ? ãñ?
(1) (NH4)3 [As (Mo3 O10)4] (1) (NH4)3 [As (Mo3 O10)4]
(2) BaCrO 4 (2) BaCrO 4
(3) Zn2[Fe(CN)6] (3) Zn2[Fe(CN)6]
(4) K3[Co(NO2)6] (4) K3[Co(NO2)6]
67. Which of the following is the energy of a 67. çÙÙçÜç¹Ì ×ð´ âð ãæ§üÇþUæðÁÙ ·¤è â´Öß ©æðçÁÌ ¥ßSÍæ
possible excited state of hydrogen ? ·¤è ª¤Áæü ·¤æñÙ âè ãñ?
(1) 23.4 eV (1) 23.4 eV
(2) 16.8 eV (2) 16.8 eV
(3) 113.6 eV (3) 113.6 eV
(4) 26.8 eV (4) 26.8 eV
68. Which of the following compounds is not 68. çÙÙçÜç¹Ì ×ð´ âð ·¤æñÙ âæ Øæñç»·¤ ÂýçÌ¥Ü Ùãè´ ãñ?
an antacid ?
(1) Phenelzine (1) çÈ¤ÙçËÁÙ

(2) Ranitidine (2) ÚñUçÙçÅUÇUèÙ
(3) Aluminium hydroxide (3) °ðÜéç×çÙØ× ãæ§ÇþUæâæ§ÇU
(4) Cimetidine (4) çâ×ðçÅUÇUèÙ
69. The ionic radii (in Å) of N32, O22 and F2 69. N32, O22 ÌÍæ F2 ·¤è ¥æØçÙ·¤ çæØæØð´ (Å ×ð´)
are respectively : ·ý¤×àæÑ ãñ´ Ñ
(1) 1.71, 1.40 and 1.36 (1) 1.71, 1.40 ÌÍæ 1.36
(2) 1.71, 1.36 and 1.40 (2) 1.71, 1.36 ÌÍæ 1.40
(3) 1.36, 1.40 and 1.71 (3) 1.36, 1.40 ÌÍæ 1.71
(4) 1.36, 1.71 and 1.40 (4) 1.36, 1.71 ÌÍæ 1.40
70. In the context of the Hall - Heroult process 70. ãæòÜ-ãðÚUæòËÅU Âý·ý¤× âð °ðÜéç×çÙØ× ·ð¤ çÙc·¤áüæ ·ð¤
for the extraction of Al, which of the â´ÎÖü ×ð´ ·¤æñÙ âæ ·¤ÍÙ »ÜÌ ãñ?
following statements is false ?
(1) Al31 is reduced at the cathode to (1) ·ñ¤ÍæðÇU ÂÚU Al31 ¥Â¿çØÌ ãæð ·¤ÚU Al ÕÙæÌæ
form Al ãñÐ
(2) Na3AlF6 serves as the electrolyte (2) Na3AlF6 çßléÌ ¥ÂæÅ÷UØ ·¤æ ·¤æ× ·¤ÚUÌæ
ãñÐ
(3) CO and CO2 are produced in this (3) §â Âý·ý¤× ×ð´ CO ÌÍæ CO2 ·¤æ ©ÂæÎÙ ãæðÌæ
process ãñÐ
(4) Al 2 O 3 is mixed with CaF 2 which (4) CaF2 ·¤æð Al2O3 ×ð´ ç×ÜæÙð ÂÚU ç×ææ ·¤æ
lowers the melting point of the »ÜÙæ´·¤ ·¤× ãæðÌæ ãñ ¥æñÚU ©â×ð´ ¿æÜ·¤Ìæ ¥æÌè
mixture and brings conductivity ãñÐ
71. In the following sequence of reactions : 71. çÎ° »° ¥çÖç·ý¤Øæ ¥Ùé·ý¤× ×ð´ ©ÂæÎ C ãñ Ñ
KMnO SOCl H /Pd KMnO SOCl H /Pd
Toluene →
4
A 
2
→ B 
2
→ C, Toluene →
4
A 
2
→ B 
2
→C
BaSO 4 BaSO 4
the product C is :
(1) C6H5CH2OH (1) C6H5CH2OH
(2) C6H5CHO (2) C6H5CHO
(3) C6H5COOH (3) C6H5COOH
(4) C6H5CH3 (4) C6H5CH3
72. Higher order (>3) reactions are rare due 72. ©¿ ·¤æðçÅU ¥çÖç·ý¤Øæ (>3) ÎéÜüÖ ãñ Øæð´ç·¤ Ñ
to :
(1) shifting of equilibrium towards (1) Üæð¿ÎæÚU ÅU·¤ÚUæß ·ð¤ ·¤æÚUæ ¥çÖ·¤æÚU·¤æð´ ·¤è
reactants due to elastic collisions çÎàææ ×ð´ âæØ ·¤æ SÍæÙæ´ÌÚUæ ãæðÌæ ãñÐ
(2) loss of active species on collision (2) ÅU·¤ÚUæß âð âç·ý¤Ø SÂèàæè$Á ·¤æ ÿæØ ãæðÌæ ãñÐ
(3) low probability of simultaneous (3) ÂýçÌç·ý¤Øæ ×ð´ âÖè ÂýÁæçÌØæð´ ·ð¤ °·¤ âæÍ ÅU·¤ÚU
collision of all the reacting species ·¤è â´ÖæßÙæ ·¤× ãæðÌè ãñÐ
(4) increase in entropy and activation (4) ¥çÏ·¤ ¥æé¥æð´ ·ð¤ àææç×Ü ãæðÙð âð °´ÅþUæÂè ¥æñÚU
energy as more molecules are â´ç·ý¤Øæ ª¤Áæü ×ð´ ßëçh ãæðÌè ãñÐ
involved
73. Which of the following compounds will 73. çÙÙçÜç¹Ì ×ð ´ âð ·¤æñ Ù âæ Øæñ ç »·¤ Øæç×ÌèØ
exhibit geometrical isomerism ? â×æßØßÌæ ÎàææüÌæ ãñ?
(1) 2 - Phenyl - 1 - butene (1) 2- Èð¤çÙÜ - 1 - ØêÅUèÙ
(2) 1, 1 - Diphenyl - 1 - propane (2) 1, 1 - ÇUæ§üÈð¤çÙÜ - 1 - ÂýæðÂðÙ
74. Match the catalysts to the correct 74. çÎ° »° ©ÂýðÚU·¤æð´ ·¤æð âãè Âý·ý¤× ·ð¤ âæÍ âé×ðçÜÌ
processes : ·¤ÚðÚ Ñ
Catalyst Process ©ÂýðÚU·¤ Âý·ý¤×
(A) TiCl3 (i) Wacker process (A) TiCl3 (i) ßæò·¤ÚU Âý·ý¤×
(B) PdCl2 (ii) Ziegler - Natta (B) PdCl2 (ii) âèÜÚ-Ù^æ
polymerization ÕãéÜ·¤è·¤ÚUæU
(C) CuCl2 (iii) Contact process (C) CuCl2 (iii) â´SÂàæü Âý·ý¤×
(D) V 2O 5 (iv) Deacons process (D) V 2O 5 (iv) ÇUè·¤Ù Âý·ý¤×
(1) (A) - (ii), (B) - (iii), (C) - (iv), (D) - (i) (1) (A) - (ii), (B) - (iii), (C) - (iv), (D) - (i)
(2) (A) - (iii), (B) - (i), (C) - (ii), (D) - (iv) (2) (A) - (iii), (B) - (i), (C) - (ii), (D) - (iv)
(3) (A) - (iii), (B) - (ii), (C) - (iv), (D) - (i) (3) (A) - (iii), (B) - (ii), (C) - (iv), (D) - (i)
(4) (A) - (ii), (B) - (i), (C) - (iv), (D) - (iii) (4) (A) - (ii), (B) - (i), (C) - (iv), (D) - (iii)
75. The intermolecular interaction that is 75. ßã ¥´ÌÚUæ-¥æé·¤ ¥ØæðØ ç·ý¤Øæ Áæð ¥æé¥æð´ ·ð¤ Õè¿
dependent on the inverse cube of distance ·¤è ÎêÚUè ·ð¤ ÂýçÌÜæð× æÙ ÂÚU çÙÖüÚU ãñ, ãñ Ñ
between the molecules is :
(1) London force (1) Ü´ÇUÙ ÕÜ

(2) hydrogen bond (2) ãæ§üÇþUæðÁÙ Õ´Ï·¤
(3) ion - ion interaction (3) ¥æØÙ - ¥æØÙ ¥ØæðØ
(4) ion - dipole interaction (4) ¥æØÙ - çmÏýéß ¥ØæðØ
76. The molecular formula of a commercial 76. °·¤ ßæçæØ ÚðUç$ÁÙ ·¤æ ¥æçß·¤ âêæ C8H7SO3Na
resin used for exchanging ions in water ãñ (¥æçß·¤ ÖæÚU = 206) §â ÚðUç$ÁÙ ·¤è Ca21
softening is C8H7SO3Na (Mol. wt. 206). ¥æØÙ ·¤è ¥çÏ·¤Ì× ¥´Ì»ýüãæ ÿæ×Ìæ (×æðÜ ÂýçÌ
What would be the maximum uptake of »ýæ× ÚðUç$ÁÙ) Øæ ãñ?
Ca21 ions by the resin when expressed in
mole per gram resin ?
2 2
(1) (1)
309 309
1 1
(2) (2)
412 412
1 1
(3) (3)
103 103
1 1
(4) (4)
206 206
77. Two Faraday of electricity is passed 77. CuSO4 ·ð¤ °·¤ çßÜØÙ ×ð´, Îæð Èñ¤ÚUæÇðU çßléÌ ÂýßæçãÌ
through a solution of CuSO4. The mass of ·¤è »§üÐ ·ñ¤ÍæðÇU ÂÚU çÙÿæðçÂÌ Ìæ´Õð ·¤æ ÎýÃØ×æÙ ãñ :
copper deposited at the cathode is : (Cu ·¤æ ÂÚU×æçß·¤ ÎýÃØ×æÙ 563.5 amu)
(at. mass of Cu563.5 amu)
(1) 2g (1) 2g
(2) 127 g (2) 127 g
(3) 0g (3) 0g
(4) 63.5 g (4) 63.5 g
78. The number of geometric isomers that can 78. ß»ü â×ÌÜèØ [Pt (Cl) (py) (NH3) (NH2OH)]1
exist for square planar [Pt (Cl) (py) (NH3) (py 5 pyridine) ·ð¤ Øæç×ÌèØ â×æßØçßØæð´ ·¤è
(NH2OH)]1 is (py 5 pyridine) : â´Øæ ãñ Ñ
(1) 4 (1) 4
(2) 6 (2) 6
(3) 2 (3) 2
(4) 3 (4) 3
79. In Carius method of estimation of 79. ãñÜæðÁÙ ·ð¤ ¥æ·¤ÜÙ ·¤è ·ñ¤çÚU¥â çßçÏ ×ð´ 250 mg
halogens, 250 mg of an organic compound ·¤æÕüçÙ·¤ Øæñç»·¤ 141 mg AgBr ÎðÌæ ãñÐ Øæñç»·¤
gave 141 mg of AgBr. The percentage of ×ð´ Õýæð×èÙ ·¤è ÂýçÌàæÌÌæ ãñ :
bromine in the compound is : (ÂÚU×æçß·¤ ÎýÃØ×æÙ Ag5108; Br580)
(at. mass Ag5108; Br580)
(1) 48 (1) 48
(2) 60 (2) 60
(3) 24 (3) 24
(4) 36 (4) 36
80. The color of KMnO4 is due to : 80. KMnO4 ·ð¤ ÚÚ» ·¤æ ·¤æÚUæ ãñ Ñ
(1) L ® M charge transfer transition (1) L ® M ¥æßðàæ SÍæÙæ´ÌÚUæ â´·ý¤×æ
(2) s 2 s* transition (2) s 2 s* â´·ý¤×æ
(3) M ® L charge transfer transition (3) M ® L ¥æßðàæ SÍæÙæ´ÌÚUæ â´·ý¤×æ
(4) d 2 d transition (4) d 2 d â´·ý¤×æ
81. The synthesis of alkyl fluorides is best 81. ¥Ë·¤æ§Ü ÜæðÚUæ§ÇU ·ð¤ â´àÜðáæ ·ð¤ çÜ° âÕâð
accomplished by : ÕðãÌÚUèÙ çßçÏ ãñ Ñ
(1) Finkelstein reaction (1) çÈ´¤·¤ÜSÅUæ§Ù ¥çÖç·ý¤Øæ
(2) Swarts reaction (2) SßæÅüUâ ¥çÖç·ý¤Øæ
(3) Free radical fluorination (3) ×éÌ ×êÜ·¤ ÜæðçÚUÙðàæÙ
(4) Sandmeyers reaction (4) âñÇU×æØÚU ¥çÖç·ý¤Øæ
82. 3 g of activated charcoal was added to 82. °·¤ ÜæS·¤ ×ð´ 0.06N °çâçÅU·¤ ¥Ü ·ð¤ 50 mL
50 mL of acetic acid solution (0.06N) in a çßÜØÙ ×ð´ 3 g âç·ý¤çØÌ÷ ·¤æcÆU ·¤æðØÜæ ç×ÜæØæ »ØæÐ
flask. After an hour it was filtered and °·¤ æ´ÅðU ·ð¤ Âà¿æÌ÷ ©âð ÀUæÙæ »Øæ ¥æñÚU çÙSØ´Î ·¤è
the strength of the filtrate was found to be ÂýÕÜÌæ 0.042 N Âæ§ü »§üÐ ¥çÏàææðçáÌ °çâçÅU·¤
0.042 N. The amount of acetic acid ¥Ü ·¤è ×æææ (·¤æcÆU-·¤æðØÜæ ·ð¤ ÂýçÌ »ýæ× ÂÚU)
adsorbed (per gram of charcoal) is : ãñ Ñ
(1) 42 mg (1) 42 mg
(2) 54 mg (2) 54 mg
(3) 18 mg (3) 18 mg
(4) 36 mg (4) 36 mg
83. The vapour pressure of acetone at 208C is 83. 208C ÂÚU °ðçâÅUæðÙ ·¤è ßæcÂ ÎæÕ 185 torr ãñÐ ÁÕ
185 torr. When 1.2 g of a non-volatile 208C ÂÚU, 1.2 g ¥ßæcÂàæèÜ ÂÎæÍü ·¤æð 100 g
substance was dissolved in 100 g of acetone °ðçâÅUæðÙ ×ð´ ææðÜæ »Øæ, ÌÕ ßæcÂ ÎæÕ 183 torr ãæð
at 208C, its vapour pressure was 183 torr. »ØæÐ §â ÂÎæÍü ·¤æ ×æðÜÚU ÎýÃØ×æÙ (g mol21 ×ð´)
The molar mass (g mol21) of the substance ãñ Ñ
is :
(1) 128 (1) 128
(2) 488 (2) 488
(3) 32 (3) 32
(4) 64 (4) 64
84. Which among the following is the most 84. çÙÙçÜç¹Ì ×ð´ âð ·¤æñÙ âßæüçÏ·¤ ¥çÖç·ý¤ØæàæèÜ ãñ?
reactive ?
(1) I2 (1) I2
(2) ICl (2) ICl
(3) Cl2 (3) Cl2
(4) Br2 (4) Br2
85. The standard Gibbs energy change at 85. 300 K ÂÚU ¥çÖç·ý¤Øæ 2A ì B 1 C ·¤è ×æÙ·¤
300 K for the reaction 2A ì B 1 C is ç»$ Á ª¤Áæü 2494.2 J ãñ Ð çÎ° »° â×Ø ×ð ´
1
2494.2 J. At a given time, the composition ¥çÖç·ý ¤ Øæ ç×ææ ·¤æ â´ æÅUÙ [A] 5
2
,
1 1
of the reaction mixture is [A] 5 , [B]52 [B]52 ¥æñÚU [C] 5 ãñÐ ¥çÖç·ý¤Øæ ¥»ýçâÌ ãæðÌè
2 2
1
and [C] 5
2
. The reaction proceeds in ãñ Ñ [R58.314 J/K/mol, e52.718]
the : [R58.314 J/K/mol, e52.718]
(1) forward direction because Q < Kc (1) ¥»ý çÎàææ ×ð´ Øæð´ç·¤ Q < Kc
(2) reverse direction because Q < Kc (2) çßÂÚUèÌ çÎàææ ×ð´ Øæð´ç·¤ Q < Kc
(3) forward direction because Q > Kc (3) ¥»ý çÎàææ ×ð´ Øæð´ç·¤ Q > Kc
(4) reverse direction because Q > Kc (4) çßÂÚUèÌ çÎàææ ×ð´ Øæð´ç·¤ Q > Kc
86. Assertion : Nitrogen and Oxygen are the 86. ¥çÖ·¤ÍÙ Ñ Ùæ§ÅþUæðÁÙ ¥æñÚU ¥æòâèÁÙ ßæÌæßÚUæ ·ð¤
main components in the ×éØ æÅU·¤ ãñ´ ÂÚUÌé Øã ç·ý¤Øæ ·¤ÚU·ð¤
atmosphere but these do not Ùæ§ÅþUæðÁÙ ·ð¤ ¥æòâæ§ÇU Ùãè´ ÕÙæÌðÐ
react to form oxides of nitrogen.
Reason : The reaction between nitrogen Ì·ü¤ Ñ Ùæ§ÅþUæðÁÙ ¥æñÚU ¥æòâèÁÙ ·ð¤ Õè¿
and oxygen requires high ¥çÖç·ý ¤ Øæ ·ð ¤ çÜ° ©æ ÌæÂ ·¤è
temperature. ¥æßàØ·¤Ìæ ãñÐ
(1) The assertion is incorrect, but the (1) ¥çÖ·¤ÍÙ »ÜÌ ãñ ÂÚUÌé Ì·ü¤ âãè ãñÐ
reason is correct
(2) Both the assertion and reason are (2) ¥çÖ·¤ÍÙ ß Ì·ü¤ ÎæðÙæð´ »ÜÌ ãñ´Ð
incorrect
(3) Both assertion and reason are (3) ¥çÖ·¤ÍÙ ¥æñÚU Ì·ü¤ ÎæðÙæð´ âãè ãñ´ ¥æñÚU Ì·ü¤
correct, and the reason is the correct ¥çÖ·¤ÍÙ ·¤æ âãè SÂcÅUè·¤ÚUæ ãñÐ
explanation for the assertion
(4) Both assertion and reason are (4) ¥çÖ·¤ÍÙ ¥æñÚU Ì·ü¤ ÎæðÙæð´ âãè ãñ´ ÂÚUÌé Ì·ü¤
correct, but the reason is not the ¥çÖ·¤ÍÙ ·¤æ âãè SÂcÅUè·¤ÚUæ Ùãè´ ãñÐ
correct explanation for the assertion
87. Which one has the highest boiling point ? 87. çÙÙçÜç¹Ì ×ð´ âð âßæüçÏ·¤ ßÍÙæ´·¤ ç·¤â·¤æ ãñ?
(1) Kr (1) Kr
(2) Xe (2) Xe
(3) He (3) He
(4) Ne (4) Ne
88. Which polymer is used in the manufacture 88. ç·¤â ÕãéÜ·¤ ·¤æ ©ÂØæð» ÂýÜðÂ ¥æñÚU ÂýÜæÿæ ÕÙæÙð ×ð´
of paints and lacquers ? ãæðÌæ ãñ?
(1) Polypropene (1) ÂæòçÜÂýæðÂèÙ
(2) Poly vinyl chloride (2) ÂæòçÜ ßæ§çÙÜ ÜæðÚUæ§ÇU
(3) Bakelite (3) Õð·ð¤Üæ§ÅU
(4) Glyptal (4) çÜÅUæÜ
89. The following reaction is performed at 89. çÙÙçÜç¹Ì ¥çÖç·ý¤Øæ ·¤æð 298 K ÂÚU ç·¤Øæ »ØæÐ
298 K.
2NO(g) 1 O 2 (g) ì 2NO 2 (g) 2NO(g) 1 O 2 (g) ì 2NO 2 (g)
The standard free energy of formation of 298 K ÂÚU NO(g) ·ð¤ â´ÖßÙ ·¤è ×æÙ·¤ ×éÌ ª¤Áæü
NO(g) is 86.6 kJ/mol at 298 K. What is 86.6 kJ/mol ãñÐ 298 K ÂÚU NO2(g) ·¤è ×æÙ·¤
the standard free energy of formation of ×éÌ ª¤Áæü Øæ ãñ? (Kp51.631012)
NO2(g) at 298 K? (Kp51.631012)
ln (1.6 3 1012 ) ln (1.6 3 1012 )

(1) 86600 2 (1) 86600 2
R (298) R (298)
(2) 0.5[2386,6002R(298) ln(1.631012)] (2) 0.5[2386,6002R(298) ln(1.631012)]

(3) R(298) ln(1.6310 12)286600 (3) R(298) ln(1.6310 12)286600
(4) 866001R(298) ln(1.6310 12) (4) 866001R(298) ln(1.6310 12)
90. From the following statements regarding 90. H2O2 ·ð¤ â´ÎÖü ×ð´, çÙÙçÜç¹Ì ·¤ÍÙæð´ ×ð´ âð »ÜÌ
H2O2, choose the incorrect statement : ·¤ÍÙ ¿éçÙ° Ñ
(1) It has to be stored in plastic or wax (1) §âð ÜæçSÅU·¤ Øæ ×æð×¥ÅðU ·¤æ´¿ ÕæðÌÜæð´ ×ð´ ¥´ÏðÚðU
lined glass bottles in dark ×ð´ â´»ýçãÌ ç·¤Øæ ÁæÌæ ãñ
(2) It has to be kept away from dust (2) §âð ÏêÜ âð ÎêÚU ÚU¹Ùæ ¿æçã°
(3) It can act only as an oxidizing agent (3) Øã ·ð¤ßÜ ¥æòâè·¤æÚU·¤ ãñ
(4) It decomposes on exposure to light (4) Âý·¤æàæ ×ð´ §â·¤æ ¥ÂæÅUÙ ãæðÌæ ãñ
-o0o- -o0o-
SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ÚUÈ¤ ·¤æØü ·ð¤ çÜ° Á»ã
Read the following instructions carefully : çÙÙçÜç¹Ì çÙÎðüàæ ØæÙ âð ÂÉ¸ð´ Ñ
1. The candidates should fill in the required particulars 1. ÂÚUèÿææçÍüØæð´ ·¤æð ÂÚUèÿææ ÂéçSÌ·¤æ ¥æñÚU ©æÚU Âæ (ÂëD -1) ÂÚU ßæ´çÀUÌ
on the Test Booklet and Answer Sheet (Side1) with
çßßÚUæ ÙèÜð/·¤æÜð ÕæòÜ ßæ§´ÅU ÂðÙ âð ãè ÖÚUÙæ ãñÐ
2. For writing/marking particulars on Side2 of the 2. ©æÚU Âæ ·ð¤ ÂëD-2 ÂÚU çßßÚUæ çÜ¹Ùð/¥´ç·¤Ì ·¤ÚUÙð ·ð¤ çÜ° ·ð¤ßÜ
Answer Sheet, use Blue/Black Ball Point Pen only. ÙèÜð/·¤æÜð ÕæòÜ ßæ§´ÅU ÂðÙ ·¤æ ÂýØæð» ·¤ÚðÚÐ
3. The candidates should not write their Roll Numbers 3. ÂÚUèÿææ ÂéçSÌ·¤æ/©æÚU Âæ ÂÚU çÙÏæüçÚUÌ SÍæÙ ·ð¤ ¥Üæßæ ÂÚUèÿææÍèü
anywhere else (except in the specified space) on the ¥ÂÙæ ¥ÙéR¤×æ´·¤ ¥Ø ·¤ãè´ Ùãè´ çÜ¹ð´Ð
4. Out of the four options given for each question, only 4. ÂýØð·¤ ÂýàÙ ·ð¤ çÜØð çÎØð »Øð ¿æÚU çß·¤ËÂæð́ ×ð́ âð ·ð¤ßÜ °·¤ çß·¤ËÂ
one option is the correct answer. âãè ãñÐ
5. For each incorrect response, onefourth (¼) of the total 5. ÂýØð·¤ »ÜÌ ©æÚU ·ð¤ çÜ° ©â ÂýàÙ ·ð¤ çÜ° çÙÏæüçÚUÌ ·é¤Ü ¥´·¤æð´
marks allotted to the question would be deducted from
the total score. No deduction from the total score,
×ð´ âð °·¤-¿æñÍæ§ü (¼) ¥´·¤ ·é¤Ü Øæð» ×ð´ âð ·¤æÅU çÜ° Áæ°¡»ðÐ
however, will be made if no response is indicated for ØçÎ ©æÚU Âæ ×ð´ ç·¤âè ÂýàÙ ·¤æ ·¤æð§ü ©æÚU Ùãè´ çÎØæ »Øæ ãñ, Ìæð
an item in the Answer Sheet. ·é¤Ü Øæð» ×ð´ âð ·¤æð§ü ¥´·¤ Ùãè´ ·¤æÅðU Áæ°¡»ðÐ
6. Handle the Test Booklet and Answer Sheet with care, 6. ÂÚUèÿææ ÂéçSÌ·¤æ °ß´ ©æÚU Âæ ·¤æ ØæÙÂêßü·¤ ÂýØæð» ·¤ÚðÚ Øæð´ç·¤
as under no circumstances (except for discrepancy in
Test Booklet Code and Answer Sheet Code), another set
ç·¤âè Öè ÂçÚUçSÍçÌ ×ð´ (·ð¤ßÜ ÂÚUèÿææ ÂéçSÌ·¤æ °ß´ ©æÚU Âæ ·ð¤
will be provided. â´·ð¤Ì ×ð´ çÖóæÌæ ·¤è çSÍçÌ ·¤æð ÀUæðÇ¸·¤ÚU), ÎêâÚUè ÂÚUèÿææ ÂéçSÌ·¤æ
7. The candidates are not allowed to do any rough work ©ÂÜÏ Ùãè´ ·¤ÚUæØè Áæ°»èÐ
or writing work on the Answer Sheet. All calculations/ 7. ©æÚU Âæ ÂÚU ·¤æð§ü Öè ÚUÈ¤ ·¤æØü Øæ çÜ¹æ§ü ·¤æ ·¤æ× ·¤ÚUÙð ·¤è
writing work are to be done in the space provided for
this purpose in the Test Booklet itself, marked Space
¥Ùé×çÌ Ùãè´ ãñÐ âÖè »æÙæ °ß´ çÜ¹æ§ü ·¤æ ·¤æ×, ÂÚUèÿææ ÂéçSÌ·¤æ
for Rough Work. This space is given at the bottom of ×ð´ çÙÏæüçÚUÌ Á»ã Áæð ç·¤ ÒÚUÈ¤ ·¤æØü ·ð¤ çÜ° Á»ãÓ mæÚUæ Ùæ×æ´ç·¤Ì
each page and in one page (i.e. Page 39) at the end of ãñ, ÂÚU ãè ç·¤Øæ Áæ°»æÐ Øã Á»ã ÂýØð·¤ ÂëD ÂÚU Ùè¿ð ·¤è ¥æðÚU ¥æñÚU
the booklet. ÂéçSÌ·¤æ ·ð¤ ¥´Ì ×ð´ °·¤ ÂëD ÂÚU (ÂëD 39) Îè »§ü ãñÐ
8. On completion of the test, the candidates must hand
over the Answer Sheet to the Invigilator on duty in the 8. ÂÚèÿææ âÂóæ ãæðÙð ÂÚU, ÂÚUèÿææÍèü ·¤ÿæ/ãæòÜ ÀUæðÇ¸Ùð âð Âêßü ©æÚU Âæ
Room/Hall. However, the candidates are allowed to ·¤ÿæ çÙÚUèÿæ·¤ ·¤æð ¥ßàØ âæñ´Â Îð´Ð ÂÚUèÿææÍèü ¥ÂÙð âæÍ §â
take away this Test Booklet with them. ÂÚUèÿææ ÂéçSÌ·¤æ ·¤æð Üð Áæ â·¤Ìð ãñ´Ð
9. Each candidate must show on demand his/her Admit 9. ×æ´»ð ÁæÙð ÂÚU ÂýØð·¤ ÂÚUèÿææÍèü çÙÚUèÿæ·¤ ·¤æð ¥ÂÙæ Âýßàð æ ·¤æÇü çÎ¹æ°¡Ð
Card to the Invigilator.
10. ¥Ïèÿæ·¤ Øæ çÙÚUèÿæ·¤ ·¤è çßàæðá ¥Ùé×çÌ ·ð¤ çÕÙæ ·¤æð§ü ÂÚUèÿææÍèü
10. No candidate, without special permission of the
Superintendent or Invigilator, should leave his/her ¥ÂÙæ SÍæÙ Ù ÀUæðÇ¸ð´Ð
seat. 11. ·¤æØüÚUÌ çÙÚUèÿæ·¤ ·¤æð ¥ÂÙæ ©æÚU Âæ çÎ° çÕÙæ °ß´ ©ÂçSÍçÌ Âæ
11. The candidates should not leave the Examination Hall ÂÚU ÎéÕæÚUæ ãSÌæÿæÚU ç·¤° çÕÙæ ·¤æð§ü ÂÚUèÿææÍèü ÂÚUèÿææ ãæòÜ Ùãè´ ÀUæðÇð̧´»ðÐ
Invigilator on duty and sign the Attendance Sheet
ØçÎ ç·¤âè ÂÚUèÿææÍèü Ùð ÎêâÚUè ÕæÚU ©ÂçSÍçÌ Âæ ÂÚU ãSÌæÿæÚU Ùãè´
again. Cases where a candidate has not signed the ç·¤° Ìæð Øã ×æÙæ Áæ°»æ ç·¤ ©âÙð ©æÚU Âæ Ùãè´ ÜæñÅUæØæ ãñ çÁâð
Attendance Sheet second time will be deemed not to ¥Ùéç¿Ì âæÏÙ ÂýØæð» æðæè ×ð´ ×æÙæ Áæ°»æÐ ÂÚUèÿææÍèü ¥ÂÙð ÕæØð´
have handed over the Answer Sheet and dealt with as ãæÍ ·ð¤ ¥´»êÆðU ·¤æ çÙàææÙ ©ÂçSÍçÌ Âæ ×ð´ çÎ° »° SÍæÙ ÂÚU
an unfair means case. The candidates are also required
to put their left hand THUMB impression in the space ¥ßàØ Ü»æ°¡Ð
provided in the Attendance Sheet. 12. §ÜðÅþUæòçÙ·¤/ãSÌ¿æçÜÌ ÂçÚU·¤Ü·¤ °ß´ ×æðÕæ§Ü È¤æðÙ, ÂðÁÚU §ØæçÎ
12. Use of Electronic/Manual Calculator and any Áñâð ç·¤âè §ÜðÅþUæòçÙ·¤ ©Â·¤ÚUæ ·¤æ ÂýØæð» ßçÁüÌ ãñÐ
prohibited. 13. ÂÚUèÿææ ãæòÜ ×ð´ ¥æ¿ÚUæ ·ð¤ çÜ° ÂÚUèÿææÍèü Á.°.Õ./ÕæðÇüU ·ð¤ âÖè
13. The candidates are governed by all Rules and çÙØ×æð´ °ßÚ çßçÙØ×æð´ mæÚUæ çÙØç×Ì ãæð´»ðÐ ¥Ùéç¿Ì âæÏÙ ÂýØæð» ·ð¤
Regulations of the JAB/Board with regard to their âÖè ×æ×Üæð´ ·¤æ Èñ¤âÜæ Á.°.Õ./ÕæðÇüU ·ð¤ çÙØ×æð´ °ß´ çßçÙØ×æð´ ·ð¤
conduct in the Examination Hall. All cases of unfair ¥ÙéâæÚU ãæð»æÐ
of the JAB/Board. 14. ç·¤âè Öè çSÍçÌ ×ð´ ÂÚUèÿææ ÂéçSÌ·¤æ ÌÍæ ©æÚU Âæ ·¤æ ·¤æð§ü Öè Öæ»
14. No part of the Test Booklet and Answer Sheet shall be ¥Ü» Ùãè´ ç·¤Øæ Áæ°»æÐ
detached under any circumstances. 15. ÂÚUèÿææÍèü mæÚUæ ÂÚUèÿææ ·¤ÿæ/ãæòÜ ×ð´ Âýßðàæ ·¤æÇüU ·ð¤ ¥Üæßæ
15. Candidates are not allowed to carry any textual ç·¤âè Öè Âý·¤æÚU ·¤è ÂæÆ÷UØ âæ×»ýè, ×éçÎýÌ Øæ ãSÌçÜç¹Ì,
material, printed or written, bits of papers, pager, ·¤æ»Á ·¤è Âç¿üØæ¡, ÂðÁÚU, ×æðÕæ§Ü È¤æðÙ Øæ ç·¤âè Öè Âý·¤æÚU
except the Admit Card inside the examination ·ð¤ §ÜðÅþUæòçÙ·¤ ©Â·¤ÚUææð´ Øæ ç·¤âè ¥Ø Âý·¤æÚU ·¤è âæ×»ýè
room/hall. ·¤æð Üð ÁæÙð Øæ ©ÂØæð» ·¤ÚUÙð ·¤è ¥Ùé×çÌ Ùãè´ ãñÐ
D/Page 40
JEE Main 2015 Answer key Paper 1 Offline (April 4, 2015) - Code D
JEE Main 2014 Question Paper 1 Offline (April 6, 2014)Set-E
§â ÂéçSÌ·¤æ ×ð´ ×éçÎýÌ ÂëcÆ 40 ãñ´Ð RST
PAPER - 1 : PHYSICS, CHEMISTRY & MATHEMATICS Test Booklet Code
ÂýàÙÂéçSÌ·¤æ - 1 : ÖæñçÌ·¤ çßææÙ, ÚUâæØÙ çßææÙ ÌÍæ »çæÌ ÂÚèÿææ ÂéçSÌ·¤æ â´·ð¤Ì
E
§â ÂÚèÿææ ÂéçSÌ·¤æ ·¤æð ÌÕ Ì·¤ Ù ¹æðÜð´ ÁÕ Ì·¤ ·¤ãæ Ù Áæ°Ð
§â ÂÚèÿææ ÂéçSÌ·¤æ ·ð¤ çÂÀÜð ¥æßÚæ ÂÚ çÎ° »° çÙÎðüàææð´ ·¤æð ØæÙ âð ÂÉ¸ð´Ð
Important Instructions : ×ãßÂêæü çÙÎðüàæ Ñ
1. Immediately fill in the particulars on this page of the Test 1. ÂÚUèÿææ ÂéçSÌ·¤æ ·ð¤ §â ÂëcÆU ÂÚU ¥æßàØ·¤ çßßÚUæ ÙèÜð / ·¤æÜð ÕæòÜ
Booklet with Blue/Black Ball Point Pen. Use of pencil is strictly ßæ§´ÅU ÂðÙ âð Ì·¤æÜ ÖÚð´Ð ÂðçâÜ ·¤æ ÂýØæð» çÕË·é¤Ü ßçÁüÌ ãñÐ
prohibited.
2. The Answer Sheet is kept inside this Test Booklet. When you 2. ©æÚU Âæ §â ÂÚUèÿææ ÂéçSÌ·¤æ ·ð¤ ¥ÎÚU ÚU¹æ ãñÐ ÁÕ ¥æÂ·¤æð ÂÚUèÿææ ÂéçSÌ·¤æ
are directed to open the Test Booklet, take out the Answer ¹æðÜÙð ·¤æð ·¤ãæ Áæ°, Ìæð ©æÚU Âæ çÙ·¤æÜ ·¤ÚU âæßÏæÙèÂêß·ü ¤ çßßÚUæ ÖÚðÚÐ
Sheet and fill in the particulars carefully. 3. ÂÚUèÿææ ·¤è ¥ßçÏ 3 æ´ÅðU ãñÐ
3. The test is of 3 hours duration. 4. §â ÂÚUèÿææ ÂéçSÌ·¤æ ×ð´ 90 ÂýàÙ ãñ´Ð ¥çÏ·¤Ì× ¥´·¤ 360 ãñ´Ð
marks are 360. 5. §â ÂÚUèÿææ ÂéçSÌ·¤æ ×ð´ ÌèÙ Öæ» A, B, C ãñ´, çÁâ·ð¤ ÂýØð·¤ Öæ» ×ð´
5. There are three parts in the question paper A, B, C ÖæñçÌ·¤ çßææÙ, ÚUâæØÙ çßææÙ °ß´ »çæÌ ·ð¤ 30 ÂýàÙ ãñ´ ¥æñÚU âÖè
consisting of Physics, Chemistry and Mathematics having ÂýàÙæð´ ·ð¤ ¥´·¤ â×æÙ ãñ´Ð ÂýØð·¤ ÂýàÙ ·ð¤ âãè ©æÚU ·ð¤ çÜ° 4 (¿æÚU)
30 questions in each part of equal weightage. Each question ¥´·¤ çÙÏæüçÚUÌ ç·¤Øð »Øð ãñ´Ð
6. ¥ØçÍüØæð´ ·¤æð ÂýØð·¤ âãè ©æÚU ·ð¤ çÜ° ©ÂÚUæðÌ çÙÎðüàæÙ â´Øæ 5 ·ð¤
No. 5 for correct response of each question. ¼ (one fourth) marks çÙÎðüàææÙéâæÚU ×æâü çÎØð ÁæØð´»ðÐ ÂýØð·¤ ÂýàÙ ·ð¤ »ÜÌ ©æÚU ·ð¤ çÜØð
will be deducted for indicating incorrect response of each question. ¼ ßæ´ Öæ» ·¤æÅU çÜØæ ÁæØð»æÐ ØçÎ ©æÚU Âæ ×ð´ ç·¤âè ÂýàÙ ·¤æ ©æÚU
No deduction from the total score will be made if no response is Ùãè´ çÎØæ »Øæ ãæð Ìæð ·é¤Ü Âýæ#æ´·¤ âð ·¤æð§ü ·¤ÅUæñÌè Ùãè´ ·¤è ÁæØð»èÐ
7. ÂýØð·¤ ÂýàÙ ·¤æ ·ð¤ßÜ °·¤ ãè âãè ©æÚU ãñÐ °·¤ âð ¥çÏ·¤ ©æÚU ÎðÙð ÂÚU
7. There is only one correct response for each question. Filling
up more than one response in any question will be treated as ©âð »ÜÌ ©æÚU ×æÙæ ÁæØð»æ ¥æñÚU ©ÂÚUæðÌ çÙÎðüàæ 6 ·ð¤ ¥ÙéâæÚU ¥´·¤ ·¤æÅU
wrong response and marks for wrong response will be çÜØð ÁæØð´»ðÐ
deducted accordingly as per instruction 6 above. 8. ©æÚU Âæ ·ð¤ ÂëcÆU-1 °ß´ ÂëcÆU-2 ÂÚU ßæ´çÀUÌ çßßÚUæ °ß´ ©æÚU ¥´ç·¤Ì
8. Use Blue/Black Ball Point Pen only for writing particulars/ ·¤ÚUÙð ãðÌé ·ð¤ßÜ ÙèÜð/·¤æÜð ÕæòÜ ßæ§´ÅU ÂðÙ ·¤æ ãè ÂýØæð» ·¤ÚðÚÐ
marking responses on Side-1 and Side2 of the Answer Sheet.
Use of pencil is strictly prohibited. ÂðçâÜ ·¤æ ÂýØæð» çÕË·é¤Ü ßçÁüÌ ãñÐ
9. No candidate is allowed to carry any textual material, printed 9. ÂÚUèÿææÍèü mæÚUæ ÂÚUèÿææ ·¤ÿæ/ãæòÜ ×ð́ Âýßðàæ ·¤æÇüU ·ð¤ ¥Üæßæ ç·¤âè Öè Âý·¤æÚU
or written, bits of papers, pager, mobile phone, any electronic ·¤è ÂæÆ÷UØ âæ×»ýè, ×éçÎýÌ Øæ ãSÌçÜç¹Ì, ·¤æ»Á ·¤è Âç¿üØæ¡, ÂðÁÚU, ×æðÕæ§Ü
device, etc. except the Admit Card inside the examination È¤æðÙ Øæ ç·¤âè Öè Âý·¤æÚU ·ð¤ §ÜðÅþUæòçÙ·¤ ©Â·¤ÚUææð́ Øæ ç·¤âè ¥Ø Âý·¤æÚU ·¤è
hall/room.
10. Rough work is to be done on the space provided for this
âæ×»ýè ·¤æð Üð ÁæÙð Øæ ©ÂØæð» ·¤ÚUÙð ·¤è ¥Ùé×çÌ Ùãè´ ãñÐ
purpose in the Test Booklet only. This space is given at the 10. ÚUÈ¤ ·¤æØü ÂÚUèÿææ ÂéçSÌ·¤æ ×ð´ ·ð¤ßÜ çÙÏæüçÚUÌ Á»ã ÂÚU ãè ·¤èçÁ°Ð Øã
bottom of each page and in one page (Page 39) at the end of Á»ã ÂýØð·¤ ÂëcÆU ÂÚU Ùè¿ð ·¤è ¥æðÚU ¥æñÚU ÂéçSÌ·¤æ ·ð¤ ¥´Ì ×ð´ °·¤ ÂëcÆU ÂÚU
the booklet. (ÂëcÆU 39) Îè »§ü ãñÐ
Answer Sheet to the Invigilator on duty in the Room/Hall. 11. ÂÚUèÿææ â×æÌ ãæðÙð ÂÚU, ÂÚUèÿææÍèü ·¤ÿæ/ãæòÜ ÀUæðÇ¸Ùð âð Âêßü ©æÚU Âæ ·¤ÿæ
However, the candidates are allowed to take away this Test çÙÚUèÿæ·¤ ·¤æð ¥ßàØ âæñ´Â Îð´Ð ÂÚUèÿææÍèü ¥ÂÙð âæÍ §â ÂÚUèÿææ ÂéçSÌ·¤æ
Booklet with them. ·¤æð Üð Áæ â·¤Ìð ãñ´Ð
12. The CODE for this Booklet is E. Make sure that the CODE 12. §â ÂéçSÌ·¤æ ·¤æ â´·ð¤Ì E ãñÐ Øã âéçÙçà¿Ì ·¤ÚU Üð´ ç·¤ §â ÂéçSÌ·¤æ ·¤æ
printed on Side2 of the Answer Sheet is the same as that on â´·ð¤Ì, ©æÚU Âæ ·ð¤ ÂëcÆU-2 ÂÚU ÀUÂð â´·ð¤Ì âð ç×ÜÌæ ãñÐ ¥»ÚU Øã çÖóæ
this booklet. In case of discrepancy, the candidate should
immediately report the matter to the Invigilator for
ãæð Ìæð ÂÚUèÿææÍèü ÎêâÚUè ÂÚUèÿææ ÂéçSÌ·¤æ ¥æñÚU ©æÚU Âæ ÜðÙð ·ð¤ çÜ° çÙÚUèÿæ·¤
replacement of both the Test Booklet and the Answer Sheet. ·¤æð ÌéÚUÌ ¥ß»Ì ·¤ÚUæ°¡Ð
13. Do not fold or make any stray mark on the Answer Sheet. 13. ©æÚU Âæ ·¤æð Ù ×æðÇ¸ð´ °ß´ Ù ãè ©â ÂÚU ¥Ø çÙàææÙ Ü»æ°¡Ð
ÂÚèÿææÍèü ·¤æ Ùæ× (ÕÇ¸ð ¥ÿæÚæð´ ×ð´) Ñ
¥Ùé·¤ý ×æ´·¤ Ñ ¥´·¤æð´ ×ð´
: in words
Ñ àæÎæð´ ×ð´
ÂÚèÿææ ·ð¤Îý ÙÕÚU Ñ
ÂÚUèÿææ ·ð¤Îý ·¤æ Ùæ× (ÕÇ¸ð ¥ÿæÚUæð´ ×ð´ ) Ñ
Candidates Signature : 1. Invigilators Signature :
ÂÚèÿææÍèü ·ð¤ ãSÌæÿæÚ Ñ çÙÚèÿæ·¤ ·ð¤ ãSÌæÿæÚ Ñ
2. Invigilators Signature :
çÙÚèÿæ·¤ ·ð¤ ãSÌæÿæÚ Ñ
1. The current voltage relation of diode is 1. °·¤ ÇUæØæð Ç U ·¤è ÏæÚUæ-ßæð Ë ÅUÌæ âÕÏ
given by I5(e1000V/T21) mA, where the I5(e1000V/T21) mA âð Îè ÁæÌè ãñ´, Áãæ¡ V Ü»æ§ü
applied voltage V is in volts and the »§ü ßæðËÅUÌæ ßæðËÅU ×ð´ ãñ ¥æñÚU ÌæÂ×æÙ T çÇU»ýè ·ñ¤çËßÙ
temperature T is in degree Kelvin. If a ×ð´ ãñÐ ØçÎ °·¤ çßlæÍèü 300 K ÂÚU 5 mA ÏæÚUæ
student makes an error measuring ÙæÂÌð ãéØð ×æÂÙ ×ð´ 60.01 V ·¤è æéçÅU ·¤ÚUÌæ ãñ, ÌÕ
60.01 V while measuring the current of ÏæÚUæ ·ð¤ ×æÙ ×ð´ mA ×ð´ æéçÅU Øæ ãæð»è?
5 mA at 300 K, what will be the error in
the value of current in mA ?
(1) 0.2 mA (1) 0.2 mA
(2) 0.02 mA (2) 0.02 mA
(3) 0.5 mA (3) 0.5 mA
(4) 0.05 mA (4) 0.05 mA
2. From a tower of height H, a particle is 2. ª¡¤¿æ§ü H ·¤è °·¤ ×èÙæÚU âð, ¿æÜ u âð °·¤ ·¤æ ·¤æð
thrown vertically upwards with a ª¤ßæüÏÚU ª¤ÂÚU ·¤è ¥æðÚU Èð´¤·¤æ ÁæÌæ ãñÐ ·¤æ ·¤æð
speed u. The time taken by the particle, to Âëßè Ì·¤ ç»ÚUÙð ×ð´ Ü»æ â×Ø ©â·ð¤ ©æÌ× çÕÎé
hit the ground, is n times that taken by it Ì·¤ Âãé¡¿Ùð ·ð¤ â×Ø ·¤æ n »éÙæ ãñ´Ð
to reach the highest point of its path.
The relation between H, u and n is : H, u °ß´ n ·ð¤ Õè¿ âÕÏ ãñ Ñ
(1) 2 g H5n2u2 (1) 2 g H5n2u2
(2) g H5(n22)2u2 (2) g H5(n22)2u2
(3) 2 g H5nu2(n22) (3) 2 g H5nu2(n22)
(4) g H5(n22)u2 (4) g H5(n22)u2
E/Page 2 SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ÚUÈ¤ ·¤æØü ·ð¤ çÜ° Á»ã
3. A mass m is supported by a massless 3. çæØæ R °ß´ ÎýÃØ×æÙ m ·ð¤ °·¤ °·¤â×æÙ ¹æð¹Üð
string wound around a uniform hollow ÕðÜÙ ·ð¤ ¿æÚUæð´ ÌÚUÈ¤ °·¤ ÎýÃØ×æÙçßãèÙ ÇUæðÚUè âð °·¤
cylinder of mass m and radius R. If the ÎýÃØ×æÙ m ¥ßÜ´çÕÌ ãñ´Ð ØçÎ ÇUæðÚUè ÕðÜÙ ÂÚU
string does not slip on the cylinder, with çÈ¤âÜÌè Ùãè´ ãñ, ÌÕ ÀUæðÇ¸ð ÁæÙð ÂÚU ÎýÃØ×æÙ ç·¤â
what acceleration will the mass fall on ßÚUæ âð ç»ÚðU»æ?
release ?
2g 2g
(1) (1)
3 3
g g
(2) (2)
2 2
5g 5g
(3) (3)
6 6
(4) g (4) g
4. A block of mass m is placed on a surface 4. °·¤ ÂëcÆU ÂÚU °·¤ ÎýÃØ×æÙ m ·¤æ Üæò·¤ ÚU¹æ ãñÐ
with a vertical cross section given by x3
ÂëcÆU ·¤è ª¤ßæüÏÚU ¥ÙéÂýSÍ ·¤æÅU y5 âð Îè ÁæÌè
x3 6
y5 . If the coefficient of friction is 0.5, ãñÐ ØçÎ æáüæ »éææ´·¤ 0.5 ãñ, ÌÕ ÏÚUÌè âð ª¤ÂÚU ßã
6
the maximum height above the ground at ¥çÏ·¤Ì× ª¡¤¿æ§ü, çÁâ ÂÚU çÕÙæ çÈ¤âÜð Üæò·¤ ÚU¹æ
which the block can be placed without Áæ â·¤Ìæ ãñ´, ãñ Ñ
slipping is :
1 1
(1) m (1) m
6 6
2 2
(2) m (2) m
3 3
1 1
(3) m (3) m
3 3
1 1
(4) m (4) m
2 2
5. When a rubber-band is stretched by a 5. ÁÕ °·¤ ÚUÕÇ¸ ·ð¤ ÀUËÜð ·¤æð x ÎêÚUè Ì·¤ ÌæçÙÌ ç·¤Øæ
distance x, it exerts a restoring force of ÁæÌæ ãñ; ÌÕ ÂçÚU×ææ F5ax1bx2 ·¤æ °·¤ ÂýØÙØÙ
magnitude F5ax1bx2 where a and b are ÕÜ Ü»Ìæ ãñ Áãæ¡ a °ß´ b çSÍÚUæ´·¤ ãñ´Ð çÕÙæ ÌæçÙÌ
constants. The work done in stretching ÚUÕÇ¸ ·ð¤ ÀUËÜð ·¤æð L âð ÌæçÙÌ ·¤ÚUÙð ×ð´ ç·¤Øæ »Øæ
the unstretched rubber-band by L is : ·¤æØü ãñ Ñ
(1) aL21bL3 (1) aL21bL3
1 1
(2) (aL21bL3) (2) (aL21bL3)
2 2
aL2 bL3 aL2 bL3

(3) 1 (3) 1
2 3 2 3
1 ÌË aL2 bL3 ÜÛÜ 1 ÌË aL2 bL3 ÜÛÜ

(4) ÌÌ 1 Ü (4) ÌÌ 1 Ü
2 ÌÍ 2 3 ÜÜÝ 2 ÌÍ 2 3 ÜÜÝ
6. A bob of mass m attached to an 6. ÜÕæ§ü l ·¤è °·¤ ¥çßÌæØ Ç¸æðÚUè âð Õ¡Ïð ÎýÃØ×æÙ m
inextensible string of length l is suspended ·ð¤ °·¤ ÕæÕ ·¤æð °·¤ ª¤ßæüÏÚU ¥æÏæÚU âð ÜÅU·¤æØæ
from a vertical support. The bob rotates ÁæÌæ ãñÐ ÕæÕ ª¤ßæüÏÚU ÂÚU ·¤æðæèØ ¿æÜ v rad/s âð
in a horizontal circle with an angular °·¤ ÿæñçÌÁ ßëæ ×ð´ æêæüÙ ·¤ÚUÌæ ãñÐ çÙÜ´ÕÙ çÕÎé
speed v rad/s about the vertical. About ÂÚU Ñ
the point of suspension :
(1) angular momentum is conserved. (1) ·¤æðæèØ â´ßð» â´ÚUçÿæÌ ÚUãÌæ ãñÐ
(2) angular momentum changes in (2) ·¤æðæèØ â´ßð» ÂçÚU×ææ ×ð´ ÂçÚUßÌüÙàæèÜ ãñ´ ÂÚUÌé
magnitude but not in direction. çÎàææ ×ð´ Ùãè´Ð
(3) angular momentum changes in (3) ·¤æðæèØ â´ßð» çÎàææ ×ð´ ÂçÚUßÌüÙàæèÜ ãñ ÂÚUÌé
direction but not in magnitude. ÂçÚU×ææ ×ð´ Ùãè´Ð
(4) angular momentum changes both in (4) ·¤æðæèØ â´ßð» ÎæðÙæð´ çÎàææ °ß´ ÂçÚ×ææ ×ð´
direction and magnitude. ÂçÚUUßÌüÙàæèÜ ãñÐ
7. Four particles, each of mass M and 7. ÂýØð·¤ ÎýÃØ×æÙ M ·ð¤ ¿æÚU ·¤æ Áæð ç·¤ °·¤ ÎêâÚðU âð
equidistant from each other, move along â×æÙ ÎêÚUè ÂÚU ãñ´, °·¤ ÎêâÚðU ·ð¤ ¥ØæðØ »éL¤ßæ·¤áüæ
a circle of radius R under the action of their ÂýÖæß ×ð´ çæØæ R ·ð¤ °·¤ ßëæ ÂÚU »çÌàæèÜ ãñ´Ð ÂýØð·¤
mutual gravitational attraction. The speed ·¤æ ·¤è ¿æÜ ãñ Ñ
of each particle is :
GM GM
(1) (1)
R R
GM GM
(2) 2 2 (2) 2 2
R R
GM GM
(3)
R
(1 1 2 2 ) (3)
R
(1 1 2 2 )
1 GM 1 GM
(4)
2 R
(1 1 2 2 ) (4)
2 R
(1 1 2 2 )
8. The pressure that has to be applied to the 8. 10 cm ÜÕæ§ü ·ð¤ °·¤ SÅUèÜ ·ð¤ ÌæÚU ·ð¤ çâÚUæð ÂÚU ÁÕ
ends of a steel wire of length 10 cm to keep ÌæÂ×æÙ ×ð´ ßëçh 1008C ·¤è ÁæÌè ãñ´ ÌÕ §â·¤è ÜÕæ§ü
its length constant when its temperature çSÍÚU ÚU¹Ùð ·ð¤ çÜØð çâÚUæð ÂÚU Ü»æØæ »Øæ ÎæÕ ãñ Ñ
is raised by 1008C is :
(For steel Youngs modulus is (SÅUèÜ ·¤æ Ø´» ÂýØæSÍÌæ »éææ´·¤ 231011 N m22
231011 N m22 and coefficient of thermal ¥æñÚU ÚðUç¹·¤ ÂýâæÚU »éææ´·¤ 1.131025 K21 ãñ´)
expansion is 1.131025 K21)
(1) 2.23108 Pa (1) 2.23108 ÂæS·¤Ü
(2) 2.23109 Pa (2) 2.23109 ÂæS·¤Ü
(3) 2.23107 Pa (3) 2.23107 ÂæS·¤Ü
(4) 2.23106 Pa (4) 2.23106 ÂæS·¤Ü
9. There is a circular tube in a vertical plane. 9. °·¤ ßëææ·¤æÚU ÙÜè ª¤ßæüÏÚU ÌÜ ×ð´ ãñÐ Îæð Îýß, Áæð
Two liquids which do not mix and of °·¤ ÎêâÚðU âð ç×çæÌ Ùãè´ ãæðÌð ÌÍæ çÁÙ·¤æ æÙß d1
densities d1 and d2 are filled in the tube. °ß´ d2 ãñ´, ÙÜè ×ð´ ÖÚðU »Øð ãñ´Ð ÂýØð·¤ Îýß ·ð¤Îý ÂÚU
Each liquid subtends 908 angle at centre. 908 ·¤æ ·¤æðæ ¥´ÌçÚUÌ ·¤ÚUÌæ ãñ´Ð ©Ù·ð¤ ¥´ÌÑ ÂëcÆU ·¤æð
Radius joining their interface makes ÁæðÇ¸Ùð ßæÜè çæØæ ª¤ßæüÏÚU âð a ·¤æðæ ÕÙæÌè ãñ´Ð
d1 d1
an angle a with vertical. Ratio d is : ¥ÙéÂæÌ d2 ãñ Ñ
2
1 1 sin a 1 1 sin a
(1) (1)
1 2 sin a 1 2 sin a
1 1 cosa 1 1 cosa
(2) (2)
1 2 cosa 1 2 cosa
1 1 tan a 1 1 tan a
(3) (3)
1 2 tan a 1 2 tan a
1 1 sin a 1 1 sin a
(4) (4)
1 2 cosa 1 2 cosa
10. On heating water, bubbles being formed 10. ÂæÙè ·¤æð »×ü ·¤ÚUÙð ÂÚU, ÕÌüÙ ·¤è ÌÜè ×ð´ ÕéÜÕéÜð
at the bottom of the vessel detatch and rise. ÕÙÌð ãñ´ ¥æñÚU çßÜÙ ãæð·¤ÚU ª¤ÂÚU ·¤è ¥æðÚU ©ÆUÌð ãñ´Ð
Take the bubbles to be spheres of radius R ÕéÜÕéÜæð´ ·¤æð çæØæ R ·¤æ »æðÜæ ×æÙ Üð´ ¥æñÚU ÕÌüÙ ·¤è
and making a circular contact of radius r ÌÜè âð ßëæèØ SÂàæü ·¤è çæØæ r Üð´Ð ØçÎ r << R
with the bottom of the vessel. If r << R, ¥æñÚU ÂæÙè ·¤æ ÂëcÆU ÌÙæß T ãñ´, ÌÕ ÕéÜÕéÜæð´ ·ð¤ Õâ
and the surface tension of water is T, value çßÜÙ ãæðÙð âð ÁÚUæ ÂãÜð r ·¤æ ×æÙ ãñ´ Ñ
of r just before bubbles detatch is :
(density of water is r )
w
(ÂæÙè ·¤æ æÙß rw ãñ)
rw g rw g
(1) R2 (1) R2
3T 3T
rw g rw g
(2) R2 (2) R2
6T 6T
rw g rw g
(3) R2 (3) R2
T T
3rw g 3rw g
(4) R2 (4) R2
T T
11. Three rods of Copper, Brass and Steel are 11. Ìæ¡Õð, ÂèÌÜ °ß´ SÅUèÜ ·¤è ÌèÙ ÀUÇ¸æð´ ·¤æð Y - ¥æ·¤æÚU
welded together to form a Y - shaped â´ÚU¿Ùæ ×ð´ ßðËÇU ç·¤Øæ »Øæ ãñ´Ð ÂýØð·¤ ÀUÇ¸ ·¤è
structure. Area of cross - section of each ¥ÙéÂýSÍ ·¤æÅU ·¤æ ÿæðæÈ¤Ü54 cm2 ãñÐ Ìæ¡Õð ·¤è ÀUÇ¸
rod54 cm 2 . End of copper rod is ·ð¤ çâÚðU ·¤æ ÌæÂ×æÙ 1008C ãñ´ ÁÕç·¤ ÂèÌÜ °ß´
maintained at 1008C where as ends of SÅUèÜ ·ð¤ çâÚðU 08C ÌæÂ×æÙ ÂÚU ÚU¹ð »Øð ãñ´Ð Ìæ¡Õð,
brass and steel are kept at 08C. Lengths of ÂèÌÜ °ß´ SÅUèÜ ·¤è ÀUÇ¸æð´ ·¤è ÜÕæ§üØæ¡ ·ý¤×àæÑ
the copper, brass and steel rods are 46, 13 46, 13 °ß´ 12 cms ãñ´Ð ÀUÇ¸æð´ ·¤æð, ©Ù·ð¤ çâÚUæð´ ·¤æð
and 12 cms respectively. The rods are ÀUæðÇ¸·¤ÚU, ßæÌæßÚUæ âð ª¤c×èØ ÚUæðÏè ç·¤Øæ »Øæ ãñÐ
thermally insulated from surroundings Ìæ¡Õð, ÂèÌÜ °ß´ SÅUèÜ ·¤è ª¤c×æ ¿æÜ·¤Ìæ°¡ ·ý¤×àæÑ
except at ends. Thermal conductivities of 0.92, 0.26 °ß´ 0.12 CGS §·¤æ§ü ãñ´Ð Ìæ¡Õð ·¤è ÀUÇ¸
copper, brass and steel are 0.92, 0.26 and âð ÂýßæçãÌ ª¤c×æ ·¤è ÎÚU ãñ Ñ
0.12 CGS units respectively. Rate of heat
flow through copper rod is :
(1) 1.2 cal/s (1) 1.2 cal/s
(2) 2.4 cal/s (2) 2.4 cal/s
(3) 4.8 cal/s (3) 4.8 cal/s
(4) 6.0 cal/s (4) 6.0 cal/s
12. One mole of diatomic ideal gas undergoes 12. çmÂÚU×ææé·¤ ¥æÎàæü »ñâ ·¤æ °·¤ ×æðÜ ¿·ý¤èØ Âýç·ý¤Øæ
a cyclic process ABC as shown in figure. ABC âð »éÁÚUÌæ ãñ Áñâæ ç·¤ ç¿æ ×ð´ ÎàææüØæ »Øæ ãñÐ
The process BC is adiabatic. The Âýç·ý¤Øæ BC L¤hæðc× ãñÐ A, B °ß´ C ·ð¤ ÌæÂ×æÙ
temperatures at A, B and C are 400 K, ·ý¤×àæÑ 400 K, 800 K °ß´ 600 K ãñ´Ð âãè ·¤ÍÙ
800 K and 600 K respectively. Choose the ¿éçÙØð Ñ
correct statement :
(1) The change in internal energy in (1) âÂêæü ¿·ý¤èØ Âýç·ý¤Øæ ×ð´ ¥æÌçÚU·¤ ª¤Áæü ×ð´
whole cyclic process is 250 R. ÂçÚUßÌüÙ 250 R ãñÐ
(2) The change in internal energy in the (2) Âýç·ý¤Øæ CA ×ð´ ¥æÌçÚU·¤ ª¤Áæü ×ð´ ÂçÚUßÌüÙ
process CA is 700 R. 700 R ãñÐ
(3) The change in internal energy in the (3) Âýç·ý¤Øæ AB ×ð´ ¥æÌçÚU·¤ ª¤Áæü ×ð´ ÂçÚUßÌüÙ
process AB is 2350 R. 2350 R ãñÐ
(4) The change in internal energy in the (4) Âýç·ý¤Øæ BC ×ð´ ¥æÌçÚU·¤ ª¤Áæü ×ð´ ÂçÚUßÌüÙ
process BC is 2500 R. 2500 R ãñÐ
13. An open glass tube is immersed in mercury 13. °·¤ ¹éÜè ·¤æ¡¿ ·¤è ÙÜè ·¤æð ÂæÚðU ×ð´ §â Âý·¤æÚU ÇéUÕæðØæ
in such a way that a length of 8 cm extends ÁæÌæ ãñ ç·¤ ÂæÚðU ·ð¤ SÌÚU âð 8 cm ª¤ÂÚU ·¤æ¡¿ ·¤è ÙÜè
above the mercury level. The open end of ·¤è ÜÕæ§ü ãñÐ ÙÜè ·ð¤ ¹éÜð çâÚðU ·¤æð ¥Õ ÕÎ ·¤ÚU
the tube is then closed and sealed and the âèÜ ·¤ÚU çÎØæ ÁæÌæ ãñ ¥æñÚU ÙÜè ·¤æð ª¤ßæüÏÚU ¥çÌçÚUÌ
tube is raised vertically up by additional 46 cm âð ª¤ÂÚU ©ÆUæØæ ÁæÌæ ãñÐ ÙÜè ×ð´ ÂæÚðU ·ð¤ ª¤ÂÚU
46 cm. What will be length of the air ßæØé SÌÖ ·¤è ÜÕæ§ü ¥Õ Øæ ãæð»è?
column above mercury in the tube now ?
(Atmospheric pressure 576 cm of Hg) (ßæØé×´ÇUÜèØ ÎæÕ5Hg ·¤æ 76 cm)
(1) 16 cm (1) 16 cm
(2) 22 cm (2) 22 cm
(3) 38 cm (3) 38 cm
(4) 6 cm (4) 6 cm
14. A particle moves with simple harmonic 14. °·¤ ·¤æ °·¤ âÚUÜ ÚðU¹æ ×ð´ âÚUÜ ¥æßÌü »çÌ âð
motion in a straight line. In first t s, after »çÌàæèÜ ãñÐ Øã çßÚUæ×æßSÍæ âð ÂýæÚUÖ ·¤ÚU ÂýÍ×
starting from rest it travels a distance a, t âñç·¤ÇU ×ð´ ÎêÚUè a ¥æñÚU ¥»Üð t âñç·¤ÇU ×ð´ ÎêÚUè 2a
and in next t s it travels 2a, in same ©âè çÎàææ ×ð´ ÌØ ·¤ÚUÌæ ãñÐ ÌÕ Ñ
direction, then :
(1) amplitude of motion is 3a (1) »çÌ ·¤æ ¥æØæ× 3a ãñÐ
(2) time period of oscillations is 8t (2) ÎæðÜÙæð´ ·¤æ ¥æßÌü ·¤æÜ 8t ãñÐ
(3) amplitude of motion is 4a (3) »çÌ ·¤æ ¥æØæ× 4a ãñÐ
(4) time period of oscillations is 6t (4) ÎæðÜÙæð´ ·¤æ ¥æßÌü ·¤æÜ 6t ãñÐ
15. A pipe of length 85 cm is closed from one 15. ÜÕæ§ü 85 cm ·ð¤ °·¤ Âæ§Â ·ð¤ °·¤ çâÚðU ·¤æð ÕÎ
end. Find the number of possible natural ·¤ÚU çÎØæ ÁæÌæ ãñÐ Âæ§Â ×ð´ ßæØé SÌÖ ·ð¤ âÖß
oscillations of air column in the pipe whose Âýæ·ë¤çÌ·¤ ÎæðÜÙæð ·¤è ßã â´Øæ çÙ·¤æçÜ°ð çÁÙ·¤è
frequencies lie below 1250 Hz. The ¥æßëçæ 1250 Hz âð ·¤× ãñÐ ßæØé ×ð´ ßçÙ ·¤æ ßð»
velocity of sound in air is 340 m/s. 340 m/s ãñÐ
(1) 12 (1) 12
(2) 8 (2) 8
(3) 6 (3) 6
(4) 4 (4) 4
¾ ¾
16. Assume that an electric field E 5 30 x 2 i 16. ×æÙ Üð´ ÃØæð× ×ð´ °·¤ çßléÌ ÿæðæ E 5 30 x 2 i ãñÐ
exists in space. Then the potential ÌÕ çßÖßæÌÚU VA2VO, Áãæ¡ VO ×êÜçÕÎé ÂÚU
difference V A 2V O , where V O is the çßÖß °ß´ VA, x52 m ÂÚU çßÖß ãñ´, ãñ Ñ
potential at the origin and VA the potential
at x52 m is :
(1) 120 J (1) 120 J
(2) 2120 J (2) 2120 J
(3) 280 J (3) 280 J
(4) 80 J (4) 80 J
17. A parallel plate capacitor is made of two 17. Îæð ßëæèØ ÜðÅUæð, çÁÙ·ð¤ Õè¿ ÎêÚUè 5 mm ãñ´, âð °·¤
circular plates separated by a distance of â×æÌÚU Âç^·¤æ â´ÏæçÚUæ ÕÙæØæ »Øæ ãñ çÁâ·ð¤ Õè¿
5 mm and with a dielectric of dielectric ÂÚUæßñléÌ çSÍÚUæ´·¤ 2.2 ·¤æ °·¤ ÂÚUæßñléÌ ÚU¹æ »Øæ ãñÐ
constant 2.2 between them. When the ÁÕ ÂÚUæßñléÌ ×ð´ çßléÌ ÿæðæ 33104 V/m ãñ, ÌÕ
electric field in the dielectric is 33104 V/m, ÏÙæ×·¤ ÜðÅU ·¤æ ¥æßðàæ æÙß Ü»Ö» ãæð»æ Ñ
the charge density of the positive plate will
be close to :
(1) 631027 C/m2 (1) 631027 C/m2
(2) 331027 C/m2 (2) 331027 C/m2
(3) 33104 C/m2 (3) 33104 C/m2
(4) 63104 C/m2 (4) 63104 C/m2
18. In a large building, there are 15 bulbs of 18. °·¤ ÕëãÌ ÖßÙ ×ð´, 40 W ·ð¤ 15 ÕËÕ, 100 W ·ð¤
40 W, 5 bulbs of 100 W, 5 fans of 80 W 5 ÕËÕ, 80 W ·ð¤ 5 Â´¹ð °ß´ 1 kW ·¤æ 1 ãèÅUÚU ãñ´Ð
and 1 heater of 1 kW. The voltage of the çÕÁÜè ·ð¤ ×ðâ ·¤è ßæðËÅUÌæ 220 V ãñ´Ð ÖßÙ ·ð¤
electric mains is 220 V. The minimum ×éØ Øê$Á ·¤è ØêÙÌ× ÿæ×Ìæ ãæð»è Ñ
capacity of the main fuse of the building
will be :
(1) 8A (1) 8A
(2) 10 A (2) 10 A
(3) 12 A (3) 12 A
(4) 14 A (4) 14 A
19. A conductor lies along the z-axis 19. °·¤ âé¿æÜ·¤ z-¥ÿæ ·ð¤ âæÍ 21.5 [ z < 1.5 m
at 21.5 [ z < 1.5 m and carries ¾
ÂÚU ÚU¹æ ãñ ¥æñÚU §â×ð´ 2 az çÎàææ ×ð´ çSÍÚU ÏæÚUæ
¾
a fixed current of 10.0 A in 2 a z
10.0 A ÂýßæçãÌ ãæð ÚUãè ãñÐ (ç¿æ Îð¹ð´)Ð ÿæðæ
direction (see figure). For a field
¾
¾ B 53.0310 24 e 20.2x a y T ·ð ¤ çÜØð ,
B 53.0310 24 e 20.2x a y T, find the
power required to move the conductor at âé¿æÜ·¤ ·¤æð çSÍÚU ¿æÜ âð x52.0 m, y50 m
constant speed to x52.0 m, y50 m in Ì·¤ 531023 s ×ð´ »çÌ ·¤ÚUæÙð ·ð¤ çÜØð ¥æßàØ·¤
531023 s. Assume parallel motion along àæçÌ ·¤è »æÙæ ·¤èçÁ°Ð x-¥ÿæ ÂÚU â×æÌÚU »çÌ
the x-axis. ×æÙ Üð´Ð
(1) 1.57 W (1) 1.57 W

(2) 2.97 W (2) 2.97 W
(3) 14.85 W (3) 14.85 W
(4) 29.7 W (4) 29.7 W
20. The coercivity of a small magnet where the 20. °·¤ ÀUæðÅðU ¿éÕ·¤ ·¤è çÙ»ýæçãÌæ, Áãæ¡ Üæðã¿éÕ·¤
ferromagnet gets demagnetized is ¥¿éÕ·¤èØ ãæð ÁæÌæ ãñ, 33103 A m21 ãñÐ ¿·ý¤æð´
33103 A m21. The current required to be ·¤è â´Øæ 100 °ß´ ÜÕæ§ü 10 cm ·¤è °·¤ ÂçÚUÙæçÜ·¤æ
passed in a solenoid of length 10 cm and âð ÂýßæçãÌ ¥æßàØ·¤ ÏæÚUæ ·¤æ ×æÙ, çÁââð ç·¤ ¿éÕ·¤
number of turns 100, so that the magnet ÂçÚUÙæçÜ·¤æ ·ð¤ ¥ÎÚU ãæðÙð ÂÚU ¥¿éÕ·¤èØ ãæð ÁæØð,
gets demagnetized when inside the ãñ Ñ
solenoid, is :
(1) 30 mA (1) 30 mA
(2) 60 mA (2) 60 mA
(3) 3A (3) 3A
(4) 6A (4) 6A
21. In the circuit shown here, the point C is 21. Øãæ¡ ÎàææüØð »Øð ÂçÚUÂÍ ×ð´, çÕÎé C ·¤æð çÕÎé A âð
kept connected to point A till the current ÌÕ Ì·¤ ÁæðÇ¸ð ÚU¹æ ÁæÌæ ãñ ÁÕ Ì·¤ ç·¤ ÂçÚUÂÍ ×ð´
flowing through the circuit becomes ÂýßæçãÌ ÏæÚUæ çSÍÚU Ù ãæð Áæ°Ð ÌÂà¿æÌ÷, ¥¿æÙ·¤,
constant. Afterward, suddenly, point C çÕÎé C ·¤æð çÕÎé A âð ãÅUæ·¤ÚU çÕÎé B âð t50
is disconnected from point A and â×Ø ÂÚU ÁæðÇ¸ çÎØæ ÁæÌæ ãñÐ t5L/R ÂÚU ÂýçÌÚUæðÏ
connected to point B at time t50. Ratio ÂÚU ßæðËÅUÌæ ·¤æ ÂýðÚU·¤ß ÂÚU ßæðËÅUÌæ âð ¥ÙéÂæÌ ãæð»æ Ñ
of the voltage across resistance and the
inductor at t5L/R will be equal to :
e e
(1) (1)
12 e 12 e
(2) 1 (2) 1
(3) 21 (3) 21
12 e 12 e
(4) (4)
e e
22. During the propagation of electromagnetic 22. °·¤ ×æØ× ×ð´ çßléÌ ¿éÕ·¤èØ ÌÚÚ»æð´ ·ð¤ â´¿ÚUæ ·ð¤
waves in a medium : ÎæñÚUæÙ Ñ
(1) Electric energy density is double of (1) çßléÌèØ ª¤Áæü æÙß ¿éÕ·¤èØ ª¤Áæü æÙß
the magnetic energy density. ·¤æ Îæð»éÙæ ãñÐ
(2) Electric energy density is half of the (2) çßléÌèØ ª¤Áæü æÙß ¿éÕ·¤èØ ª¤Áæü æÙß
magnetic energy density. ·¤æ ¥æÏæ ãñÐ
(3) Electric energy density is equal to the (3) çßléÌèØ ª¤Áæü æÙß ¿éÕ·¤èØ ª¤Áæü æÙß
magnetic energy density. ·ð¤ ÕÚUæÕÚU ãñÐ
(4) Both electric and magnetic energy (4) ÎæðÙæð´ çßléÌèØ °ß´ ¿éÕ·¤èØ ª¤Áæü æÙß àæêØ
densities are zero. ãñÐ
Ë 3 ÜÛ
23. A thin convex lens made from crown glass 23. ·ý¤æ©Ù ·¤æ¡¿ ÌÌÍm 5 Ü
2 ÜÝ
âð ÕÙð °·¤ ÂÌÜð ©æÜ Üðâ
Ë Û
ÌÌm 5 3 ÜÜ has focal length f. When it is ·¤è È¤æð·¤â ÜÕæ§ü f ãñÐ ÁÕ §âð ¥ÂßÌüÙæ´·¤
4
°ß´
Í 2 ÜÝ 3
5
measured in two different liquids having
3
ßæÜð Îæð çÖóæ Îýßæð´ ×ð´ ÚU¹·¤ÚU ×æÂæ ÁæÌæ ãñ, ÌÕ
4 5
refractive indices
3
and , it has the focal
3 È¤æð·¤â ÜÕæ§Øæ¡ ·ý¤×àæÑ f1 °ß´ f2 ãñ´Ð È¤æð·¤â
lengths f1 and f2 respectively. The correct ÜÕæ§Øæð´ ·ð¤ Õè¿ âãè âÕÏ ãñ Ñ
relation between the focal lengths is :
(1) f15f2 < f (1) f15f2 < f
(2) f1 > f and f2 becomes negative (2) f1 > f ¥æñÚU f2 «¤ææ×·¤ ãæð ÁæÌæ ãñÐ
(3) f2 > f and f1 becomes negative (3) f2 > f ¥æñÚU f1 «¤ææ×·¤ ãæð ÁæÌæ ãñÐ
(4) f1 and f2 both become negative (4) f1 °ß´ f2 ÎæðÙæð´ «¤ææ×·¤ ãæð ÁæÌð ãñ´Ð
24. A green light is incident from the water to 24. °·¤ ãÚðU ÚÚ» ·¤æ Âý·¤æàæ ÂæÙè âð ßæØé-ÁÜ ¥ÌÚUæÂëcÆU
the air - water interface at the critical ÂÚU ·ý¤æçÌ·¤ ·¤æðæ(u) âð ¥æÂçÌÌ ãñÐ âãè ·¤ÍÙ
angle(u). Select the correct statement. ¿éçÙØðÐ
(1) The entire spectrum of visible light (1) ¥çÖÜÕ âð 908 ·¤æðæ ÂÚU ÂæÙè âð ÎëàØ Âý·¤æàæ
will come out of the water at an ·¤æ âÂêæü SÂðÅþU× ÕæãÚU çÙ·¤Üð»æÐ
angle of 908 to the normal.
(2) The spectrum of visible light whose (2) ÎëàØ Âý·¤æàæ ·¤æ ßã SÂðÅþU×, çÁâ·¤è ÌÚÚ»ÎñØü
frequency is less than that of green ãÚðU Âý·¤æàæ âð ·¤× ãñ, ÂæÙè âð ßæØé ·ð¤ ×æØ×
light will come out to the air ×ð´ ÕæãÚU çÙ·¤Üð»æÐ
medium.
(3) The spectrum of visible light whose (3) ÎëàØ Âý·¤æàæ ·¤æ ßã SÂðÅþU×, çÁâ·¤è ÌÚÚ»ÎñØü
frequency is more than that of green ãÚðU Âý·¤æàæ âð ¥çÏ·¤ ãñ, ÂæÙè âð ßæØé ·ð¤ ×æØ×
light will come out to the air ×ð´ ÕæãÚU çÙ·¤Üð»æÐ
medium.
(4) The entire spectrum of visible light (4) ÎëàØ Âý·¤æàæ ·¤æ âÂêæü SÂðÅþU× ÂæÙè âð
will come out of the water at various ¥çÖÜÕ âð çßçÖóæ ·¤æðææð´ ÂÚU ÕæãÚU çÙ·¤Üð»æÐ
angles to the normal.
25. Two beams, A and B, of plane polarized 25. Ïýéßæ ·ð¤ ¥ØæðØ ÜÕßÌ÷ ÌÜæð´ ßæÜð â×ÌÜ ÏýéßèØ
light with mutually perpendicular planes Âý·¤æàæ ·¤è Îæð Âé´Á A °ß´ B °·¤ ÂæðÜÚUæØÇ¸ mæÚUæ Îð¹è
of polarization are seen through a ÁæÌè ãñÐ ©â çSÍçÌ âð Áãæ¡ Âé´Á A ·¤è ¥çÏ·¤Ì×
polaroid. From the position when the ÌèßýÌæ ãñ (¥æñÚU Âé´Á B ·¤è àæêØ ÌèßýÌæ ãñ) ÂæðÜÚUæØÇU
beam A has maximum intensity (and ·¤æ 308 âð æêæüÙ ÎæðÙæð´ Âé´Áæð´ ·¤æð °·¤â×æÙ léçÌ×æÙ
beam B has zero intensity), a rotation of ÂýÌèÌ ãæðÌæ ãñÐ ØçÎ ÎæðÙæð´ Âé¡Áæð´ ·¤è ÂýæÚUçÖ·¤ ÌèßýÌæ°¡
polaroid through 308 makes the two beams IA
appear equally bright. If the initial ·ý¤×àæÑ IA °ß´ IB ãñ´, ÌÕ IB ·¤æ ×æÙ ãñ Ñ
intensities of the two beams are IA and IB
IA
respectively, then I equals :
B
(1) 3 (1) 3
3 3
(2) (2)
2 2
(3) 1 (3) 1
1 1
(4) (4)
3 3
26. The radiation corresponding to 3®2 26. ãæ§ÇþUæðÁÙ ÂÚU×ææé ·ð¤ 3®2 â´·ý¤×æ ·ð¤ â´»Ì çßç·¤ÚUæ
transition of hydrogen atom falls on a °·¤ ÏæÌé ÂëcÆU ÂÚU ¥æÂçÌÌ ãæð·¤ÚU È¤æðÅUæð§ÜðÅþUæòÙ ©Âóæ
metal surface to produce photoelectrons. ·¤ÚUÌæ ãñÐ Øð §ÜðÅþUæòÙ 331024 T ·ð¤ °·¤ ¿éÕ·¤èØ
These electrons are made to enter a ÿæðæ ×ð´ Âýßðàæ ·¤ÚUÌð ãñ´Ð ØçÎ §ÜðÅþUæòÙæð´ mæÚUæ ¥Ùé»æ×è
magnetic field of 331024 T. If the radius ¥çÏ·¤Ì× ßëæèØ ÂÍ ·¤è çæØæ 10.0 mm ãæð, ÌÕ
of the largest circular path followed by ÏæÌé ·¤æ ·¤æØü È¤ÜÙ Ü»Ö» ãñ Ñ
these electrons is 10.0 mm, the work
function of the metal is close to :
(1) 1.8 eV (1) 1.8 eV
(2) 1.1 eV (2) 1.1 eV
(3) 0.8 eV (3) 0.8 eV
(4) 1.6 eV (4) 1.6 eV
27. Hydrogen (1H1), Deuterium (1H2), singly 27. ãæ§ÇþUæðÁÙ (1H1), Ç÷UØêÅðUçÚUØ× (1H2), °·¤Ïæ ¥æØçÙÌ
ionised Helium ( 2 He 4 ) 1 and doubly ãèçÜØ× (2He4)1 ¥æñÚU çmÏæ ¥æØçÙÌ ÜèçÍØ×
ionised lithium ( 3Li 6 ) 11 all have one (3Li6)11 âÖè ×ð´ °·¤ §ÜðÅþUæòÙ ÙæçÖ·¤ ·ð¤ ¿æÚUæð´
electron around the nucleus. Consider an ¥æðÚU ãñ´Ð n52 âð n51 ·ð¤ §ÜðÅþUæòÙ â´·ý¤×æ ÂÚU
electron transition from n52 to n51. If çß¿æÚU ·¤èçÁØðÐ ØçÎ ©âçÁüÌ çßç·¤ÚUæ ·¤è ÌÚÚ»ÎñØü
the wave lengths of emitted radiation are ·ý¤×àæÑ l1, l2, l3 °ß´ l4 ãñ´, ÌÕ çÙÙçÜç¹Ì âÕÏæð´
l 1 , l 2 , l 3 and l 4 respectively then ×ð´ âð ·¤æñÙ âæ Ü»Ö» âãè ãñ?
approximately which one of the following
is correct ?
(1) 4l152l252l35l4 (1) 4l152l252l35l4
(2) l152l252l35l4 (2) l152l252l35l4
(3) l15l254l359l4 (3) l15l254l359l4
(4) l152l253l354l4 (4) l152l253l354l4
28. The forward biased diode connection is : 28. ¥»ýçâÌ ÕæØâ ßæÜæ ÇUæØæðÇ¸ ÁæðÇ¸ ãñ Ñ
(1) (1)
(2) (2)
(3) (3)
(4) (4)
29. Match List - I (Electromagnetic wave type) 29. âê ¿ è - I (çßlé Ì ¿é Õ·¤èØ ÌÚ´ U » Âý · ¤æÚU ) ·¤æð
with List - II (Its association/application) âê¿è - II (§Ùâð âÕçhÌ/¥ÙéÂýØæðç»Ì) âð âé×ðçÜÌ
and select the correct option from the ·¤èçÁØð ¥æñÚU âêç¿Øæð´ ·ð¤ Ùè¿ð çÎØð »Øð çß·¤ËÂæð´ ×ð´ âð
choices given below the lists : âãè çß·¤ËÂ ¿éçÙØðÑ
List - I List - II ÇÏ¤Í - I ÇÏ¤Í - II
(a)
Infrared
(i)
To treat muscular ¼ËÇ§ÕÌÅË½ËÕ Í ÌÄÐÌ±
waves strain
(a) Ä¿Uþ± ±¿U Õ (i)
Õ ÁË¦ Õ ÌÁ½Õ
(b) Radio waves (ii) For broadcasting (b) ¿ÕUÌ¬U½ËÕ ±¿U Õ (ii) §âÇË¿UøË Õ ÌÁ½Õ
To detect fracture
(c) X - rays (iii) ÈÌa½ËÕ Õ ÌS²» Í
of bones (c) þÇ-Ì¿UøËÕ (iii)
§È¤Ë¾ Õ ÌÁ½Õ
Absorbed by the
Ultraviolet §¿UËºÖ ¾Í ÄË±ËÄ¿UøË Í ËÕ¦
$ ËÕ¾
(d) (iv) ozone layer of the (d) (iv)
rays
atmosphere Ì¿UøËÕ §¿U± mË¿UË ÄÅËËÕÆøË
(a) (b) (c) (d) (a) (b) (c) (d)
(1) (iv) (iii) (ii) (i) (1) (iv) (iii) (ii) (i)
(2) (i) (ii) (iv) (iii) (2) (i) (ii) (iv) (iii)
(3) (iii) (ii) (i) (iv) (3) (iii) (ii) (i) (iv)
(4) (i) (ii) (iii) (iv) (4) (i) (ii) (iii) (iv)
30. A student measured the length of a rod 30. °·¤ çßlæÍèü Ùð °·¤ ÀU Ç ¸ ·¤è ÜÕæ§ü ×æÂ·¤ÚU
and wrote it as 3.50 cm. Which instrument 3.50 cm çÜ¹èÐ §â·¤æð ×æÂÙð ×ð´ ©âÙð ç·¤â ©Â·¤ÚUæ
did he use to measure it ? ·¤æ ÂýØæð» ç·¤Øæ?
(1) A meter scale. (1) °·¤ ×èÅUÚU S·ð¤ÜÐ
(2) A vernier calliper where the (2) °·¤ ßçÙüØÚU ·ñ¤çÜÂâü Áãæ¡ ßçÙüØÚU S·ð¤Ü ·ð¤
10 divisions in vernier scale matches 10 Öæ» ×éØ S·ð¤Ü ·ð¤ 9 Öæ»æð´ âð ç×ÜÌð ãñ´
with 9 division in main scale and ¥æñÚU ×éØ S·ð¤Ü ·ð¤ 1 cm ×ð´ 10 Öæ» ãñ´Ð
main scale has 10 divisions in 1 cm.
(3) A screw gauge having 100 divisions (3) °·¤ S·ý ê ¤ »ð $ Á çÁâ·ð ¤ ßçÙü Ø ÚU S·ð ¤ Ü ×ð ´
in the circular scale and pitch as 100 Öæ» ãñ´ ¥æñÚU çÂ¿ 1 mm ãñÐ
1 mm.
(4) A screw gauge having 50 divisions (4) °·¤ S·ýê¤ »ð$Á çÁâ·ð¤ ßçÙüØÚU S·ð¤Ü ×ð´ 50 Öæ»
in the circular scale and pitch as ãñ´ ¥æñÚU çÂ¿ 1 mm ãñÐ
1 mm.
PART B CHEMISTRY Öæ» B ÚUâæØÙ çßææÙ
31. The correct set of four quantum numbers 31. M¤çÕçÇUØ× ÂÚU×ææé (Z537) ·ð¤ çÜØð ßðÜñâè §ÜñÅþUæòÙæð´
for the valence electrons of rubidium atom ·ð¤ ©ç¿Ì ¿æÚU ßæÅU× ÙÕÚUæð´ ·¤æ âðÅU ãæðÌæ ãñ Ñ
(Z537) is :
1 1
(1) 5, 0, 0, 1 (1) 5, 0, 0, 1
2 2
1 1
(2) 5, 1, 0, 1 (2) 5, 1, 0, 1
2 2
1 1
(3) 5, 1, 1, 1 (3) 5, 1, 1, 1
2 2
1 1
(4) 5, 0, 1, 1 (4) 5, 0, 1, 1
2 2
32. If Z is a compressibility factor, 32. ØçÎ Z â´ÂèÇ¸Ù »éæ·¤ ãæð Ìæð ·¤× ÎæÕ ÂÚU ßæ´ÇUÚßæËâ
van der Waals equation at low pressure â×è·¤ÚUæ ·¤æð çÜ¹æ Áæ â·¤Ìæ ãñ Ñ
can be written as :
RT RT
(1) Z511 (1) Z511
Pb Pb
a a
(2) Z512 (2) Z512
VRT VRT
Pb Pb
(3) Z512 (3) Z512
RT RT
Pb Pb
(4) Z511 (4) Z511
RT RT
33. CsCl crystallises in body centred cubic 33. CsCl ·¤æØ ·ð¤çÎýÌ æÙæ·¤ÚU ÁæÜ·¤ ×ð´ ç·ý¤SÅUçÜÌ
lattice. If a is its edge length then which ãæðÌæ ãñÐ ØçÎ ç·¤ÙæÚðU ·¤è ÜÕæ§ü a ãæð Ìæð çÙÙ âêææð´
of the following expressions is correct ? ×ð´ âð ·¤æñÙ-âæ ÆUè·¤ ãæð»æ?
(1) rCs1 1 rCl25 3a (1) rCs1 1 rCl25 3a
3a 3a
(2) rCs1 1 rCl25 (2) rCs1 1 rCl25
2 2
3 3
(3) rCs1 1 rCl25 a (3) rCs1 1 rCl25 a
2 2
(4) rCs1 1 rCl25 3a (4) rCs1 1 rCl25 3a
34. For the estimation of nitrogen, 1.4 g of an 34. Ùæ§ÅþUæðÁÙ ·ð¤ ¥æ·¤ÜÙ ·ð¤ çÜ° 1.4 »ýæ. ·¤æÕüçÙ·¤
organic compound was digested by Øæñç»·¤ ÁðËÇUæòÜ çßçÏ ·ð¤ ¥ÙéâæÚU ¥Âç¿Ì ç·¤Øæ »Øæ
Kjeldahl method and the evolved ammonia M
ÌÍæ ×éÌ ãé° ¥×æðçÙØæ ·¤æð 60 ç×Üè 10 âËØêçÚU·¤
M
was absorbed in 60 mL of
10
sulphuric ¥Ü ×ð´ ¥ßàææðçáÌ ç·¤Øæ »ØæÐ ¥çÏàæðá ¥Ü ·ð¤
acid. The unreacted acid required 20 mL M
Âêæü ©ÎæâèÙè·¤ÚUæ ·ð¤ çÜ° 20 ç×Üè 10
âæðçÇUØ×
M
of sodium hydroxide for complete ãæ§ÇþUæòâæ§ÇU ·¤è ¥æßàØ·¤Ìæ ãé§üÐ Øæñç»·¤ ×ð́ Ùæ§ÅþUæðÁÙ
10
neutralization. The percentage of nitrogen ·¤è ÂýçÌàæÌÌæ ãñ Ñ
in the compound is :
(1) 6% (1) 6%
(2) 10% (2) 10%
(3) 3% (3) 3%
(4) 5% (4) 5%
35. Resistance of 0.2 M solution of an 35. °·¤ ßñléÌ ¥ÂæÅ÷UØ ×ð´ 0.2 M çßÜØÙ ·¤æ ÂýçÌÚUæðÏ
electrolyte is 50 V. The specific 50 V ãñ Ð §â çßÜØÙ ·¤æ çßçàæcÅU ¿æÜ·¤ß
conductance of the solution is 1.4 S m21. 1.4 S m21 ãñÐ §âè çßléÌ ¥ÂæÅ÷UØ ·ð¤ 0.5 M
The resistance of 0.5 M solution of the same çßÜØÙ ·¤æ ÂýçÌÚUæðÏ 280 V ãñÐ çßléÌ ¥ÂæÅ÷UØ ·ð¤
electrolyte is 280 V. The molar 0.5 M çßÜØÙ ·¤è ×æðÜÚU ¿æÜ·¤Ìæ S m2 ×æðÜ21 ×ð´
conductivity of 0.5 M solution of the ãæð»è Ñ
electrolyte in S m2 mol21 is :
(1) 5310 24 (1) 5310 24
(2) 5310 23 (2) 5310 23
(3) 5310 3 (3) 5310 3
(4) 5310 2 (4) 5310 2
36. For complete combustion of ethanol, 36. °ÍðÙæòÜ ·ð¤ Âêæü ßÜÙ ·ð¤ çÜØð,
C2H5OH(l)13O2(g) ® 2CO2(g)13H2O(l), C2H5OH(l)13O2(g) ® 2CO2(g)13H2O(l),
the amount of heat produced as measured Õ× ·ð ¤ Üæð Ú Uè×èÅUÚU ×ð ´ ×æçÂÌ ª¤Áæü 258C ÂÚU
in bomb calorimeter, is 1364.47 kJ mol21 1364.47 kJ mol21 ãñÐ ¥æÎàæüÌæ ×æÙÌð ãé° ßÜÙ
at 258C. Assuming ideality the Enthalpy ·¤è °ÍñËÂè, DcH, ãæð»è Ñ
of combustion, DcH, for the reaction will
be :
(R58.314 kJ mol21) (R58.314 kJ mol21)
(1) 21366.95 kJ mol21 (1) 21366.95 kJ mol21
(2) 21361.95 kJ mol21 (2) 21361.95 kJ mol21
(3) 21460.50 kJ mol21 (3) 21460.50 kJ mol21
(4) 21350.50 kJ mol21 (4) 21350.50 kJ mol21
37. The equivalent conductance of NaCl at 37. âæÎýæ C ÂÚU ¥æñÚU ¥ÙÌ ÌÙéÌæ ÂÚU NaCl çßÜØÙ
concentration C and at infinite dilution are ·¤è §çßßðÜñÅU ¿æÜ·¤Ìæ ·¤æð lC ¥æñÚU l: ×æÙÌð ãé°
l C and l : , respectively. The correct ©Ù·¤æ ¥æÂâè âÕÏ çÜ¹æ Áæ â·¤Ìæ ãñ Ñ
relationship between lC and l: is given
as :
(where the constant B is positive) (B °·¤ çSÍÚU ¥´·¤ ãñ)
(1) lC5l:1(B)C (1) lC5l:1(B)C
(2) lC5l:2(B)C (2) lC5l:2(B)C
(3) lC5l:2(B) C (3) lC5l:2(B) C
(4) lC5l:1(B) C (4) lC5l:1(B) C
38. Consider separate solutions of 0.500 M 38. 0.500 M C2H5OH(ÁÜèØ),

C 2 H 5 OH(aq), 0.100 M Mg 3 (PO 4 ) 2 (aq), 0.100 M Mg 3 (PO 4 ) 2 (ÁÜèØ) , 0.250 M
0.250 M KBr(aq) and 0.125 M Na3PO4(aq) KBr(ÁÜèØ) ¥æñÚU 0.125 M Na3PO4(ÁÜèØ)
at 258C. Which statement is true about çßÜØÙæð´ ·¤æð 258C ÂÚU ØæÙ ÎèçÁØðÐ âÖè Ù×·¤æð´
these solutions, assuming all salts to be ·¤æð ÂýÕÜ §ÜñÅþUæðÜæ§ÅU ×æÙÌð ãé° çÙÙ ·¤ÍÙæð´ ×ð´ âð
strong electrolytes ? ·¤æñÙ-âæ ·¤ÍÙ ØÍæÍü ãñ?
(1) They all have the same osmotic (1) §Ù âÕ ·ð¤ çÜØð ¥æâ×æçÅU·¤ ÎæÕ ·ð¤ ×æÙ
pressure. â×æÙ ãæð»æÐ
(2) 0.100 M Mg 3 (PO 4 ) 2 (aq) has the (2) 0.100 M Mg 3 (PO 4 ) 2 (ÁÜèØ) ·¤æ
highest osmotic pressure. ¥æâ×æçÅU·¤ ÎæÕ ©æÌ× ãæð»æÐ
(3) 0.125 M Na3PO4(aq) has the highest (3) 0.125 M Na 3 PO 4 (ÁÜèØ) ·¤æ
osmotic pressure. ¥æâ×æçÅU·¤ ÎæÕ ©æÌ× ãæð»æÐ
(4) 0.500 M C 2 H 5 OH(aq) has the (4) 0.500 M C 2 H 5 OH (ÁÜèØ) ·¤æ
highest osmotic pressure. ¥æâ×æçÅU·¤ ÎæÕ ©æÌ× ãæð»æÐ
1 1
39. For the reaction SO2(g)1 O
2 2(g)
ì SO3(g), 39. ¥çÖç·ý¤Øæ, SO2(g)1 O
2 2(g)
ì SO3(g) ·ð¤ çÜ°
if KP5KC(RT)x where the symbols have KP5KC(RT)x ãæð»æ ÁÕ·¤è âÕ âê¿·¤ ¥ÿæÚU âæ×æØ
usual meaning then the value of x is : ¥Íü ÚU¹Ìð ãñ´ Ìæð ¥æÎàæüÚUM¤ÂÌæ ×æÙÌð ãé° x ·¤æ ×æÙ
(assuming ideality) ãæð»æ Ñ
(1) 21 (1) 21
1 1
(2) 2 (2) 2
2 2
1 1
(3) (3)
2 2
(4) 1 (4) 1
40. For the non - stoichiometre reaction 40. ÚUâæØçÙ·¤Ìæ çÚUÌ ¥çÖç·ý¤Øæ 2A1B ® C1D ×ð´
2A1B ® C1D, the following kinetic data ÌèÙ ÂëÍ·¤ ÂýØæð»æð´ ×ð´ 298 K ÂÚU çÙÙ »çÌ·¤ ¥æ´·¤Ç¸ð
were obtained in three separate ÂýæÌ ç·¤Øð »Øð Ñ
experiments, all at 298 K.
Initial Initial Initial rate of

§âË¿UÌ» §âË¿UÌ» C º¾¾Õ Í §âË¿UÌ»
Concentration Concentration formation of C
(A) (B) (mol L2S2)
ÇË³âøË (A) ÇË³âøË (B) ³¿U (¼ËÕÁ L2S2)
0.1 M 0.1 M 1.2 3 10 23 0.1 M 0.1 M 1.2 3 10 23
0.1 M 0.2 M 1.2 3 10 23 0.1 M 0.2 M 1.2 3 10 23
0.2 M 0.1 M 2.4 3 10 23 0.2 M 0.1 M 2.4 3 10 23
The rate law for the formation of C is : ¥çÖç·ý¤Øæ ·ð¤ çÜØð C ÕÙÙð ·¤æ ÎÚU çÙØ× ãæð»æ Ñ
dc dc
(1) 5k[A] [B] (1) 5k[A] [B]
dt dt
dc dc
(2) 5k[A]2 [B] (2) 5k[A]2 [B]
dt dt
dc dc
(3) 5k[A] [B]2 (3) 5k[A] [B]2
dt dt
dc dc
(4) 5k[A] (4) 5k[A]
dt dt
41. Among the following oxoacids, the correct 41. çÙÙ ¥æâæð ¥Üæð´ ·ð¤ çÜØð ¥Ü àæçÌ ·¤æ ØÍæÍü
decreasing order of acid strength is : æÅUÌæ ·ý¤× ãæð»æ Ñ
(1) HOCl > HClO2 > HClO3 > HClO4 (1) HOCl > HClO2 > HClO3 > HClO4
(2) HClO4 > HOCl > HClO2 > HClO3 (2) HClO4 > HOCl > HClO2 > HClO3
(3) HClO4 > HClO3 > HClO2 > HOCl (3) HClO4 > HClO3 > HClO2 > HOCl
(4) HClO2 > HClO4 > HClO3 > HOCl (4) HClO2 > HClO4 > HClO3 > HOCl
42. The metal that cannot be obtained by 42. ÏæÌé Áæð ¥ÂÙð Üßææð ´ ·ð ¤ ÁÜèØ çßÜØÙæð ´ ·ð ¤
electrolysis of an aqueous solution of its §ÜñÅþUæÜðçââ (çßléÌ ¥ÂæÅUÙ) âð ÂýæÌ Ùãè´ ãæð
salts is : â·¤Ìè ãæðÌè ãñ Ñ
(1) Ag (1) Ag
(2) Ca (2) Ca
(3) Cu (3) Cu
(4) Cr (4) Cr
43. The octahedral complex of a metal ion 43. M31 ÏæÌé ¥æØÙ ·¤æ ¿æÚU °·¤ Â·¤Ç¸è çÜ»ñ´ÇUæ´ð,
M31 with four monodentate ligands L1, L1, L2, L3 ¥æñÚU L4 ·ð¤ âæÍ ¥cÅU È¤Ü·¤èØ â´·¤ÚU
L2, L3 and L4 absorb wavelengths in the ÜæÜ, ãÚðU, ÂèÜð ¥æñÚU ÙèÜð SÍÜæð´ âð ÌÚÚ»ÎñØæðZ ·¤æ
region of red, green, yellow and blue, ·ý¤×æÙéâæÚU ¥ßàææðáæ ·¤ÚUÌæ ãñÐ ¿æÚU çÜ»ñ´ÇUæð´ ·¤è àæçÌ
respectively. The increasing order of ligand ·¤æ ÕÉ¸Ìæ ·ý¤× ãñ Ñ
strength of the four ligands is :
(1) L4 < L3 < L2 < L1 (1) L4 < L 3 < L 2 < L 1
(2) L1 < L3 < L2 < L4 (2) L1 < L 3 < L 2 < L 4
(3) L3 < L2 < L4 < L1 (3) L3 < L 2 < L 4 < L 1
(4) L1 < L2< L4 < L3 (4) L1 < L 2 < L 4 < L 3
44. Which one of the following properties is 44. NO ·¤æñÙ-âæ çÙÙ »éæ ÂýÎçàæüÌ Ùãè´ ·¤ÚUÌæ ãñ?
not shown by NO ?
(1) It is diamagnetic in gaseous state (1) »ñâèØ ¥ßSÍæ ×ð´ ÂýçÌ¿éÕ·¤èØ ãñÐ
(2) It is a neutral oxide (2) Øã °·¤ ©ÎæâèÙ ¥æòâæ§ÇU ãñÐ
(3) It combines with oxygen to form (3) Øã ¥æòâèÁÙ âð Øæð» ·¤ÚU Ùæ§ÅþUæÁ
ð Ù ÇUæ§ü¥æòâæ§ÇU
nitrogen dioxide ÕÙæÌæ ãñÐ
(4) Its bond order is 2.5 (4) §â·¤è ÕÏ ·¤æðçÅU 2.5 ãñÐ
45. In which of the following reactions H2O2 45. çÙÙ ç·¤Ù ¥çÖç·ý¤Øæ¥æð´ ×ð´ H2O2 °·¤ ¥Â¿æØ·¤
acts as a reducing agent ? ·¤æ ·¤æ× ·¤ÚUÌæ ãñ?
(a) H2O21 2H112e2® 2H2O (a) H2O21 2H112e2® 2H2O
(b) H2O222e2® O21 2H1 (b) H2O222e2® O21 2H1
(c) H2O212e2® 2OH2 (c) H2O212e2® 2OH2
(d) H2O21 2OH222e2® O212H2O (d) H2O21 2OH222e2® O212H2O
(1) (a), (b) (1) (a), (b)
(2) (c), (d) (2) (c), (d)
(3) (a), (c) (3) (a), (c)
(4) (b), (d) (4) (b), (d)
46. The correct statement for the molecule, 46. CsI3 ¥æé ·ð¤ çÜØð ØÍæÍü ·¤ÍÙ ãæð»æ Ñ
CsI3 , is :
(1) it is a covalent molecule. (1) Øã °·¤ âãâ´ØæðÁ·¤è ¥æé ãñÐ
(2) it contains Cs1 and I2

3 ions. (2) §â×ð´ Cs1 ¥æñÚU 2
I3 ¥æØÙ ãæðÌð ãñ´Ð
(3) it contains Cs31 and I2 ions. (3) §â×ð´ Cs31 ¥æñÚU I2 ¥æØÙ ãæðÌð ãñ´Ð
(4) it contains Cs 1 , I 2 and lattice I 2 (4) §â×ð´ Cs1, I2 ¥æñÚU I2 ÁæÜ·¤ ãæðÌð ãñ´Ð
molecule.
47. The ratio of masses of oxygen and nitrogen 47. °·¤ çßàæðá »ñâèØ ç×ææ ×ð´ ¥æòâèÁÙ ¥æñÚU Ùæ§ÅþUæðÁÙ
in a particular gaseous mixture is 1 : 4. The ·ð¤ ÎýÃØ×æÙæð´ ·¤æ ¥ÙéÂæÌ 1 : 4 ãñÐ §â ç×ææ ×ð´
ratio of number of their molecule is : §Ù·¤è ¥æé â´Øæ¥æð´ ·¤æ ¥ÙéÂæÌ ãæð»æ Ñ
(1) 1:4 (1) 1:4
(2) 7 : 32 (2) 7 : 32
(3) 1:8 (3) 1:8
(4) 3 : 16 (4) 3 : 16
48. Given below are the half - cell reactions : 48. Ùè¿ð ·é¤ÀU ¥hü âðÜ ¥çÖç·ý¤Øæ°´ Îè »§ü ãñ´ Ñ
Mn2112e2® Mn ; Eo521.18 V Mn2112e2® Mn ; Eo521.18 V
2(Mn311e2® Mn21) ; Eo511.51 V 2(Mn311e2® Mn21) ; Eo511.51 V
The Eo for 3Mn21® Mn12Mn31 will be : 3Mn21® Mn12Mn31 ·ð¤ çÜØð Eo ãæð»æ Ñ
(1) 22.69 V ; the reaction will not occur (1) 22.69 V ; ¥çÖç·ý¤Øæ Ùãè´ ãæð»èÐ
(2) 22.69 V ; the reaction will occur (2) 22.69 V ; ¥çÖç·ý¤Øæ ãæð»èÐ
(3) 20.33 V ; the reaction will not occur (3) 20.33 V ; ¥çÖç·ý¤Øæ Ùãè´ ãæð»èÐ
(4) 20.33 V ; the reaction will occur (4) 20.33 V ; ¥çÖç·ý¤Øæ ãæð»èÐ
49. Which series of reactions correctly 49. §Ù×ð´ âð ¥çÖç·ý¤Øæ¥æð´ ·¤æ ·¤æñÙ-âæ ·ý¤× ØÍæÍü M¤Â ×ð´
represents chemical relations related to Üæðãð ¥æñÚU §â·ð¤ Øæñç»·¤æð´ ·¤è ÚUæâæØçÙ·¤ ¥çÖç·ý¤Øæ¥æð´
iron and its compound ? ·¤æð çÙM¤çÂÌ ·¤ÚUÌæ ãñ?
(1) dil H SO H SO , O ±¾Î H2 SO 4 H2 SO 4 , O 2

Fe £££££
2 4
FeSO 4 £££££
2 4 2
(1) Fe £££££ FeSO 4 £££££
heat ±Ë§
Fe 2 (SO 4 )3 £££
Fe Fe 2 (SO 4 )3 £££ Fe
(2) O , heat dil H SO (2) O 2 , ±Ë§ ±¾Î H2 SO 4

Fe ££££
2
FeO £££££
2 4
Fe ££££ FeO £££££
heat ±Ë§
FeSO 4 £££
Fe FeSO 4 £££ Fe
(3) Cl , heat heat, air (3) Cl 2 , ±Ë§ ±Ë§, ÄË½Î

Fe ££££
2
£
FeCl 3 ££££ Fe ££££ FeCl 3 ££££
Zn Zn
FeCl 2 ££ Fe FeCl 2 ££ Fe
(4) O , heat CO, 600 8 C (4) O 2 , ±Ë§ CO, 6008 C

Fe ££££
2
Fe 3O 4 £££££
Fe ££££ Fe 3O 4 £££££
CO, 700 8 C CO, 700 8 C

FeO £££££
Fe FeO £££££
Fe
50. The equation which is balanced and 50. â×è·¤ÚUæ Áæð â´ÌéçÜÌ ãñ ¥æñÚU ØÍæÍü ç·ý¤Øæ È¤Üæð´ ·¤è
represents the correct product(s) is : âê¿·¤ ãñ, ãñ Ñ
(1) Li2O12KCl ® 2LiCl1K2O (1) Li2O12KCl ® 2LiCl1K2O
(2) [CoCl(NH3)5]115H1®Co 21 (2) [CoCl(NH 3)5]115 H1® Co21

1 1
15 NH4 1Cl2 15 NH4 1Cl2
(3) [Mg(H2O)6]211 (EDTA) 42 (3) [Mg(H2O)6]211(EDTA)42

excess NaOH NaOH Ë ËÌ´þ½
[Mg(EDTA)]21
££££££ £££££££ [Mg(EDTA) ] 21
1 6H2O 1 6H2O
(4) CuSO 414 K C N ® K 2[Cu(CN) 4] (4) CuSO 41 4 K C N® K 2[Cu(CN) 4]

1K2SO 4 1K2SO 4
51. In S N 2 reactions, the correct order of 51. Øæñç»·¤æð´ CH3Cl, CH3CH2Cl, (CH3)2CHCl ¥æñÚU
reactivity for the following compounds : (CH3)3CCl ·¤æ SN2 ç·ý¤Øæ ×ð´ ç·ý¤Øæ ·¤ÚUæ ·¤æ
CH 3 Cl, CH 3 CH 2 Cl, (CH 3 ) 2 CHCl and ©ç¿Ì SÌÚU ·ý¤× ãæðÌæ ãñ Ñ
(CH3)3CCl is :
(1) CH3Cl > (CH3)2CHCl > CH3CH2Cl (1) CH3Cl > (CH3)2CHCl > CH3CH2Cl
> (CH3)3CCl > (CH3)3CCl
(2) CH3Cl > CH3CH2Cl > (CH3)2CHCl (2) CH3Cl > CH3CH2Cl > (CH3)2CHCl
(3) CH3CH2Cl > CH3Cl > (CH3)2CHCl (3) CH3CH2Cl > CH3Cl > (CH3)2CHCl
(4) (CH3)2CHCl > CH3CH2Cl > CH3Cl (4) (CH3)2CHCl > CH3CH2Cl > CH3Cl
52. On heating an aliphatic primary amine 52. °ðçÜÈñ¤çÅU·¤ ÂýæØ×ÚUè °×èÙ ·¤æð ÜæðÚUæðÈ¤æ×ü ¥æñÚU
with chloroform and ethanolic potassium °ÍæÙæðçÜ·¤ ÂæðÅñUçàæØ× ãæ§ÇþUæâæ§ÇU ·ð¤ âæÍ »ÚU× ·¤ÚUÙð
hydroxide, the organic compound formed ÂÚU ÕÙæ ¥æÚU»ñçÙ·¤ Øæñç»·¤ ãæðÌæ ãñ Ñ
is :
(1) an alkanol (1) °·¤ °ðË·¤æÙæðÜ

(2) an alkanediol (2) °·¤ °ðË·ð¤ÙÇUæØæðÜ
(3) an alkyl cyanide (3) °·¤ °ðçË·¤Ü çâØæÙæ§ÇU
(4) an alkyl isocyanide (4) °·¤ °ðçË·¤Ü ¥æ§âæðçâØæÙæ§ÇU
53. The most suitable reagent for the 53. R2CH22OH ® R2CHO ×ð´ ÕÎÜÙð ·¤æ âÕâð
conversion of R2CH22OH® R2CHO ¥çÏ·¤ ©ÂØéÌ ¥çÖ·¤æÚU·¤ ãæðÌæ ãñ Ñ
is :
(1) KMnO4 (1) KMnO 4
(2) K2Cr2O7 (2) K2Cr2O7
(3) CrO 3 (3) CrO 3
(4) PCC (Pyridinium Chlorochromate) (4) PCC (çÂçÚUÇUèçÙØ× ÜæðÚUæð·ý¤æð×ðÅ)U
54. The major organic compound formed by 54. 1, 1, 12 ÅþUæ§ÜæðÚUæð§üÍðÙ
·¤æð çâËßÚU Âæ©ÇUÚU ·ð¤ âæÍ
the reaction of 1, 1, 12 trichloroethane ç·ý¤Øæ ·¤ÚUÙð ÂÚU âÕâð ÕÇ¸è ×æææ ×ð´ ÕÙæ ¥æÚU»ñçÙ·¤
with silver powder is : Øæñç»·¤ ãæðÌæ ãñ Ñ
(1) Acetylene (1) °çâçÅUÜèÙ
(2) Ethene (2) §üÍèÙ
(3) 2 - Butyne (3) 2- ØéÅUæ§Ù
(4) 2 - Butene (4) 2- ØéÅUèÙ
55. Sodium phenoxide when heated with CO2 55. âæðçÇUØ× $Èñ¤Ùæâæ§ÇU ·¤è ©æ ÎæÕ ¥æñÚU 1258C ÂÚU
under pressure at 1258C yields a product CO2 âð ¥çÖç·ý¤Øæ ·¤ÚUÙð ÂÚU Áæð Øæñç»·¤ ÂýæÌ ãæðÌæ ãñ
which on acetylation produces C. ©â·ð¤ °çâçÅUÜðàæÙ ÂÚU ç·ý¤Øæ È¤Ü C ãæðÌæ ãñÐ
The major product C would be : ÕÇ¸è ×æææ ×ð´ ç·ý¤Øæ È¤Ü C ãæð»æ Ñ
(1) (1)
(2) (2)
(3) (3)
(4) (4)
56. Considering the basic strength of amines 56. ÁÜèØ çßÜØÙ ×ð´ °×èÙæð´ ·¤è ÿææÚUèØ Âýßëçæ ·ð¤ ¥ÙéâæÚU
in aqueous solution, which one has the çÙÙçÜç¹Ìæð´ ×ð´ âð ç·¤â·ð¤ çÜØð pKb ·¤æ ×æÙ ·¤×
smallest pKb value ? âð ·¤× ãæð»æ?
(1) (CH3)2NH (1) (CH3)2NH
(2) CH3NH2 (2) CH3NH2
(3) (CH3)3N (3) (CH3)3N
(4) C6H5NH2 (4) C6H5NH2
57. For which of the following molecule 57. çÙÙ ×ð´ âð ç·¤â ¥æé ·ð¤ çÜØð ÕãéÌ âè×æ Ì·¤ m¹0
significant m¹0 ? ãæð»æ?
(a) (b) (a) (b)
(c) (d) (c) (d)
(1) Only (a) (1) ·ð¤ßÜ (a)
(2) (a) and (b) (2) (a) ¥æñÚU (b)
(3) Only (c) (3) ·ð¤ßÜ (c)
(4) (c) and (d) (4) (c) ¥æñÚU (d)
58. Which one is classified as a condensation 58. §Ù×ð´ âð ç·¤â·¤æð ·¤ÇñUâðàæÙ ÕãéÜ·¤ ×æÙæ ÁæØð»æ?
polymer ?
(1) Dacron (1) ÇñU·¤ÚUæÙ
(2) Neoprene (2) çÙØæðçÂýÙ
(3) Teflon (3) ÅñU$È¤ÜæÙ
(4) Acrylonitrile (4) °ðç·ý¤ÜæðÙæ§ÅþUæ§Ü
59. Which one of the following bases is not 59. çÙÙ ÿææÚUæð´ ×ð´ âð ·¤æñÙ °·¤ DNA ×ð´ Ùãè´ ÂæØæ ÁæÌæ?
present in DNA ?
(1) Quinoline (1) çßÙæðÜèÙ
(2) Adenine (2) °ðçÇUÙèÙ
(3) Cytosine (3) âæ§ÅUæðâèÙ
(4) Thymine (4) Íæ§ü×èÙ
60. In the reaction, 60. ¥çÖç·ý¤Øæ âðÅ,
LiAlH PCl Alc. KOH LiAlH PCl Alc. KOH

CH3COOH ££££
4
A £££
5
C ,
B £££££ CH3COOH ££££
4
A £££
5
B £££££
C
the product C is : ×ð´ ç·ý¤Øæ È¤Ü C ãæðÌæ ãñ Ñ
(1) Acetaldehyde (1) °ðçâÅU°ðçËÇUãæ§ÇU
(2) Acetylene (2) °çâçÅUÜèÙ
(3) Ethylene (3) §Íæ§üÜèÙ
(4) Acetyl chloride (4) °çâÅUæ§Ü ÜæðÚUæ§ÇU

PART C MATHEMATICS Öæ» C »çæÌ
61. If X5{4 n 23n21 : n e N} and 61. ØçÎ X5{4 n 23n21 : n e N} ÌÍæ
Y5{9(n21) : n e N}, where N is the set of Y5{9(n21) : n e N} ãñ´, Áãæ¡ N, Âýæ·ë¤Ì â´Øæ¥æð´
natural numbers, then XÈY is equal to : ·¤æ â×éæØ ãñ, Ìæð XÈY ÕÚUæÕÚU ãñ Ñ
(1) X (1) X
(2) Y (2) Y
(3) N (3) N
(4) Y2X (4) Y2X
62. If z is a complex number such that ?z?/2, 62. ØçÎ z °·¤ °ðâè âç×æ â´Øæ ãñ ç·¤ ?z?/2 ãñ, Ìæð
1 1
then the minimum value of z 1
2
: z1
2
·¤æ ØêÙÌ× ×æÙ Ñ
5 5
(1) is strictly greater than
2
(1)
2
âð çÙÚÚÌÚU ÕÇ¸æ ãñÐ
3 3 5
(2) is strictly greater than
2
but less (2)
2
âð çÙÚÚÌÚU ÕÇ¸æ ãñ ÂÚUÌé 2
âð ·¤× ãñÐ
5
than
2
5 5
(3) is equal to (3)
2
·ð¤ ÕÚUæÕÚU ãñÐ
2
(4) lies in the interval (1, 2) (4) ¥´ÌÚUæÜ (1, 2) ×ð´ çSÍÌ ãñÐ
63. If a e R and the equation 63. ØçÎ aeR ÌÍæ â×è·¤ÚUæ

23(x2[x])212 (x2[x])1a250 23(x2[x])212 (x2[x])1a250
(where [x] denotes the greatest integer (Áãæ¡ [x] ©â ÕÇ¸ð âð ÕÇ¸ð ÂêææZ·¤ ·¤æð ÎàææüÌæ ãñ Áæð
[ x) has no integral solution, then all [ x ãñ) ·¤æ ·¤æð§ü ÂêææZ·¤èØ ãÜ Ùãè´ ãñ, Ìæð a ·ð¤ âÖè
possible values of a lie in the interval : â´Öß ×æÙ çÁâ ¥´ÌÚUæÜ ×ð´ çSÍÌ ãñ´, ßã ãñ Ñ
(1) (22, 21) (1) (22, 21)
(2) (2:, 22) È (2, :) (2) (2:, 22) È (2, :)
(3) (21, 0) È (0, 1) (3) (21, 0) È (0, 1)
(4) (1, 2) (4) (1, 2)
64. Let a and b be the roots of equation 64. ×æÙæ a ÌÍæ b â×è·¤ÚUæ px21qx1r50, p¹0 ·ð¤
px21qx1r50, p¹0. If p, q, r are in A.P. ×êÜ ãñ´Ð ØçÎ p, q, r â×æ´ÌÚU æðÉ¸è ×ð´ ãñ´ ÌÍæ
1 1 1 1
and 1 5 4 , then the value of ?a2b? 1 54 ãñ, Ìæð ?a2b? ·¤æ ×æÙ ãñ Ñ
a b a b
is :
34 34
(1) (1)
9 9
2 13 2 13
(2) (2)
9 9
61 61
(3) (3)
9 9
2 17 2 17
(4) (4)
9 9
65. If a, b¹0, and f (n)5an1bn and 65. ØçÎ a, b¹0, f (n)5an1bn ÌÍæ
3 1 1 f (1) 1 1 f (2) 3 1 1 f (1) 1 1 f (2)
1 1 f (1) 1 1 f (2) 1 1 f (3) 1 1 f (1) 1 1 f (2) 1 1 f (3)
1 1 f (2) 1 1 f (3) 1 1 f (4) 1 1 f (2) 1 1 f (3) 1 1 f (4)
5K(12a) 2 (12b) 2 (a2b) 2 , then K is 5K(12a)2 (12b)2 (a2b)2 ãñ, Ìæð K ÕÚUæÕÚU
equal to : ãñ Ñ
(1) 1 (1) 1
(2) 21 (2) 21
(3) ab (3) ab
1 1
(4) (4)
ab ab
66. If A is an 333 non - singular matrix such 66. ØçÎ °·¤ °ðâæ 333 ÃØé·ý¤×æèØ ¥æÃØêã ãñ ç·¤
A
that AA95A9A and B5A21 A9, then BB9 AA95A9A ÌÍæ B5A21 A9 ãñ, Ìæð BB9 ÕÚUæÕÚU
equals : ãñ Ñ
(1) B21 (1) B21
(2) (B21)9 (2) (B21)9
(3) I1B (3) I1B
(4) I (4) I
67. If the coefficients of x 3 and x 4 in the 67. ØçÎ (11ax1bx2) (122x)18 ·ð¤ x ·¤è ææÌæð´ ×ð´
expansion of (11ax1bx 2 ) (122x) 18 in ÂýâæÚU ×ð´ x3 ÌÍæ x4, ÎæðÙæð´ ·ð¤ »éææ´·¤ àæêØ ãñ´, Ìæð (a, b)
powers of x are both zero, then (a, b) is ÕÚUæÕÚU ãñ Ñ
equal to :
Ë Û Ë Û
(1) ÌÌ14 , 272 ÜÜ (1) ÌÌ14 , 272 ÜÜ
Í 3 Ý Ü Í 3 ÝÜ
Ë Û Ë Û
(2) Ì16 , 272 ÜÜ (2) Ì16 , 272 ÜÜ
ÌÍ 3 ÝÜ ÌÍ 3 ÝÜ
Ë Û Ë Û
(3) ÌÌ16 , 251 ÜÜ (3) ÌÌ16 , 251 ÜÜ
Í 3 ÝÜ Í 3 ÝÜ
Ë Û Ë Û
(4) Ì14 , 251 ÜÜ (4) Ì14 , 251 ÜÜ
ÌÍ 3 Ý Ü ÌÍ 3 Ý Ü
68. If (10) 9 12(11) 1 (10) 8 13(11) 2 (10) 7 1... 68. ØçÎ (10)912(11) 1 (10)813(11)2 (10)71...
110 (11)95k (10)9, then k is equal to : 110 (11)95k (10)9 ãñ, Ìæð k ÕÚUæÕÚU ãñ Ñ
(1) 100 (1) 100
(2) 110 (2) 110
121 121
(3) (3)
10 10
441 441
(4) (4)
100 100
69. Three positive numbers form an increasing 69. ÌèÙ ÏÙæ×·¤ â´Øæ°´ ÕÉ¸Ìè »éææðæÚU æðÉ¸è ×ð´ ãñ´Ð ØçÎ
G.P. If the middle term in this G.P. is §â »éææðæÚU æðÉ¸è ·¤è Õè¿ ßæÜè â´Øæ Îé»éÙè ·¤ÚU Îè
doubled, the new numbers are in A.P. Áæ°, Ìæð Ù§ü ÕÙè â´Øæ°´ â×æ´ÌÚU æðÉ¸è ×ð´ ãæð ÁæÌè ãñ´Ð
Then the common ratio of the G.P. is : »éææðæÚU æðÉ¸è ·¤æ âæßü¥ÙéÂæÌ ãñ Ñ
(1) 22 3 (1) 22 3
(2) 21 3 (2) 21 3
(3) 21 3 (3) 21 3
(4) 31 2 (4) 31 2
sin ( p cos 2 x ) sin ( p cos 2 x )
70. lim is equal to : 70. lim ·¤æ ×æÙ ãñ Ñ
x 0 x2 x 0 x2
(1) 2p (1) 2p
(2) p (2) p
p p
(3) (3)
2 2
(4) 1 (4) 1
1
71. If g is the inverse of a function f and 71. ØçÎ g È¤ÜÙ f ·¤æ ÃØé·ý¤× ãñ ÌÍæ f 9 (x)5 1 1 x 5
1
f 9 (x)5
1 1 x5
, then g9 (x) is equal to : ãñ, Ìæð g9 (x) ÕÚUæÕÚU ãñ Ñ
1 1
(1) 1 1 { g ( x )}
5 (1) 1 1 { g ( x )}
5
(2) 11{g(x)}5 (2) 11{g(x)}5
(3) 11x 5 (3) 11x 5
(4) 5x 4 (4) 5x 4
72. If f and g are differentiable functions in 72. ØçÎ f ÌÍæ g, [0, 1] ×ð´ ¥ß·¤ÜÙèØ È¤ÜÙ ãñ´ Áæð
[0, 1] satisfying f (0)525g(1), g(0)50 and f (0)525g(1), g(0)50 ¥æñÚU f (1)56 ·¤æð â´ÌécÅU
f (1)56, then for some ce]0, 1[ : ·¤ÚUÌð ãñ´, Ìæð ç·¤âè ce]0, 1[ ·ð¤ çÜ° Ñ
(1) f 9(c)5g9(c) (1) f 9(c)5g9(c)
(2) f 9(c)52g9(c) (2) f 9(c)52g9(c)
(3) 2f 9(c)5g9(c) (3) 2f 9(c)5g9(c)
(4) 2f 9(c)53g9(c) (4) 2f 9(c)53g9(c)
73. If x521 and x52 are extreme points of 73. ØçÎ x521 ÌÍæ x52,
f(x)5a log ?x?1bx21x then : f(x)5a log ?x?1bx21x ·ð¤ ¿ÚU×çÕ´Îé ãñ´, Ìæð Ñ
1 1
(1) a52, b52 (1) a52, b52
2 2
1 1
(2) a52, b5 (2) a52, b5
2 2
1 1
(3) a526, b5 (3) a526, b5
2 2
1 1
(4) a526, b52 (4) a526, b52
2 2
1 1
Ë 1 Û x1 Ë 1 Û x1
74. The integral × ÌÌ1 1 x 2 ÜÜÜ e x d x is 74. â×æ·¤Ü × ÌÌÍ1 1 x 2 ÜÜÜÝ e x d x ÕÚUæÕÚU ãñ Ñ
Í xÝ x
equal to :
1 1
x1 x1
(1) (x11) e x 1c (1) (x11) e x 1c
1 1
x1 x1
(2) 2x e x 1c (2) 2x e x 1c
1 1
x1 x1
(3) (x21) e x 1c (3) (x21) e x 1c
1 1
x1 x1
(4) x e x 1c (4) x e x 1c
75. The integral 75. â×æ·¤Ü

p p
x 2 x x x
× 1 1 4 sin 2 4 sin d x equals : × 1 1 4 sin 2 2 4 sin d x ÕÚUæÕÚU ãñ Ñ
2 2 2 2
0 0
(1) 4 324 (1) 4 324

p p
(2) 4 3 2 42 (2) 4 3 2 42
3 3
(3) p24 (3) p24
2p 2p
(4) 2 42 4 3 (4) 2 42 4 3
3 3
76. The area of the region described by 76. A5{(x, y) : x21y2 [ 1 ÌÍæ y2 [ 12x} ·ð¤
A5{(x, y) : x21y2 [ 1 and y2 [ 12x} is : mæÚUæ ÂýÎæ ÿæðæ ·¤æ ÿæðæÈ¤Ü ãñ Ñ
p 2 p 2
(1) 2 (1) 2
2 3 2 3
p 2 p 2
(2) 1 (2) 1
2 3 2 3
p 4 p 4
(3) 1 (3) 1
2 3 2 3
p 4 p 4
(4) 2 (4) 2
2 3 2 3
77. Let the population of rabbits surviving at 77. ×æÙæ ç·¤âè â×Ø t ÂÚU ÁèçßÌ ¹ÚU»æðàææð´ ·¤è ÁÙâ´Øæ
dp(t) 1
a time t be governed by the differential ¥ß·¤Ü â×è·¤ÚUæ dt
5 p(t) 2200
2
mæÚUæ
dp(t) 1
equation
dt
5 p(t) 2200.
2
çÙØ´çæÌ ãñ´Ð
If p(0)5100, then p(t) equals : ØçÎ p(0)5100 ãñ, Ìæð p(t) ÕÚUæÕÚU ãñ Ñ
(1) 6002500 et/2 (1) 6002500 et/2
(2) 4002300 e2t/2 (2) 4002300 e2t/2
(3) 4002300 et/2 (3) 4002300 et/2
(4) 3002200 e2t/2 (4) 3002200 e2t/2
78. Let PS be the median of the triangle with 78. ×æÙæ PS °·¤ çæÖéÁ ·¤è ×æçØ·¤æ ãñ çÁâ·ð¤ àæèáü
vertices P(2, 2), Q(6,21) and R(7, 3). The P(2, 2), Q(6,21) ÌÍæ R(7, 3) ãñ´Ð (1, 21) âð
equation of the line passing through ãæð·¤ÚU ÁæÙð ßæÜè ÚðU¹æ, Áæð PS ·ð¤ â×æ´ÌÚU ãñ, ·¤æ
(1, 21) and parallel to PS is : â×è·¤ÚUæ ãñ Ñ
(1) 4x17y1350 (1) 4x17y1350
(2) 2x29y21150 (2) 2x29y21150
(3) 4x27y21150 (3) 4x27y21150
(4) 2x19y1750 (4) 2x19y1750
79. Let a, b, c and d be non-zero numbers. If 79. ×æÙæ a, b, c ÌÍæ d àæêØðÌÚU â´Øæ°¡ ãñ´Ð ØçÎ ÚðU¹æ¥æð´
the point of intersection of the lines 4ax12ay1c50 ÌÍæ 5bx12by1d50 ·¤æ
4ax12ay1c50 and 5bx12by1d50 lies ÂýçÌÀðUÎ çÕ´Îé ¿æñÍð ¿ÌéÍæZàæ ×ð´ ãñ ÌÍæ ÎæðÙæð´ ¥ÿææð´ âð
in the fourth quadrant and is equidistant â×ÎêÚUSÍ ãñ, Ìæð Ñ
from the two axes then :
(1) 3bc22ad50 (1) 3bc22ad50
(2) 3bc12ad50 (2) 3bc12ad50
(3) 2bc23ad50 (3) 2bc23ad50
(4) 2bc13ad50 (4) 2bc13ad50
80. The locus of the foot of perpendicular 80. Îèæüßëæ x213y256 ·ð¤ ·ð´¤Îý âð §â·¤è ç·¤âè SÂàæü
drawn from the centre of the ellipse ÚðU¹æ ÂÚU ¹è´¿ð »° Ü´Õ ·ð¤ ÂæÎ ·¤æ çÕ´Îé ÂÍ ãñ Ñ
x213y256 on any tangent to it is :
(1) (x21y 2)256x 212y 2 (1) (x21y 2)256x 212y 2
(2) (x21y 2)256x 222y 2 (2) (x21y 2)256x 222y 2
(3) (x22y 2)256x 212y 2 (3) (x22y 2)256x 212y 2
(4) (x22y 2)256x 222y 2 (4) (x22y 2)256x 222y 2
81. Let C be the circle with centre at (1, 1) and 81. ×æÙæ C °·¤ ßëæ ãñ çÁâ·¤æ ·ð´¤Îý (1, 1) ÂÚU ãñ ÌÍæ
radius51. If T is the circle centred at çæØæ51 ãñÐ ØçÎ T ·ð´¤Îý (0, y) ßæÜæ ßëæ ãñ Áæð ×êÜ
(0, y), passing through origin and touching çÕ´Îé âð ãæð ·¤ÚU ÁæÌæ ãñ ÌÍæ ßëæ C ·¤æð Õæs M¤Â âð
the circle C externally, then the radius of SÂàæü ·¤ÚUÌæ ãñ, Ìæð T ·¤è çæØæ ÕÚUæÕÚU ãñ Ñ
T is equal to :
1 1
(1) (1)
2 2
1 1
(2) (2)
4 4
3 3
(3) (3)
2 2
3 3
(4) (4)
2 2
82. The slope of the line touching both the 82. ÂÚUßÜØæð´ y254x ÌÍæ x25232y ÎæðÙæð´ ·¤æð SÂàæü
parabolas y254x and x25232y is : ·¤ÚUÙð ßæÜè ÚðU¹æ ·¤è ÂýßæÌæ ãñ Ñ
1 1
(1) (1)
8 8
2 2
(2) (2)
3 3
1 1
(3) (3)
2 2
3 3
(4) (4)
2 2
83. The image of the line 83. â×ÌÜ 2x2y1z1350 ×ð´ ÚðU¹æ
x 21 y 23 z 24 x 21 y 23 z 24
3
5
1
5
25
in the plane
3
5
1
5
25
·ð¤ ÂýçÌçÕ´Õ ßæÜè
2x2y1z1350 is the line : ÚðU¹æ ãñ Ñ
x 23 y 15 z 22 x 23 y 15 z 22
(1) 5 5 (1) 5 5
3 1 25 3 1 25
x 23 y 15 z 22 x 23 y 15 z 22
(2) 5 5 (2) 5 5
23 21 5 23 21 5
x 13 y 25 z 22 x 13 y 25 z 22
(3) 5 5 (3) 5 5
3 1 25 3 1 25
x 13 y 25 z 12 x 13 y 25 z 12
(4) 5 5 (4) 5 5
23 21 5 23 21 5
84. The angle between the lines whose 84. Îæð Úð U ¹ æ°¡ , çÁÙ·ð ¤ çÎ·÷ ¤ -·¤æð Øæ, â×è·¤ÚU ææð ´
direction cosines satisfy the equations l1m1n50 ÌÍæ l25m21n2 ·¤æð â´ÌécÅU ·¤ÚUÌð ãñ´,
l1m1n50 and l25m21n2 is : ·ð¤ Õè¿ ·¤æ ·¤æðæ ãñ Ñ
p p
(1) (1)
6 6
p p
(2) (2)
2 2
p p
(3) (3)
3 3
p p
(4) (4)
4 4
Î Þ Î Þ 2 Î Þ Î Þ 2
85. If ÏÐ a3b b3c c3a ßà5l ÏÐ a b c ßà then l is 85. ØçÎ Ï a3b b3c c3a ß5l Ï a b c ß
Ð à Ð à ãñ, Ìæð l
equal to : ÕÚUæÕÚU ãñ Ñ
(1) 0 (1) 0
(2) 1 (2) 1
(3) 2 (3) 2
(4) 3 (4) 3
86. Let A and B be two events such that 86. ×æÙæ A ÌÍæ B Îæð °ð â è æÅUÙæ°¡ ãñ ´ ç·¤
1 1 1 1
P (A B) 5 , P (A ¬ B) 5 and P (A B) 5 , P (A ¬ B) 5 ÌÍæ
6 4 6 4
1 1
P (A ) 5 , where A stands for the P (A ) 5 ãñ ÁÕç·¤ A æÅUÙæ A ·ð¤ ÂêÚU·¤ ·¤æð
4 4
complement of the event A. Then the ÎàææüÌæ ãñÐ Ìæð æÅUÙæ°¡ A ÌÍæ B Ñ
events A and B are :
(1) independent but not equally likely. (1) SßÌ´æ ãñ´ ÂÚUÌé â×âÖæßè Ùãè´ ãñ´Ð
(2) independent and equally likely. (2) SßÌ´æ ãñ´ ÌÍæ â×âÖæßè ãñ´Ð
(3) mutually exclusive and independent. (3) ÂÚUSÂÚU ¥ÂßÁèü ÌÍæ SßÌ´æ ãñ´Ð
(4) equally likely but not independent. (4) â×âÖæßè ãñ´ ÂÚUÌé SßÌ´æ Ùãè´ ãñ´Ð
87. The variance of first 50 even natural 87. ÂãÜè 50 â× Âýæ·ë¤Ì â´Øæ¥æð´ ·¤æ ÂýâÚUæ ãñ Ñ
numbers is :
(1) 437 (1) 437
437 437
(2) (2)
4 4
833 833
(3) (3)
4 4
(4) 833 (4) 833
1 1
88. Let f k ( x ) 5(sin k x 1 cosk x ) where 88. ×æÙæ fk ( x ) 5 (sin k x 1 cosk x ) ãñ, Áãæ¡
k k
x e R and k/1. Then f4(x)2f6(x) equals : x e R ÌÍæ k/1 ãñ, Ìæð f4(x)2f6(x) ÕÚUæÕÚU ãñ Ñ
1 1
(1) (1)
4 4
1 1
(2) (2)
12 12
1 1
(3) (3)
6 6
1 1
(4) (4)
3 3
89. A bird is sitting on the top of a vertical 89. °·¤ Âÿæè 20 ×è. ª¡¤¿ð °·¤ ª¤ßæüÏÚU ¹´Öð ·ð¤ çàæ¹ÚU
pole 20 m high and its elevation from a ÂÚU ÕñÆUæ ãñ ÌÍæ §â·¤æ Öêç× ·ð¤ °·¤ çÕ´Îé O âð ©óæØÙ
point O on the ground is 458. It flies off ·¤æðæ 458 ãñÐ Øã Âÿæè O âð ÂÚðU ÿæñçÌÁ çÎàææ ×ð´ ©Ç¸Ìæ
horizontally straight away from the ãñÐ °·¤ âð·´¤ÇU ·ð¤ ÕæÎ, O âð Âÿæè ·¤æ ©óæØÙ ·¤æðæ
point O. After one second, the elevation æÅU ·¤ÚU 308 ÚUã ÁæÌæ ãñÐ Ìæð (×è. ÂýçÌ âð. ×ð´) Âÿæè
of the bird from O is reduced to 308. Then ·¤è ¿æÜ ãñ Ñ
the speed (in m/s) of the bird is :
(1) 20 2 (1) 20 2
(2) 20 ( 3 2 1) (2) 20 ( 3 2 1)
(3) 40 ( 2 2 1) (3) 40 ( 2 2 1)
(4) 40 ( 3 2 2) (4) 40 ( 3 2 2)
90. The statement ~(p « ~q) is : 90. ·¤ÍÙ ~(p « ~q) ãñ Ñ

(1) a tautology (1) °·¤ ÂéÙL¤çÌ (tautology)
(2) a fallacy (2) °·¤ ãðßæÖæâ (fallacy)
(3) equivalent to p « q (3) p « q ·ð¤ ÌéËØ
(4) equivalent to ~p « q (4) ~p « q ·ð¤ ÌéËØ
-o0o- -o0o-
SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ÚUÈ¤ ·¤æØü ·ð¤ çÜ° Á»ã
E/Page 38
Read the following instructions carefully : çÙÙçÜç¹Ì çÙÎðüàæ ØæÙ âð ÂÉ¸ð´ Ñ
1. The candidates should fill in the required particulars 1. ÂÚUèÿææçÍüØæð´ ·¤æð ÂÚUèÿææ ÂéçSÌ·¤æ ¥æñÚU ©æÚU Âæ (ÂëD -1) ÂÚU ßæ´çÀUÌ
on the Test Booklet and Answer Sheet (Side1) with
çßßÚUæ ÙèÜð/·¤æÜð ÕæòÜ ßæ§´ÅU ÂðÙ âð ãè ÖÚUÙæ ãñÐ
2. For writing/marking particulars on Side2 of the 2. ©æÚU Âæ ·ð¤ ÂëD-2 ÂÚU çßßÚUæ çÜ¹Ùð/¥´ç·¤Ì ·¤ÚUÙð ·ð¤ çÜ° ·ð¤ßÜ
Answer Sheet, use Blue/Black Ball Point Pen only. ÙèÜð/·¤æÜð ÕæòÜ ßæ§´ÅU ÂðÙ ·¤æ ÂýØæð» ·¤ÚðÚÐ
3. The candidates should not write their Roll Numbers 3. ÂÚUèÿææ ÂéçSÌ·¤æ/©æÚU Âæ ÂÚU çÙÏæüçÚUÌ SÍæÙ ·ð¤ ¥Üæßæ ÂÚUèÿææÍèü
anywhere else (except in the specified space) on the ¥ÂÙæ ¥ÙéR¤×æ´·¤ ¥Ø ·¤ãè´ Ùãè´ çÜ¹ð´Ð
4. Out of the four options given for each question, only 4. ÂýØð·¤ ÂýàÙ ·ð¤ çÜØð çÎØð »Øð ¿æÚU çß·¤ËÂæð́ ×ð́ âð ·ð¤ßÜ °·¤ çß·¤ËÂ
one option is the correct answer. âãè ãñÐ
5. For each incorrect response, onefourth (¼) of the total 5. ÂýØð·¤ »ÜÌ ©æÚU ·ð¤ çÜ° ©â ÂýàÙ ·ð¤ çÜ° çÙÏæüçÚUÌ ·é¤Ü ¥´·¤æð´
marks allotted to the question would be deducted from
the total score. No deduction from the total score,
×ð´ âð °·¤-¿æñÍæ§ü (¼) ¥´·¤ ·é¤Ü Øæð» ×ð´ âð ·¤æÅU çÜ° Áæ°¡»ðÐ
however, will be made if no response is indicated for ØçÎ ©æÚU Âæ ×ð´ ç·¤âè ÂýàÙ ·¤æ ·¤æð§ü ©æÚU Ùãè´ çÎØæ »Øæ ãñ, Ìæð
an item in the Answer Sheet. ·é¤Ü Øæð» ×ð´ âð ·¤æð§ü ¥´·¤ Ùãè´ ·¤æÅðU Áæ°¡»ðÐ
6. Handle the Test Booklet and Answer Sheet with care, 6. ÂÚUèÿææ ÂéçSÌ·¤æ °ß´ ©æÚU Âæ ·¤æ ØæÙÂêßü·¤ ÂýØæð» ·¤ÚðÚ Øæð´ç·¤
as under no circumstances (except for discrepancy in
Test Booklet Code and Answer Sheet Code), another set
ç·¤âè Öè ÂçÚUçSÍçÌ ×ð´ (·ð¤ßÜ ÂÚUèÿææ ÂéçSÌ·¤æ °ß´ ©æÚU Âæ ·ð¤
will be provided. â´·ð¤Ì ×ð´ çÖóæÌæ ·¤è çSÍçÌ ·¤æð ÀUæðÇ¸·¤ÚU), ÎêâÚUè ÂÚUèÿææ ÂéçSÌ·¤æ
7. The candidates are not allowed to do any rough work ©ÂÜÏ Ùãè´ ·¤ÚUæØè Áæ°»èÐ
or writing work on the Answer Sheet. All calculations/ 7. ©æÚU Âæ ÂÚU ·¤æð§ü Öè ÚUÈ¤ ·¤æØü Øæ çÜ¹æ§ü ·¤æ ·¤æ× ·¤ÚUÙð ·¤è
writing work are to be done in the space provided for
this purpose in the Test Booklet itself, marked Space
¥Ùé×çÌ Ùãè´ ãñÐ âÖè »æÙæ °ß´ çÜ¹æ§ü ·¤æ ·¤æ×, ÂÚUèÿææ ÂéçSÌ·¤æ
for Rough Work. This space is given at the bottom of ×ð´ çÙÏæüçÚUÌ Á»ã Áæð ç·¤ ÒÚUÈ¤ ·¤æØü ·ð¤ çÜ° Á»ãÓ mæÚUæ Ùæ×æ´ç·¤Ì
each page and in one page (Page 39) at the end of the ãñ, ÂÚU ãè ç·¤Øæ Áæ°»æÐ Øã Á»ã ÂýØð·¤ ÂëD ÂÚU Ùè¿ð ·¤è ¥æðÚU ¥æñÚU
booklet. ÂéçSÌ·¤æ ·ð¤ ¥´Ì ×ð´ °·¤ ÂëD ÂÚU (ÂëD 39) Îè »§ü ãñÐ
8. On completion of the test, the candidates must hand
over the Answer Sheet to the Invigilator on duty in the 8. ÂÚèÿææ âÂóæ ãæðÙð ÂÚU, ÂÚUèÿææÍèü ·¤ÿæ/ãæòÜ ÀUæðÇ¸Ùð âð Âêßü ©æÚU Âæ
Room/Hall. However, the candidates are allowed to ·¤ÿæ çÙÚUèÿæ·¤ ·¤æð ¥ßàØ âæñ´Â Îð´Ð ÂÚUèÿææÍèü ¥ÂÙð âæÍ §â
take away this Test Booklet with them. ÂÚUèÿææ ÂéçSÌ·¤æ ·¤æð Üð Áæ â·¤Ìð ãñ´Ð
9. Each candidate must show on demand his/her Admit 9. ÂêÀUð ÁæÙð ÂÚU ÂýØð·¤ ÂÚUèÿææÍèü çÙÚUèÿæ·¤ ·¤æð ¥ÂÙæ Âýßàð æ ·¤æÇü çÎ¹æ°¡Ð
Card to the Invigilator.
10. ¥Ïèÿæ·¤ Øæ çÙÚUèÿæ·¤ ·¤è çßàæðá ¥Ùé×çÌ ·ð¤ çÕÙæ ·¤æð§ü ÂÚUèÿææÍèü
10. No candidate, without special permission of the
Superintendent or Invigilator, should leave his/her ¥ÂÙæ SÍæÙ Ù ÀUæðÇ¸ð´Ð
seat. 11. ·¤æØüÚUÌ çÙÚUèÿæ·¤ ·¤æð ¥ÂÙæ ©æÚU Âæ çÎ° çÕÙæ °ß´ ©ÂçSÍçÌ Âæ
11. The candidates should not leave the Examination Hall ÂÚU ÎéÕæÚUæ ãSÌæÿæÚU ç·¤° çÕÙæ ·¤æð§ü ÂÚUèÿææÍèü ÂÚUèÿææ ãæòÜ Ùãè´ ÀUæðÇð̧´»ðÐ
Invigilator on duty and sign the Attendance Sheet
ØçÎ ç·¤âè ÂÚUèÿææÍèü Ùð ÎêâÚUè ÕæÚU ©ÂçSÍçÌ Âæ ÂÚU ãSÌæÿæÚU Ùãè´
again. Cases where a candidate has not signed the ç·¤° Ìæð Øã ×æÙæ Áæ°»æ ç·¤ ©âÙð ©æÚU Âæ Ùãè´ ÜæñÅUæØæ ãñ çÁâð
Attendance Sheet a second time will be deemed not to ¥Ùéç¿Ì âæÏÙ ÂýØæð» æðæè ×ð´ ×æÙæ Áæ°»æÐ ÂÚUèÿææÍèü ¥ÂÙð ÕæØð´
have handed over the Answer Sheet and dealt with as ãæÍ ·ð¤ ¥´»êÆðU ·¤æ çÙàææÙ ©ÂçSÍçÌ Âæ ×ð´ çÎ° »° SÍæÙ ÂÚU
an unfair means case. The candidates are also required
to put their left hand THUMB impression in the space ¥ßàØ Ü»æ°¡Ð
provided in the Attendance Sheet. 12. §ÜðÅþUæòçÙ·¤/ãSÌ¿æçÜÌ ÂçÚU·¤Ü·¤ °ß´ ×æðÕæ§Ü È¤æðÙ, ÂðÁÚU §ØæçÎ
12. Use of Electronic/Manual Calculator and any Áñâð ç·¤âè §ÜðÅþUæòçÙ·¤ ©Â·¤ÚUæ ·¤æ ÂýØæð» ßçÁüÌ ãñÐ
Electronic Item like mobile phone, pager etc. is
prohibited. 13. ÂÚUèÿææ ãæòÜ ×ð´ ¥æ¿ÚUæ ·ð¤ çÜ° ÂÚUèÿææÍèü Á.°.Õ./ÕæðÇüU ·ð¤ âÖè
13. The candidates are governed by all Rules and çÙØ×æð´ °ßÚ çßçÙØ×æð´ mæÚUæ çÙØç×Ì ãæð´»ðÐ ¥Ùéç¿Ì âæÏÙ ÂýØæð» ·ð¤
Regulations of the JAB/Board with regard to their âÖè ×æ×Üæð´ ·¤æ Èñ¤âÜæ Á.°.Õ./ÕæðÇüU ·ð¤ çÙØ×æð´ °ß´ çßçÙØ×æð´ ·ð¤
conduct in the Examination Hall. All cases of unfair ¥ÙéâæÚU ãæð»æÐ
of the JAB/Board. 14. ç·¤âè Öè çSÍçÌ ×ð´ ÂÚUèÿææ ÂéçSÌ·¤æ ÌÍæ ©æÚU Âæ ·¤æ ·¤æð§ü Öè Öæ»
14. No part of the Test Booklet and Answer Sheet shall be ¥Ü» Ùãè´ ç·¤Øæ Áæ°»æÐ
detached under any circumstances. 15. ÂÚUèÿææÍèü mæÚUæ ÂÚUèÿææ ·¤ÿæ/ãæòÜ ×ð´ Âýßðàæ ·¤æÇüU ·ð¤ ¥Üæßæ
15. Candidates are not allowed to carry any textual ç·¤âè Öè Âý·¤æÚU ·¤è ÂæÆ÷UØ âæ×»ýè, ×éçÎýÌ Øæ ãSÌçÜç¹Ì,
material, printed or written, bits of papers, pager, ·¤æ»Á ·¤è Âç¿üØæ¡, ÂðÁÚU, ×æðÕæ§Ü È¤æðÙ Øæ ç·¤âè Öè Âý·¤æÚU
except the Admit Card inside the examination ·ð¤ §ÜðÅþUæòçÙ·¤ ©Â·¤ÚUææð´ Øæ ç·¤âè ¥Ø Âý·¤æÚU ·¤è âæ×»ýè
hall/room. ·¤æð Üð ÁæÙð Øæ ©ÂØæð» ·¤ÚUÙð ·¤è ¥Ùé×çÌ Ùãè´ ãñÐ
E/Page 40
JEE Main 2014 Question Paper 1 Online April 9, 2014
1. An experiment is performed to obtain the 1. ÜÕæ§ü L ·ð¤ °·¤ âÚUÜ ÜæðÜ·¤ ·¤æ ÂýØæð» ·¤ÚU »éL¤ßèØ
value of acceleration due to gravity g by ßÚUæ g ·¤æ ×æÙ çÙ·¤æÜÙð ·¤æ °·¤ ÂýØæð» ç·¤Øæ ÁæÌæ
using a simple pendulum of length L. In ãñÐ §â ÂýØæð» ×ð´ 100 ÎæðÜÙæð´ ·¤æ â×Ø 1 âð·´¤ÇUU
this experiment time for 100 oscillations is ¥ËÂÌ×æ¡·¤ ßæÜè æÇ¸Uè âð ×æÂæ ÁæÌæ ãñ ¥æñÚ ×æÙ
measured by using a watch of 1 second 90.0 âð·´¤ÇU ãñÐ ÜÕæ§ü L 1 mm ¥ËÂÌ×æ¡·¤ ßæÜð
least count and the value is 90.0 seconds. ×èÅUÚU Âñ×æÙð âð ×æÂè ÁæÌè ãñ ¥æñÚU §â·¤æ ×æÙ
The length L is measured by using a meter 20.0 cm ãñÐ g ·ð¤ ×æÙ ·ð¤ çÙÏüæÚUæ ×ð´ æéçÅU ãæð»è Ñ
scale of least count 1 mm and the value is
20.0 cm. The error in the determination
(1) 1.7%
of g would be :
(2) 2.7%
(1) 1.7%
(3) 4.4%
(2) 2.7%
(4) 2.27%
(3) 4.4%
(4) 2.27%
2. ×êÜ çÕÎé âð t50 ÂÚU ÂýÿæðçÂÌ °·¤ ÂýÿæðÂ ·¤è çSÍçÌ
→ ∧ ∧
2. The position of a projectile launched from t52s ÂÚU r 5(40 i 1 50 j ) m âð Îè ÁæÌè ãñÐ
the origin at t50 is given by ØçÎ ÂýÿæðÂ ÿæñçÌÁ âð u ·¤æðæ ÂÚU ÂýÿæðçÂÌ ç·¤Øæ »Øæ
→ ∧ ∧ Íæ, ÌÕ u ãñ (g510 ms22 Üð´).
r 5(40 i 1 50 j ) m at t52s. If the
projectile was launched at an angle u from
the horizontal, then u is (take g510 ms22). (1) tan21 2 3
(1) tan21 2 3 (2) tan21 3 2
(2) tan21 3 2 (3) tan21 7 4
(3) tan21 7 4 (4) tan21 4 5
(4) tan21 4 5
English : 1 Set : 01 Hindi : 1 Set : 01

3. Water is flowing at a speed of 1.5 ms21 3. 1022 m2 ·ð¤ ¥ÙéÂýSÍ ·¤æÅU ßæÜè ÿæñçÌÁ ÙÜè âð
through a horizontal tube of 1.5 ms21 ·¤è »çÌ âð ÂæÙè ÂýßæçãÌ ãæð ÚUãæ ãñ ¥æñÚU
cross-sectional area 1022 m2 and you are ¥æÂ ¥ÂÙè ãÍðÜè âð Õãæß ·¤æð ÚUæð·¤Ùð ·¤æ ÂýØæâ ·¤ÚU
trying to stop the flow by your palm. ÚUãð ãñ´Ð Øã ×æÙÌð ãéØð ç·¤ ÂæÙè ãÍðÜè âð ÅU·¤ÚUæÌð ãè
Assuming that the water stops L¤·¤ ÁæÌæ ãñ, ¥æÂ·¤æð ¥ÂÙè ãÍðÜè âð ·¤× âð ·¤×
immediately after hitting the palm, the §ÌÙæ ÕÜ Ü»æÙæ ÂÇ¸ ð » æÐ ( ÂæÙè ·¤æ
minimum force that you must exert should æÙß5103 kgm23).
be (density of water5103 kgm23).
(1) 15 N (1) 15 N
(2) 22.5 N (2) 22.5 N
(3) 33.7 N (3) 33.7 N
(4) 45 N (4) 45 N
4. A block A of mass 4 kg is placed on 4. ÎýÃØ×æÙ 4 kg ·ð¤ °·¤ Üæ·¤ A ·¤æð °·¤ ÎêâÚðU ÎýÃØ×æÙ
another block B of mass 5 kg, and the block 5 kg ·ð¤ °·¤ Üæ·¤ B ·ð¤ ª¤ÂÚU ÚU¹æ ãñ ¥æñÚU Üæ·¤ B
B rests on a smooth horizontal table. If °·¤ ç¿·¤Ùè ÿæñçÌÁ ×ðÁ ÂÚU çßææ× ¥ßSÍæ ×ð´ ÚU¹æ
the minimum force that can be applied on ãñÐ ØçÎ Üæ·¤ A ÂÚU ßã ØêÙÌ× ÕÜ, çÁââð ç·¤
A so that both the blocks move together is ÎæðÙæ´ð Üæ·¤ °·¤ âæÍ »çÌàæèÜ ãæð´, 12 N ãñ ÌÕ
12 N, the maximum force that can be Üæ·¤ B ÂÚU Ü»æØæ »Øæ ¥çÏ·¤Ì× ÕÜ, çÁââð ç·¤
applied on B for the blocks to move ÎæðÙæ´ð Üæ·¤ »çÌàæèÜ ãæð´, ãæð»æ Ñ
together will be :
(1) 30 N (1) 30 N
(2) 25 N (2) 25 N
(3) 27 N (3) 27 N
(4) 48 N (4) 48 N

5. Two bodies of masses 1 kg and 4 kg are 5. ÎýÃØ×æÙ 1 kg °ß´ 4 kg ·¤è Îæð ßSÌé°ð´ °·¤ ª¤ßæüÏÚU
connected to a vertical spring, as shown ·¤×æÙè mæÚUæ ç¿æ ·ð¤ ¥ÙéâæÚU ÁæðÇ¸Uè »Øè ãñ´Ð ¥ËÂÌÚU
in the figure. The smaller mass executes ÎýÃØ×æÙ ·¤æðæèØ ¥æßëçæ 25 rad/s °ß´ ¥æØæ×
simple harmonic motion of angular 1.6 cm ·¤è âÚUÜ ¥æßÌü »çÌ ·¤ÚU ÚUãæ ãñ ÁÕç·¤
frequency 25 rad/s, and amplitude 1.6 cm ÕëãæÚU ÎýÃØ×æÙ çSÍÚU ÚUãÌæ ãñÐ çÙ·¤æØ mæÚUæ È¤àæü ÂÚU
while the bigger mass remains stationary Ü»æØæ »Øæ ¥çÏ·¤Ì× ÕÜ ãñ
on the ground. The maximum force (g510 ms22 Üð´).
exerted by the system on the floor is
(take g510 ms22).
(1) 20 N
(2) 10 N
(1) 20 N
(3) 60 N
(2) 10 N
(4) 40 N
(3) 60 N
(4) 40 N

6. A cylinder of mass Mc and sphere of mass 6. ÎýÃØ×æÙ Mc ·ð¤ °·¤ ÕðÜÙ °ß´ ÎýÃØ×æÙ Ms ·ð¤ °·¤
Ms are placed at points A and B of two »æðÜð ·¤æð ·ý¤×àæÑ Îæð ¥æÙÌ ÌÜæð´ ·ð¤ çÕÎé¥æð´ A °ß´ B
inclines, respectively. (See Figure). If they ÂÚU ÚU¹æ »Øæ ãñÐ (ç¿æ Îð¹ð´) Ð ØçÎ ßð çÕÙæ çÈ¤âÜð
roll on the incline without slipping such ¥æÙÌ ÌÜ ÂÚU §â Âý·¤æÚU ÜéÉ¸·¤Ìð ãñ´ ç·¤ ©Ù·ð¤ ßÚUæ
that their accelerations are the same, then sin uc
°·¤ â×æÙ ãñ, ÌÕ ¥ÙéÂæÌ ãñ :
sin uc sin us
the ratio is :
sin us
8
(1)
8 7
(1)
7
15
(2)
15 14
(2)
14
8
(3)
8 7
(3)
7 15
(4)
15 14
(4)
14

7. Indias Mangalyan was sent to the Mars 7. ÖæÚUÌ ·¤æ ×´»ÜØæÙ ×´»Ü »ýã ·ð¤ çÜØð âêØü ·ð¤ ¿æÚUæð´
by launching it into a transfer orbit EOM ¥æðÚU SÍæÙæÌÚUæ ·¤ÿæ EOM ×ð´ ÂýÿæðçÂÌ ç·¤Øæ »ØæÐ
around the sun. It leaves the earth at E §âÙð Âëßè ·¤æð E ÂÚU ÀUæðÇ¸æ ¥æñÚU ×´»Ü »ýã âð Øã M
and meets Mars at M. If the semi-major ÂÚU ç×ÜÌæ ãñÐ ØçÎ Âëßè ·¤è ¥hü-Îèæü ¥ÿæ
axis of Earths orbit is ae51.531011 m, ae51.531011 m ãñ ¥æñÚU ×´»Ü »ýã ·¤è ¥hü-Îèæü
that of Mars orbit a m 52.28310 11 m, ¥ÿæ am52.2831011 m ãñ, ÌÕ ·ð¤ÂÜÚU ·ð¤ çÙØ×
taken Keplers laws give the estimate of ·ð¤ ¥ÙéâæÚU Âëßè âð ×´»Ü»ýã Ì·¤ ×´»ÜØæÙ ·ð¤ Âãé¡¿Ùð
time for Mangalyan to reach Mars from ·¤æ â×Ø Ü»Ö» ãæð»æ Ñ
Earth to be close to :
(1) 500 days (1) 500 çÎÙ

(2) 320 days (2) 320 çÎÙ
(3) 260 days (3) 260 çÎÙ
(4) 220 days (4) 220 çÎÙ

8. In materials like aluminium and copper, 8. °ËØéç×çÙØ× °ß´ Ìæ¡Õð Áñâð ÂÎæÍæðü´ ·ð¤ çÜØð çßçÖÙ
the correct order of magnitude of various ÂýØæSÍÌæ »éææ¡·¤æð´ ·ð¤ ÂçÚU×ææ ·¤æ âãè ·ý¤× ãñ Ñ
elastic modulii is :
(1) Youngs modulii < shear modulii (1) Ø´» ÂýØæSÍÌæ »éææ¡·¤ < ¥ÂM¤Âæ ÂýØæSÍÌæ
< bulk modulii. »éææ¡·¤ < ¥æØÌÙ ÂýØæSÍÌæ »éææ¡·¤.
(2) Bulk modulii < shear modulii (2) ¥æØÌÙ Âý ØæSÍÌæ »é ææ¡ · ¤ < ¥ÂM¤Âæ
< Youngs modulii. ÂýØæSÍÌæ »éææ¡·¤ < Ø´» ÂýØæSÍÌæ »éææ¡·¤.
(3) Shear modulii < Youngs modulii (3) ¥ÂM¤Âæ ÂýØæSÍÌæ »éææ¡·¤ < Ø´» ÂýØæSÍÌæ
< bulk modulii. »éææ¡·¤ < ¥æØÌÙ ÂýØæSÍÌæ »éææ¡·¤.
(4) Bulk modulii < Youngs modulii (4) ¥æØÌÙ ÂýØæSÍÌæ »éææ¡·¤ < Ø´» ÂýØæSÍÌæ
< shear modulii. »éææ¡·¤ < ¥ÂM¤Âæ ÂýØæSÍÌæ »éææ¡·¤.
9. The amplitude of a simple pendulum, 9. ßæØé ×ð´ ÎæðÜÙ ·¤ÚU ÚUãð °·¤ ÌÙé »æðÜèØ ÕæÕ ßæÜð âÚUÜ
oscillating in air with a small spherical bob, ÜæðÜ·¤ ·¤æ ¥æØæ× 40 âð·´¤ÇU ×ð´ 10 cm âð 8 cm
decreases from 10 cm to 8 cm in 40 seconds. Ì·¤ æÅU ÁæÌæ ãñ Ð Øã ×æÙ Üð´ ç·¤ SÅUæð·¤ ·¤æ çÙØ×
Assuming that Stokes law is valid, and âãè ãñ ¥æñÚU ßæØé ·¤æ ·¤æÕüÙ ÇUæ§ü¥æòâæ§Ç âð àØæÙÌæ
ratio of the coefficient of viscosity of air to »éææ´·¤ ·¤æ ¥ÙéÂæÌ 1.3 ãñ, ÌÕ ·¤æÕüÙ ÇUæ§ü ¥æòâæ§ÇU
that of carbon dioxide is 1.3, the time in ×ð´ §â ÜæðÜ·¤ ·ð¤ ¥æØæ× ·¤æð 10 cm âð 5 cm Ì·¤
which amplitude of this pendulum will æÅUÙð ×ð ´ Ü»æ â×Ø Ü»Ö» ãæð » æ
reduce from 10 cm to 5 cm in (ln 551.601, ln 250.693).
carbondioxide will be close to (ln 551.601,
ln 250.693).
(1) 231 s (1) 231 s
(2) 208 s (2) 208 s
(3) 161 s (3) 161 s
(4) 142 s (4) 142 s

10. A capillary tube is immersed vertically in 10. °·¤ ·ð¤àæÙçÜ·¤æ ·¤æð ª¤ßæüÏÚU ÂæÙè ×ð´ ÇéUÕæðØæ ÁæÌæ ãñ
water and the height of the water column ¥æñÚU ÌÕ ÂæÙè ·ð¤ SÌÖ ·¤è ª¡¤¿æ§ü x ãæð ÁæÌè ãñÐ ÁÕ
is x. When this arrangement is taken into §â çßØæâ ·¤æð °·¤ »ãÚUæ§ü d ßæÜè °·¤ ¹æÙ ×ð´ Üð
a mine of depth d, the height of the water ÁæØæ ÁæÌæ ãñ, ÌÕ ÂæÙè ·ð¤ SÌÖ ·¤è ª¡¤¿æ§ü y ãñÐ
column is y. If R is the radius of earth, the ØçÎ Âëßè ·¤è çæØæ R ãñ, ÌÕ ¥ÙéÂæÌ x ãñ Ñ
x y
ratio is :
y
 d  d
(1)  12  (1)  12 
 R R
 2d   2d 
(2)  12  (2)  12 
R R
 R 2d   R 2d 
(3)  R 1d  (3)  R 1d 
 R 1d   R 1d 
(4)  R 2d  (4)  R 2d 
11. Water of volume 2 L in a closed container 11. °·¤ ÕÎ Âææ ×ð´ 2 L ¥æØÌÙ ÂæÙè ·¤æð 1 kW ·¤è
is heated with a coil of 1 kW. While water ·é¤ÇUÜè âð »×ü ç·¤Øæ ÁæÌæ ãñÐ ÁÕ ÂæÙè »×ü ãæð ÚUãæ
is heated, the container loses energy at a ãñ, ÌÕ Âææ 160 J/s ·¤è ÎÚU âð ª¤Áæü ·¤æ ÿæØ ·¤ÚU ÚUãæ
rate of 160 J/s. In how much time will the ãñÐ ç·¤ÌÙð â×Ø ×ð´ ÂæÙè ·¤æ ÌæÂ×æÙ 278C âð
temperature of water rise from 278C to 778C Âãé ¡ ¿ ð » æ? ( ÂæÙè ·¤è çßçàæcÅU ª¤c×æ
778C ? (Specific heat of water is 4.2 kJ/kg ãñ ¥æñÚU Âææ ·¤è çßçàæcÅU ª¤c×æ Ù»Ø ãñ)
4.2 kJ/kg and that of the container is
negligible).
(1) 8 min 20 s (1) 8 ç×ÙÅU 20 âð·´¤ÇU
(2) 6 min 2 s (2) 6 ç×ÙÅU 2 âð·´¤ÇUU
(3) 7 min (3) 7 ç×ÙÅU
(4) 14 min (4) 14 ç×ÙÅU

12. The equation of state for a gas is given by 12. °·¤ »ñâ ·¤è ¥ßSÍæ ·¤æ â×è·¤ÚUæ PV5nRT1aV
PV5nRT1aV, where n is the number of âð çÎØæ ÁæÌæ ãñ, Áãæ¡ n ×æðÜ ·¤è â´Øæ ãñ ¥æñÚU a °·¤
moles and a is a positive constant. The ÏÙæ×·¤ çSÍÚUæ¡·¤ ãñÐ °·¤ ÕðÜÙ ×ð´ ÚU¹ð »ñâ ·ð¤ °·¤
initial temperature and pressure of one ×æðÜ ·¤æ ÂýæÚUçÖ·¤ ÌæÂ×æÙ °ß´ ÎæÕ ·ý¤×àæÑ To °ß´
mole of the gas contained in a cylinder are Po ãñÐ ÁÕ §â·¤æ ÌæÂ×æÙ â×ÎæÕ ÂÚU Îæð»éÙæ ãæð
To and Po respectively. The work done by Áæ°ð»æ, ÌÕ »ñâ mæÚUæ ç·¤Øæ »Øæ ·¤æØü ãæð»æ Ñ
the gas when its temperature doubles
isobarically will be :
Po To R Po To R
(1) (1)
Po 2a Po 2a
Po To R Po To R
(2) (2)
Po 1a Po 1a
(3) Po To R ln 2 (3) Po To R ln 2
(4) P o To R (4) Po To R
13. Modern vacuum pumps can evacuate a 13. ¥æÏéçÙ·¤ çÙßæüÌ ÂÂ ·¤×ÚðU ·ð¤ ÌæÂ×æÙ (300 K) ÂÚU
vessel down to a pressure of 4.0310215 atm. 4.0310215 °ÅUU×æSÈ¤èØÚU ÎæÕ Ì·¤ °·¤ ÕÌüÙ ·¤æð
at room temperature (300 K). Taking çÙßæüçÌÌ ·¤ÚU â·¤Ìæ ãñÐ R58.3 JK21 ×æðÜ21,
R58.3 JK21 mole21, 1 atm5105 Pa and 1 °ÅU×æSÈ¤èØÚU5105 ÂæS·¤Ü ¥æñÚU °ßæð»ðÇþUæð â´Øæ
N Avogadro 56310 23 mole 21 , the mean 5631023 ×æðÜ21 ÜðÌð ãéØð °·¤ çÙßæüçÌÌ ÕÌüÙ ×ð´
distance between molecules of gas in an »ñâ ·ð¤ ¥æé¥æ´ð ·ð¤ Õè¿ ×æØ ÎêÚUè ·¤æ ×æÙ Ü»Ö»
evacuated vessel will be of the order of : §ÌÙæ ãæð»æ Ñ
(1) 0.2 mm (1) 0.2 mm
(2) 0.2 mm (2) 0.2 mm
(3) 0.2 cm (3) 0.2 cm
(4) 0.2 nm (4) 0.2 nm

14. A particle which is simultaneously 14. °·¤ ·¤æ, çÁâ ÂÚU °·¤ âæÍ Îæð ÜÕßÌ÷ âÚUÜ ¥æßÌü
subjected to two perpendicular simple
»çÌØæ¡ x5a1 cos vt ¥æñÚU y5a2 cos 2vt Ü» ÚUãè
harmonic motions represented by ;
x5a1 cos vt and y5a2 cos 2vt traces a ãñ´, §â ß·ý¤ ·¤æð ÎàææüØð»æ Ñ
curve given by :
(1)
(1)
(2)
(2)
(3)
(3)
(4)
(4)

15. A transverse wave is represented by : 15. °·¤ ¥ÙéÂýSÍ ÌÚÚ» §ââð ÎàææüØè ÁæÌè ãñ Ñ
10 2p 2p  10 2p 2p 
y5 sin  t2 x y5 sin  t2 x
p  T l  p  T l 
For what value of the wavelength the ÌÚÚ»ÎñØü ·ð¤ ç·¤â ×æÙ ·ð¤ çÜ°ð ÌÚÚ» ßð» ·¤æ ×æÙ
wave velocity is twice the maximum ¥çÏ·¤Ì× ·¤æ ßð» ·¤æ Îæð»éÙæ ãæð»æ?
particle velocity ?
(1) 40 cm (1) 40 cm
(2) 20 cm (2) 20 cm
(3) 10 cm (3) 10 cm
(4) 60 cm (4) 60 cm
16. The magnitude of the average electric field 16. Âëßè ·ð¤ ÂëcÆU âð ÁÚUæ ª¤ÂÚU ßæÌæßÚUæ ×ð´ âæÏæÚUæÌØæ
normally present in the atmosphere just ©ÂçSÍÌ ¥æñ â Ì çßlé Ì ÿæð æ ·¤æ ÂçÚU×ææ
above the surface of the Earth is about 150 N/C ·ð¤ Ü»Ö» ãñ çÁâ·¤è çÎàææ Âëßè ·ð¤ ·ð¤Îý
150 N/C, directed inward towards the ·¤è ¥æðÚU ¥ÌÚU×é¹è ãñÐ Øã Âëßè mæÚUæ ßæã·¤ ÂçÚUææ×è
center of the Earth. This gives the total ÂëcÆU ¥æßðàæ Îð»æ Ñ
net surface charge carried by the Earth to [ çÎØæ ãñ e o 58.85310 212 C 2 /N-m 2 ,
be : RE56.373106 m]
[Given e o 58.85310 212 C 2 /N-m 2 ,
RE56.373106 m]
(1) 1670 kC (1) 1670 kC
(2) 2670 kC (2) 2670 kC
(3) 2680 kC (3) 2680 kC
(4) 1680 kC (4) 1680 kC

17. Three capacitances, each of 3 mF, are 17. ÂýØð·¤ 3 mF ·ð¤ ÌèÙ â´ÏæçÚUæ çÎØð »Øð ãñ´Ð §Ù·¤æ
provided. These cannot be combined to ç·¤âè Öè Âý·¤æÚU ·¤æ â´ØæðÁÙ çÙÙ ×ð´ âð ·¤æñÙ âæ
provide the resultant capacitance of : ÂçÚUææ×è ÏæçÚUÌæ Ùãè´ Îð»æ?
(1) 1 mF (1) 1 mF
(2) 2 mF (2) 2 mF
(3) 4.5 mF (3) 4.5 mF
(4) 6 mF (4) 6 mF
18. A d.c. main supply of e.m.f. 220 V is 18. çßléÌ ßæã·¤ ÕÜ 220 V ·¤è °·¤ çÎcÅU ÏæÚUæ ×éØ
connected across a storage battery of âÜæ§ü ·¤æð °·¤ 1 V ·¤ð¤ ÂýçÌÚUæðÏ mæÚUæ çßléÌ ßæã·¤
e.m.f. 200 V through a resistance of 1 V. ÕÜ 200 V ·¤è °·¤ â´ÖæçÚUÌ ÕñÅUÚè âð ÁæðÇ¸æ ÁæÌæ ãñÐ
The battery terminals are connected to an ÕñÅUÚUè ·ð¤ ÅUç×üÙÜ ·¤æð °·¤ Õæ±Ø ÂýçÌÚUæðÏ R âð ÁæðÇ¸æ
external resistance R. The minimum ÁæÌæ ãñÐ R ·¤æ ØêÙÌ× ×æÙ, çÁââð ç·¤ ÕñÅUÚUè ×ð´
value of R, so that a current passes ÏæÚUæ ÂýßæçãÌ ãæð·¤ÚU ©âð ¥æßðçàæÌ ·¤ÚðU, ãñ Ñ
through the battery to charge it is :
(1) 7V (1) 7V
(2) 9V (2) 9V
(3) 11 V (3) 11 V
(4) Zero (4) àæêØ

19. The mid points of two small magnetic 19. ¥ÿæèØ çSÍçÌ ×ð´ ÜÕæ§ü d ·ð¤ Îæð ÌÙé ¿éÕ·¤èØ çmÏéýßæ´ð
dipoles of length d in end-on positions, are ·ð¤ ×Ø çÕÎé¥æð´ ·¤æð x ÎêÚUè ÂÚU ÚU¹æ »Øæ ãñ (x >>d)Ð
separated by a distance x, (x >> d). The ÎæðÙæð´ ·ð¤ Õè¿ ÕÜ x2n ·¤ð¤ â×æÙéÂæÌè ãñ, Áãæ¡ n ãñ :
force between them is proportional to
x2n where n is :
(1) 1
(2) 2
(1) 1
(3) 3
(2) 2
(4) 4
(3) 3
(4) 4
20. Öê × Ø Úð U ¹ æ ÂÚU Âë ßè ·ð ¤ ¿é Õ·¤èØ ÿæð æ ·¤æ
×æÙ Ü»Ö» 431025 T ãñÐ Âëßè ·¤è çæØæ
20. The magnetic field of earth at the equator 6.43106 m ãñÐ ÌÕ Âëßè ·¤æ çmÏýéß ¥ææêæü Ü»Ö»
is approximately 431025 T. The radius §â ·¤æðçÅU ·¤æ ãæð»æ Ñ
of earth is 6.43106 m. Then the dipole
moment of the earth will be nearly of the (1) 1023 A m2
order of :
(2) 1020 A m2
(1) 1023 A m2
(3) 1016 A m2
(2) 1020 A m2
(4) 1010 A m2
(3) 1016 A m2
(4) 1010 A m2

21. When the rms voltages VL, VC and VR are 21. °·¤ Âý ØæßÌèü ÏæÚU æ ææð Ì âð Áé Ç ¸ ð æð æè LCR
measured respectively across the inductor ÂçÚUÂÍ ×ð´ ÂýðÚU·¤ß L â´ÏæçÚUÌ C ¥æñÚU ÂýçÌÚUæðÏ·¤ R ÂÚU
L, the capacitor C and the resistor R in a ×æÂð »Øð ß»ü - ×æØ-×ê Ü ßæð Ë ÅUÌæ°ð ´ ·ý ¤ ×àæÑ
series LCR circuit connected to an VL, VC °ß´ VR ãñ´, ÌÕ Øã ÂæØæ ÁæÌæ ãñ ç·¤
AC source, it is found that the ratio VL : VC : VR51 : 2 : 3 Ð ØçÎ ÂýØæßÌèü ÏæÚUæ oýæðÌ
VL : VC : VR51 : 2 : 3. If the rms voltage ·¤è ß»ü-×æØ-×êÜ ßæðËÅUÌæ 100 V ãñ´, ÌÕ VR ·¤æ
of the AC source is 100 V, then VR is close ×æÙ Ü»Ö» ãñ Ñ
to :
(1) 50 V (1) 50 V
(2) 70 V (2) 70 V
(3) 90 V (3) 90 V
(4) 100 V (4) 100 V

22. Match List I (Wavelength range of 22. âê¿è I (çßléÌ ¿éÕ·¤èØ SÂðÅþU× ·¤è ÌÚÚ»ÎñØü ÚðUÁ)
electromagnetic spectrum) with List II. ·¤æð âê¿è II (§Ù ÌÚÚ»æð´ ·ð¤ çÙ×æüæ ·¤è çßçÏ) âð âé×ðçÜÌ
(Method of production of these waves) ·¤èçÁ°ð ¥æñÚU âê¿è ·ð¤ Ùè¿ð çÎØð »Øð çß·¤ËÂæ´ð ×ð´ âð
and select the correct option from the âãè çß·¤ËÂ ¿éçÙ°Ð
options given below the lists.
ÇÏ¤Í I ÇÏ¤Í II
List I List II 700 nm ÇÕ øËÎËÕ Ä §¿U¼ËøËÎËÕ Õ
(a) (i)
(a)
700 nm to
(i)
Vibration of atoms 1 mm §¾ ÇÕ
1 mm and molecules.
§¿U¼ËøËÎËÕ Õ Ëü±Ì¿U ÅËÖÁ
Inner shell electrons 1 nm ÇÕ
(b) (ii) ÁÕþªãUË¾ËÕ Í ¦Ëá S±¿U
1 nm to in atoms moving from 400 nm
(b) (ii) ÇÕ Ì¾¤ÁÕ S±¿U Í Ì± ÇÕ
400 nm one energy level to a
lower level.
¾ËÌ» Õ ¿ÕUÌ¬U½ËÕ ÇÌâ½
(c) < 1023 nm (iii)
(c) < 10 23 nm (iii)
Radioactive decay of äË½ ÇÕ
the nucleus.
1 mm ÇÕ
(d) (iv) ¼Öó¾ÕªUã Ë¾
ÄË°Ä ÇÕ
1 mm to 0.1 m
(d) (iv) Magnetron valve.
0.1 m
(1) (a)-(iv), (b)-(iii), (c)-(ii), (d)-(i)
(1) (a)-(iv), (b)-(iii), (c)-(ii), (d)-(i) (2) (a)-(iii), (b)-(iv), (c)-(i), (d)-(ii)
(2) (a)-(iii), (b)-(iv), (c)-(i), (d)-(ii) (3) (a)-(ii), (b)-(iii), (c)-(iv), (d)-(i)
(3) (a)-(ii), (b)-(iii), (c)-(iv), (d)-(i) (4) (a)-(i), (b)-(ii), (c)-(iii), (d)-(iv)
(4) (a)-(i), (b)-(ii), (c)-(iii), (d)-(iv)

23. A diver looking up through the water sees 23. °·¤ »æðÌæ¹æðÚU ÂæÙè ·ð¤ ¥ÎÚU âð ÕæãÚU ·¤è ÎéçÙØæ ·¤æð
the outside world contained in a circular °·¤ ßëæèØ ÿæñçÌÁ ×ð´ çÙçãÌ Îð¹Ìæ ãñÐ ÂæÙè ·¤æ
horizon. The refractive index of water is
¥ÂßÌüÙæ¡·¤ 4 ãñ ¥æñÚU »æðÌæ¹æðÚU ·¤è ¥æ¡¹ ÂæÙè ·ð¤
4 3
3
, and the divers eyes are 15 cm below ÂëcÆU âð 15 cm Ùè¿ð ãñ´Ð ÌÕ ßëæ ·¤è çæØæ ãñ Ñ
the surface of water. Then the radius of
the circle is :
(1) 15333 5 cm (1) 15333 5 cm
(2) 1533 7 cm (2) 1533 7 cm
153 7 153 7
(3) cm (3) cm
3 3
153 3 153 3
(4) cm (4) cm
7 7

24. Using monochromatic light of wavelength 24. ÌÚÚ»ÎñØü l ·ð¤ °·¤ßæèü Âý·¤æàæ ·ð¤ ÂýØæð» âð °·¤ ßñææçÙ·¤
l, an experimentalist sets up the Youngs Ø´» ·ð¤ çmçÀUÎý ÂýØæð» ·¤æð ÎàææüØð »Øð ÌèÙ Âý·¤æÚU âð
double slit experiment in three ways as ÃØßçSÍÌ ·¤ÚUÌè ãñÐ
shown. ØçÎ ßã ÂæÌè ãñ ç·¤ y5b9, ÌÕ ÂýØæð» ç·¤Øð »Øð
If she observes that y5b9, the wavelength Âý·¤æàæ ·¤è ÌÚÚ»ÎñØü ãñ Ñ
of light used is :

(1) 520 nm (1) 520 nm
(2) 540 nm (2) 540 nm
(3) 560 nm (3) 560 nm
(4) 580 nm (4) 580 nm
25. The focal lengths of objective lens and eye

lens of a Gallelian Telescope are 25. °·¤ »ñçÜçÜØÙ ÎêÚUÎàæèü ·ð¤ ¥çÖÎëàØ·¤ °ß´ Ùðçæ·¤æ
respectively 30 cm and 3.0 cm. Telescope Üðâ ·¤è $È¤æð·¤â ÜÕæ§Øæ¡ ·ý¤×àæÑ 30 cm °ß´
produces virtual, erect image of an object 3.0 cm ãñÐ ÎêÚUÎàæèü Ùðçæ·¤æ Üðâ âð âéSÂcÅU ÎàæüÙ
situated far away from it at least distance ·¤è ØêÙÌ× ÎêÚUè ÂÚU °·¤ ¥ØÌ ÎêÚU ·¤è ßSÌé ·¤æ
of distinct vision from the eye lens. In this ¥æÖæâè, âèÏæ ÂýçÌçÕÕ ÕÙæÌæ ãñÐ §â çSÍçÌ ×ð´,
condition, the Magnifying Power of the »ñçÜçÜØÙ ÎêÚUÎàæèü ·¤è ¥æßÏüÙ ÿæ×Ìæ ãæð»è Ñ
Gallelian Telescope should be :
(1) 111.2
(2) 211.2 (1) 111.2
(3) 28.8 (2) 211.2
(4) 18.8 (3) 28.8
(4) 18.8
26. For which of the following particles will it
be most difficult to experimentally verify 26. çÙÙçÜç¹Ì ·¤ææð ´ ×ð ´ âð ç·¤â ·¤æ ·ð ¤ çÜØð
the de-Broglie relationship ? ÇUè-ÕýæÜè âÕÏ ·¤æ ÂýæØæðç»·¤ âØæÂÙ ¥ØçÏ·¤
(1) an electron ×éçà·¤Ü ãæð»æ?
(2) a proton (1) °·¤ §ÜðÅþUæÙ$
(3) an a-particle (2) °·¤ ÂýæðÅUæòÙ
(4) a dust particle (3) °·¤ a-·¤æ
(4) °·¤ ÏêÜ ·¤æ ·¤æ

27. If the binding energy of the electron in a 27. ØçÎ ãæ§ÇþUæðÁÙ ÂÚU×ææé ×ð´ §ÜðÅþUæÙ ·¤è ÕÏÙ ª¤Áæü
hydrogen atom is 13.6 eV, the energy 13.6 eV ãñ, ÌÕ Li11 ·¤è ÂýÍ× ©æðçÁÌ ¥ßSÍæ
required to remove the electron from the âð §ÜðÅþUæÙ ÕæãÚU çÙ·¤æÜÙð ×ð´ ¥æßàØ·¤ ª¤Áæü ãñ Ñ
first excited state of Li11 is :
(1) 122.4 eV (1) 122.4 eV
(2) 30.6 eV (2) 30.6 eV
(3) 13.6 eV (3) 13.6 eV
(4) 3.4 eV (4) 3.4 eV
28. Identify the gate and match A, B, Y in

bracket to check. 28. »ðÅU ·¤æð Âã¿æçÙ°ð ¥æñÚU ·¤æðcÅU·¤ ×ð´ A, B, Y ·ð¤ ×æÙ âð
âé×ðçÜÌ ·¤ÚU Áæ¡¿ ·¤èçÁ°ðÐ
(1) AND (A51, B51, Y51)

(2) OR (A51, B51, Y50) (1) AND (A51, B51, Y51)
(3) NOT (A51, B51, Y51) (2) OR (A51, B51, Y50)
(4) XOR (A50, B50, Y50) (3) NOT (A51, B51, Y51)
(4) XOR (A50, B50, Y50)
29. A transmitting antenna at the top of a
tower has a height 32 m and the height of
the receiving antenna is 50 m. What is the
29. °·¤ ×èÙæÚU ·ð¤ àæèáü ÂÚU Âýðáæ °çÅUÙæ ·¤è ª¡¤¿æ§ü 32 m
maximum distance between them for ãñ ¥æñÚU ¥çÖ»ýæãè °çÅUÙæ ·¤è ª¡¤¿æ§ü 50 m ãñÐ
satisfactory communication in line of sight ÎëçcÅUÚðU¹èØ (LOS) ×æðÇU ×ð´ â´ÌæðáÂýÎ â´¿ÚUæ ·ð¤ çÜ°
(LOS) mode ? ÎæðÙæ´ð °çÅUÙæ ·ð¤ Õè¿ ¥çÏ·¤Ì× ÎêÚUè Øæ ãñ?
(1) 55.4 km (1) 55.4 km
(2) 45.5 km (2) 45.5 km
(3) 54.5 km (3) 54.5 km
(4) 455 km (4) 455 km

30. An n-p-n transistor has three leads 30. °·¤ n-p-n Åþ U æçÁSÅUÚU ×ð ´ ÌèÙ ¿æÜ·¤ ÌæÚU
A, B and C. Connecting B and C by moist A, B °ß´ C ãñ´Ð »èÜè ¥´»éçÜØæð´ âð B °ß´ C ·¤æð
fingers, A to the positive lead of an ÁæðÇ¸Ùð ÂÚU, °·¤ ÏæÚUæ×æÂè ·¤æð ÏÙæ×·¤ ¿æÜ·¤ ÌæÚU
ammeter, and C to the negative lead of the ·¤æð A âð ÁæðÇ¸Ùð ÂÚU ¥æñÚU ÏæÚUæ×æÂè ·¤è «¤ææ×·¤
ammeter, one finds large deflection. Then, ¿æÜ·¤ ÌæÚU ·¤æð C âð ÁæðÇ¸Ùð ÂÚU °·¤ Âýðÿæ·¤ ¥ØçÏ·¤
A, B and C refer respectively to : çßÿæðÂ ÂæÌæ ãñÐ ÌÕ A, B °ß´ C ·¤æ â´ÎÖü ·ý¤×àæÑ
§Ùâð ãñ Ñ
(1) Emitter, base and collector (1) ©âÁü·¤, ¥æÏæÚU °ß´ â´»ýæãè
(2) Base, emitter and collector (2) ¥æÏæÚU, ©âÁü·¤ °ß´ â´»ýæãè
(3) Base, collector and emitter (3) ¥æÏæÚU, â´»ýæãè °ß´ ©âÁü·¤
(4) Collector, emitter and base. (4) â´»ýæãè, ©âÁü·¤ °ß´ ¥æÏæÚU

PART B CHEMISTRY Öæ» B ÚUâæØÙ çßææÙ
31. In a face centered cubic lattice atoms A 31. °·¤ È¤Ü·¤ ·ð¤çÎýÌ æÙæ·¤æÚU ÁæÜ·¤ ×ð´ A ·ð¤¤ ÂÚU×ææé
are at the corner points and atoms B at ·¤æðÙæð´ ·ð¤ çÕÎé¥æð´ ÂÚU ãñ´ ¥æñÚU B ·ð¤ ÂÚU×ææé È¤Ü·¤
the face centered points. If atom B is ·ð¤Îýæð´ ÂÚU ãñ´Ð ØçÎ B ÂÚU×ææé °·¤ È¤Ü·¤ ·ð¤Îý ÂÚU Ù
missing from one of the face centered ãæð Ìæð ¥æØçÙ·¤ Øæñç»·¤ ·¤æ âêæ ãæð»æ Ñ
points, the formula of the ionic compound
is : (1) AB2
(1) AB 2 (2) A 5B 2
(2) A 5B2 (3) A2B 3
(3) A 2B3 (4) A2B 5
(4) A 2B5
32. °·¤ »ñâ ·ð¤ çÜØð ßæÇUÚU ßæÜ â×è·¤ÚUæ

32. Van der Waals equation for a gas is stated 2
nRT  n
as, p5 2a   .
V 2 nb  V
2
nRT  n ãæðÌæ ãñÐ Øã â×è·¤ÚUæ ¥æÎàæü »ñâ â×è·¤ÚUæ ·¤æ
p5 2a   .
V 2 nb  V
nRT
This equation reduces to the perfect gas
M¤Â, p5
V
ÏæÚUæ ·¤ÚU Üð»æ ÁÕ Ñ
nRT
equation, p 5 when ,
V
(1) ÌæÂ ÂØæüÌ ©¿ ãæð»æ ¥æñÚU ÎæÕ ØêÙ ãæð»æÐ
(1) temperature is sufficiently high and
pressure is low.
(2) ÌæÂ ÂØæüÌ ØêÙ ãæð»æ ¥æñÚU ÎæÕ ©¿ ãæð»æÐ
(2) temperature is sufficiently low and
pressure is high.
(3) ÌæÂ ¥æñÚU ÎæÕ ÎæðÙæð´ ÕãéÌ ©¿ ãæð´»ðÐ
(3) both temperature and pressure are
very high.
(4) ÌæÂ ¥æñÚU ÎæÕ ÎæðÙæð´ ÕãéÌ ØêÙ ãæð´»ðÐ
(4) both temperature and pressure are
very low.

33. The standard electrode potentials 33. ¿æÚU ÏæÌé¥æð´ A, B, C ¥æñÚU D ·ð¤ SÅñUÇUÇüU (×æÙ·¤)
(E ) of four metals A, B, C and D are

o
M /M
1 §Üñ Åþ U æð Ç U çßÖß (E )o
M /M
1 ·ý × æÙé â æÚU
21.2 V , 0.6 V, 0.85 V and 20.76 V, 21.2 V, 0.6 V, 0.85 V ¥æñÚU 20.76 V ãñ´Ð çßÖß
respectively. The sequence of deposition Üæ»ê ·¤ÚUÙð ÂÚU ÏæÌé Á×Ùð ·¤æ ·ý¤× ãæð»æ Ñ
of metals on applying potential is :
(1) A, C, B, D (1) A, C, B, D
(2) B, D, C, A (2) B, D, C, A
(3) C, B, D, A (3) C, B, D, A
(4) D, A, B, C (4) D, A, B, C
34. At a certain temperature, only 50% HI is 34. °·¤ ÌæÂ çßàæðá âæØÂÚU ·ð¤ßÜ 50% HI, H2 ¥æñÚU
dissociated into H2 and I2 at equilibrium. I2 ×ð´ çßÖæçÁÌ ãæðÌæ ãñÐ âæØ çSÍÚUæ´·¤ ·¤æ ×æÙ ãæð»æ Ñ
The equilibrium constant is :
(1) 1.0 (1) 1.0
(2) 3.0 (2) 3.0
(3) 0.5 (3) 0.5
(4) 0.25 (4) 0.25
35. Dissolving 120 g of a compound of 35. °·¤ Øæñç»·¤ (¥æéÖæÚU 60) ·¤è 120 »ýæ× ×æææ ·¤æð
(mol. wt. 60) in 1000 g of water gave a 1000 »ýæ× ÁÜ ×ð´ ææðÜÙð ÂÚU ÂýæÌ ãé° çßÜØÙ ·¤æ
solution of density 1.12 g/mL. The æÙß 1.12 »ýæ× ÂýçÌ ç×çÜ çÜÅUÚU ãñÐ çßÜØÙ ·¤è
molarity of the solution is : ×æðÜñçÚUÅUè ãæð»è Ñ
(1) 1.00 M (1) 1.00 M
(2) 2.00 M (2) 2.00 M
(3) 2.50 M (3) 2.50 M
(4) 4.00 M (4) 4.00 M

36. The half-life period of a first order reaction 36. °·¤ ÂýÍ× ·¤æðçÅU ·¤è ¥çÖç·ý¤Øæ ·¤æ ¥Ïü-¥æØé ·¤æÜ
is 15 minutes. The amount of substance 15 ç×ÙÅU ãñÐ °·¤ æÅUæ Âà¿æÌ÷ ÂÎæÍü ·¤è àæðá ÚUãè
left after one hour will be : ×æææ ãæð»è Ñ
(1) 1 ÂýæÚUçÖ·¤ ×æææ ·¤æ 1 Öæ»
4 of the original amount (1) 4



37. A current of 10.0 A flows for 2.00 h 37. ÏæÌé X ·ð¤ çÂæÜð ãé° Üßæ ÏæÚU·¤ §ÜñÅþUæðçÜçÅU·¤
through an electrolytic cell containing a âñÜ ×ð´ âð 2.00 æÅðU ·ð¤ çÜØð 10.0 A ·¤è çßléÌ
molten salt of metal X. This results in the ÏæÚUæ ¿ÜæÙð ÂÚU 0.250 ×æðÜ X ÏæÌé ·¤æ Á×æß ãé¥æÐ
decomposition of 0.250 mol of metal X at çÂæÜð ãé° Üßæ ×ð´ ÏæÌé X ·¤è ¥æâè·ë¤Ì ¥ßSÍæ
the cathode. The oxidation state of X in ãæð»è Ñ (ÁÕç·¤ F596,500 C)
the molten salt is : (F596,500 C)
(1) 11 (1) 11
(2) 21 (2) 21
(3) 31 (3) 31
(4) 41 (4) 41

38. The energy of an electron in first Bohr orbit 38. H-ÂÚU×ææé ·ð¤ ÂýÍ× ÕæðãÚU ¥æçÕüÅU ×ð´ §ÜñÅþUæÙ ·¤è
of H - atom is 213.6 eV. The energy value ª¤Áæü 213.6 eV ãñÐ Li 21 ·¤è ©æðçÁÌ ¥ßSÍæ ×ð´
of electron in the excited state of Li21 is : §ÜñÅþUæÙ ·¤æ ª¤Áæü ×æÙ ãæð»æ Ñ
(1) 227.2 eV (1) 227.2 eV
(2) 30.6 eV (2) 30.6 eV
(3) 230.6 eV (3) 230.6 eV
(4) 27.2 eV (4) 27.2 eV
39. The temperature at which oxygen 39. ÌæÂ, çÁâ ÂÚU ¥æòâèÁÙ ¥æé¥æð´ ·¤è ß»ü ×æØ×êÜ
molecules have the same root mean square SÂèÇU ·¤æ ×æÙ ßãè ãæðÌæ ãñ Áæð ãèçÜØ× ÂÚU×ææé¥æð´ ·¤æ
speed as helium atoms have at 300 K is : 300 K ÂÚU ãæðÌæ ãñ,
(Atomic masses : He54 u, O516 u) (ÂÚU×ææé ÎýÃØ×æÙ Ñ He54 ×ææ·¤, O516 ×ææ·¤)
ãæð»æ Ñ
(1) 300 K (1) 300 K
(2) 600 K (2) 600 K
(3) 1200 K (3) 1200 K
(4) 2400 K (4) 2400 K
40. The standard enthalpy of formation of 40. NH3 ÕÙÙð ·¤è ×æÙ·¤ ª¤Áæü 246.0 kJ/×æðÜ ãñÐ
NH3 is 246.0 kJ/mol. If the enthalpy of ØçÎ ¥ÂÙð ÂÚU × ææé ¥ æð ´ âð H 2 ÕÙÙð ·¤è ª¤Áæü
formation of H 2 from its atoms is 2436 kJ/×æðÜ ¥æñÚU N2 ·¤è 2712 kJ/×æðÜ ãæð Ìæð
2436 kJ/mol and that of N 2 is N2H ·¤è NH3 ×ð´ ¥æñâÌ Õæ¡ÇU ª¤Áæü ãæð»è Ñ
2712 kJ/mol, the average bond enthalpy
of N2H bond in NH3 is :
(1) 21102 kJ/mol (1) 21102 kJ/×æðÜ
(2) 2964 kJ/mol (2) 2964 kJ/×æðÜ
(3) 1352 kJ/mol (3) 1352 kJ/×æðÜ
(4) 11056 kJ/mol (4) 11056 kJ/×æðÜ

41. The amount of oxygen in 3.6 moles of water 41. 3.6 ×æðÜ ÁÜ ×ð´ ¥æòâèÁÙ ·¤è ×æææ ãæðÌè ãñ Ñ
is :
(1) 115.2 g (1) 115.2 »ýæ×
(2) 57.6 g (2) 57.6 »ýæ×
(3) 28.8 g (3) 28.8 »ýæ×
(4) 18.4 g (4) 18.4 »ýæ×
42. The gas evolved on heating CaF2 and SiO2 42. CaF2 ¥æñÚU SiO2 ·¤æð âæÎý H2SO4 ·ð¤ âæÍ »ÚU×
with concentrated H2SO4, on hydrolysis ·¤ÚUÙð âð ÂýæÌ ãé§ü »ñâ ãæ§ÇþUæÜðçââ ÂÚU °·¤ â$Èð¤Î
gives a white gelatinous precipitate. The ÁñÜ Áñâæ ¥ßÿæðÂ ÎðÌè ãñÐ Øã ¥ßÿæðÂ ãæð»æ Ñ
precipitate is :
(1) hydrofluosilicic acid (1) ãæ§ÇþUæðÜæðçâçÜçâ·¤ °ðçâÇU
(2) silica gel (2) çâçÜ·¤æ ÁñÜ
(3) silicic acid (3) çâçÜçâ·¤ °ðçâÇ
(4) calciumfluorosilicate (4) ·ñ¤çËàæØ×ÜæðÚUæðçâçÜ·ð¤ÅU
43. Chloro compound of Vanadium has only 43. ßñÙðçÇUØ× ·¤æ °·¤ ÜæðÚUæð Øæñç»·¤ 1.73 BM ·¤æ ·ð¤ßÜ
spin magnetic moment of 1.73 BM. This çSÂÙ ×ñ Ùð ç ÅU·¤ ×æð × ñ ÅU ÚU¹Ìæ ãñ
Vanadium chloride has the formula : (V ·¤æ ÂÚU×ææê ·ý¤×æ´·¤523) §â ßñÙðçÇUØ× ÜæðÚUæ§ÇU
(at. no. of V523) ·¤æ âêæ ãæðÌæ ãñ Ñ
(1) VCl2 (1) VCl2
(2) VCl4 (2) VCl4
(3) VCl3 (3) VCl3
(4) VCl5 (4) VCl5

44. An octahedral complex of Co 31 is 44. Co31 ·¤æ °·¤ ¥cÅÈ¤Ëæ·¤èØ â´·¤ÚU ÂýçÌ¿éÕ·¤èØ
diamagnetic. The hybridisation involved ãæðÌæ ãñÐ §â â´·¤ÚU ·ð¤ ÕÙÙð âð âÕçÏÌ â´·¤ÚUæ
in the formation of the complex is : ãæð»æ Ñ
(1) sp3d2 (1) sp3d2
(2) dsp2 (2) dsp2
(3) d2sp3 (3) d2sp3
(4) dsp3d (4) dsp3d
45. Which of the following is not formed when 45. ¥ÜèØ K2Cr2O7 ææðÜ ·¤è H2S ·ð¤ âæÍ ¥çÖç·ý¤Øæ
H 2S reacts with acidic K 2 Cr 2 O 7 ãæðÙð ÂÚU çÙÙæð´ ×ð´ âð ·¤æñÙ Ùãè´ ÕÙÌæ?
solution ? (1) CrSO 4
(1) CrSO 4 (2) Cr2(SO4)
3
(2) Cr2(SO4) (3) K2SO 4
3
(3) K2SO 4 (4) S
(4) S
46. §Ù ×ð´ âð ç·¤â ×ð´ ¥Øéç×Ì §ÜñÅþUæÙ ãæðÌæ ãñ Øæ ãæðÌð

46. Which of the following has unpaired ãñ´ ?
electron(s) ? (1) N2
(1) N2
(2) O2
2
(2) O2
2
(3) N 221
(3) N 221
(4) O 222
(4) O 222

47. In the following sets of reactants which 47. ç·ý¤Øæ ·¤æÚU·¤æð´ ·ð¤ çÙÙ âðÅUæð´ ×ð´ âð ç·¤â Îæð ×ð´
two sets best exhibit the amphoteric Al2O3 . xH2O ·¤æ ©ÖØ Ï×èü ÃØßãæÚU Îð¹æ ÁæÌæ
character of Al2O3 . xH2O ? ãñ?
2 2
Set 1 : Al2O3 . xH2O (s) and OH (aq) Set 1 : Al2O3 . xH2O (s) ¥æñÚU OH (ÁÜèØ)
Set 2 : Al2O3 . xH2O (s) and H2O (l) Set 2 : Al2O3 . xH2O (s) ¥æñÚU H2O (Îýß)
1 1
Set 3 : Al2O3 . xH2O (s) and H (aq) Set 3 : Al2O3 . xH2O (s) ¥æñÚU H (ÁÜèØ)
Set 4 : Al2O3 . xH2O (s) and NH3 (aq) Set 4 : Al2O3 . xH2O (s) ¥æñÚU NH3 (ÁÜèØ)
(1) 1 and 2 (1) 1 ¥æñÚU 2
(2) 1 and 3 (2) 1 ¥æñÚU 3
(3) 2 and 4 (3) 2 ¥æñÚU 4
(4) 3 and 4 (4) 3 ¥æñÚU 4
48. The number and type of bonds in C 222 ion 48. CaC2 ·ð C 222 ¥æØÙ ×ð´ ¥æÕÏæð´ ·¤è â´Øæ °ß´
in CaC2 are : Âý·¤æÚU çÙÙ ·¤æñÙâè ãñ?
(1) One s bond and one p2bond (1) °·¤ s ¥æÕÏ ¥æñÚU °·¤ p2¥æÕÏ
(2) One s bond and two p2bonds (2) °·¤ s ¥æÕÏ ¥æñÚU Îæð p2¥æÕÏ
(3) Two s bonds and two p2bonds (3) Îæð s ¥æÕÏ ¥æñÚU Îæð p2¥æÕÏ
(4) Two s bonds and one p2bond (4) Îæð s ¥æÕÏ ¥æñÚU °·¤ p2¥æÕÏ
49. The form of iron obtained from blast 49. Ûææð´·¤æ Ö^è âð ÂýæÌ ãé° Üæðãð ·¤æ M¤Â ·¤ãÜæÌæ ãñ Ñ
furnace is :
(1) Steel (1) §SÂæÌ (Steel)
(2) Cast Iron (2) ÉUÜßæ¡ Üæðãæ (Cast Iron)
(3) Pig Iron (3) ·¤¿æ Üæðãæ (Pig Iron)
(4) Wrought Iron (4) çÂÅUßæ´ Üæðãæ (Wrought Iron)

50. The correct statement about the magnetic 50. [Fe(CN)6]32 ¥æñÚU [FeF6]32 ·ð¤ ¿éÕ·¤èØ »éææð´
properties of [Fe(CN)6]32 and [FeF6]32 ·¤æ ØÍæÍü çßßÚUæ ãñ Ñ (Z526).
is : (Z526).
(1) both are paramagnetic. (1) ÎæðÙæ´ð ¥Ùé¿éÕ·¤èØ ãñ´Ð
(2) both are diamagnetic. (2) ÎæðÙæð´ ÂýçÌ ¿éÕ·¤èØ ãñ´Ð
(3) [Fe(CN) 6 ] 32 is diamagnetic, (3) [Fe(CN)6]32 ÂýçÌ¿éÕ·¤èØ ¥æñÚU
[FeF6]32 is paramagnetic. [FeF6]32¥Ùé¿éÕ·¤èØ ãñÐ
(4) [Fe(CN) 6 ] 32 is paramagnetic, (4) [Fe (CN)6]32¥Ùé¿éÕ·¤èØ ¥æñÚU [FeF6]32
[FeF6]32 is diamagnetic. ÂýçÌ¿éÕ·¤èØ ãñÐ
51. Which one of the following reactions will 51. §Ù ¥çÖç·ý¤Øæ¥æð´ ×ð´ âð ç·¤â ×ð´ ·¤æÕüÙ - ·¤æÕüÙ
not result in the formation of carbon- ¥æÕÏ Ùãè´ ÂýæÌ ãæð»æ?
carbon bond ?
(1) Reimer-Tieman reaction (1) ÚUæð×ÚU - ÅUè×Ù ¥çÖç·ý¤ØæÐ
(2) Friedel Crafts acylation (2) Èý¤èÇUÜ ·ý¤æÈ¤ÅU °ðâèÜðàæÙÐ
(3) Wurtz reaction (3) ßéÅüU$Á ¥çÖç·ý¤ØæÐ
(4) Cannizzaro reaction (4) ·ñ¤Ùè$ÁñÚUæð ¥çÖç·ý¤ØæÐ
52. In the hydroboration - oxidation reaction 52. ÂýæðÂèÙ ·ð¤ ÇUæ§ÕæðÚðUÙ, H2O2 ¥æñÚU NaOH ·ð¤ âæÍ
of propene with diborane, H 2 O 2 and ãæ§ÇþUæðÕæðÚðUàæÙ-¥æòâè·¤ÚUæ ¥çÖç·ý¤Øæ ×ð́ ÕÙæ ·¤æÕüçÙ·¤
NaOH, the organic compound formed is : Øæñç»·¤ ãñ Ñ
(1) CH3CH2OH (1) CH3CH2OH
(2) CH3CHOHCH3 (2) CH3CHOHCH3
(3) CH3CH2CH2OH (3) CH3CH2CH2OH
(4) (CH3) COH (4) (CH3) COH
3 3

53. The major product of the reaction 53. ¥çÖç·ý¤Øæ
NaNO /H SO NaNO /H SO

2 2 4
→ 
2 2 4
→ ·¤æ ×éØ
is : ç·ý¤Øæ È¤Ü ãñ Ñ
(1)
(1)
(2)
(2)
(3)
(3)
(4)
(4)
54. For the compounds

CH3Cl, CH3Br, CH3I and CH3F,
54. Øæñç»·¤æð´
the correct order of increasing C-halogen
CH3Cl,CH3Br,CH3I ¥æñÚU CH3F
bond length is :
×ð´ ·¤æÕüÙ-ãñÜæðÁÙ Õæ¡ÇU ·¤è ÕÉ¸Ìè ÜÕæ§ü ·¤æ ÆUè·¤
(1) CH3F < CH3Cl < CH3Br < CH3I
·ý¤× ãñ Ñ
(2) CH3F < CH3Br < CH3Cl < CH3I
(1) CH3F < CH3Cl < CH3Br < CH3I
(3) CH3F < CH3I < CH3Br < CH3Cl
(2) CH3F < CH3Br < CH3Cl < CH3I
(4) CH3Cl < CH3Br < CH3F < CH3I
(3) CH3F < CH3I < CH3Br < CH3Cl
(4) CH3Cl < CH3Br < CH3F < CH3I

55. Allyl phenyl ether can be prepared by 55. °Üæ§Ü çÈ¤Ùæ§Ü §üÍÚU §ãð´ »ÚU× ·¤ÚU ÕÙæØæ Áæ â·¤Ìæ
heating : ãñ Ñ
(1) C6H5Br1CH25CH2CH22ONa (1) C6H5Br1CH25CH2CH22ONa
(2) CH25CH2CH22Br1C6H5ONa (2) CH25CH2CH22Br1C6H5ONa
(3) C6H52CH5CH2Br1CH32ONa (3) C6H52CH5CH2Br1CH32ONa
(4) CH25CH2Br1C6H52CH22ONa (4) CH25CH2Br1C6H52CH22ONa
56. In a nucleophilic substitution reaction : 56. ØêçÜØâ SÙðãè ¥ÎÜ ÕÎÜ ¥çÖç·ý¤Øæ Ñ
DMF DMF
R2Br1Cl2 → R_Cl1Br2, R2Br1Cl2 → R_Cl1Br2,
which one of the following undergoes ×ð´ çÙÙ ÂÎæÍæðZ âð ·¤æñÙ ÃØßSÍæ ·¤æ â´ÂêUæü ÕÎÜ ·¤ÚU
complete inversion of configuration ? ÜðÌæ ãñ ?
(1) C6H5CHC6H5Br (1) C6H5CHC6H5Br
(2) C6H5CH2Br (2) C6H5CH2Br
(3) C6H5CH CH3Br (3) C6H5CH CH3Br
(4) C6H5CCH3C6H5Br (4) C6H5CCH3C6H5Br
57. In which of the following pairs A is more 57. çÙÙ Øé×æð´ ×ð´ âð ç·¤â×ð´ A, ¥çÏ·¤ SÍæ§ü ãñ B âð ?
stable than B ?
A B A B
(1) (1)
(2) (2)
(3) (3)
• • • •
(4) Ph3C , (CH3) C (4) Ph3C , (CH3) C
3 3

58. Structure of some important polymers are 58. ·é¤ÀU Âýçâh ÕãéÜ·¤æð´ ·¤è â´ÚU¿Ùæ°´ Ùè¿ð Îè »§ü ãñ §Ù×ð´
given. Which one represents Buna-S ? âð ·¤æñÙ ÕêÙæ-S ·¤è âê¿·¤ ãñ?
(1) (1)
(2) (2)
(3) (3)
(4) (4)
59. Which is the major product formed when 59. ·¤æñÙ âè ÕÇ¸è ×æææ ×ð´ ç·ý Øæ È¤Ü ÂýæÌ ãæðÌæ ãñ ÁÕ
acetone is heated with iodine and °ðâèÅUæðÙ ·¤æð ¥æØæðÇUèÙ ¥æñÚU ÂæðÅñUçàæØ× ãæ§ÇþUæâæ§ÇU
potassium hydroxide ? ·ð¤ âæÍ »ÚU× ç·¤Øæ ÁæÌæ ãñ?
(1) Iodoacetone (1) ¥æØæðÇUæð°ðâèÅUæðÙ
(2) Acetic acid (2) °âèçÅU·¤ °ðçâÇU
(3) Iodoform (3) ¥æØæðÇUæð$È¤æ×ü
(4) Acetophenone (4) °ðâèÅUæð çÈ¤ÙæðÙ
60. Which one of the following class of 60. °çâçÅUÜèÙ ·ð¤ ÕãéÜ·¤è·¤ÚUæ âð ·¤æñÙâæ çÙÙ Âý·¤æÚU
compounds is obtained by polymerization ·¤æ Øæñç»·¤ ÂýæÌ ãæðÌæ ãñ?
of acetylene ?
(1) Poly-yne (1) ÂæòÜè-¥æ§Ù
(2) Poly-ene (2) ÂæòÜè-§üÙ
(3) Poly-ester (3) ÂæòÜè-°ðSÅUÚU
(4) Poly-amide (4) ÂæòÜè-°×æ§ÇU

PART C MATHEMATICS Öæ» C »çæÌ
61. Let P be the relation defined on the set of 61. ×æÙ P âÖè ßæSÌçß·¤ â´Øæ¥æð´ ÂÚU ÂçÚUÖæçáÌ °·¤
all real numbers such that °ðâæ â´Õ´Ï ãñ ç·¤
P5{(a, b) : sec2 a2tan2 b51}. Then P is : P5{(a, b) : sec2 a2tan2 b51} ãñ, Ìæð P Ñ
(1) reflexive and symmetric but not (1) SßÌéËØ ÌÍæ â×ç×Ì ãñ ÂÚUÌé â´·ý¤æ×·¤ Ùãè´
transitive. ãñÐ
(2) reflexive and transitive but not (2) SßÌéËØ ÌÍæ â´·ý¤æ×·¤ ãñ ÂÚUÌé â×ç×Ì Ùãè´
symmetric. ãñÐ
(3) symmetric and transitive but not (3) â×ç×Ì ÌÍæ â´·ý¤æ×·¤ ãñ ÂÚUÌé SßÌéËØ Ùãè´
reflexive. ãñÐ
(4) an equivalence relation. (4) °·¤ ÌéËØÌæ â´Õ´Ï ãñÐ
62. Let w(Im w ¹ 0) be a complex number. 62. ×æÙæ w(Im w ¹ 0) °·¤ âç×æ â´Øæ ãñ, Ìæð âÖè
Then the set of all complex numbers z âç×æ â´Øæ¥æð´ z ·¤æ â×éæØ, Áæð ç·¤âè ßæSÌçß·¤
satisfying the equation w2 w z5k (12z), â´Øæ k ·ð¤ çÜ°, â×è·¤ÚUæ w2 w z5k (12z)
for some real number k, is : ·¤æð â´ÌécÅU ·¤ÚUÌæ ãñ, ãñ Ñ
(1) {z : ?z?51} (1) {z : ?z?51}
(2) {z : z5 z } (2) {z : z5 z }
(3) {z : z ¹ 1} (3) {z : z ¹ 1}
(4) {z : ?z?51, z ¹ 1} (4) {z : ?z?51, z ¹ 1}
63. If equations ax 2 1bx1c50, 63. ØçÎ â×è·¤ÚUææð ´ ax 2 1bx1c50,

(a, b, c Î R, a ¹ 0) and 2x213x1450 have (a, b, c Î R, a ¹ 0) ÌÍæ 2x213x1450 ·¤æ
a common root, then a : b : c equals : °·¤ ×êÜ ©ÖØçÙcÅU ãñ, Ìæð a : b : c ÕÚUæÕÚU ãñ Ñ
(1) 1:2:3 (1) 1:2:3
(2) 2:3:4 (2) 2:3:4
(3) 4:3:2 (3) 4:3:2
(4) 3:2:1 (4) 3:2:1

1 1 1 1
64. If and are the roots of the 64. ØçÎ ÌÍæ b â×è·¤ÚUæ ax21bx1150
a b a
equation, ax21bx1150 (a ¹ 0, a, b Î R), (a ¹ 0, a, b Î R) ·ð ¤ ×ê Ü ãñ , Ìæð â×è·¤ÚU æ
then the equation, x(x1b3)1(a323abx)50 ·ð¤ ×êÜ ã´ñ Ñ
x(x1b3)1(a323abx)50 has roots :
3 3 3 3
(1) a 2 and b 2 (1) a 2 ÌÍæ b 2
1 1 1 1
(2) a b 2 and a 2 b (2) ab 2 ÌÍæ a 2 b
(3) a b and a b (3) ab ÌÍæ a b

223 223 223 223
(4) a and b (4) a ÌÍæ b
65. If a, b, c are non - zero real numbers and if 65. ØçÎ a, b, c àæêØðÌÚU ßæSÌçß·¤ â´Øæ°¡ ãñ´ ÌÍæ ØçÎ
the system of equations â×è·¤ÚUæ çÙ·¤æØ
(a21)x5y1z, (a21)x5y1z,
(b21)y5z1x, (b21)y5z1x,
(c21)z5x1y, (c21)z5x1y,
has a non-trivial solution, then ·¤æ °·¤ ¥ÌéÀU ãÜ ãñ, Ìæð ab1bc1ca ÕÚUæÕÚU ãñ Ñ
ab1bc1ca equals :
(1) a1b1c (1) a1b1c
(2) abc (2) abc
(3) 1 (3) 1
(4) 21 (4) 21

66. If B is a 333 matrix such that B250, then 66. ØçÎ B °·¤ °ðâæ¥æÃØêã ãñ ç·¤
333 B250 ãñ, Ìæð
det. [(I1B)50250B] is equal to : det. [(I1B)50250B] ÕÚUæÕÚU ãñ Ñ
(1) 1 (1) 1
(2) 2 (2) 2
(3) 3 (3) 3
(4) 50 (4) 50
67. The number of terms in the expansion of 67. (11x)101 (11x22x)100 ·ð¤ x ·¤è ææÌæð´ ×ð´ ÂýâæÚU
(11x)101 (11x22x)100 in powers of x is : ×ð´ ÂÎæð´ ·¤è â´Øæ ãñ Ñ
(1) 302 (1) 302
(2) 301 (2) 301
(3) 202 (3) 202
(4) 101 (4) 101
68. The sum of the digits in the units place of 68. â´Øæ¥æð´ 3, 4, 5 ÌÍæ 6 ·ð¤ ÂýØæð» âð, çÕÙæ ·¤æð§ü â´Øæ
all the 4-digit numbers formed by using the ÎæðãÚUæ°, ÕÙÙð ßæÜè âÖè ¿æÚU ¥´·¤æð´ ·¤è â´Øæ¥æð´ ·ð¤
numbers 3, 4, 5 and 6, without repetition, §·¤æ§ü ·ð¤ SÍæÙ ÂÚU ¥æÙð ßæÜð ¥´·¤æð´ ·¤æ Øæð» ãñ Ñ
is :
(1) 432 (1) 432
(2) 108 (2) 108
(3) 36 (3) 36
(4) 18 (4) 18

69. Given an A.P. whose terms are all positive 69. Îè »§ü °·¤ â×æ´ÌÚU æðÉ¸è ·ð¤ âÖè ÂÎ ÏÙÂêææZ·¤ ãñ´Ð
integers. The sum of its first nine terms is §â·ð¤ ÂýÍ× Ùæñ ÂÎæð´ ·¤æ Øæð» 200 âð ¥çÏ·¤ ÌÍæ
greater than 200 and less than 220. If the 220 âð ·¤× ãñÐ ØçÎ §â·¤æ ÎêâÚUæ ÂÎ 12 ãñ, Ìæð
second term in it is 12, then its 4th term §â·¤æ ¿æñÍæ ÂÎ ãñ Ñ
is :
(1) 8 (1) 8
(2) 16 (2) 16
(3) 20 (3) 20
(4) 24 (4) 24
70. If the sum 70. ØçÎ

3 5 7 3 5 7
1 2
2 2
1 2 1.......1 u p t o 1 2 1 2 1.......1 ·ð ¤ 20
1 1 12 1 1 2 2 1 32 1 2
1 12 2
1 1 2 2 1 32
k k
20 terms is equal to , then k is equal to : ÂÎæð´ Ì·¤ ·¤æ Øæð» ·ð¤ ÕÚUæÕÚU ãñ, Ìæð k ÕÚUæÕÚU ãñ Ñ
21 21
(1) 120 (1) 120
(2) 180 (2) 180
(3) 240 (3) 240
(4) 60 (4) 60
71. ( )
If f(x) is continuous and f 9 2 5 2 9 , then 71. ØçÎ f(x) âÌÌ ãñ ÌÍæ ( )
f 9 2 52 9 ãñ, Ìæð
 12 cos 3x   12 cos 3x 
lim f   is equal to : lim f   ÕÚUæÕÚU ãñ Ñ
x→0  x2 x→0  x2
(1) 9/2 (1) 9/2
(2) 2/9 (2) 2/9
(3) 0 (3) 0
(4) 8/9 (4) 8/9

 d2 y   d2 x   d2 y   d2 x 
72. If y5enx, then  2   2  is equal to : 72. ØçÎ y5enx ãñ, Ìæð  2   2 ÕÚUæÕÚU ãñ Ñ
 dx   dy   dx   dy 
(1) n enx (1) n enx
(2) n e2nx (2) n e2nx
(3) 1 (3) 1
(4) 2n e2nx (4) 2n e2nx
73. If the Rolles theorem holds for the 73. ØçÎ È¤ÜÙ f(x)52x31ax21bx ·ð¤¤ çÜ° ¥´ÌÚUæÜ
function f(x)52x31ax21bx in the interval 1
[21, 1] ×ð´çÕ´Îé c5 ÂÚU ÚUæðÜð ·¤æ Âý×ðØ Üæ»ê ãñ,
1 2
[21, 1] for the point c5 , then the value
2 Ìæð 2a1b ·¤æ ×æÙ ãñ Ñ
of 2a1b is :
(1) 1 (1) 1
(2) 21 (2) 21
(3) 2 (3) 2
(4) 22 (4) 22
3 x 4 x x x
74. If f (x )5  1  2 1 , x Î R, then the 74.
 5  5
ØçÎ f (x )5 3   4
1  2 1 , x Î R ãñ,
 5
Ìæð
5
equation f(x)50 has : â×è·¤ÚUæ f(x)50 ·¤æ/·ð¤ Ñ
(1) no solution (1) ·¤æð§ü ãÜ Ùãè´ ãñÐ
(2) one solution (2) °·¤ ãÜ ãñÐ
(3) two solutions (3) Îæð ãÜ ãñ´Ð
(4) more than two solutions (4) Îæð âð ¥çÏ·¤ ãÜ ãñ´Ð

sin 8 x 2 cos8 x sin 8 x 2 cos8 x
75. ∫ dx is equal to : 75. ∫ dx ÕÚUæÕÚU ãñ Ñ
(12 2 sin 2 x cos 2 x ) (12 2 sin 2 x cos 2 x )
1 1
(1) sin 2x1c (1) sin 2x1c
2 2
1 1
(2) 2 sin 2x1c (2) 2 sin 2x1c
2 2
1 1
(3) 2 sin x1c (3) 2 sin x1c
2 2
(4) 2sin2 x1c (4) 2sin2 x1c
1 1
2 l n (11 2 x ) 2 l n (11 2 x )
76. The integral ∫0 2
d x , equals : 76. â×æ·¤Ü ∫ d x , ÕÚUæÕÚU ãñ Ñ
11 4 x 0 11 4 x 2
p p
(1) ln 2 (1) ln 2
4 4
p p
(2) ln 2 (2) ln 2
8 8
p p
(3) ln 2 (3) ln 2
16 16
p p
(4) ln 2 (4) ln 2
32 32
77. Let A5{(x, y) : y2 [ 4x, y22x/24}. The 77. ×æÙæ A5{(x, y) : y2 [ 4x, y22x/24} ãñÐ
area (in square units) of the region A is : ÿæðæ A ·¤æ ÿæðæÈ¤Ü (ß»ü §·¤æ§üØæð´ ×ð´) ãñ Ñ
(1) 8 (1) 8
(2) 9 (2) 9
(3) 10 (3) 10
(4) 11 (4) 11

78. If the differential equation representing the 78. ØçÎ ©Ù âÖè ßëææð´ ·ð¤ ·é¤Ü, Áæð x-¥ÿæ ·¤æð ×êÜ çÕ´Îé
family of all circles touching x-axis at the ÂÚU SÂàæü ·¤ÚUÌð ãñ ´ , ·¤æ ¥ß·¤Ü â×è·¤ÚUæ
dy dy
origin is (x 22y 2) 5g(x) y, then g(x) (x22y2) 5g(x) y, ãñ, Ìæð g(x) ÕÚUæÕÚU ãñ Ñ
dx dx
equals :
1 1
(1) x (1) x
2 2
(2) 2x 2 (2) 2x 2
(3) 2x (3) 2x
1 2 1 2
(4) x (4) x
2 2
79. Let a and b be any two numbers satisfying 1 1 1

79. ×æÙ a ¥æñÚU b, 2
1 2 5 ·¤æð â´ÌécÅU ·¤ÚUÙð ßæÜè
4
1 1 1 a b
1 2 5 . Then, the foot of x y
a2
b 4 Îæð â´Øæ°¡ ãñ´, Ìæð ¿ÚUÚðU¹æ, 1 51 ×êÜ çÕ´Îé âð
a b
perpendicular from the origin on the
x y ÇUæÜð »° Ü´Õ ·¤æ ÂæÎ, çSÍÌ ãñ Ñ
variable line, 1 51 , lies on :
a b
(1) °·¤ ¥çÌÂÚU ß ÜØ ÂÚU , çÁâ·¤æ Âý Øð · ¤
(1) a hyperbola with each
¥Ïü ¥ÿæ5 2 ãñÐ
semi-axis5 2 .
(2) °·¤ ¥çÌÚU Â ÚU ß ÜØ ÂÚU , çÁâ·¤æ Âý Øð · ¤
(2) a hyperbola with each semi-axis52.
¥Ïü ¥ÿæ52 ãñÐ
(3) °·¤ ßëæ ÂÚU, çÁâ·¤è çæØæ52 ãñÐ
(3) a circle of radius52
(4) °·¤ ßëæ ÂÚU, çÁâ·¤è çæØæ5 2 ãñÐ
(4) a circle of radius5 2

80. Given three points P, Q, R with P(5, 3) and 80. ÌèÙ çÎ° »° çÕ´Îé¥æð´ P, Q, R ×ð´ P(5, 3) ãñ ÌÍæ R,
R lies on the x-axis. If equation of RQ is
x-¥ÿæ ÂÚU çSÍÌ ãñ Ð ØçÎ RQ ·¤æ â×è·¤ÚU æ
x22y52 and PQ is parallel to the x-axis,
then the centroid of DPQR lies on the x22y52 ãñ ÌÍæ PQ, x-¥ÿæ ·ð¤ â×æ´ÌÚU ãñ, Ìæð
line : DPQR ·¤æ ·ð´¤Îý·¤ çÁâ ÚðU¹æ ÂÚU çSÍÌ ãñ, ßã
(1) 2x1y2950 ãñ Ñ
(2) x22y1150 (1) 2x1y2950
(3) 5x22y50 (2) x22y1150
(4) 2x25y50 (3) 5x22y50
(4) 2x25y50
81. If the point (1, 4) lies inside the circle
x 2 1y 2 26x210y1p50 and the circle 81. ØçÎ çÕ´Îé (1, 4) ßëæ x21y226x210y1p50
does not touch or intersect the coordinate ·ð¤ ¥ÌÑ Öæ» ×ð´ çSÍÌ ãñ ÌÍæ ßëæ, çÙÎðüàææ´·¤ ¥ÿææð´ ·¤æð
axes, then the set of all possible values of p
is the interval : Ù Ìæð SÂàæü ·¤ÚUÌæ ãñ, ¥æñÚU Ù ãè ·¤æÅUÌæ ãññ, Ìæð p ·ð¤
(1) (0, 25) âÖè â´Öß ×æÙæð´ ·¤æ â×é¿Ø çÙÙ ¥Ì´ÚUæÜ ãñ Ñ
(2) (25, 39) (1) (0, 25)
(3) (9, 25) (2) (25, 39)
(4) (25, 29) (3) (9, 25)
(4) (25, 29)
82. If OB is the semi-minor axis of an ellipse,
F1 and F2 are its foci and the angle between
82. ØçÎ OB, °·¤ Îèæüßëæ ·¤æ ¥Ïü Üæé¥ÿæ ãñ, F1 ÌÍæ
F 1 B and F 2B is a right angle, then the F2 ©â·¤è ÙæçÖØæ¡ ãñ´ ÌÍæ F1B ÌÍæ F2B ·ð¤ Õè¿ ·¤æ
square of the eccentricity of the ellipse is : ·¤æðæ °·¤ â×·¤æðæ ãñ, Ìæð Îèæüßëæ ·¤è ©·ð´¤ÎýÌæ ·¤æ
1 ß»ü ãñ Ñ
(1)
2 1
(1)
1 2
(2)
2 1
(2)
1 2
(3)
2 2 1
(3)
1 2 2
(4)
4 1
(4)
4

83. Equation of the plane which passes 83. ©â â×ÌÜ ·¤æ â×è·¤ÚUæ, Áæð ÚðU¹æ¥æð´
through the point of intersection of lines x 21 y 2 2 z2 3
5 5 ÌÍæ
x 21 y 2 2 z2 3 3 1 2
5 5 and
3 1 2 x 2 3 y 21 z2 2
5 5
x 2 3 y 21 z2 2 1 2 3
5 5
1 2 3 ·ð¤ ÂýçÌÀðUÎÙ çÕ´Îé âð ãæð ·¤ÚU ÁæÌæ ãñ, ÌÍæ ×êÜçÕ´Îé âð
and has the largest distance from the origin ¥çÏ·¤Ì× ÎêÚUè ÂÚU ãñ, ãñ Ñ
is :
(1) 7x12y14z554 (1) 7x12y14z554
(2) 3x14y15z549 (2) 3x14y15z549
(3) 4x13y15z550 (3) 4x13y15z550
(4) 5x14y13z557 (4) 5x14y13z557
84. A line in the 3-dimensional space makes 84. çæçß×èØ ¥æ·¤æàæ (space) ×ð´ °·¤ ÚðU¹æ x ÌÍæ y,
p
an angle u  0 < u [  with both the ÎæðÙæ´ð ¥ÿææð´ ·ð¤ âæÍ ·¤æðæ u  0 < u [ p
ÕÙæÌè ãñ,
 2  
2
x and y axes. Then the set of all values of Ìæð u ·ð¤ âÖè ×æÙæð´ ·¤æ â×é¿Ø çÙÙ ¥´ÌÚUæÜ ãñ Ñ
u is the interval :
 p  p
(1)  0 ,  (1)  0 , 
4 4
p p p p
(2)  6 , 3  (2)  6 , 3 
p p p p
(3)  4 , 2  (3)  4 , 2 
 p p  p p
(4)  ,  (4)  , 
3 2 3 2

→ → → → → → → →
85. If ? a ?5 2, ? b ?5 3 and ?2 a 2 b ?5 5 , then 85. ØçÎ ? a ?5 2, ? b ?5 3 ÌÍæ ?2 a 2 b ?5 5 ãñ, Ìæð
→ → → →
?2 a 1 b ? equals : ?2 a 1 b ? ÕÚUæÕÚU ãñ Ñ
(1) 17 (1) 17
(2) 7 (2) 7
(3) 5 (3) 5
(4) 1 (4) 1
86. In a set of 2n distinct observations, each of 86. 2n çßçÖóæ Âýðÿæææð´ ·ð¤ â×é¿Ø ×ð´, ©Ù âÖè Âýðÿæææð´,
the observation below the median of all the Áæð âÖè Âýðÿæææð´ ·ð¤ ×æØ·¤ âð ·¤× ãñ´, ÂýØð·¤ ·¤æð 5 âð
observations is increased by 5 and each of ÕÉ¸æ çÎØæ »Øæ ÌÍæ àæðá âÖè Âðýÿæææð´ ×´ð ÂýØð·¤ ·¤æð 3
the remaining observations is decreased by âð ·¤× ·¤ÚU çÎØæ »Øæ, Ìæð Âýðÿæææð´ ·ð¤ Ù° â×é¿Ø ·¤æ
3. Then the mean of the new set of ×æØ Ñ
observations :
(1) increases by 1. (1) 1 âð ÕÉ¸ ÁæÌæ ãñÐ
(2) decreases by 1. (2) 1 âð æÅU ÁæÌæ ãñÐ
(3) decreases by 2. (3) 2 âð æÅU ÁæÌæ ãñÐ
(4) increases by 2. (4) 2 âð ÕÉ¸ ÁæÌæ ãñÐ
87. If A and B are two events such that 87. A ÌÍæ B Îæð °ðâè æÅUÙæ°¡ ãñ´ ç·¤ P(AÈB)5P(AÇB)
P(AÈB)5P(AÇB), then the incorrect ãñ, Ìæð çÙÙ ·¤ÍÙæð´ ×ð´ âð ·¤æñÙ âæ ·¤ÍÙ »ÜÌ ãñ ?
statement amongst the following
statements is : (1) A ÌÍæ B â×â´ÖæçßÌ ã´ñ
(1) A and B are equally likely (2) P(AÇB9)50
(2) P(AÇB9)50 (3) P(A9ÇB)50
(3) P(A9ÇB)50 (4) P(A)1P(B)51
(4) P(A)1P(B)51

88. The number of values of a in [0, 2p] for 88. [0, 2p] ×ð´ a ·ð¤
©Ù ×æÙæð´ ·¤è â´Øæ, çÁÙ·ð¤ çÜ°
which 2 sin3 a27 sin2 a17 sin a52, is : 2 sin3 a27 sin2 a17 sin a52 ãñ, ãñ Ñ
(1) 6 (1) 6
(2) 4 (2) 4
(3) 3 (3) 3
(4) 1 (4) 1
p1q p1q
89. If cosec u5
p2q
(p¹q¹0), then 89. ØçÎ cosec u5 (p¹q¹0) ãñ , Ìæð
p2q
 p u  p u
cot  1  is equal to :
 4 2 cot  1 
 4 2
p p
(1) (1)
q q
q q
(2) (2)
p p
(3) pq (3) pq
(4) pq (4) pq
90. The contrapositive of the statement I go 90. ·¤ÍÙ ÒÒ×ñ´ S·ê¤Ü ÁæÌæ ã¡ê ØçÎ ßáæü Ùãè´ ãæðÌèÓÓ ·¤æ
to school if it does not rain is : ÂýçÌÏÙæ×·¤ (Contrapositive) ·¤ÍÙ ãñ Ñ
(1) If it rains, I do not go to school. (1) ØçÎ ßáæü ãæðÌè ãñ, ×ñ´ S·ê¤Ü Ùãè´ ÁæÌæÐ
(2) If I do not go to school, it rains. (2) ØçÎ ×ñ´ S·ê¤Ü Ùãè´ ÁæÌæ, ßáæü ãæðÌè ãñÐ
(3) If it rains, I go to school. (3) ØçÎ ßáæü ãæðÌè ãñ, ×ñ´ S·ê¤Ü ÁæÌæ ã¡êÐ
(4) If I go to school, it rains. (4) ØçÎ ×ñ´ S·ê¤Ü ÁæÌæ ã¡ê, ßáæü ãæðÌè ãñÐ
-o0o- -o0o-

JEE Main 2014 Answer key Paper 1 Offline and Online (All Answer keys)
ANSWER KEY PAPER - 1 JEE (MAIN) - 2014
QUESTION 06/04/2014 06/04/2014 06/04/2014 06/04/2014 09/04/2014 11/04/2014 12/04/2014 19/04/2014

NO. SET E SET F SET G Book H
1. 1 4 2 3 2 3 2 1
2. 3 4 2 4 3 3 3 1
3. 2 4 3 1 2 1 4 4
4. 1 1 3 3 3 2 2 4
5. 3 3 1 3 3 2 4 3
6. 3 1 1 2 4 4 1 2
7. 4 4 4 3 3 1 2 *
8. 1 1 4 4 3 1 3 3
9. 3 2 1 2 3 2 2 1
10. 1 2 1 1 1 1 2 4
11. 3 1 3 2 1 2 2 3
12. 4 4 3 1 1 3 2 1
13. 1 3 2 3 2 2 1 4
14. 4 3 3 1 1 1 4 3
15. 3 2 2 1 1 4 2 2
16. 3 4 1 4 3 2 2 1
17. 1 1 3 2 4 3 3 4
18. 3 4 3 1 3 3 2 3
19. 2 1 3 4 4 1 3 2
20. 3 3 4 1 1 2 2 2
21. 3 3 3 1 3 1 2 1
22. 3 1 3 1 4 3 2 3
23. 2 2 3 4 4 4 1 3
24. 2 2 2 1 2 4 3 3
25. 4 4 2 4 4 1 2 3
26. 2 4 4 3 4 3 2 2
27. 3 1 4 1 2 2 2 3
28. 1 4 4 3 1 3 4 1
29. 4 3 3 2 2 2 2 2
30. 2 1 4 1 1 4 4 2
31. 1 1 4 1 4 3 4 4
32. 2 2 4 4 1 4 1 2
33. 3 2 4 1 3 4 4 2
34. 2 1 2 4 4 4 2 3
35. 1 3 4 2 2 2 2 2
36. 1 2 2 4 3 4 3 4
37. 3 3 4 4 3 2 2 2
38. 1 2 3 1 3 1 2 1
QUESTION 06/04/2014 06/04/2014 06/04/2014 06/04/2014 09/04/2014 11/04/2014 12/04/2014 19/04/2014

39. 2 4 2 2 4 2 3 3
40. 4 2 4 2 3 1 3 4
41. 3 1 1 2 2 3 4 3
42. 2 1 4 4 3 3 3 2
43. 2 3 2 3 2 4 4 2
44. 1 3 2 4 3 2 2 3
45. 4 2 4 4 1 4 4 2
46. 2 1 3 3 2 2 4 2
47. 2 1 1 4 2 3 1 1
48. 1 1 3 1 2 2 2 4
49. 4 4 4 4 3 3 1 4
50. 2 4 3 1 1 2 3 4
51. 2 1 1 3 4 4 1 4
52. 4 1 1 2 3 3 2 4
53. 4 1 3 4 2 1 3 2
54. 3 4 2 4 1 3 1 3
55. 1 4 4 3 2 2 4 2
56. 1 1 2 4 2 3 4 3
57. 4 4 4 3 4 3 3 4
58. 1 2 4 1 2 3 1 4
59. 1 3 3 1 3 3 4 3
60. 3 1 1 3 2 3 4 2
61. 2 4 2 3 4 3 2 4
62. 4 2 2 4 4 1 3 2
63. 3 1 2 4 2 2 3 1
64. 2 2 2 3 1 1 3 2
65. 1 2 2 1 2 4 1 4
66. 4 1 3 3 1 4 2 2
67. 2 1 4 2 3 4 2 2
68. 1 4 3 4 2 3 1 2
69. 2 2 3 4 3 2 3 4
70. 2 1 4 4 1 4 2 4
71. 2 3 2 1 2 3 3 2
72. 2 4 2 4 4 3 2 4
73. 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 3
74. 4 3 4 3 2 3 2 2
75. 2 4 1 2 2 1 4 4
76. 3 3 1 4 3 3 1 1
QUESTION 06/04/2014 06/04/2014 06/04/2014 06/04/2014 09/04/2014 11/04/2014 12/04/2014 19/04/2014

77. 3 2 1 4 2 4 4 3
78. 4 2 3 2 3 2 2 4
79. 1 3 3 2 3 2 3 2
80. 1 2 3 2 4 2 4 1
81. 2 1 4 3 4 3 4 1
82. 3 4 3 3 1 4 4 1
83. 3 4 3 3 3 3 2 2
84. 3 3 1 1 3 2 3 3
85. 2 4 2 3 3 4 2 3
86. 1 1 4 4 1 2 2 1
87. 4 2 2 3 4 2 1 2
88. 2 2 2 1 3 2 4 3
89. 2 2 3 3 2 1 3 3
90. 3 2 1 2 2 3 2 3
Note :- * denotes that the question is dropped.

JEE Main Offline Question Papers & Answer Keys (2014-2017) PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

JEE Main Offline Question Papers & Answer Keys (2014-2017) PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

JEE Main Question Papers

and Answer Keys

Name of the Candidate (in Capital letters ) :

(1) 10−3 kg m−1 (1) 10−3 kg m−1

(2) 10−3 kg s−1 (2) 10−3 kg s−1

(3) 10−4 kg m−1 (3) 10−4 kg m−1

(4) 10−1 kg m−1 s−1 (4) 10−1 kg m−1 s−1

(1) 4.5 J (1) 4.5 J

(2) 8858C (2) 8858C

(3) 12508C (3) 12508C

(4) 8258C (4) 8258C

(4) 3PKα (4) 3PKα

Cp−Cv=a for hydrogen gas „Êß«˛UÊ¡Ÿ ∑§ Á‹ÿ, Cp−Cv=a

Cp−Cv=b for nitrogen gas ŸÊß≈˛UÊ¡Ÿ ∑§ Á‹ÿ, Cp−Cv=b

(2) a=b (2) a=b

(3) a=14 b (3) a=14 b

(4) a=28 b (4) a=28 b

(1) −1.61×10 23 (1) −1.61×10 23

(2) 1.38×10 23 (2) 1.38×10 23

(3) 2.5×10 25 (3) 2.5×10 25

(4) −2.5×10 25 (4) −2.5×10 25

(1) 10.1 GHz (1) 10.1 GHz

(2) 12.1 GHz (2) 12.1 GHz

(3) 17.3 GHz (3) 17.3 GHz

(4) 15.3 GHz (4) 15.3 GHz

(1) 308 (1) 308

(2) 458 (2) 458

(3) 608 (3) 608

(4) 908 (4) 908

(2) 0.25 A (2) 0.25 A

(3) 0.5 A (3) 0.5 A

(1) 6.65 s (1) 6.65 s

(2) 8.89 s (2) 8.89 s

(3) 6.98 s (3) 6.98 s

(4) 8.76 s (4) 8.76 s

(1) 1.985×103 Ω (1) 1.985×103 Ω

(2) 2.045×10 3 Ω (2) 2.045×10 3 Ω

(3) 2.535×103 Ω (3) 2.535×103 Ω

(4) 4.005×103 Ω (4) 4.005×103 Ω

(1) 200 Wb (1) 200 Wb

(2) 225 Wb (2) 225 Wb

(3) 250 Wb (3) 250 Wb

(4) 275 Wb (4) 275 Wb

(1) 1.56 mm (1) 1.56 mm

(2) 7.8 mm (2) 7.8 mm

(3) 9.75 mm (3) 9.75 mm

(4) 15.6 mm (4) 15.6 mm

log 1.3 log 1.3

(3) t=T log (1.3) (3) t=T log (1.3)

diameter of capillary, D=1.25×10−2 m ∑§Á‡Ê∑§Ê ∑§Ê √ÿÊ‚, D=1.25×10−2 m

rise of water, h=1.45×10−2 m. ¬ÊŸË ∑§Ê ø…∏Êﬂ, h=1.45×10−2 m

H2(g)+ 21 O2(g) → H2O(l) ; H2(g)+ 21 O2(g) → H2O(l) ;

33. ∆U is equal to : 33. ∆U Á¡‚∑§ ’⁄UÊ’⁄U „Ò, ﬂ„ „Ò —

(1) (a) and (c) (1) (a) ÃÕÊ (c)

(3) (a) and (d) (3) (a) ÃÕÊ (d)

(4) (b) and (d) (4) (b) ÃÕÊ (d)

EᑻCr O2−/Cr 3+=1.33 V, EMnO

Among the following, the strongest ÁŸêŸ ◊¥ ‚ ¬˝’‹Ã◊ •¬øÊÿ∑§ „Ò —

(2) 1.0 (2) 1.0

(3) 7.2 (3) 7.2

(4) 6.9 (4) 6.9

(1) both form nitrides (1) ŒÊŸÊ¥ ŸÊß≈˛UÊß«U ’ŸÊÃ „Ò¥

(3) only NO−